Intraoperative CT in the assessment of posterior wall acetabular fracture stability.
Cunningham, Brian; Jackson, Kelly; Ortega, Gil
2014-04-01
Posterior wall acetabular fractures that involve 10% to 40% of the posterior wall may or may not require an open reduction and internal fixation. Dynamic stress examination of the acetabular fracture under fluoroscopy has been used as an intraoperative method to assess joint stability. The aim of this study was to demonstrate the value of intraoperative ISO computed tomography (CT) examination using the Siemens ISO-C imaging system (Siemens Corp, Malvern, Pennsylvania) in the assessment of posterior wall acetabular fracture stability during stress examination under anesthesia. In 5 posterior wall acetabular fractures, standard fluoroscopic images (including anteroposterior pelvis and Judet radiographs) with dynamic stress examinations were compared with the ISO-C CT imaging system to assess posterior wall fracture stability during stress examination. After review of standard intraoperative fluoroscopic images under dynamic stress examination, all 5 cases appeared to demonstrate posterior wall stability; however, when the intraoperative images from the ISO-C CT imaging system demonstrated that 1 case showed fracture instability of the posterior wall segment during stress examination, open reduction and internal fixation was performed. The use of intraoperative ISO CT imaging has shown an initial improvement in the surgeon's ability to assess the intraoperative stability of posterior wall acetabular fractures during stress examination when compared with standard fluoroscopic images. Copyright 2014, SLACK Incorporated.
The addition of body armor diminishes dynamic postural stability in military soldiers.
Sell, Timothy C; Pederson, Jonathan J; Abt, John P; Nagai, Takashi; Deluzio, Jennifer; Wirt, Michael D; McCord, Larry J; Lephart, Scott M
2013-01-01
Poor postural stability has been identified as a risk factor for lower extremity musculoskeletal injury. The additional weight of body armor carried by Soldiers alters static postural stability and may predispose Soldiers to lower extremity musculoskeletal injuries. However, static postural stability tasks poorly replicate the dynamic military environment, which places considerable stress on the postural control system during tactical training and combat. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of body armor on dynamic postural stability during single-leg jump landings. Thirty-six 101st Airborne Division (Air Assault) Soldiers performed single-leg jump landings in the anterior direction with and without wearing body armor. The dynamic postural stability index and the individual stability indices (medial-lateral stability index, anterior-posterior stability index, and vertical stability index) were calculated for each condition. Paired sample t-tests were performed to determine differences between conditions. Significant differences existed for the medial-lateral stability index, anterior-posterior stability index, vertical stability index, and dynamic postural stability index (p < 0.05). The addition of body armor resulted in diminished dynamic postural stability, which may result in increased lower extremity injuries. Training programs should address the altered dynamic postural stability while wearing body armor in attempts to promote adaptations that will result in safer performance during dynamic tasks.
Smith, Zachary A.; Armin, Sean; Raphael, Dan; Khoo, Larry T.
2011-01-01
Background: We describe a new posterior dynamic stabilizing system that can be used to augment the mechanics of the degenerating lumbar segment. The mechanism of this system differs from other previously described surgical techniques that have been designed to augment lumbar biomechanics. The implant and technique we describe is an extension-limiting one, and it is designed to support and cushion the facet complex. Furthermore, it is inserted through an entirely percutaneous technique. The purpose of this technical note is to demonstrate a novel posterior surgical approach for the treatment of lumbar degenerative. Methods: This report describes a novel, percutaneously placed, posterior dynamic stabilization system as an alternative option to treat lumbar degenerative disk disease with and without lumbar spinal stenosis. The system does not require a midline soft-tissue dissection, nor subperiosteal dissection, and is a truly minimally invasive means for posterior augmentation of the functional facet complex. This system can be implanted as a stand-alone procedure or in conjunction with decompression procedures. Results: One-year clinical results in nine individual patients, all treated for degenerative disease of the lower lumbar spine, are presented. Conclusions: This novel technique allows for percutaneous posterior dynamic stabilization of the lumbar facet complex. The use of this procedure may allow a less invasive alternative to traditional approaches to the lumbar spine as well as an alternative to other newly developed posterior dynamic stabilization systems. PMID:22145084
Petrigliano, Frank A; Suero, Eduardo M; Voos, James E; Pearle, Andrew D; Allen, Answorth A
2012-06-01
Proximal tibial slope has been shown to influence anteroposterior translation and tibial resting point in the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL)-deficient knee. The effect of proximal tibial slope on rotational stability of the knee is unknown. Change in proximal tibial slope produced via osteotomy can influence both static translation and dynamic rotational kinematics in the PCL/posterolateral corner (PLC)-deficient knee. Controlled laboratory study. Posterior drawer, dial, and mechanized reverse pivot-shift (RPS) tests were performed on hip-to-toe specimens and translation of the lateral and medial compartments measured utilizing navigation (n = 10). The PCL and structures of the PLC were then sectioned. Stability testing was repeated, and compartmental translation was recorded. A proximal tibial osteotomy in the sagittal plane was then performed achieving either +5° or -5° of tibial slope variation, after which stability testing was repeated (n = 10). Analysis was performed using 1-way analysis of variance (ANOVA; α = .05). Combined sectioning of the PCL and PLC structures resulted in a 10.5-mm increase in the posterior drawer, 15.5-mm increase in the dial test at 30°, 14.5-mm increase in the dial test at 90°, and 17.9-mm increase in the RPS (vs intact; P < .05). Increasing the posterior slope (high tibial osteotomy [HTO] +5°) in the PCL/PLC-deficient knee reduced medial compartment translation by 3.3 mm during posterior drawer (vs deficient; P < .05) but had no significant effect on the dial test at 30°, dial test at 90°, or RPS. Conversely, reversing the slope (HTO -5°) caused a 4.8-mm increase in medial compartment translation (vs deficient state; P < .05) during posterior drawer and an 8.6-mm increase in lateral compartment translation and 9.0-mm increase in medial compartment translation during RPS (vs deficient state; P < .05). Increasing posterior tibial slope diminished static posterior instability of the PCL/PLC-deficient knee as measured by the posterior drawer test but had little effect on rotational or dynamic multiplanar stability as assessed by the dial and RPS tests, respectively. Conversely, decreasing posterior slope resulted in increased posterior instability and a significant increase in the magnitude of the RPS. These results suggest that increasing posterior tibial slope may improve sagittal stability in the PCL/PLC-deficient knee. Moreover, a knee with diminished posterior tibial slope may demonstrate greater multiplanar instability in this setting. Consequently, proximal tibial slope should be considered when treating combined PCL/PLC injuries of the knee.
Di Silvestre, Mario; Lolli, Francesco; Bakaloudis, Georgios
2014-01-01
Posterolateral fusion with pedicle screw instrumentation is currently the most widely accepted technique for degenerative lumbar scoliosis in elderly patients. However, a high incidence of complications has been reported in most series. Dynamic stabilization without fusion in patients older than 60 years has not previously been compared with the use of posterior fusion in degenerative lumbar scoliosis. To compare dynamic stabilization without fusion and posterior instrumented fusion in the treatment of degenerative lumbar scoliosis in elderly patients, in terms of perioperative findings, clinical outcomes, and adverse events. A retrospective study. Fifty-seven elderly patients were included. There were 45 women (78%) and 12 men (22%) with a mean age of 68.1 years (range, 61-78 years). All patients had degenerative de novo lumbar scoliosis, associated with vertebral canal stenosis in 51 cases (89.4%) and degenerative spondylolisthesis in 24 patients (42.1%). Clinical (Oswestry Disability Index, visual analog scale, Roland-Morris Disability Questionnaire) and radiological (scoliosis and lordosis corrections) outcomes as well as incidence of complications. Patients were divided into two groups: 32 patients (dynamic group) had dynamic stabilization without fusion and 25 patients (fusion group) underwent posterior instrumented fusion. All the patients' medical records and X-rays were reviewed. Preoperative, postoperative, and follow-up questionnaires were obtained to evaluate clinical outcomes. At an average follow-up of 64 months (range, 42-90 months), clinical results improved similarly in both groups of patients. Statistically superior scoliosis and final lordosis corrections were achieved with posterior fusion (56.9% vs. 37.3% and -46.8° vs. -35.8°, respectively). However, in the dynamic group, incidence of overall complications was lower (25% vs. 44%), and fewer patients required revision surgery (6.2% vs. 16%). Furthermore, lower average values of operative duration (190 vs. 240 minutes) and blood loss (950 vs. 1,400 cc) were observed in the dynamic group than in the fusion group. In elderly patients with degenerative lumbar scoliosis, pedicle screw-based dynamic stabilization was less invasive with shorter operative duration, less blood loss, and lower adverse event rates than instrumented posterior fusion. Scoliosis curve reduction and lumbar lordosis were superior after fusion; however, dynamic stabilization achieved satisfying values of both these parameters, and these results were stable after an average follow-up of more than 5 years. Furthermore, there was no difference between the two techniques in terms of functional clinical outcomes at the last follow-up. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Masala, Salvatore, E-mail: salva.masala@tiscali.it; Tarantino, Umberto; Nano, Giovanni, E-mail: gionano@gmail.com
Purpose. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a new pedicle screw-based posterior dynamic stabilization device PDS Percudyn System Trade-Mark-Sign Anchor and Stabilizer (Interventional Spine Inc., Irvine, CA) as alternative minimally invasive treatment for patients with lumbar spine stenosis. Methods. Twenty-four consecutive patients (8 women, 16 men; mean age 61.8 yr) with lumbar spinal stenosis underwent implantation of the minimally invasive pedicle screw-based device for posterior dynamic stabilization. Inclusion criteria were lumbar stenosis without signs of instability, resistant to conservative treatment, and eligible to traditional surgical posterior decompression. Results. Twenty patients (83 %) progressively improved duringmore » the 1-year follow-up. Four (17 %) patients did not show any improvement and opted for surgical posterior decompression. For both responder and nonresponder patients, no device-related complications were reported. Conclusions. Minimally invasive PDS Percudyn System Trade-Mark-Sign has effectively improved the clinical setting of 83 % of highly selected patients treated, delaying the need for traditional surgical therapy.« less
Delahunt, Eamonn; Chawke, Mark; Kelleher, Judy; Murphy, Katie; Prendiville, Anna; Sweeny, Lauren; Patterson, Matt
2013-01-01
Context: Deficits in lower limb kinematics and postural stability are predisposing factors to the development of knee ligamentous injury. The extent to which these deficits are present after anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction is still largely unknown. The primary hypothesis of the present study was that female athletes who have undergone ACL reconstruction and who have returned to sport participation would exhibit deficits in dynamic postural stability as well as deficiencies in hip- and knee-joint kinematics when compared with an age-, activity-, and sex-matched uninjured control group. Objective: To investigate dynamic postural stability as quantified by the Star Excursion Balance Test (SEBT) and simultaneous hip- and knee-joint kinematic profiles in female athletes who have undergone ACL reconstruction. Design: Descriptive laboratory study. Setting: University motion-analysis laboratory. Patients or Other Participants: Fourteen female athletes who had previously undergone ACL reconstruction (ACL-R) and 17 age- and sex-matched uninjured controls. Intervention(s): Each participant performed 3 trials of the anterior, posterior-medial, and posterior-lateral directional components of the SEBT. Main Outcome Measure(s): Reach distances for each directional component were quantified and expressed as a percentage of leg length. Simultaneous hip- and knee-joint kinematic profiles were recorded using a motion-analysis system. Results: The ACL-R group had decreased reach distances on the posterior-medial (P < .01) and posterior-lateral (P < .01) directional components of the SEBT. During performance of the directional components of the SEBT, ACL-R participants demonstrated altered hip-joint frontal-, sagittal-, and transverse-plane kinematic profiles (P < .05), as well as altered knee-joint sagittal-plane kinematic profiles (P < .05). Conclusions: Deficits in dynamic postural stability and concomitant altered hip- and knee-joint kinematics are present after ACL reconstruction and return to competitive activity. The extent to which these deficits influence potential future injury is worthy of investigation. PMID:23672381
Kashkoush, Ahmed; Agarwal, Nitin; Paschel, Erin; Goldschmidt, Ezequiel; Gerszten, Peter C
2016-06-10
The development of adjacent-segment disease is a recognized consequence of lumbar fusion surgery. Posterior dynamic stabilization, or motion preservation, techniques have been developed which theoretically decrease stress on adjacent segments following fusion. This study presents the experience of using a hybrid dynamic stabilization and fusion construct for degenerative lumbar spine pathology in place of rigid arthrodesis. A clinical cohort investigation was conducted of 66 consecutive patients (31 female, 35 male; mean age: 53 years, range: 25 - 76 years) who underwent posterior lumbar instrumentation with the Dynesys Transition Optima (DTO) implant (Zimmer-Biomet Spine, Warsaw, IN) hybrid dynamic stabilization and fusion system over a 10-year period. The median length of follow-up was five years. DTO consists of pedicle screw fixation coupled to a rigid rod as well as a flexible longitudinal connecting system. All patients had symptoms of back pain and neurogenic claudication refractory to non-surgical treatment. Patients underwent lumbar arthrodesis surgery in which the hybrid system was used for stabilization instead of arthrodesis of the stenotic adjacent level. Indications for DTO instrumentation were primary degenerative disc disease (n = 52) and failed back surgery syndrome (n = 14). The most common dynamically stabilized and fused segments were L3-L4 (n = 37) and L5-S1 (n = 33), respectively. Thirty-eight patients (56%) underwent decompression at the dynamically stabilized level, and 57 patients (86%) had an interbody device placed at the level of arthrodesis. Complications during the follow-up period included a single case of screw breakage and a single case of pseudoarthrosis. Ten patients (15%) subsequently underwent conversion of the dynamic stabilization portion of their DTO instrumentation to rigid spinal arthrodesis. The DTO system represents a novel hybrid dynamic stabilization and fusion construct. This 10-year experience found the device to be highly effective as well as safe. The technique may serve as an alternative to multilevel arthrodesis. Implantation of a motion-preserving dynamic stabilization device immediately adjacent to a fused level instead of extending a rigid construct may reduce the subsequent development of adjacent-segment disease in this patient population.
Shiravi, Zeinab; Shadmehr, Azadeh; Moghadam, Saeed Talebian; Moghadam, Behrouz Attarbashi
2017-01-01
Many ankle injuries occur while participating in sports that require jumping and landing such as basketball, volleyball and soccer. Most recent studies have investigated dynamic postural stability of patients with chronic ankle instability after landing from a forward jump. The present study aimed to investigate the dynamic postural stability of the athletes who suffer from chronic ankle sprain while landing from a lateral jump. Twelve athletes with self-reported unilateral chronic ankle instability (4 females and 8 males) and 12 matched controls (3 females and 9 males) voluntarily participated in the study. Dynamic postural stability index and its directional indices were measured while performing lateral jump landing test. No differences were found between athletes with and without chronic ankle instability during our landing protocol by means of the dynamic postural stability index and its directional indices. Findings showed that in each group, medial/lateral stability index is significantly higher than anterior/posterior and vertical stability indexes. Findings showed that dynamic postural stability was not significantly different between the two groups. Future studies should examine chronic ankle instability patients with more severe disabilities and expose them to more challenging dynamic balance conditions to further explore postural stability. IIIa.
Chmielewski, T L; Ramsey, D K; Snyder-Mackler, L
2005-01-01
Functional outcomes in anterior cruciate ligament-deficient "potential copers" and "non-copers" may be related to their knee stabilization strategies. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to differentiate dynamic knee stabilization strategies of potential copers and non-copers through analysis of sagittal plane knee angle and tibia position during disturbed and undisturbed unilateral standing. Ten uninjured potential coper and non-coper subjects stood in unilateral stance on a platform that translated anteriorly, posteriorly and laterally. Knee angle and tibia position with reference to the femur were calculated before and after platform movement. During perturbation trials, potential copers maintained kinematics that were similar to uninjured subjects across conditions. Conversely, non-copers stood with greater knee flexion than uninjured subjects and a tibia position that was more posterior than the other groups. Both non-copers and potential copers demonstrated small changes in tibia position following platform movement, but direction of movement was not similar. The similarities between the knee kinematics of potential copers and uninjured subjects suggest that potential copers compensated well from their injury by utilizing analogous dynamic knee stabilization strategies. In comparison to the other groups, by keeping the knee in greater flexion and the tibia in a more posterior position, non-copers appear to constrain the tibia in response to a challenging task, which is consistent with a "stiffening strategy". Based on the poor functional outcomes of non-copers, a stiffening strategy does not lead to dynamic knee stability, and the strategy may increase compressive forces which could contribute to or exacerbate articular cartilage degeneration.
Postural Stability Assessment of University Marching Musicians Using Force Platform Measures.
Magnotti, Trevor D; McElhiney, Danielle; Russell, Jeffrey A
2016-09-01
Lower extremity injury is prevalent in marching musicians, and poor postural stability is a possible risk factor for this. The external load of an instrument may predispose these performers to injury by decreasing postural stability. The purpose of this study was to determine the relationship between instrument load and static and dynamic postural stability in this population. Fourteen university marching musicians were recruited and completed a balance assessment protocol on a force platform with and without their instrument. Mean center of pressure (CoP) displacement was then calculated for each exercise in the anterior/posterior and medial/lateral planes. Mean anterior/posterior CoP displacement significantly increased in the instrument condition for the static surface, eyes closed, 2 feet condition (p≤0.005; d=0.89). No significant differences were found in the medial/lateral plane between non-instrument and instrument conditions. Significant differences were not found between test stance conditions independent of group. Comparisons between the non-instrument-loaded and instrument-loaded conditions revealed possible significance of instrument load on postural stability in the anterior/posterior plane. Mean differences indicated that an unstable surface created a greater destabilizing effect on postural stability than instrument load.
Yue, James J; Timm, Jens P; Panjabi, Manohar M; Jaramillo-de la Torre, Jorge
2007-01-15
The neutral zone (NZ) is a region of intervertebral motion around the neutral posture where little resistance is offered by the passive spinal column. The NZ appears to be a clinically important measure of spinal stability function. Its size may increase with injury to the spinal column, which in turn may result in spinal instability or low-back pain. Dynamic stabilization systems are designed to support and stabilize the spine while maintaining range of motion (ROM). The Stabilimax NZ device has been designed to reduce the NZ after spinal injury to treat pain while preserving ROM.
Lin, Kun-Jhih; Huang, Chang-Hung; Liu, Yu-Liang; Chen, Wen-Chuan; Chang, Tsung-Wei; Yang, Chan-Tsung; Lai, Yu-Shu; Cheng, Cheng-Kung
2011-10-01
The post-cam design of contemporary posterior stabilized knee prosthesis can be categorized into flat-on-flat or curve-on-curve contact surfaces. The curve-on-curve design has been demonstrated its advantage of reducing stress concentration when the knee sustained an anteroposterior force with tibial rotation. How the post-cam design affects knee kinematics is still unknown, particularly, to compare the difference between the two design features. Analyzing knee kinematics of posterior stabilized knee prosthesis with various post-cam designs should provide certain instructions to the modification of prosthesis design. A dynamic knee model was utilized to investigate tibiofemoral motion of various post-cam designs during high knee flexion. Two posterior stabilized knee models were constructed with flat-on-flat and curve-on-curve contact surfaces of post-cam. Dynamic data of axial tibial rotation and femoral translation were measured from full-extension to 135°. Internal tibial rotation increased with knee flexion in both designs. Before post-cam engagement, the magnitude of internal tibial rotation was close in the two designs. However, tibial rotation angle decreased beyond femoral cam engaged with tibial post. The rate of reduction of tibial rotation was relatively lower in the curve-on-curve design. From post-cam engagement to extreme flexion, the curve-on-curve design had greater internal tibial rotation. Motion constraint was generated by medial impingement of femoral cam on tibial post. It would interfere with the axial motion of the femur relative to the tibia, resulting in decrease of internal tibial rotation. Elimination of rotational constraint should be necessary for achieving better tibial rotation during high knee flexion. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Deoghare, Ashish B.; Kashyap, Siddharth; Padole, Pramod M.
2013-03-01
Degenerative disc disease is a major source of lower back pain and significantly alters the biomechanics of the lumbar spine. Dynamic stabilization device is a remedial technique which uses flexible materials to stabilize the affected lumbar region while preserving the natural anatomy of the spine. The main objective of this research work is to investigate the stiffness variation of dynamic stabilization device under various loading conditions under compression, axial rotation and flexion. Three dimensional model of the two segment lumbar spine is developed using computed tomography (CT) scan images. The lumbar structure developed is analyzed in ANSYS workbench. Two types of dynamic stabilization are considered: one with stabilizing device as pedicle instrumentation and second with stabilization device inserted around the inter-vertebral disc. Analysis suggests that proper positioning of the dynamic stabilization device is of paramount significance prior to the surgery. Inserting the device in the posterior region indicates the adverse effects as it shows increase in the deformation of the inter-vertebral disc. Analysis executed by positioning stabilizing device around the inter-vertebral disc yields better result for various stiffness values under compression and other loadings. [Figure not available: see fulltext.
Cesar, Guilherme M; Sigward, Susan M
2016-08-01
Reported differences between children and adults with respect to COM horizontal and vertical position to maintain dynamic stability during running deceleration suggest that this relationship may not be as important in children. This study challenged the current dynamic stability paradigm by determining the features of whole body posture that predicted forward velocity and momentum of running gait termination in adults and children. Sixteen adults and 15 children ran as fast as possible and stopped at pre-determined location. Separate regression analyses determined whether COM posterior and vertical positions and functional limb length (distance between COM and stance foot) predicted velocity and momentum for adults and children. COM posterior position was the strongest predictor of forward velocity and momentum in both groups supporting the previously established relationship during slower tasks. COM vertical position also predicted momentum in children, not adults. Higher COM position in children was related to greater momentum; consistent with previously reported differences between children and adults in COM position across running deceleration. COM vertical position was related to momentum but not velocity in children suggesting that strategies used to terminate running may be driven by demands imposed not just by velocity, but also the mass being decelerated. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier B.V.
Comfort, Thomas; Baste, Valborg; Froufe, Miquel Angel; Namba, Robert; Bordini, Barbara; Robertsson, Otto; Cafri, Guy; Paxton, Elizabeth; Sedrakyan, Art; Graves, Stephen
2014-12-17
Differences in survivorship of non-posterior-stabilized compared with posterior-stabilized knee designs carry substantial economic consequences, especially with limited health-care resources. However, these comparisons have often been made between relatively small groups of patients, often with short-term follow-up, with only small differences demonstrated between the groups. The goal of this study is to compare the outcomes of non-posterior-stabilized and posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasties with use of a unique collaboration of multiple established knee arthroplasty registries. A distributed health data network was developed by the International Consortium of Orthopaedic Registries and was used in this study to reduce barriers to participation (such as security, propriety, legal, and privacy issues) compared with a centralized data warehouse approach. The study included only replacements in osteoarthritis patients who underwent total knee procedures involving fixed-bearing devices from 2001 to 2010. The outcome of interest was time to first revision. On average, not resurfacing showed a more harmful effect than resurfacing did when posterior-stabilized and non-posterior-stabilized knee replacements were compared, while the risk of revision for posterior-stabilized compared with non-posterior-stabilized knees was highest in year zero to one, followed by year one to two, years eight through ten, and years two through eight. Posterior-stabilized knees did significantly worse than non-posterior-stabilized knees did when the patella was not resurfaced. This difference was most pronounced in the first two years (year zero to one: hazard ratio [HR] = 2.15, 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.56 to 2.95, p < 0.001; year one to two: HR = 1.61, 95% CI = 1.48 to 1.75, p < 0.001). When the patella was resurfaced, posterior-stabilized knees did significantly worse than non-posterior-stabilized knees did. This was again most pronounced in the first two years (year zero to one: HR = 1.75, 95% CI = 1.27 to 2.42, p = 0.001; year one to two: HR = 1.31, 95% CI = 1.19 to 1.45, p < 0.001). There was a reduced risk of revision with a patient age of more than sixty-five years (HR = 0.57, 95% CI = 0.55 to 0.60, p < 0.001). We found that fixed non-posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty performed better with or without patellar resurfacing than did fixed posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty. This effect was most pronounced in the first two years. The risk of revision for posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasties was reduced with patellar resurfacing. Also, a patient age of more than sixty-five years and female gender reduced the risk of revision. Copyright © 2014 by The Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, Incorporated.
Arifin, Nooranida; Abu Osman, Noor Azuan; Wan Abas, Wan Abu Bakar
2014-04-01
The measurements of postural balance often involve measurement error, which affects the analysis and interpretation of the outcomes. In most of the existing clinical rehabilitation research, the ability to produce reliable measures is a prerequisite for an accurate assessment of an intervention after a period of time. Although clinical balance assessment has been performed in previous study, none has determined the intrarater test-retest reliability of static and dynamic stability indexes during dominant single stance. In this study, one rater examined 20 healthy university students (female=12, male=8) in two sessions separated by 7 day intervals. Three stability indexes--the overall stability index (OSI), anterior/posterior stability index (APSI), and medial/ lateral stability index (MLSI) in static and dynamic conditions--were measured during single dominant stance. Intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC), standard error measurement (SEM) and 95% confidence interval (95% CI) were calculated. Test-retest ICCs for OSI, APSI, and MLSI were 0.85, 0.78, and 0.84 during static condition and were 0.77, 0.77, and 0.65 during dynamic condition, respectively. We concluded that the postural stability assessment using Biodex stability system demonstrates good-to-excellent test-retest reliability over a 1 week time interval.
Krkeljas, Zarko
2017-07-21
The objective of the study was to determine whether a relationship exists between the two common methods for assessing postural stability in athletes: the time-to-stabilisation (TTS) via force-plate and the Biodex Balance System (BBS). The conditions under which these measurements assess dynamic postural control may not provide sufficient feedback to practitioners. Fourty-four amateur soccer players with no history of musculoskeletal disorders volunteered for the study. Pearson correlation was used to compare the anterior-posterior (AP), medio-lateral (ML), and the overall stability indexes measured by BBS, with the corresponding parameters of TTS assessed via force plate. There was no significant correlation between any parameters of dynamic stability measured by force-plate and the stability indexes. However, there was a significant correlation between the resulting vectors and the AP component of TTS for each jump protocol. Furthermore, forward drop landing exhibited shortest TTS in AP direction, while lateral drop landing resulted in longer ML TTS relative to both forward jumps (p < 0.001). These results demonstrate that the TTS and BBS stability indexes should be used as distinct measures of dynamic postural stability. TTS protocols may be modified to target a specific training conditions or athletic population.
Graves, Stephen; Sedrakyan, Art; Baste, Valborg; Gioe, Terence J; Namba, Robert; Martínez Cruz, Olga; Stea, Susanna; Paxton, Elizabeth; Banerjee, Samprit; Isaacs, Abby J; Robertsson, Otto
2014-12-17
Posterior-stabilized total knee prostheses were introduced to address instability secondary to loss of posterior cruciate ligament function, and they have either fixed or mobile bearings. Mobile bearings were developed to improve the function and longevity of total knee prostheses. In this study, the International Consortium of Orthopaedic Registries used a distributed health data network to study a large cohort of posterior-stabilized prostheses to determine if the outcome of a posterior-stabilized total knee prosthesis differs depending on whether it has a fixed or mobile-bearing design. Aggregated registry data were collected with a distributed health data network that was developed by the International Consortium of Orthopaedic Registries to reduce barriers to participation (e.g., security, proprietary, legal, and privacy issues) that have the potential to occur with the alternate centralized data warehouse approach. A distributed health data network is a decentralized model that allows secure storage and analysis of data from different registries. Each registry provided data on mobile and fixed-bearing posterior-stabilized prostheses implanted between 2001 and 2010. Only prostheses associated with primary total knee arthroplasties performed for the treatment of osteoarthritis were included. Prostheses with all types of fixation were included except for those with the rarely used reverse hybrid (cementless tibial and cemented femoral components) fixation. The use of patellar resurfacing was reported. The outcome of interest was time to first revision (for any reason). Multivariate meta-analysis was performed with linear mixed models with survival probability as the unit of analysis. This study includes 137,616 posterior-stabilized knee prostheses; 62% were in female patients, and 17.6% had a mobile bearing. The results of the fixed-effects model indicate that in the first year the mobile-bearing posterior-stabilized prostheses had a significantly higher hazard ratio (1.86) than did the fixed-bearing posterior-stabilized prostheses (95% confidence interval, 1.28 to 2.7; p = 0.001). For all other time intervals, the mobile-bearing posterior-stabilized prostheses had higher hazard ratios; however, these differences were not significant. Mobile-bearing posterior-stabilized prostheses had an increased rate of revision compared with fixed-bearing posterior-stabilized prostheses. This difference was evident in the first year. Copyright © 2014 by The Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, Incorporated.
Okamoto, Shigetoshi; Mizu-uchi, Hideki; Okazaki, Ken; Hamai, Satoshi; Nakahara, Hiroyuki; Iwamoto, Yukihide
2015-08-01
We used a musculoskeletal model validated with in vivo data to evaluate the effect of tibial posterior slope on knee kinematics, quadriceps force, and patellofemoral contact force after posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty. The maximum quadriceps force and patellofemoral contact force decreased with increasing posterior slope. Anterior sliding of the tibial component and anterior impingement of the anterior aspect of the tibial post were observed with tibial posterior slopes of at least 5° and 10°, respectively. Increased tibial posterior slope contributes to improved exercise efficiency during knee extension, however excessive tibial posterior slope should be avoided to prevent knee instability. Based on our computer simulation we recommend tibial posterior slopes of less than 5° in posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
The Effects of Shoulder Slings on Balance in Patients With Hemiplegic Stroke.
Sohn, Min Kyun; Jee, Sung Ju; Hwang, Pyoungsik; Jeon, Yumi; Lee, Hyunkeun
2015-12-01
To investigate the effects of a shoulder sling on balance in patients with hemiplegia. Twenty-seven hemiplegic stroke patients (right 13, left 14) were enrolled in this study. The subjects' movement in their centers of gravity (COGs) during their static and dynamic balance tests was measured with their eyes open in each sling condition-without a sling, with Bobath's axillary support (Bobath sling), and with a simple arm sling. The percent times in quadrant, overall, anterior/posterior, and medial/lateral stability indexes were measured using a posturography platform (Biodex Balance System SD). Functional balance was evaluated using the Berg Balance Scale and the Trunk Impairment Scale. All balance tests were performed with each sling in random order. The COGs of right hemiplegic stroke patients and all hemiplegic stroke patients shifted to, respectively, the right and posterior quadrants during the static balance test without a sling (p<0.05). This weight asymmetry pattern did not improve with either the Bobath or the simple arm sling. There was no significant improvement in any stability index during either the static or the dynamic balance tests in any sling condition. The right and posterior deviations of the hemiplegic stroke patients' COGs were maintained during the application of the shoulder slings, and there were no significant effects of the shoulder slings on the patients' balance in the standing still position.
The Effects of Shoulder Slings on Balance in Patients With Hemiplegic Stroke
Sohn, Min Kyun; Jee, Sung Ju; Hwang, Pyoungsik; Jeon, Yumi
2015-01-01
Objective To investigate the effects of a shoulder sling on balance in patients with hemiplegia. Methods Twenty-seven hemiplegic stroke patients (right 13, left 14) were enrolled in this study. The subjects' movement in their centers of gravity (COGs) during their static and dynamic balance tests was measured with their eyes open in each sling condition-without a sling, with Bobath's axillary support (Bobath sling), and with a simple arm sling. The percent times in quadrant, overall, anterior/posterior, and medial/lateral stability indexes were measured using a posturography platform (Biodex Balance System SD). Functional balance was evaluated using the Berg Balance Scale and the Trunk Impairment Scale. All balance tests were performed with each sling in random order. Results The COGs of right hemiplegic stroke patients and all hemiplegic stroke patients shifted to, respectively, the right and posterior quadrants during the static balance test without a sling (p<0.05). This weight asymmetry pattern did not improve with either the Bobath or the simple arm sling. There was no significant improvement in any stability index during either the static or the dynamic balance tests in any sling condition. Conclusion The right and posterior deviations of the hemiplegic stroke patients' COGs were maintained during the application of the shoulder slings, and there were no significant effects of the shoulder slings on the patients' balance in the standing still position. PMID:26798614
Francio, Vinicius T; Boesch, Ron; Tunning, Michael
2015-03-01
Posterior cortical atrophy (PCA) is a rare progressive neurodegenerative syndrome which unusual symptoms include deficits of balance, bodily orientation, chronic pain syndrome and dysfunctional motor patterns. Current research provides minimal guidance on support, education and recommended evidence-based patient care. This case reports the utilization of chiropractic spinal manipulation, dynamic neuromuscular stabilization (DNS), and other adjunctive procedures along with medical treatment of PCA. A 54-year-old male presented to a chiropractic clinic with non-specific back pain associated with visual disturbances, slight memory loss, and inappropriate cognitive motor control. After physical examination, brain MRI and PET scan, the diagnosis of PCA was recognized. Chiropractic spinal manipulation and dynamic neuromuscular stabilization were utilized as adjunctive care to conservative pharmacological treatment of PCA. Outcome measurements showed a 60% improvement in the patient's perception of health with restored functional neuromuscular pattern, improvements in locomotion, posture, pain control, mood, tolerance to activities of daily living (ADLs) and overall satisfactory progress in quality of life. Yet, no changes on memory loss progression, visual space orientation, and speech were observed. PCA is a progressive and debilitating condition. Because of poor awareness of PCA by physicians, patients usually receive incomplete care. Additional efforts must be centered on the musculoskeletal features of PCA, aiming enhancement in quality of life and functional improvements (FI). Adjunctive rehabilitative treatment is considered essential for individuals with cognitive and motor disturbances, and manual medicine procedures may be consider a viable option.
Vertullo, Christopher J; Lewis, Peter L; Lorimer, Michelle; Graves, Stephen E
2017-07-05
Controversy still exists as to the optimum management of the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) in total knee arthroplasty. Surgeons can choose to kinematically substitute the PCL with a posterior-stabilized total knee replacement or alternatively to utilize a cruciate-retaining, also known as minimally stabilized, total knee replacement. Proponents of posterior-stabilized total knee replacement propose that the reported lower survivorship in registries when directly compared with minimally stabilized total knee replacement is due to confounders such as selection bias because of the preferential usage of posterior-stabilized total knee replacement in more complex or severe cases. In this study, we aimed to eliminate these possible confounders by performing an instrumental variable analysis based on surgeon preference to choose either posterior-stabilized or minimally stabilized total knee replacement, rather than the actual prosthesis received. Cumulative percent revision, hazard ratio (HR), and revision diagnosis data were obtained from the Australian Orthopaedic Association National Joint Replacement Registry from September 1, 1999, to December 31, 2014, for 2 cohorts of patients, those treated by high-volume surgeons who preferred minimally stabilized replacements and those treated by high-volume surgeons who preferred posterior-stabilized replacements. All patients had a diagnosis of osteoarthritis and underwent fixed-bearing total knee replacement with patellar resurfacing. At 13 years, the cumulative percent revision was 5.0% (95% confidence interval [CI], 4.0% to 6.2%) for the surgeons who preferred the minimally stabilized replacements compared with 6.0% (95% CI, 4.2% to 8.5%) for the surgeons who preferred the posterior-stabilized replacements. The revision risk for the surgeons who preferred posterior-stabilized replacements was significantly higher for all causes (HR = 1.45 [95% CI, 1.30 to 1.63]; p < 0.001), for loosening or lysis (HR = 1.93 [95% CI, 1.58 to 2.37]; p < 0.001), and for infection (HR = 1.51 [95% CI, 1.25 to 1.82]; p < 0.001). This finding was irrespective of patient age and was evident with cemented fixation and with both cross-linked polyethylene and non-cross-linked polyethylene. However, the higher revision risk was only evident in male patients. There was a 45% higher risk of revision for the patients of surgeons who preferred a posterior-stabilized total knee replacement compared with the patients of surgeons who preferred a minimally stabilized total knee replacement. Therapeutic Level III. See Instructions for Authors for a complete description of levels of evidence.
Effect of midsole thickness of dance shoes on dynamic postural stability.
Wyon, Matthew A; Cloak, Ross; Lucas, Josephine; Clarke, Frances
2013-12-01
Landing from jumps is one of the main causes of injury within dance. A number of studies have reported a negative effect of shoe midsole thickness on lower limb kinematics during running due to the reduction in afferent sensory outputs from the foot's epithelium. The purpose of this study was to examine the influence of varying midsole thicknesses in dance shoes on dynamic postural stability during a single-leg landing. Twenty-eight female undergraduate dance participants volunteered for the study. They carried out three trials under four conditions: barefoot and in ballet flats (2 mm midsole thickness), jazz shoes (7 mm), and dance sneakers (30 mm). The task consisted of a single-leg forward jump over a hurdle at 50% of their maximal vertical jump height, landing on a force platform, and balancing for 3 seconds. The stability indices for vertical stability (VSI), anterior-posterior stability (APSI), medial-lateral stability (MLSI), and dynamic postural stability (DPSI) were calculated using Wikstrom's revised method. Significant differences were reported between the midsole thicknesses for both DPSI and VSI (p<0.01). No statistical differences were noted for the indices SPSI or MLSI. The present data agree with the running studies in that increased midsole thickness has a negative influence on landing stability.
Balanced Flexion and Extension Gaps Are Not Always of Equal Size.
Kinsey, Tracy L; Mahoney, Ormonde M
2018-04-01
It has been widely accepted in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) that flexion and extension gaps in the disarticulated knee during surgery should be equalized. We hypothesized that tensioning during assessment of the flexion gap can induce temporary widening of the gap due to posterior tibial translation. We aimed to describe posterior tibial translation at flexion gap (90°) assessments and assess the correlation of tibial translation with laxity (flexion space increase) using constrained and non-constrained inserts. Imageless navigation was used to measure flexion angle, tibial position relative to the femoral axis, and lateral/medial laxity in 30 patients undergoing primary TKA. Trialing was conducted using posteriorly stabilized and cruciate retaining trials of the same size to elucidate the association of posterior tibial translation with changes in joint capsule laxity at 90° knee flexion. All patients demonstrated posterior tibial translation during flexion gap assessment relative to their subsequent final implantation [mean ± standard deviation (range), 11.3 ± 4.4 (4-21) mm]. Positive linear correlation [r = 0.69, 95% confidence interval (CI) 0.44-0.84, P ≤ .001] was demonstrated between translations [8.7 ± 2.4 (3-13) mm] and laxity changes [2.9° ± 2.0° (-0.7° to 7.4°)] at 90° of flexion. Posterior tibial translation can cause artifactual widening of the flexion gap during gap balancing in posteriorly stabilized TKA, which can be of sufficient magnitude to alter femoral component size selection for some patients. Recognition and management of these intra-operative dynamics for optimal kinematics could be feasible with the advent of robotic applications. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Peebles, Alexander T; Bruetsch, Adam P; Lynch, Sharon G; Huisinga, Jessie M
2017-10-03
Around 60% of persons with multiple sclerosis (MS) experience falls, however the dynamic balance differences between those who fall and those who don't are not well understood. The purpose of this study is to identify distinct biomechanical features of dynamic balance during gait that are different between fallers with MS, non-fallers with MS, and healthy controls. 27 recurrent fallers with MS, 28 persons with MS with no falls history, and 27 healthy controls walked on a treadmill at their preferred speed for 3min. The variability of trunk accelerations and the average and variability of minimum toe clearance, spatiotemporal parameters, and margin of stability were compared between groups. Fallers with MS exhibited a slower cautious gait compared to non-fallers and healthy controls, but had decreased anterior-posterior margin of stability and minimum toe clearance. Fallers walked with less locally stable and predictable trunk accelerations, and increased variability of step length, stride time, and both anterior-posterior and mediolateral margin of stability compared to non-fallers and healthy controls. The present work provides evidence that within a group of persons with MS, there are gait differences that are influenced by falls history. These differences indicate that in persons with MS who fall, the center of mass is poorly controlled through base of support placement and the foot is closer to the ground during swing phase relative to the non-fallers. These identified biomechanical differences could be used to evaluate dynamic balance in persons with MS and to help improve fall prevention strategies. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
Kraeutler, Matthew J.; Aberle, Nicholas S.; Brown, Colin C.; Ptasinski, Joseph J.; McCarty, Eric C.
2018-01-01
Background: Glenohumeral instability is a common abnormality, especially among athletes. Previous studies have evaluated outcomes after arthroscopic stabilization in patients with anterior or posterior shoulder instability but have not compared outcomes between groups. Purpose: To compare return-to-sport and other patient-reported outcomes in patients after primary arthroscopic anterior, posterior, and combined anterior and posterior shoulder stabilization. Study Design: Cohort study; Level of evidence, 3. Methods: Patients who underwent primary arthroscopic anterior, posterior, or combined anterior and posterior shoulder stabilization were contacted at a minimum 2-year follow-up. Patients completed a survey that consisted of return-to-sport outcomes as well as the Western Ontario Shoulder Instability Index (WOSI), Single Assessment Numeric Evaluation (SANE), American Shoulder and Elbow Sur’geons (ASES) score, and Shoulder Activity Scale. Results: A total of 151 patients were successfully contacted (anterior: n = 81; posterior: n = 22; combined: n = 48) at a mean follow-up of 3.6 years. No significant differences were found between the groups with regard to age at the time of surgery or time to follow-up. No significant differences were found between the groups in terms of WOSI (anterior: 76; posterior: 70; combined: 78; P = .28), SANE (anterior: 87; posterior: 85; combined: 87; P = .79), ASES (anterior: 88; posterior: 83; combined: 91; P = .083), or Shoulder Activity Scale (anterior: 12.0; posterior: 12.5; combined: 12.5; P = .74) scores. No significant difference was found between the groups in terms of the rate of return to sport (anterior: 73%; posterior: 68%; combined: 75%; P = .84). Conclusion: Athletes undergoing arthroscopic stabilization of anterior, posterior, or combined shoulder instability can be expected to share a similar prognosis. High patient-reported outcome scores and moderate to high rates of return to sport were achieved by all groups. PMID:29637085
Effect of arm swing strategy on local dynamic stability of human gait.
Punt, Michiel; Bruijn, Sjoerd M; Wittink, Harriet; van Dieën, Jaap H
2015-02-01
Falling causes long term disability and can even lead to death. Most falls occur during gait. Therefore improving gait stability might be beneficial for people at risk of falling. Recently arm swing has been shown to influence gait stability. However at present it remains unknown which mode of arm swing creates the most stable gait. To examine how different modes of arm swing affect gait stability. Ten healthy young male subjects volunteered for this study. All subjects walked with four different arm swing instructions at seven different gait speeds. The Xsens motion capture suit was used to capture gait kinematics. Basic gait parameters, variability and stability measures were calculated. We found an increased stability in the medio-lateral direction with excessive arm swing in comparison to normal arm swing at all gait speeds. Moreover, excessive arm swing increased stability in the anterior-posterior and vertical direction at low gait speeds. Ipsilateral and inphase arm swing did not differ compared to a normal arm swing. Excessive arm swing is a promising gait manipulation to improve local dynamic stability. For excessive arm swing in the ML direction there appears to be converging evidence. The effect of excessive arm swing on more clinically relevant groups like the more fall prone elderly or stroke survivors is worth further investigating. Excessive arm swing significantly increases local dynamic stability of human gait. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Francio, Vinicius T.; Boesch, Ron; Tunning, Michael
2015-01-01
Objective: Posterior cortical atrophy (PCA) is a rare progressive neurodegenerative syndrome which unusual symptoms include deficits of balance, bodily orientation, chronic pain syndrome and dysfunctional motor patterns. Current research provides minimal guidance on support, education and recommended evidence-based patient care. This case reports the utilization of chiropractic spinal manipulation, dynamic neuromuscular stabilization (DNS), and other adjunctive procedures along with medical treatment of PCA. Clinical features: A 54-year-old male presented to a chiropractic clinic with non-specific back pain associated with visual disturbances, slight memory loss, and inappropriate cognitive motor control. After physical examination, brain MRI and PET scan, the diagnosis of PCA was recognized. Intervention and Outcome: Chiropractic spinal manipulation and dynamic neuromuscular stabilization were utilized as adjunctive care to conservative pharmacological treatment of PCA. Outcome measurements showed a 60% improvement in the patient’s perception of health with restored functional neuromuscular pattern, improvements in locomotion, posture, pain control, mood, tolerance to activities of daily living (ADLs) and overall satisfactory progress in quality of life. Yet, no changes on memory loss progression, visual space orientation, and speech were observed. Conclusion: PCA is a progressive and debilitating condition. Because of poor awareness of PCA by physicians, patients usually receive incomplete care. Additional efforts must be centered on the musculoskeletal features of PCA, aiming enhancement in quality of life and functional improvements (FI). Adjunctive rehabilitative treatment is considered essential for individuals with cognitive and motor disturbances, and manual medicine procedures may be consider a viable option. PMID:25729084
Lee, Ho Min; Kim, Jong Pil; Chung, Phil Hyun; Kang, Suk; Kim, Young Sung; Go, Bo Seong
2018-05-24
Knee dislocation following total knee replacement arthroplasty is a rare but serious complication. The incidence of dislocation following primary total knee arthroplasty with posterior stabilized implants ranges from 0.15 to 0.5%, and posterior dislocation after revision total knee arthroplasty is even rarer. Here, we report the case of a 76-year-old male who presented with posterior dislocation after posterior stabilized revision total knee arthroplasty.
Formica, Matteo; Cavagnaro, Luca; Basso, Marco; Zanirato, Andrea; Felli, Lamberto; Formica, Carlo
2015-11-01
To evaluate the results of a novel rigid-dynamic stabilization technique in lumbar degenerative segment diseases (DSD), expressly pointing out the preservation of postoperative lumbar lordosis (LL). Forty-one patients with one level lumbar DSD and initial disc degeneration at the adjacent level were treated. Circumferential lumbar arthrodesis and posterior hybrid instrumentation were performed to preserve an initial disc degeneration above the segment that has to be fused. Clinical and spino-pelvic parameters were evaluated pre- and postoperatively. At 2-year follow-up, a significant improvement of clinical outcomes was reported. No statistically significant difference was noted between postoperative and 2-year follow-up in LL and in disc/vertebral body height ratio at the upper adjacent fusion level. When properly selected, this technique leads to good results. A proper LL should be achieved after any hybrid stabilization to preserve the segment above the fusion.
Computerized dynamic posturography: the influence of platform stability on postural control.
Palm, Hans-Georg; Lang, Patricia; Strobel, Johannes; Riesner, Hans-Joachim; Friemert, Benedikt
2014-01-01
Postural stability can be quantified using posturography systems, which allow different foot platform stability settings to be selected. It is unclear, however, how platform stability and postural control are mathematically correlated. Twenty subjects performed tests on the Biodex Stability System at all 13 stability levels. Overall stability index, medial-lateral stability index, and anterior-posterior stability index scores were calculated, and data were analyzed using analysis of variance and linear regression analysis. A decrease in platform stability from the static level to the second least stable level was associated with a linear decrease in postural control. The overall stability index scores were 1.5 ± 0.8 degrees (static), 2.2 ± 0.9 degrees (level 8), and 3.6 ± 1.7 degrees (level 2). The slope of the regression lines was 0.17 for the men and 0.10 for the women. A linear correlation was demonstrated between platform stability and postural control. The influence of stability levels seems to be almost twice as high in men as in women.
Ankle Bracing, Fatigue, and Time to Stabilization in Collegiate Volleyball Athletes
Shaw, Megan Y; Gribble, Phillip A; Frye, Jamie L
2008-01-01
Context: Fatigue has been shown to disrupt dynamic stability in healthy volunteers. It is not known if wearing prophylactic ankle supports can improve dynamic stability in fatigued athletes. Objective: To determine the type of ankle brace that may be more effective at providing dynamic stability after a jump-landing task during normal and fatigued conditions. Design: Two separate repeated-measures analyses of variance with 2 within-subjects factors (condition and time) were performed for each dependent variable. Setting: Research laboratory. Patients or Other Participants: Ten healthy female collegiate volleyball athletes participated (age = 19.5 ± 1.27 years, height = 179.07 ± 7.6 cm, mass = 69.86 ± 5.42 kg). Intervention(s): Athletes participated in 3 separate testing sessions, applying a different bracing condition at each session: no brace (NB), Swede-O Universal lace-up ankle brace (AB), and Active Ankle brace (AA). Three trials of a jump-landing task were performed under each condition before and after induced functional fatigue. The jump-landing task consisted of a single-leg landing onto a force plate from a height equivalent to 50% of each participant's maximal jump height and from a starting position 70 cm from the center of the force plate. Main Outcome Measure(s): Time to stabilization in the anterior-posterior (APTTS) and medial-lateral (MLTTS) directions. Results: For APTTS, a condition-by-time interaction existed (F2,18 = 5.55, P = .013). For the AA condition, Tukey post hoc testing revealed faster pretest (2.734 ± 0.331 seconds) APTTS than posttest (3.817 ± 0.263 seconds). Post hoc testing also revealed that the AB condition provided faster APTTS (2.492 ± 0.271 seconds) than AA (3.817 ± 0.263 seconds) and NB (3.341 ± 0.339 seconds) conditions during posttesting. No statistically significant findings were associated with MLTTS. Conclusions: Fatigue increased APTTS for the AA condition. Because the AB condition was more effective than the other 2 conditions during the posttesting, the AB appears to be the best option for providing dynamic stability in the anterior-posterior direction during a landing task. PMID:18345341
Effect of active arm swing to local dynamic stability during walking.
Wu, Yu; Li, Yue; Liu, An-Min; Xiao, Fei; Wang, Yin-Zhi; Hu, Fei; Chen, Jin-Ling; Dai, Ke-Rong; Gu, Dong-Yun
2016-02-01
Arm swing is an essential component in regulating dynamic stability of the whole body during walking, while the contribution of active arm swing to local dynamic stability of different motion segments remains unclear. This study investigated the effects of arm swing under natural arm swing condition and active arm swing condition on local dynamic stability and gait variability of the trunk segments (C7 and T10 joint) and lower extremity joints (hip, knee and ankle joint). The local divergence exponents (λs) and mean standard deviation over strides (MeanSD) of 24 young healthy adults were calculated while they were walking on treadmill with two arm swing conditions at their preferred walking speed (PWS). We found that in medial-lateral direction, both λs and MeanSD values of the trunk segments (C7 and T10 joint) in active arm swing condition were significantly lower than those in natural arm swing condition (p<0.05), while no significant difference of λs or MeanSD in lower extremity joints (hip, knee and ankle joint) was found between two arm swing conditions (p>0.05, respectively). In anterior-posterior and vertical direction, neither λs nor MeanSD values of all body segments showed significant difference between two arm swing conditions (p>0.05, respectively). These findings indicate that active arm swing may help to improve the local dynamic stability of the trunk segments in medial-lateral direction. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Yoshihara, Hiroyuki
2014-07-01
Numerous surgical procedures and instrumentation techniques for lumbosacral fusion (LSF) have been developed. This is probably because of its high mechanical demand and unique anatomy. Surgical options include anterior column support (ACS) and posterior stabilization procedures. Biomechanical studies have been performed to verify the stability of those options. The options have their own advantage but also disadvantage aspects. This review article reports the surgical options for lumbosacral fusion, their biomechanical stability, advantages/disadvantages, and affecting factors in option selection. Review of literature. LSF has lots of options both for ACS and posterior stabilization procedures. Combination of posterior stabilization procedures is an option. Furthermore, combinations of ACS and posterior stabilization procedures are other options. It is difficult to make a recommendation or treatment algorithm of LSF from the current literature. However, it is important to know all aspects of the options and decision-making of surgical options for LSF needs to be tailored for each patient, considering factors such as biomechanical stress and osteoporosis.
Bansbach, Heather M; Lovalekar, Mita T; Abt, John P; Rafferty, Deirdre; Yount, Darcie; Sell, Timothy C
2017-08-01
The odds of sustaining non-contact musculoskeletal injuries are higher in Special Operations Forces operators than in infantry soldiers. The ankle is one of the most commonly injured joints, and once injured can put individuals at risk for reinjury. The purpose of this study was to determine if any differences in postural stability and landing kinematics exist between operators with a self-reported ankle injury in the past one year and uninjured controls. A total of 55 Special Operations Forces operators were included in this analysis. Comparisons were made between operators with a self-reported ankle injury within one-year of their test date (n=11) and healthy matched controls (n=44). Comparisons were also made between injured and uninjured limbs within the injured group. Dynamic postural stability and landing kinematics at the ankle, knee, and hip were assessed during a single-leg jump-landing task. Comparisons were made between groups with independent t-tests and within the injured group between limbs using paired t-tests. There were no significant differences in dynamic postural stability index or landing kinematics between the injured and uninjured groups. Anterior-posterior stability index was significantly higher on the uninjured limb compared to the injured limb within the injured group (P=0.02). Single ankle injuries sustained by operators may not lead to deficits in dynamic postural stability. Dynamic postural stability index and landing kinematics within one year after injury were either not affected by the injuries reported, or injured operators were trained back to baseline measures through rehabilitation and daily activity. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
van den Boom, Lennard GH; Brouwer, Reinoud W; van den Akker-Scheek, Inge; Bulstra, Sjoerd K; van Raaij, Jos JAM
2009-01-01
Background Prosthetic design for the use in primary total knee arthroplasty has evolved into designs that preserve the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) and those in which the ligament is routinely sacrificed (posterior stabilized). In patients with a functional PCL the decision which design is chosen depends largely on the favour and training of the surgeon. The objective of this study is to determine whether the patient's perceived outcome and speed of recovery differs between a posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty and a posterior stabilized total knee arthroplasty. Methods/Design A randomized controlled trial will be conducted. Patients who are admitted for primary unilateral TKA due to primary osteoarthrosis are included when the following inclusion criteria are met: non-fixed fixed varus or valgus deformity less than 10 degrees, age between 55 and 85 years, body mass index less than 35 kg/m2 and ASA score (American Society of Anaesthesiologists) I or II. Patients are randomized in 2 groups. Patients in the posterior cruciate retaining group will receive a prosthesis with a posterior cut-out for the posterior cruciate ligament and relatively flat topography. In patients allocated to the posterior stabilized group, in which the posterior cruciate ligament is excised, the design may substitute for this function by an intercondylar tibial prominence that articulates with the femur in flexion. Measurements will take place preoperatively and 6 weeks, 3 months, 6 months and 1 year postoperatively. At all measurement points patient's perceived outcome will be assessed using the Western Ontario and McMaster Universities Osteoarthritis Index (WOMAC). Secondary outcome measures are quality of life (SF-36) and physician reported functional status and range of motion as determined with the Knee Society Clinical Rating System (KSS). Discussion In the current practice both posterior cruciate retaining and posterior stabilized designs for total knee arthroplasty are being used. To date no studies have been performed determining whether there is a difference in patient's perceived outcome between the two designs. Additionally, there is a lack of studies determining the speed of recovery in both designs as most studies only determine the final outcome. This randomised controlled study has been designed to determine whether the patient's perceived outcome and speed of recovery differs between a posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty and a posterior stabilized total knee arthroplasty. Trial Registration The trial is registered in the Netherlands Trial Registry (NTR1673). PMID:19793397
Star Excursion Balance Test performance and application in elite junior rugby union players.
Coughlan, Garrett F; Delahunt, Eamonn; O'Sullivan, Eoghan; Fullam, Karl; Green, Brian S; Caulfield, Brian M
2014-11-01
To evaluate performance on selected reach directions of the Start Excursion Balance Test (SEBT) in an elite underage rugby union population, and determine if differences exist between the forward and back position units. This information may have implications for the application of this test in player injury prevention and management. Descriptive study. Gymnasium at an elite junior rugby union screening camp. 102 healthy male elite rugby union players (age = 17.9 ± 1.1 years, height = 1.83 ± 0.07 m, body mass = 90.5 ± 11.3 kg). Participants were assessed on the Anterior (A), Posterior-medial (PM), and Posterior-lateral (PL) reach directions of the SEBT. Normative data for SEBT performance in the A, PM and PL reach directions were established for an elite junior rugby union population. No significant differences in dynamic postural stability were observed between the forward and back position units. This study provides normative SEBT data on an elite junior rugby union population, which enables clinicians to compare player dynamic postural stability and has implications for use in the prevention and management of player injuries. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Oliveira, Dauro Douglas; de Oliveira, Bruno Franco; Figueiredo, Daniel Santos Fonseca; Antunes, Alberto Nogueira da Gama; Seraidarian, Paulo Isaías
2017-10-01
This article reports the camouflage retreatment of an adult patient presenting an asymmetric Class III malocclusion and posterior open bite. Sliding jigs (SJs) associated with intermaxillary elastics were used. The long-term stability of the excellent results suggests that the use of SJs to correct asymmetric posterior occlusions may be effective.
Metcalfe, Stephen; Gbejuade, Herbert; Patel, Nitin R
2012-07-15
A retrospective case series. To demonstrate the feasibility, safety, and results of the posterior transpedicular approach for circumferential decompression and instrumented reconstruction of thoracolumbar spinal tumors. Patients presenting with spinal tumor disease requiring 3-column instrumented stabilization are typically treated with a combined anterior and posterior surgical approach. However, circumferential decompression and instrumented stabilization may also be achieved through a single-stage, midline posterior transpedicular approach. Fifty consecutive patients (27 women and 23 men) underwent surgery between 2003 and 2010 at a single institution by the senior author. Mean age was 55.9 years (range, 25-79 yr).Single or multilevel, contiguous subtotal vertebrectomy was performed ranging from T1 to L4 (38 thoracic and 12 lumbar). Three-column spinal stabilization was achieved using posterior pedicle screw fixation and vertebral body reconstruction, with a titanium cage introduced through the posterior transpedicular route. The mean follow-up period was 17 months (range, 1-54 mo). The mean operating time was 4.2 hours. The mean estimated blood loss for a subgroup of 9 patients with hypervascular tumor pathology was 3933 mL (range, 2700-5800 mL). The mean blood loss in the remaining 41 patients was 1262 mL (range, 250-2500 mL).Postoperative neurological status was maintained or improved in all patients. Mean postoperative stay was 7.7 days (range, 3-12 d). At last review, 14 patients were alive, with a mean survival of 36 months (range, 13-71 mo). The mean survival for the 36 patients who died was 19 months (range, 2 weeks to 54 mo). This is the largest reported series of patients with spinal tumor disease undergoing circumferential decompression and 3-column instrumented stabilization through the posterior transpedicular approach.This surgical approach provides sufficient access for safe and effective circumferential decompression and stabilization, with reduced complications compared with costotransversectomy or combined anterior transcavitary and posterior approaches.
Lo, JiaHsuan; Müller, Otto; Dilger, Torsten; Wülker, Nikolaus; Wünschel, Markus
2011-12-01
This study investigated passive translational and rotational stability properties of the intact knee joint, after bicruciate-retaining bi-compartmental knee arthroplasty (BKA) and after posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Fourteen human cadaveric knee specimens were used in this study, and a robotic manipulator with six-axis force/torque sensor was used to test the joint laxity in anterior-posterior translation, valgus-varus, and internal-external rotation. The results show the knee joint stability after bicruciate-retaining BKA is similar to that of the native knee. On the other hand, the PCL-retaining TKA results in inferior joint stability in valgus, varus, external rotation, anterior and, surprisingly, posterior directions. Our findings suggest that, provided functional ligamentous structures, bicruciate-retaining BKA is a biomechanically attractive treatment for joint degenerative disease. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Squared ligament of the elbow: anatomy and contribution to forearm stability.
Otayek, Salma; Tayeb, Abd-el-Kader Ait; Assabah, Bouchra; Viard, Brice; Dayan, Romain; Lazure, Thierry; Soubeyrand, Marc
2016-03-01
The present study describes the macroscopic and microscopic features of the squared ligament of the elbow (SLE). In addition, the SLE biomechanical behavior and contribution to the forearm stability were also examined. Ten forearms from freshly frozen cadavers were used for this work. Each forearm was mounted in an experimental frame for quantification of longitudinal and transverse stability. Macroscopic features and biomechanical behavior were analyzed on dynamic videos obtained during forearm rotation. Then, the SLE was harvested from the 10 forearms for microscopic analysis on histological slices stained with hematoxylin-eosin-saffron. Two main SLE configurations were identified. One in which the SLE had three distinct bundles (anterior, middle, posterior) and another in which it was homogeneous. The anterior part of the SLE had a mean length of 11.2 mm (±2.4 mm) and a mean width of 1.2 mm (±0.2 mm) while the posterior part had a mean length of 9.9 mm (±2.2 mm) and a mean width of 1 mm (±0.2 mm). Microscopic examination showed that the SLE is composed of a thin layer of arranged collagen fibers. During forearm rotation, the SLE progressively tightens upon pronation and supination by wrapping around the radial neck. Tightening of the SLE during forearm rotation provides transverse and longitudinal stability to the forearm, mainly in maximal pronation and supination. The SLE is a true ligament and provides forearm stability when it is stretched in pronation and supination.
Posterior Shoulder Instability
Antosh, Ivan J.; Tokish, John M.; Owens, Brett D.
2016-01-01
Context: Posterior shoulder instability has become more frequently recognized and treated as a unique subset of shoulder instability, especially in the military. Posterior shoulder pathology may be more difficult to accurately diagnose than its anterior counterpart, and commonly, patients present with complaints of pain rather than instability. “Posterior instability” may encompass both dislocation and subluxation, and the most common presentation is recurrent posterior subluxation. Arthroscopic and open treatment techniques have improved as understanding of posterior shoulder instability has evolved. Evidence Acquisition: Electronic databases including PubMed and MEDLINE were queried for articles relating to posterior shoulder instability. Study Design: Clinical review. Level of Evidence: Level 4. Results: In low-demand patients, nonoperative treatment of posterior shoulder instability should be considered a first line of treatment and is typically successful. Conservative treatment, however, is commonly unsuccessful in active patients, such as military members. Those patients with persistent shoulder pain, instability, or functional limitations after a trial of conservative treatment may be considered surgical candidates. Arthroscopic posterior shoulder stabilization has demonstrated excellent clinical outcomes, high patient satisfaction, and low complication rates. Advanced techniques may be required in select cases to address bone loss, glenoid dysplasia, or revision. Conclusion: Posterior instability represents about 10% of shoulder instability and has become increasingly recognized and treated in military members. Nonoperative treatment is commonly unsuccessful in active patients, and surgical stabilization can be considered in patients who do not respond. Isolated posterior labral repairs constitute up to 24% of operatively treated labral repairs in a military population. Arthroscopic posterior stabilization is typically considered as first-line surgical treatment, while open techniques may be required in complex or revision settings. PMID:27697889
Shi, Xiaojun; Shen, Bin; Kang, Pengde; Yang, Jing; Zhou, Zongke; Pei, Fuxing
2013-12-01
To evaluate and quantify the effect of the tibial slope on the postoperative maximal knee flexion and stability in the posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Fifty-six patients (65 knees) who had undergone TKA with the posterior-stabilized prostheses were divided into the following 3 groups according to the measured tibial slopes: Group 1: ≤4°, Group 2: 4°-7° and Group 3: >7°. The preoperative range of the motion, the change in the posterior condylar offset, the elevation of the joint line, the postoperative tibiofemoral angle and the preoperative and postoperative Hospital for Special Surgery (HSS) scores were recorded. The tibial anteroposterior translation was measured using the Kneelax 3 Arthrometer at both the 30° and the 90° flexion angles. The mean values of the postoperative maximal knee flexion were 101° (SD 5), 106° (SD 5) and 113° (SD 9) in Groups 1, 2 and 3, respectively. A significant difference was found in the postoperative maximal flexion between the 3 groups (P < 0.001). However, no significant differences were found between the 3 groups in the postoperative HSS scores, the changes in the posterior condylar offset, the elevation of the joint line or the tibial anteroposterior translation at either the 30° or the 90° flexion angles. A 1° increase in the tibial slope resulted in a 1.8° flexion increment (r = 1.8, R (2) = 0.463, P < 0.001). An increase in the posterior tibial slope can significantly increase the postoperative maximal knee flexion. The tibial slope with an appropriate flexion and extension gap balance during the operation does not affect the joint stability.
Correlations between physical properties of jawbone and dental implant initial stability.
Seong, Wook-Jin; Kim, Uk-Kyu; Swift, James Q; Hodges, James S; Ko, Ching-Chang
2009-05-01
There is confusion in the literature about how physical properties of bone vary between maxillary and mandibular regions and which physical properties affect initial implant stability. The purpose of this study was to determine correlations between physical properties of bone and initial implant stability, and to determine how physical properties and initial stability vary among regions of jawbone. Four pairs of edentulous maxillae and mandibles were retrieved from fresh human cadavers. Six implants per pair were placed in different anatomical regions (maxillary anterior, right and left maxillary posterior, mandibular anterior, right and left mandibular posterior). Immediately after surgery, initial implant stability was measured with a resonance frequency device and a tapping device. Implant surgeries and initial stability measurements were performed within 72 hours of death. Elastic modulus (EM) and hardness were measured using nano-indentation. Composite apparent density (cAD) was measured using Archimedes' principle. Bone-implant contact percentage and cortical bone thickness were recorded histomorphometrically. Mixed linear models and univariate-correlation analyses were used (alpha=.05). Generally, mandibular bone had higher initial implant stability and physical properties than maxillary bone. Initial implant stability was higher in the anterior region than in the posterior. EM was higher in the posterior region than in the anterior; the reverse was true for cAD. Of the properties evaluated, cAD had the highest correlation with initial implant stability (r=0.82). Both physical properties of bone and initial implant stability differed between regions of jawbone.
Biomechanical comparison of anterior cervical plating and combined anterior/lateral mass plating.
Adams, M S; Crawford, N R; Chamberlain, R H; Bse; Sonntag, V K; Dickman, C A
2001-01-01
Previous studies showed anterior plates of older design to be inadequate for stabilizing the cervical spine in all loading directions. No studies have investigated enhancement in stability obtained by combining anterior and posterior plates. To determine which modes of loading are stabilized by anterior plating after a cervical burst fracture and to determine whether adding posterior plating further significantly stabilizes the construct. A repeated-measures in vitro biomechanical flexibility experiment was performed to investigate how surgical destabilization and subsequent addition of hardware components alter spinal stability. Six human cadaveric specimens were studied. Angular range of motion (ROM) and neutral zone (NZ) were quantified during flexion, extension, lateral bending, and axial rotation. Nonconstraining, nondestructive torques were applied while recording three-dimensional motion optoelectronically. Specimens were tested intact, destabilized by simulated burst fracture with posterior distraction, plated anteriorly with a unicortical locking system, and plated with a combined anterior/posterior construct. The anterior plate significantly (p<.05) reduced the ROM relative to normal in all modes of loading and significantly reduced the NZ in flexion and extension. Addition of the posterior plates further significantly reduced the ROM in all modes of loading and reduced the NZ in lateral bending. Anterior plating systems are capable of substantially stabilizing the cervical spine in all modes of loading after a burst fracture. The combined approach adds significant stability over anterior plating alone in treating this injury but may be unnecessary clinically. Further study is needed to assess the added clinical benefits of the combined approach and associated risks.
Postflight Quiet Stance Stability of Astronauts Following Recovery From a Simulated Fall
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Reschke, M. F.; Kofman, I. S.; Fisher, E. A.; Cerisano, J. M.; Lawrence, E. L.; Peters, B. T.; Harm, D. L.; Kulecz, W.; Mulavara, A. P.; Fiedler, M. J.;
2010-01-01
INTRODUCTION: Astronauts returning from space flight universally present with postural ataxia. Throughout the Space Shuttle Program, measurement of ataxia has concentrated on sway in the anterior-posterior plane. Implementation of an interdisciplinary pre- and postflight study (Functional Task Test, FTT) designed to evaluate both astronaut postflight functional performance and related physiological changes has allowed the investigation of postural instability by characterizing dynamic stabilographic sway patterns. METHODS: Six astronauts from short-duration (Shuttle) and three from long-duration (ISS) flights were required to recover from a simulated fall. Subjects with eyes open, wearing running shoes lay prone on the floor for 2 minutes and then quickly stood up, maintained a quiet stance for 3 minutes, arms relaxed along the side of the body, and feet comfortably placed on the force plate. Crewmembers were tested twice before flight, on landing day (Shuttle only), and 1, 6, and 30 days after flight. Anterior-posterior (AP) and medial-lateral (ML) center-of-pressure (COP) coordinates were calculated from the ground reaction forces collected at 500 Hz. The 3-minute quiet stance trial was broken into three 1-minute segments for stabilogram diffusion analysis. A mean sway speed (rate of change of COP displacement) was also calculated as an additional postural stability parameter. RESULTS/CONCLUSION: While there was considerable variation, most of crewmembers tested exhibited increased stochastic activity evidenced by larger short-term COP diffusion coefficients postflight in both the AP and ML planes, suggesting significant changes in postural control mechanisms, particularly control of lower limb muscle function. As expected, postural instability of ISS astronauts on the first day postflight was similar to that of Shuttle crewmembers on landing day. Recoveries of stochastic activity and mean sway speed to baseline levels were typically observed by the 30th day postflight for both long-duration and short-duration crewmembers. Dynamic postural stability characteristics obtained in this low-impact study complement the data measured with computerized dynamic posturography.
Han, Yu; Sun, Jianguang; Luo, Chenghan; Huang, Shilei; Li, Liren; Ji, Xiang; Duan, Xiaozong; Wang, Zhenqing; Pi, Guofu
2016-12-01
OBJECTIVE Pedicle screw-based dynamic spinal stabilization systems (PDSs) were devised to decrease, theoretically, the risk of long-term complications such as adjacent-segment degeneration (ASD) after lumbar fusion surgery. However, to date, there have been few studies that fully proved that a PDS can reduce the risk of ASD. The purpose of this study was to examine whether a PDS can influence the incidence of ASD and to discuss the surgical coping strategy for L5-S1 segmental spondylosis with preexisting L4-5 degeneration with no related symptoms or signs. METHODS This study retrospectively compared 62 cases of L5-S1 segmental spondylosis in patients who underwent posterior lumbar interbody fusion (n = 31) or K-Rod dynamic stabilization (n = 31) with a minimum of 4 years' follow-up. The authors measured the intervertebral heights and spinopelvic parameters on standing lateral radiographs and evaluated preexisting ASD on preoperative MR images using the modified Pfirrmann grading system. Radiographic ASD was evaluated according to the results of radiography during follow-up. RESULTS All 62 patients achieved remission of their neurological symptoms without surgical complications. The Kaplan-Meier curve and Cox proportional-hazards model showed no statistically significant differences between the 2 surgical groups in the incidence of radiographic ASD (p > 0.05). In contrast, the incidence of radiographic ASD was 8.75 times (95% CI 1.955-39.140; p = 0.005) higher in the patients with a preoperative modified Pfirrmann grade higher than 3 than it was in patients with a modified Pfirrmann grade of 3 or lower. In addition, no statistical significance was found for other risk factors such as age, sex, and spinopelvic parameters. CONCLUSIONS Pedicle screw-based dynamic spinal stabilization systems were not found to be superior to posterior lumbar interbody fusion in preventing radiographic ASD (L4-5) during the midterm follow-up. Preexisting ASD with a modified Pfirrmann grade higher than 3 was a risk factor for radiographic ASD. In the treatment of degenerative diseases of the lumbosacral spine, the authors found that both of these methods are feasible. Also, the authors believe that no extra treatment, other than observation, is needed for preexisting degeneration in L4-5 without any clinical symptoms or signs.
Tanikake, Yohei; Hayashi, Koji; Ogawa, Munehiro; Inagaki, Yusuke; Kawate, Kenji; Tomita, Tetsuya; Tanaka, Yasuhito
2016-12-01
A 72-year-old male patient underwent mobile-bearing posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty for osteoarthritis. He experienced a nontraumatic polyethylene tibial insert cone fracture 27 months after surgery. Scanning electron microscopy of the fracture surface of the tibial insert cone suggested progress of ductile breaking from the posterior toward the anterior of the cone due to repeated longitudinal bending stress, leading to fatigue breaking at the anterior side of the cone, followed by the tibial insert cone fracture at the anterior side of the cone, resulting in fracture at the base of the cone. This analysis shows the risk of tibial insert cone fracture due to longitudinal stress in mobile-bearing posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty in which an insert is designed to highly conform to the femoral component.
Kim, Young-Hoo; Kim, Jun-Shik; Park, Jang-Won; Joo, Jong-Hwan
2011-06-01
To our knowledge, no study to date has compared the clinical results of posterior cruciate-sacrificing mobile-bearing total knee replacements with those of posterior-stabilized mobile-bearing total knee replacements in the same patients. The purpose of the present study was to compare the clinical and radiographic results of these two designs. We hypothesized that the results would be better for knees treated with the posterior-stabilized mobile-bearing prosthesis. The present study consisted of a consecutive series of 107 female patients (mean age, 66.8 years) who underwent bilateral simultaneous total knee arthroplasty at the same surgical setting. All of these patients received a posterior cruciate-sacrificing mobile-bearing prosthesis in one knee and a posterior-stabilized mobile-bearing prosthesis in the contralateral knee. At the time of each follow-up (mean, 7.4 years; range, seven to 7.6 years), the patients were assessed clinically. The mean postoperative Knee Society knee score (96 compared with 97 points) and Hospital for Special Surgery knee score (93 compared with 94 points) were similar between the two groups. At the time of the latest follow-up, the average range of motion was 127.7° (range, 70° to 150°) in the knees with a posterior cruciate-sacrificing mobile-bearing prosthesis and 132.4° (range, 90° to 150°) in the knees with a posterior-stabilized mobile-bearing prosthesis. With a margin of error of the manual measurement of 5°, this difference was not significant. The estimated survival rate was 97.2% (95% confidence interval, 91% to 99%) at seven years in the posterior-cruciate sacrificing mobile-bearing prosthesis group and 98.1% (95% confidence interval, 92% to 99%) at seven years in the posterior-stabilized mobile-bearing prosthesis group. After a minimum duration of follow-up of seven years, we found no significant differences between the two groups with regard to the clinical and radiographic results, including knee range of motion.
Parton, Richard M.; Hamilton, Russell S.; Ball, Graeme; Yang, Lei; Cullen, C. Fiona; Lu, Weiping; Ohkura, Hiroyuki
2011-01-01
Cytoskeletal organization is central to establishing cell polarity in various cellular contexts, including during messenger ribonucleic acid sorting in Drosophila melanogaster oocytes by microtubule (MT)-dependent molecular motors. However, MT organization and dynamics remain controversial in the oocyte. In this paper, we use rapid multichannel live-cell imaging with novel image analysis, tracking, and visualization tools to characterize MT polarity and dynamics while imaging posterior cargo transport. We found that all MTs in the oocyte were highly dynamic and were organized with a biased random polarity that increased toward the posterior. This organization originated through MT nucleation at the oocyte nucleus and cortex, except at the posterior end of the oocyte, where PAR-1 suppressed nucleation. Our findings explain the biased random posterior cargo movements in the oocyte that establish the germline and posterior. PMID:21746854
Tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis using a dynamically locked retrograde intramedullary nail.
Pelton, Kevin; Hofer, Jason K; Thordarson, David B
2006-10-01
Tibiotalocalcaneal arthrodesis is an important salvage method for patients with complex hindfoot problems, including Charcot arthropathy, osteonecrosis of the talus, combined arthritis of the ankle and subtalar joint, and failed total ankle arthroplasty. This study evaluated the results of a dynamic retrograde intramedullary nail for fixation with posterior to anterior distal interlocking screws placed through the calcaneus for tibiotalocalcaneal fusion. Thirty-three consecutive tibiotalocalcaneal fusions were done by a single surgeon (DBT) and were stabilized with a dynamic retrograde intramedullary nail. Time to fusion, impaction of the nail relative to the intramedullary canal, nail-tibial angle, and complications were noted. Average followup was 14 months. Twenty-nine of 33 feet (88%) fused at an average of 3.7 months after surgery. Average impaction of the nail was 2.3 (0.5 to 5.0) mm. Cortical hypertrophy at the tip of the rod or at the proximal interlocking screw was noted in 13 of 27 patients. A trend toward a higher nonunion rate was noted in patients with an increased nail-tibial angle. Dynamic retrograde intramedullary nailing for fixation of the tibiotalocalcaneal fusions is a good method of stabilizing this complex fusion construct.
Altinci, Pinar; Can, Gulsen; Gunes, Onur; Ozturk, Caner; Eren, Hakan
2016-12-01
Immediately-loaded, narrow-diameter implants can be a less invasive alternative for the implant-supported fixed rehabilitation of narrow, posterior crests. To determine the stability and marginal bone level (MBL) changes of narrow-diameter, titanium-zirconium (TiZr) implants placed with flapless surgery and loaded immediately in the posterior region. Thirty-eight TiZr implants (3.3 mm diameter, 10 mm length, Roxolid, Straumann AG) were placed in the posterior crests of 14 patients with computer-guided flapless surgery as a support of 3-unit posterior bridges. Eighteen implants were loaded immediately, and 20 implants were loaded conventionally. The implant stability quotients were determined at the 1, 2, 4, and 8. weeks of healing before conventional loading, and at the 3, 6, and 12. months after loading by resonance frequency analysis. The MBL changes were measured by digital radiography. The surgical protocols were accomplished without any biological complications. There was no significant difference in the stability changes of TiZr implants between the loading groups (p > .05). The MBL changes were -0.18 ± 0.27 mm and -0.24 ± 0.27 mm at the 12. month of immediate and conventional loading, respectively, which was not statistically significant (p > .05). The stability and MBL changes of TiZr implants supporting posterior 3-unit bridges were clinically acceptable at the first year of loading. © 2016 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
C1-C2 intra-articular screw fixation for atlantoaxial posterior stabilization.
Tokuhashi, Y; Matsuzaki, H; Shirasaki, Y; Tateishi, T
2000-02-01
A trial of a new posterior stabilization technique for atlantoaxial instability and a report of preliminary results. To describe a new posterior stabilization technique for atlantoxial instability. Magerl's transarticular screw fixation is an accepted technique for rigid atlantoaxial stabilization, which reportedly has yielded many good clinical results. However, the technique is technically demanding and poses a risk of injury to the nerves and veins. Eleven patients who had been treated with intra-articular screw fixation in combination with Halifax interlaminar clamp (OSTEONICS, Allendale, NJ) for atlantoaxial instability were observed. Results of their clinical examinations and biomechanical studies using resinous bones of a cervical spine model were reviewed. In all patients, occipital pain, neck pain, and neural deficit improved, and bony fusion with no correction loss was shown on radiography. To date, no vascular or neural complications have been found, and no instrumentation failures have occurred. In the biomechanical study, the Halifax with transarticular screw fixation had significantly greater flexion stiffness than the Halifax only or the Halifax with intra-articular screw fixation, but the torsion stiffness of the Halifax with intra-articular screw fixation was significantly greater than that of the other Halifax combinations. The preliminary results showed that this technique was effective in strengthening the rotational stability of the atlantoaxial fixation and was considered useful for atlantoaxial posterior stabilization.
Sá, Cristina Dos Santos Cardoso de; Boffino, Catarina Costa; Ramos, Renato Teodoro; Tanaka, Clarice
To evaluate the stability, postural adjustments and contributions of sensory information for postural control in children. 40 boys and 40 girls were equally divided into groups of 5, 7, 9 and 12 years (G5, G7, G9 and G12). All children were submitted to dynamic posturography using a modified sensory organization test, using four sensory conditions: combining stable or sway referencing platform with eyes opened, or closed. The area and displacements of the center of pressure were used to determine stability, while the adjustments were used to measure the speed of the center of pressure displacements. These measurements were compared between groups and test conditions. Stability tends to increase with age and to decrease with sensory manipulation with significant differences between G5 and G7 in different measures. G7 differed from G12 under the conditions of stable and sway platform with eyes open. G9 did not differ from G12. Similar behavior was observed for adjustments, especially in anterior-posterior directions. Postural stability and adjustments were associated with age and were influenced by sensory manipulation. The ability to perform anterior-posterior adjustments was more evident and sensory maturation occurred firstly on the visual system, then proprioceptive system, and finally, the vestibular system, reaching functional maturity at nine years of age. Seven-year-olds seem to go through a period of differentiated singularity in postural control. Copyright © 2017 Associação Brasileira de Pesquisa e Pós-Graduação em Fisioterapia. Publicado por Elsevier Editora Ltda. All rights reserved.
Ünkar, Ethem Ayhan; Öztürkmen, Yusuf; Şükür, Erhan; Çarkçı, Engin; Mert, Murat
2017-03-01
The aim of this study was to compare the radiological and functional results of posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) - retaining and posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasties in patients with severe varus gonarthrosis. Medical records of 112 knees of 96 patients who underwent total knee arthroplasty for severe varus (≥15°) were reviewed. PCL-retaining and PCL-stabilizing groups consisted of 58 and 54 knees, respectively. Mean follow-up time was 56.6 months (range: 24-112 months). Knee Society (KS) clinical rating system was used in clinical evaluation. Range of motion, degree of flexion contracture, postoperative alignment, and complication rates were compared between the groups. Mean preoperative mechanical tibiofemoral angle was 20.1° in varus alignment, and was restored to 4.6° in valgus postoperatively. No statistically significant differences were found between PCL-stabilizing and PCL-retaining groups when KS knee scores, function scores, and flexion arc were evaluated. Two patients in PCL-retaining group underwent revision surgery due to aseptic loosening of tibial component. One patient in PCL-stabilizing group needed arthrotomy due to patellar clunk syndrome. There were no notable differences between the 2 groups and PCL-retaining design had outcomes as good as PCL-stabilizing total knee implant in osteoarthritic knees with severe varus deformity. Level III, Therapeutic study. Copyright © 2016 Turkish Association of Orthopaedics and Traumatology. Production and hosting by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Small, Lawrence E.; Dawes, Adriana T.
2017-01-01
Establishment of anterior–posterior polarity in the Caenorhabditis elegans zygote requires two different processes: mechanical activity of the actin–myosin cortex and biochemical activity of partitioning-defective (PAR) proteins. Here we analyze how PARs regulate the behavior of the cortical motor protein nonmuscle myosin (NMY-2) to complement recent efforts that investigate how PARs regulate the Rho GTPase CDC-42, which in turn regulates the actin-myosin cortex. We find that PAR-3 and PAR-6 concentrate CDC-42–dependent NMY-2 in the anterior cortex, whereas PAR-2 inhibits CDC-42–dependent NMY-2 in the posterior domain by inhibiting PAR-3 and PAR-6. In addition, we find that PAR-1 and PAR-3 are necessary for inhibiting movement of NMY-2 across the cortex. PAR-1 protects NMY-2 from being moved across the cortex by forces likely originating in the cytoplasm. Meanwhile, PAR-3 stabilizes NMY-2 against PAR-2 and PAR-6 dynamics on the cortex. We find that PAR signaling fulfills two roles: localizing NMY-2 to the anterior cortex and preventing displacement of the polarized cortical actin–myosin network. PMID:28615321
Lee, Soo Eon; Jahng, Tae-Ahn; Kim, Hyun Jib
2015-01-01
As motion-preserving technique has been developed, the concept of hybrid surgery involves simultaneous application of two different kinds of devices, dynamic stabilization system and fusion technique. In the present study, the application of hybrid surgery for lumbosacral degenerative disease involving two-segments and its long-term outcome were investigated. Fifteen patients with hybrid surgery (Hybrid group) and 10 patients with two-segment fusion (Fusion group) were retrospectively compared. Preoperative grade for disc degeneration was not different between the two groups, and the most common operated segment had the most degenerated disc grade in both groups; L4-5 and L5-S1 in the Hybrid group, and L3-4 and L4-5 in Fusion group. Over 48 months of follow-up, lumbar lordosis and range of motion (ROM) at the T12-S1 global segment were preserved in the Hybrid group, and the segmental ROM at the dynamic stabilized segment maintained at final follow-up. The Fusion group had a significantly decreased global ROM and a decreased segmental ROM with larger angles compared to the Hybrid group. Defining a 2-mm decrease in posterior disc height (PDH) as radiologic adjacent segment pathology (ASP), these changes were observed in 6 and 7 patients in the Hybrid and Fusion group, respectively. However, the last PDH at the above adjacent segment had statistically higher value in Hybrid group. Pain score for back and legs was much reduced in both groups. Functional outcome measured by Oswestry disability index (ODI), however, had better improvement in Hybrid group. Hybrid surgery, combined dynamic stabilization system and fusion, can be effective surgical treatment for multilevel degenerative lumbosacral spinal disease, maintaining lumbar motion and delaying disc degeneration.
Lee, Soo Eon; Kim, Hyun Jib
2015-01-01
Background As motion-preserving technique has been developed, the concept of hybrid surgery involves simultaneous application of two different kinds of devices, dynamic stabilization system and fusion technique. In the present study, the application of hybrid surgery for lumbosacral degenerative disease involving two-segments and its long-term outcome were investigated. Methods Fifteen patients with hybrid surgery (Hybrid group) and 10 patients with two-segment fusion (Fusion group) were retrospectively compared. Results Preoperative grade for disc degeneration was not different between the two groups, and the most common operated segment had the most degenerated disc grade in both groups; L4-5 and L5-S1 in the Hybrid group, and L3-4 and L4-5 in Fusion group. Over 48 months of follow-up, lumbar lordosis and range of motion (ROM) at the T12-S1 global segment were preserved in the Hybrid group, and the segmental ROM at the dynamic stabilized segment maintained at final follow-up. The Fusion group had a significantly decreased global ROM and a decreased segmental ROM with larger angles compared to the Hybrid group. Defining a 2-mm decrease in posterior disc height (PDH) as radiologic adjacent segment pathology (ASP), these changes were observed in 6 and 7 patients in the Hybrid and Fusion group, respectively. However, the last PDH at the above adjacent segment had statistically higher value in Hybrid group. Pain score for back and legs was much reduced in both groups. Functional outcome measured by Oswestry disability index (ODI), however, had better improvement in Hybrid group. Conclusion Hybrid surgery, combined dynamic stabilization system and fusion, can be effective surgical treatment for multilevel degenerative lumbosacral spinal disease, maintaining lumbar motion and delaying disc degeneration. PMID:26484008
Injury incidence and balance in rugby players.
M, Jaco Ras; Puckree, Threethambal
2014-01-01
Objective : This study determined and correlated injury incidence and balance in rugby players. A prospective survey with balance testing was conducted on first year rugby academy players (N= 114). Injury incidence, static and dynamic balance were tested pre and post-season using a Biosway portable balance system. The data was analysed using paired and independent samples t-tests at p<0.05, Odds ratios, and Spearman's correlation coefficients. 75.50% participated, 71.40% were 18 years old, and 71.40% were White. Injury was sustained by 83% of players with the knee (25%) most commonly injured. Injury incidence was 1.52 per player with an injury rate of 5.95 injuries per 1000 match playing hours. The Stability Index increased significantly (p=0.03) by 15% in the medial/lateral direction post-season compared to pre-season. Significant differences in post-test anterior posterior and overall static and front and front right dynamic stability between injured and uninjured players were noted. Risk factors for injury included the scrum-half (14.80%) playing position, injuries in the 2nd half of the match (57%), and during contact (67%). Conclusion : Injury incidence was related to static and dynamic balance in forward right direction only.
Injury incidence and balance in rugby players
M, Jaco Ras; Puckree, Threethambal
2014-01-01
Objective : This study determined and correlated injury incidence and balance in rugby players. Methods: A prospective survey with balance testing was conducted on first year rugby academy players (N= 114). Injury incidence, static and dynamic balance were tested pre and post-season using a Biosway portable balance system. The data was analysed using paired and independent samples t-tests at p<0.05, Odds ratios, and Spearman’s correlation coefficients. Results: 75.50% participated, 71.40% were 18 years old, and 71.40% were White. Injury was sustained by 83% of players with the knee (25%) most commonly injured. Injury incidence was 1.52 per player with an injury rate of 5.95 injuries per 1000 match playing hours. The Stability Index increased significantly (p=0.03) by 15% in the medial/lateral direction post-season compared to pre-season. Significant differences in post-test anterior posterior and overall static and front and front right dynamic stability between injured and uninjured players were noted. Risk factors for injury included the scrum-half (14.80%) playing position, injuries in the 2nd half of the match (57%), and during contact (67%). Conclusion : Injury incidence was related to static and dynamic balance in forward right direction only. PMID:25674136
Denaro, Vincenzo; Longo, Umile Giuseppe; Berton, Alessandra; Salvatore, Giuseppe; Denaro, Luca
2015-11-01
Surgical management of patients with multilevel CSM aims to decompress the spinal cord and restore the normal sagittal alignment. The literature lacks of high level evidences about the best surgical approach. Posterior decompression and stabilization in lordosis allows spinal cord back shift, leading to indirect decompression of the anterior spinal cord. The purpose of this study was to investigate the efficacy of posterior decompression and stabilization in lordosis for multilevel CSM. 36 out of 40 patients were clinically assessed at a mean follow-up of 5, 7 years. Outcome measures included EMS, mJOA Score, NDI and SF-12. Patients were asked whether surgery met their expectations and if they would undergo the same surgery again. Bone graft fusion, instrumental failure and cervical curvature were evaluated. Spinal cord back shift was measured and correlation with EMS and mJOA score recovery rate was analyzed. All scores showed a significative improvement (p < 0.001), except the SF12-MCS (p > 0.05). Ninety percent of patients would undergo the same surgery again. There was no deterioration of the cervical alignment, posterior grafted bones had completely fused and there were no instrument failures. The mean spinal cord back shift was 3.9 mm (range 2.5-4.5 mm). EMS and mJOA recovery rates were significantly correlated with the postoperative posterior cord migration (P < 0.05). Posterior decompression and stabilization in lordosis is a valuable procedure for patients affected by multilevel CSM, leading to significant clinical improvement thanks to the spinal cord back shift. Postoperative lordotic alignment of the cervical spine is a key factor for successful treatment.
Jennings, Meagan M; Christensen, Jeffery C
2008-01-01
Posterior tibial tendon insufficiency has been implicated as a cause of adult acquired flatfoot. Multiple theories are debated as to whether or not a flatfoot deformity develops secondary to insufficiency of the posterior tibial tendon or of the ligamentous structures such as the spring ligament complex. This cadaveric study was undertaken in an attempt to determine the effect that sectioning the spring ligament complex has on foot stability, and whether engagement of the posterior tibial tendon would be able to compensate for the loss of the spring ligament complex. A 3-dimensional kinematic system and a custom-loading frame were used to quantify rotation about the talus, navicular, and calcaneus in 5 cadaveric specimens, before and after sectioning the spring ligament complex, while incremental tension was applied to the posterior tibial tendon. This study demonstrated that sectioning the spring ligament complex created instability in the foot for which the posterior tibial tendon was unable to compensate. Sectioning the spring ligament complex also produced significant changes in talar, navicular, and calcaneal rotations. During simulated midstance, the navicular plantarflexed, adducted, and everted; the talar head plantarflexed, adducted, and inverted; and the calcaneus plantarflexed, abducted, and everted, after sectioning the spring ligament complex. The results of this study indicate that the spring ligament complex is the major stabilizer of the arch during midstance and that the posterior tibial tendon is incapable of fully accommodating for its insufficiency, suggesting that the spring ligament complex should be evaluated and, if indicated, repaired in flatfoot reconstruction. 5.
Functional anatomy of the lateral collateral ligament of the elbow.
Hackl, M; Bercher, M; Wegmann, K; Müller, L P; Dargel, J
2016-07-01
The aim of this study was to analyze the functional anatomy of the lateral collateral ligament complex (LCLC) and the surrounding forearm extensors. Using 81 human cadaveric upper extremities, the anatomy of the forearm extensors-especially the anconeus, supinator and extensor carpi ulnaris (ECU)-was analyzed. After removal of aforementioned extensors the functional anatomy of the LCLC was analyzed. The origin of the LCLC was evaluated for isometry. The insertion types of the lateral ulnar collateral ligament (LUCL) were analyzed and classified. The ECU runs parallel to the RCL to dynamically preserve varus stability. The supinator and anconeus muscle fibers coalesce with the LCLC and lengthen during pronation. The anconeus fibers run parallel to the LUCL in full flexion. The LCLC consists of the annular ligament (AL) and the isometric radial collateral ligament (RCL). During elbow flexion, its posterior branches (LUCL) tighten while the anterior branches loosen. When performing a pivot shift test, the loosened LUCL fibers do not fully tighten in full extension. The LUCL inserts along with the AL at the supinator crest. Three different insertion types could be observed. The LUCL represents the posterior branch of the RCL rather than a distinct ligament. It is non-isometric and lengthens during elbow flexion. The RCL was found to be of vital importance for neutralization of posterolateral rotatory forces. Pronation of the forearm actively stabilizes the elbow joint as the supinator, anconeus and biceps muscle work in unison to increase posterolateral rotatory stability.
Pizones, Javier; Sánchez-Mariscal, Felisa; Zúñiga, Lorenzo; Álvarez, Patricia; Izquierdo, Enrique
2013-04-20
Prospective cohort study. To study magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) accuracy in diagnosing posterior ligamentous complex (PLC) damage, when applying the new dichotomic instability criteria in a prospective cohort of patients with vertebral fracture. Recent studies dispute MRI accuracy to diagnose PLC injuries. They analyze the complex based on 3 categories (intact/indeterminate/rupture), including the indeterminate in the ruptured group (measurement bias) in the accuracy analysis. Moreover, fractures with conservative treatment (selection bias) are not included. Both facts reduce the specificity. A recent study has proposed new criteria where posterior instability is determined with supraspinous ligament (SSL) rupture. Prospective study of patients with acute thoracolumbar fracture, using radiography and MRI (FS-T2-w/short-tau inversion-recovery sequences). 1. The integrity (ruptured/unruptured) of each isolated component of the PLC (facet capsules, interspinous ligament, SSL, and ligamentum flavum) was assessed via MRI and surgical findings. 2. PLC integrity as a whole was assessed, adopting the new dichotomic stability criteria from previous studies. In the MR images, PLC is considered ruptured when the SSL is found discontinued, and intact when not (this excludes the "indeterminate" category). In surgically treated fractures, PLC stability as a whole was assessed dynamically (ruptured/unruptured). In conservative fractures, PLC stability was assessed according to change in vertebral kyphosis measured with the local kyphotic angle at 2-year follow-up (ruptured if difference is > 5°/unruptured if difference is < 5°).3. Comparative analysis among findings provided MRI accuracy in diagnosing PLC damage. Fifty-eight vertebral fractures were studied (38 surgical, 20 conservative), of which 50% were in males; average age, 40.4 years. MRI sensitivity for injury diagnosis of each isolated PLC component varied between 92.3% (interspinous ligament) and 100% (ligamentum flavum). Specificity varied between 52% (facet capsules) and 100% (SSL). PLC integrity sensitivity and specificity as a whole were 91% and 100%, respectively. Adopting the new stability criteria, MRI accuracy in PLC injury diagnosis increases. Specificity is increased (true positives) both in isolated component analysis and PLC as a whole.
INFLUENCE OF INJURY ON DYNAMIC POSTURAL CONTROL IN RUNNERS.
Meardon, Stacey; Klusendorf, Anna; Kernozek, Thomas
2016-06-01
Injury has been linked with altered postural control in active populations. The association between running injury and dynamic postural control has not been examined. The purpose of this study was to examine dynamic postural control in injured and uninjured runners using the Star Excursion Balance Test (SEBT), Time to Stabilization (TTS) of ground reaction forces following a single-leg landing, and postural stability indices reflecting the fluctuations in GRFs during single-leg landing and stabilization tasks (forward and lateral hop). It was hypothesized that dynamic postural control differences would exist between runners with a history of injury that interrupted training for ≥7 days (INJ) when compared to runners without injury (CON). Case-control study. Twenty-two INJ (14 F, 8 M; 23.7 ± 2.1 y; 22.3 ± 2.8 kg/m2; 29.5 ± 16.3 mi/wk) currently running > 50% pre-injury mileage without pain were compared with twenty-two matched CON (14F, 8M; 22.7 ± 1.2 y; 22.7 ± 2.7 kg/m2; 31.2 ± 19.6 mi/wk). INJ group was stratified by site of injury into two groups (Hip/Thigh/Knee and Lower Leg/Ankle/Foot) for secondary analysis. Leg length-normalized anterior, posterolateral, and posteromedial reach distances on the SEBT, medial/lateral and anterior/posterior ground reaction force TTS, directional postural stability indices, and a composite dynamic postural stability index (DPSI), were assessed using mixed model ANOVA (α=0.05) and effect sizes (d). No group X direction interaction or group differences were observed for the SEBT (p=0.51, 0.71) or TTS (p=0.83, 0.72) measures. A group X direction interaction was found for postural stability indices during the forward landing task (p<0.01). Both Hip/Thigh/Knee and Lower leg/Ankle/Foot INJ groups demonstrated a greater vertical postural stability index (VPSI) (p=0.01 for both, d=0.80, 0.95) and DPSI (p=0.01, 0.02, d=0.75, 0.93) when compared to CON suggesting impaired balance control. A group X direction interaction was also found for postural stability indices during the lateral landing task (p=0.03). Only the Hip/Thigh/Knee INJ runners displayed a greater VPSI (p=0.01, d=0.91) and DPSI (p=0.017, d=0.89) when compared to CON. When compared to CON, INJ runners demonstrated impaired dynamic control of vertical forces when performing the single leg landing and stabilization tasks. Clinicians should consider addressing dynamic control of vertical loads through functional tasks during the rehabilitation of running injury. Level 3.
Implant Stability in the Posterior Maxilla: A Controlled Clinical Trial
de Vasconcelos, Mario Ramalho; Lopes Guerra, Isabel Maria; de Campos Felino, Antonio Cabral
2017-01-01
Aim To evaluate the primary and secondary stability of implants in the posterior maxilla. Methods Patients were allocated into three groups: (A) native bone, (B) partially regenerated bone, and (C) nearly totally regenerated bone. Insertion torque (IT) and implant stability quotient (ISQ) were measured at placement, to evaluate whether satisfactory high primary stability (IT ≥ 45 N/cm; ISQ ≥ 60) was achieved; ISQ was measured 15, 30, 45, and 60 days after placement, to investigate the evolution to secondary stability. Results 133 implants (Anyridge®, Megagen) were installed in 59 patients: 55 fixtures were placed in Group A, 57 in Group B, and 21 in Group C. Fifty-two implants had satisfactory high primary stability (IT ≥ 45 N/cm; ISQ ≥ 60). A positive correlation was found between all variables (IT, ISQ at t = 0, t = 60), and statistically higher IT and ISQ values were found for implants with satisfactory high primary stability. Significant differences were found for IT and ISQ between the groups (A, B, and C); however, no drops were reported in the median ISQ values during the healing period. Conclusions The evaluation of the primary and secondary implant stability may contribute to higher implant survival/success rates in critical areas, such as the regenerated posterior maxilla. The present study is registered in the ISRCTN registry with ID ISRCTN33469250. PMID:28626763
Glogaza, Alexander; Schröder, Christian; Woiczinski, Matthias; Müller, Peter; Jansson, Volkmar; Steinbrück, Arnd
2018-06-01
Patellofemoral kinematics and retropatellar pressure distribution change after total knee arthroplasty (TKA). It was hypothesized that different TKA designs will show altered retropatellar pressure distribution patterns and different patellofemoral kinematics according to their design characteristics. Twelve fresh-frozen knee specimens were tested dynamically in a knee rig. Each specimen was measured native, after TKA with a posterior stabilized design (PS) and after TKA with a medial stabilized design (MS). Retropatellar pressure distribution was measured using a pressure sensitive foil which was subdivided into three areas (lateral and medial facet and patellar ridge). Patellofemoral kinematics were measured by an ultrasonic-based three-dimensional motion system (Zebris CMS20, Isny Germany). Significant changes in patellofemoral kinematics and retropatellar pressure distribution were found in both TKA types when compared to the native situation. Mean retropatellar contact areas were significantly smaller after TKA (native: 241.1 ± 75.6 mm 2 , MS: 197.7 ± 74.5 mm 2 , PS: 181.2 ± 56.7 mm 2 , native vs. MS p < 0.001; native vs. PS p < 0.001). The mean peak pressures were significantly higher after TKA. The increased peak pressures were however seen in different areas: medial and lateral facet in the PS-design (p < 0.001), ridge in the MS design (p < 0.001). Different patellofemoral kinematics were found in both TKA designs when compared to the native knee during flexion and extension with a more medial patella tracking. Patellofemoral kinematics and retropatellar pressure change after TKA in different manner depending on the type of TKA used. Surgeons should be aware of influencing the risks of patellofermoral complications by the choice of the prosthesis design.
Surgical Intervention for Instability of the Craniovertebral Junction
TAKAYASU, Masakazu; AOYAMA, Masahiro; JOKO, Masahiro; TAKEUCHI, Mikinobu
2016-01-01
Surgical approaches for stabilizing the craniovertebral junction (CVJ) are classified as either anterior or posterior approaches. Among the anterior approaches, the established method is anterior odontoid screw fixation. Posterior approaches are classified as either atlanto-axial fixation or occipito-cervical (O-C) fixation. Spinal instrumentation using anchor screws and rods has become a popular method for posterior cervical fixation. Because this method achieves greater stability and higher success rates for fusion without the risk of sublaminar wiring, it has become a substitute for previous methods that used bone grafting and wiring. Several types of anchor screws are available, including C1/2 transarticular, C1 lateral mass, C2 pedicle, and translaminar screws. Appropriate anchor screws should be selected according to characteristics such as technical feasibility, safety, and strength. With these stronger anchor screws, shorter fixation has become possible. The present review discusses the current status of surgical interventions for stabilizing the CVJ. PMID:27041630
A Simple Postflight Measure of Postural Atania in Astronauts
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Reschke, M. F.; Harm, D. I.; Kofman, I. S.; Wood, S. J.; Bloomberg, J. J.
2011-01-01
Astronauts returning from space flight universally present with postural ataxia. Throughout the Space Shuttle Program, measurement of ataxia has concentrated on sway in the anterior-posterior (AP) plane. The current investigation, as a part of a larger functional study, concentrated on characterizing postural instability using dynamic stabilographic sway patterns in both the AP and medial-lateral (ML) planes. To accomplish this goal, six astronauts from short-duration (Shuttle) and three from long-duration (ISS) flights were required to recover from a simulated fall. Subjects with eyes open, wearing running shoes lay prone on the floor for 2 minutes and then quickly stood up, maintained a quiet stance for 3 minutes, arms relaxed along the side of the body, and feet comfortably placed on the force plate. Crewmembers were tested twice before flight, on landing day (Shuttle only), and 1, 6, and 30 days after flight. Anterior-posterior and ML center-of-pressure (COP) coordinates were calculated from the ground reaction forces collected at 500 Hz. The 3-minute quiet stance trial was broken into three 1-minute segments for stabilogram diffusion analysis. A mean sway speed (rate of change of COP displacement) was also calculated as an additional postural stability parameter. While there was considerable variation, most of crewmembers tested exhibited increased stochastic activity evidenced by larger short-term COP diffusion coefficients postflight in both the AP and ML planes, suggesting significant changes in postural control mechanisms, particularly control of lower limb muscle function. As expected, postural instability of ISS astronauts on the first day postflight was similar to that of Shuttle crewmembers on landing day. Recoveries of stochastic activity and mean sway speed to baseline levels were typically observed by the 30th day postflight for both long-duration and short-duration crewmembers. Dynamic postural stability characteristics obtained in this low-impact study complement the data measured with computerized dynamic posturography.
Koller, Heiko; Schmidt, Rene; Mayer, Michael; Hitzl, Wolfgang; Zenner, Juliane; Midderhoff, Stefan; Middendorf, Stefan; Graf, Nicolaus; Gräf, Nicolaus; Resch, H; Wilke, Hans-Joachim; Willke, Hans-Joachim
2010-12-01
Clinical studies reported frequent failure with anterior instrumented multilevel cervical corpectomies. Hence, posterior augmentation was recommended but necessitates a second approach. Thus, an author group evaluated the feasibility, pull-out characteristics, and accuracy of anterior transpedicular screw (ATPS) fixation. Although first success with clinical application of ATPS has already been reported, no data exist on biomechanical characteristics of an ATPS-plate system enabling transpedicular end-level fixation in advanced instabilities. Therefore, we evaluated biomechanical qualities of an ATPS prototype C4-C7 for reduction of range of motion (ROM) and primary stability in a non-destructive setup among five constructs: anterior plate, posterior all-lateral mass screw construct, posterior construct with lateral mass screws C5 + C6 and end-level fixation using pedicle screws unilaterally or bilaterally, and a 360° construct. 12 human spines C3-T1 were divided into two groups. Four constructs were tested in group 1 and three in group 2; the ATPS prototypes were tested in both groups. Specimens were subjected to flexibility test in a spine motion tester at intact state and after 2-level corpectomy C5-C6 with subsequent reconstruction using a distractable cage and one of the osteosynthesis mentioned above. ROM in flexion-extension, axial rotation, and lateral bending was reported as normalized values. All instrumentations but the anterior plate showed significant reduction of ROM for all directions compared to the intact state. The 360° construct outperformed all others in terms of reducing ROM. While there were no significant differences between the 360° and posterior constructs in flexion-extension and lateral bending, the 360° constructs were significantly more stable in axial rotation. Concerning primary stability of ATPS prototypes, there were no significant differences compared to posterior-only constructs in flexion-extension and axial rotation. The 360° construct showed significant differences to the ATPS prototypes in flexion-extension, while no significant differences existed in axial rotation. But in lateral bending, the ATPS prototype and the anterior plate performed significantly worse than the posterior constructs. ATPS was shown to confer increased primary stability compared to the anterior plate in flexion-extension and axial rotation with the latter yielding significance. We showed that primary stability after 2-level corpectomy reconstruction using ATPS prototypes compared favorably to posterior systems and superior to anterior plates. From the biomechanical point, the 360° instrumentation was shown the most efficient for reconstruction of 2-level corpectomies. Further studies will elucidate whether fatigue testing will enhance the benefit of transpedicular anchorage with posterior constructs and ATPS.
In Vitro Comparison of Dynesys, PEEK, and Titanium Constructs in the Lumbar Spine
Yeager, Matthew S.; Cook, Daniel J.; Cheng, Boyle C.
2015-01-01
Introduction. Pedicle based posterior dynamic stabilization systems aim to stabilize the pathologic spine while also allowing sufficient motion to mitigate adjacent level effects. Two flexible constructs that have been proposed to act in such a manner, the Dynesys Dynamic Stabilization System and PEEK rod, have yet to be directly compared in vitro to a rigid Titanium rod. Methods. Human lumbar specimens were tested in flexion extension, lateral bending, and axial torsion to evaluate the following conditions at L4-L5: Intact, Dynesys, PEEK rod, Titanium rod, and Destabilized. Intervertebral range of motion, interpedicular travel, and interpedicular displacement metrics were evaluated from 3rd-cycle data using an optoelectric tracking system. Results. Statistically significant decreases in ROM compared to Intact and Destabilized conditions were detected for the instrumented conditions during flexion extension and lateral bending. AT ROM was significantly less than Destabilized but not the Intact condition. Similar trends were found for interpedicular displacement in all modes of loading; however, interpedicular travel trends were less consistent. More importantly, no metrics under any mode of loading revealed significant differences between Dynesys, PEEK, and Titanium. Conclusion. The results of this study support previous findings that Dynesys and PEEK constructs behave similarly to a Titanium rod in vitro. PMID:26366303
Analysis of PITFL injuries in rotationally unstable ankle fractures.
Warner, Stephen J; Garner, Matthew R; Schottel, Patrick C; Hinds, Richard M; Loftus, Michael L; Lorich, Dean G
2015-04-01
Reduction and stabilization of the syndesmosis in unstable ankle fractures is important for ankle mortise congruity and restoration of normal tibiotalar contact forces. Of the syndesmotic ligaments, the posterior inferior tibiofibular ligament (PITFL) provides the most strength for maintaining syndesmotic stability, and previous work has demonstrated the significance of restoring PITFL function when it remains attached to a posterior malleolus fracture fragment. However, little is known regarding the nature of a PITFL injury in the absence of a posterior malleolus fracture. The goal of this study was to describe the PITFL injury pattern based on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and intraoperative observation. A prospective database of all operatively treated ankle fractures by a single surgeon was used to identify all supination-external rotation (SER) types III and IV ankle fracture patients with complete preoperative orthogonal ankle radiographs and MRI. All patients with a posterior malleolus fracture were excluded. Using a combination of preoperative imaging and intraoperative findings, we analyzed the nature of injuries to the PITFL. In total, 185 SER III and IV operatively treated ankle fractures with complete imaging were initially identified. Analysis of the preoperative imaging and operative reports revealed 34% (63/185) had a posterior malleolus fracture and were excluded. From the remaining 122 ankle fractures, the PITFL was delaminated from the posterior malleolus in 97% (119/122) of cases. A smaller proportion (3%; 3/122) had an intrasubstance PITFL rupture. Accurate and stable syndesmotic reduction is a significant component of restoring the ankle mortise after unstable ankle fractures. In our large cohort of rotationally unstable ankle fractures without posterior malleolus fractures, we found that most PITFL injuries occur as a delamination off the posterior malleolus. This predictable PITFL injury pattern may be used to guide new methods for stabilizing the syndesmosis in these patients. Level IV, case series. © The Author(s) 2014.
The results of a consecutive series of dynamic posterior stabilizations using the PercuDyn device.
Canero, Gianfranco; Carbone, Stefano
2015-11-01
To evaluate the results of a consecutive series of patients affected by lumbar discogenic pain associated with facet pain and canal stenosis surgically treated with the PercuDyn device. From 2009, 129 consecutive patients (96 M, 33 F, mean age 62) were treated with posterior dynamic stabilization screws (PercuDyn). Inclusion criteria were minimum follow-up of 24 months; pain localized at the lumbar spine column alone or in association to lower limb radicular pain; magnetic resonance evidence of disc degeneration associated with facet degeneration and canal stenosis. Patients were clinically studied using VAS scale and Oswestry Disability Index (ODI); CT assessment of the neuroforamina and spinal canal areas was done at 1 month of follow-up. At 24 months of follow-up, 96 patients fulfilled the inclusion criteria. 96 intervertebral spaces were treated (85 levels L5-S1, 11 levels L4-L5). The VAS scale showed a statistically significant difference at 1 month, 6 months and 2 years with respect to the pre-operative value (p < 0.001). The ODI score registered a significant difference with the same fashion (p < 0.001 both at 1- and 6-month, and 2-year follow-up with respect to the pre-operatory). At 1-month follow-up, neuroforamina and spinal canal areas were considerably wider (p < 0.05). 70 (72.5 %) patients were satisfied of the procedure. In this wide cohort study, the PercuDyn ensured good clinical and radiological results, with more than 70 % of patients satisfied of the procedure. Very few complications were noted, with an immediate return to daily activities. At longer follow-ups, 10 % of patients received revision surgery.
Yue, De-bo; E, Sen; Wang, Bai-liang; Wang, Wei-guo; Guo, Wan-shou; Zhang, Qi-dong
2013-05-07
To retrospectively explore the correlation between anterior cruciate ligament (ACL)-ruptured knees, stability of ACL-rupture knee and posterior tibial slope (PTS). From January 2008 to October 2012, 150 knees with ACL rupture underwent arthroscopic surgery for ACL reconstruction. A control group was established for subjects undergoing arthroscopic surgery without ACL rupture during the same period. PTS was measured on a digitalized lateral radiograph. Lachman and mechanized pivot shift tests were performed for assessing the stability of knee. There was significant difference (P = 0.007) in PTS angle between the patients with ACL rupture (9.5 ± 2.2 degrees) and the control group (6.6 ± 1.8 degrees). Only among females, increased slope of tibial plateau had effect on the Lachman test. There was a higher positive rate of pivot shift test in patients of increased posterior slope in the ACL rupture group. Increased posterior tibial slope (>6.6) appears to contribute to non-contact ACL injuries in females. And the changes of tibial slope have no effect upon the Lachman test. However, large changes in tibial slope affect pivot shift.
Ho, Eric Po-Yan; Lam, Mak-Ham; Chung, Mandy Man-Ling; Fong, Daniel Tik-Pui; Law, Billy Kan-Yip; Yung, Patrick Shu-Hang; Chan, Wood-Yee; Chan, Kai-Ming
2011-01-01
This study aimed to evaluate the immediate effect on knee kinematics by 2 different techniques of posterolateral corner (PLC) reconstruction. Five intact formalin-preserved cadaveric knees were used in this study. A navigation system was used to measure knee kinematics (posterior translation, varus angulation, and external rotation) after application of a constant force and torque to the tibia. Four different conditions of the knee were evaluated during the biomechanical test: intact knee and PLC-sectioned knee and PLC-reconstructed knee by the double-femoral tunnel technique and single-femoral tunnel technique. Sectioning of the PLC structures resulted in significant increases in external rotation at 30° of flexion from 11.2° (SD, 2.6) to 24.6° (SD, 6.2), posterior translation at 30° of flexion from 3.4 mm (SD, 1.5) to 7.4 mm (SD, 3.8), and varus angulation at 0° of flexion from 2.3° (SD, 2.1) to 7.9° (SD, 5.1). Both reconstruction techniques significantly restored the varus stability. The external rotation and posterior translation at 30° of flexion after reconstruction with the double-femoral tunnel technique were 10.2° (SD, 1.3) and 3.4° (SD, 2.7), respectively, which were significantly better than those of the single-femoral tunnel technique. Both techniques of reconstruction showed improved stability compared with PLC-sectioned knees. The double-femoral tunnel technique in PLC reconstruction showed better rotational stability and resistance to posterior translation than the single-femoral tunnel technique without compromising varus stability. PLC reconstruction by a double-femoral tunnel technique achieves better rotational control and resistance to posterior translation. Copyright © 2011 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
In vitro biomechanical comparison of multistrand cables with conventional cervical stabilization.
Weis, J C; Cunningham, B W; Kanayama, M; Parker, L; McAfee, P C
1996-09-15
The biomechanical stability of six different methods of cervical spine stabilization, three using multistrand cables, were evaluated in a bovine model. To quantify and compare the in vitro biomechanical properties of multistrand cables used for posterior cervical wiring to standard cervical fixation techniques. Fixation of the posterior cervical spine with monofilament stainless steel wire is a proven technique for stabilization of the cervical spine. Recently, multistrand braided cables have been used as a substitute for monofilament stainless steel wires. These cables, made of stainless steel, titanium, or polyethylene, are reported to be stronger, more flexible, and fatigue resistant than are monofilament wire based on mechanical testing. However, no in vitro biomechanical studies have been performed testing a standard posterior cervical wiring technique using multistrand cables. Thirty-six fresh frozen cervical calf spines consistent in size and age were mounted and fixed rigidly to isolate the C4-C5 motion segment. Six different reconstruction techniques were evaluated for Rogers' posterior cervical wiring technique using: 1) 20-gauge stainless steel monofilament wire, 2) stainless steel cable, 3) titanium cable, 4) polyethylene cables, 5) anterior locking plate construct with interbody graft, and 6) posterior plate construct. Six cervical spines were included in each group (n = 6), with each specimen statically evaluated under three stability conditions: 1) intact, 2) reconstructed, and 3) postfatigue. The instability model created before the reconstruction consisted of a distractive flexion Stage 3 injury at C4-C5. Nondestructive static biomechanical testing, performed on an material testing machine (MTS 858 Bionix test system, Minneapolis, MN), included axial compression, axial rotation, flexion-extension, and lateral bending. After reconstruction and static analysis, the specimens were fatigued for 1500 cycles and then statically retested. Data analysis included normalization of the reconstructed and postfatigue data to the intact condition. The calculated static parameters included operative functional unit stiffness and range of motion. Posterior cervical reconstruction with stainless steel monofilament wire proved inadequate under fatigue testing. Two of the six specimens failed with fatigue, and this construct permitted the greatest degree of flexion-extension motion after fatigue in comparison with all other constructs (P < 0.05). There were no significant differences in flexural stiffness or range of motion between stainless steel, titanium, or polyethylene cable constructs before or after fatigue testing. The posterior cervical plate constructs were the stiffest constructs under flexion, extension, and lateral bending modes, before and after fatigue testing (P < 0.05). Multistrand cables were superior to monofilament wire with fatigue testing using an in vitro calf cervical spine model. There were no failures or detectable differences in elongation after fatigue testing between the stainless steel, titanium, and polyethylene cables, as shown by the flexion-extension range of motion. The posterior cervical plate construct offered the greatest stability compared with all other constructs.
Ganderton, Charlotte; Pizzari, Tania; Cook, Jill; Semciw, Adam
2017-12-01
Study Design Controlled laboratory study, cross-sectional. Background The gluteus medius (GMed) and gluteus minimus (GMin) provide dynamic stability of the hip joint and pelvis. These muscles are susceptible to atrophy and injury in individuals during menopause, aging, and disease. Numerous studies have reported on the ability of exercises to elicit high levels of GMed activity; however, few studies have differentiated between the portions of the GMed, and none have examined the GMin. Objectives To quantify and rank the level of muscle activity of the 2 segments of the GMin (anterior and posterior fibers) and 3 segments of the GMed (anterior, middle, and posterior fibers) during 4 isometric and 3 dynamic exercises in a group of healthy, postmenopausal women. Methods Intramuscular electrodes were inserted into each segment of the GMed and GMin in 10 healthy, postmenopausal women. Participants completed 7 gluteal rehabilitation exercises, and average normalized muscle activity was used to rank the exercises from highest to lowest. Results The isometric standing hip hitch with contralateral hip swing was the highest-ranked exercise for all muscle segments except the anterior GMin, where it was ranked second. The highest-ranked dynamic exercise for all muscle segments was the dip test. Conclusion The hip hitch and its variations maximally activate the GMed and GMin muscle segments, and may be useful in hip muscle rehabilitation in postmenopausal women. J Orthop Sports Phys Ther 2017;47(12):914-922. Epub 15 Oct 2017. doi:10.2519/jospt.2017.7229.
Aging effect on step adjustments and stability control in visually perturbed gait initiation.
Sun, Ruopeng; Cui, Chuyi; Shea, John B
2017-10-01
Gait adaptability is essential for fall avoidance during locomotion. It requires the ability to rapidly inhibit original motor planning, select and execute alternative motor commands, while also maintaining the stability of locomotion. This study investigated the aging effect on gait adaptability and dynamic stability control during a visually perturbed gait initiation task. A novel approach was used such that the anticipatory postural adjustment (APA) during gait initiation were used to trigger the unpredictable relocation of a foot-size stepping target. Participants (10 young adults and 10 older adults) completed visually perturbed gait initiation in three adjustment timing conditions (early, intermediate, late; all extracted from the stereotypical APA pattern) and two adjustment direction conditions (medial, lateral). Stepping accuracy, foot rotation at landing, and Margin of Dynamic Stability (MDS) were analyzed and compared across test conditions and groups using a linear mixed model. Stepping accuracy decreased as a function of adjustment timing as well as stepping direction, with older subjects exhibited a significantly greater undershoot in foot placement to late lateral stepping. Late adjustment also elicited a reaching-like movement (i.e. foot rotation prior to landing in order to step on the target), regardless of stepping direction. MDS measures in the medial-lateral and anterior-posterior direction revealed both young and older adults exhibited reduced stability in the adjustment step and subsequent steps. However, young adults returned to stable gait faster than older adults. These findings could be useful for future study of screening deficits in gait adaptability and preventing falls. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
INFLUENCE OF INJURY ON DYNAMIC POSTURAL CONTROL IN RUNNERS
Klusendorf, Anna; Kernozek, Thomas
2016-01-01
ABSTRACT Background Injury has been linked with altered postural control in active populations. The association between running injury and dynamic postural control has not been examined. Hypothesis/Purpose The purpose of this study was to examine dynamic postural control in injured and uninjured runners using the Star Excursion Balance Test (SEBT), Time to Stabilization (TTS) of ground reaction forces following a single-leg landing, and postural stability indices reflecting the fluctuations in GRFs during single-leg landing and stabilization tasks (forward and lateral hop). It was hypothesized that dynamic postural control differences would exist between runners with a history of injury that interrupted training for ≥7 days (INJ) when compared to runners without injury (CON). Design Case-control study Methods Twenty-two INJ (14 F, 8 M; 23.7 ± 2.1 y; 22.3 ± 2.8 kg/m2; 29.5 ± 16.3 mi/wk) currently running > 50% pre-injury mileage without pain were compared with twenty-two matched CON (14F, 8M; 22.7 ± 1.2 y; 22.7 ± 2.7 kg/m2; 31.2 ± 19.6 mi/wk). INJ group was stratified by site of injury into two groups (Hip/Thigh/Knee and Lower Leg/Ankle/Foot) for secondary analysis. Leg length-normalized anterior, posterolateral, and posteromedial reach distances on the SEBT, medial/lateral and anterior/posterior ground reaction force TTS, directional postural stability indices, and a composite dynamic postural stability index (DPSI), were assessed using mixed model ANOVA (α=0.05) and effect sizes (d). Results No group X direction interaction or group differences were observed for the SEBT (p=0.51, 0.71) or TTS (p=0.83, 0.72) measures. A group X direction interaction was found for postural stability indices during the forward landing task (p<0.01). Both Hip/Thigh/Knee and Lower leg/Ankle/Foot INJ groups demonstrated a greater vertical postural stability index (VPSI) (p=0.01 for both, d=0.80, 0.95) and DPSI (p=0.01, 0.02, d=0.75, 0.93) when compared to CON suggesting impaired balance control. A group X direction interaction was also found for postural stability indices during the lateral landing task (p=0.03). Only the Hip/Thigh/Knee INJ runners displayed a greater VPSI (p=0.01, d=0.91) and DPSI (p=0.017, d=0.89) when compared to CON. Conclusions When compared to CON, INJ runners demonstrated impaired dynamic control of vertical forces when performing the single leg landing and stabilization tasks. Clinicians should consider addressing dynamic control of vertical loads through functional tasks during the rehabilitation of running injury. Level of Evidence Level 3 PMID:27274423
Kang, Kyoung-Tak; Koh, Yong-Gon; Son, Juhyun; Kwon, Oh-Ryong; Lee, Jun-Sang; Kwon, Sae Kwang
2017-01-01
This study aimed to determine the biomechanical effect of the posterior condylar offset (PCO) and posterior tibial slope (PTS) in posterior-stabilized (PS) fixed-bearing total knee arthroplasty (TKA). We developed ±1, ±2, and ±3 mm PCO models in the posterior direction and -3°, 0°, 3°, and 6° PTS models using a previously validated FE model. The influence of changes in the PCO and PTS on the biomechanical effects under deep-knee-bend loading was investigated. The contact stress on the PE insert increased by 14% and decreased by 7% on average as the PCO increased and decreased, respectively, compared to the neutral position. In addition, the contact stress on post in PE insert increased by 18% on average as PTS increased from -3° to 6°. However, the contact stress on the patellar button decreased by 11% on average as PTS increased from -3° to 6° in all different PCO cases. The quadriceps force decreased by 14% as PTS increased from -3° to 6° in all PCO models. The same trend was found in patellar tendon force. Changes in PCO had adverse biomechanical effects whereas PTS increase had positive biomechanical effects. However, excessive PTS should be avoided to prevent knee instability and subsequent failure.
Washio, Takuro; Sasaki, Hiroyuki; Ogoh, Shigehiko
2017-04-01
We examined whether a change in posterior cerebral artery flow velocity (PCAv) reflected the posterior cerebral blood flow in healthy subjects during both static and dynamic exercise. PCAv and vertebral artery (VA) blood flow, as an index of posterior cerebral blood flow, were continuously measured during an exercise trial using transcranial Doppler (TCD) ultrasonography and Doppler ultrasound, respectively. Static handgrip exercise significantly increased both PCAv and VA blood flow. Increasing intensity of dynamic exercise further increased VA blood flow from moderate exercise, while PCAv decreased to almost resting level. During both static and dynamic exercise, the PCA cerebrovascular conductance (CVC) index significantly decreased from rest (static and high-intensity dynamic exercise, -11.5 ± 12.2% and -18.0 ± 16.8%, means ± SD, respectively) despite no change in the CVC of VA. These results indicate that vasoconstriction occurred at PCA but not VA during exercise-induced hypertension. This discrepancy in vascular response to exercise between PCA and VA may be due to different cerebral arterial characteristics. Therefore, to determine the effect of exercise on posterior cerebral circulation, at least, we need to carefully consider which cerebral artery to measure, regardless of exercise mode. NEW & NOTEWORTHY We examined whether transcranial Doppler-determined flow velocity in the posterior cerebral artery can be used as an index of cerebral blood flow during exercise. However, the changes in posterior cerebral artery flow velocity during exercise do not reflect vertebral artery blood flow. Copyright © 2017 the American Physiological Society.
Less-invasive stabilization of rib fractures by intramedullary fixation: a biomechanical evaluation.
Bottlang, Michael; Helzel, Inga; Long, William; Fitzpatrick, Daniel; Madey, Steven
2010-05-01
This study evaluated intramedullary fixation of rib fractures with Kirschner wires and novel ribs splints. We hypothesized that rib splints can provide equivalent fixation strength while avoiding complications associated with Kirschner wires, namely wire migration and cutout. The durability, strength, and failure modes of rib fracture fixation with Kirschner wires and rib splints were evaluated in 22 paired human ribs. First, intact ribs were loaded to failure to determine their strength. After fracture fixation with Kirschner wires and rib splints, fixation constructs were dynamically loaded to 360,000 cycles at five times the respiratory load to determine their durability. Finally, constructs were loaded to failure to determine residual strength and failure modes. All constructs sustained dynamic loading without failure. Dynamic loading caused three times more subsidence in Kirschner wire constructs (1.2 mm +/- 1.4 mm) than in rib splint constructs (0.4 mm +/- 0.2 mm, p = 0.09). After dynamic loading, rib splint constructs remained 48% stronger than Kirschner wire constructs (p = 0.001). Five of 11 Kirschner wire constructs failed catastrophically by cutting through the medial cortex, leading to complete loss of stability and wire migration through the lateral cortex. The remaining six constructs failed by wire bending. Rib splint constructs failed by development of fracture lines along the superior and interior cortices. No splint construct failed catastrophically, and all splint constructs retained functional reduction and fixation. Because of their superior strength and absence of catastrophic failure mode, rib splints can serve as an attractive alternative to Kirschner wires for intramedullary stabilization of rib fractures, especially in the case of posterior rib fractures where access for plating is limited.
Domnick, Christoph; Frosch, Karl-Heinz; Raschke, Michael J; Vogel, Nils; Schulze, Martin; von Glahn, Mathias; Drenck, Tobias C; Herbort, Mirco
2017-10-01
To determine the static stabilizing effects of different anatomical structures of the posterolateral corner (PLC) of the knee in the lateral collateral ligament (LCL)-intact state. Thirteen fresh-frozen human cadaveric knees were dissected and tested using an industrial robot with an optical tracking system. Kinematics were determined for 134 N anterior/posterior loads, 10 N m valgus/varus loads, and 5 N m internal/external rotatory loads in 0°, 20°, 30°, 60°, and 90° of knee flexion. The PLC structures were dissected and consecutively released: (I) intact knee joint, (II) with released posterior cruciate ligament (PCL), (III) popliteomeniscal fibers, (IV) popliteofibular ligament, (V) arcuat and popliteotibial fibers, (VI) popliteus tendon (PLT), and (VII) LCL. Repeated-measures analysis of variance was performed with significance set at P < .05. After releasing the PCL, posterior tibial translation increased by 5.2 mm at 20° to 9.4 mm at 90° of joint flexion (P < .0001). A mild 1.8° varus instability was measured in 0° of flexion (P = .0017). After releasing the PLC structures, posterior tibial translation further increased by 2.9 mm at 20° to 5.9 mm at 90° of flexion (P < .05) and external rotation angle increased by 2.6° at 0° to 7.9° at 90° of flexion (P < .05, vs II). Varus stability did not decrease. Mild differences between states V and VI were found in 60° and 90° external rotation tests (2.1° and 3.1°; P < .05). The connecting ligaments/fibers to the PLT act as a primary static stabilizer against external rotatory loads and a secondary stabilizer against posterior tibial loads (when PCL is injured). After releasing these structures, most static stabilizing function of the intact PLT is lost. The PLC has no varus-stabilizing function in the LCL-intact knee. Anatomy and function of these structures for primary and secondary joint stability should be considered for clinical diagnostics and when performing surgery in the PLC. Copyright © 2017 Arthroscopy Association of North America. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Dynamic diaschisis: anatomically remote and context-sensitive human brain lesions.
Price, C J; Warburton, E A; Moore, C J; Frackowiak, R S; Friston, K J
2001-05-15
Functional neuroimaging was used to investigate how lesions to the Broca's area impair neuronal responses in remote undamaged cortical regions. Four patients with speech output problems, but relatively preserved comprehension, were scanned while viewing words relative to consonant letter strings. In normal subjects, this results in left lateralized activation in the posterior inferior frontal, middle temporal, and posterior inferior temporal cortices. Each patient activated normally in the middle temporal region but abnormally in the damaged posterior inferior frontal cortex and the undamaged posterior inferior temporal cortex. In the damaged frontal region, activity was insensitive to the presence of words but in the undamaged posterior inferior temporal region, activity decreased in the presence of words rather than increasing as it did in the normal individuals. The reversal of responses in the left posterior inferior temporal region illustrate the context-sensitive nature of the abnormality and that failure to activate the left posterior temporal region could not simply be accounted for by insufficient demands on the underlying function. We propose that, in normal individuals, visual word presentation changes the effective connectivity among reading areas and, in patients, posterior temporal responses are abnormal when they depend upon inputs from the damaged inferior frontal cortex. Our results serve to introduce the concept of dynamic diaschisis; the anatomically remote and context-sensitive effects of focal brain lesions. Dynamic diaschisis reveals abnormalities of functional integration that may have profound implications for neuropsychological inference, functional anatomy and, vicariously, cognitive rehabilitation.
Kim, Hyun-Min Mike; Chacon, Alexander C; Andrews, Seth H; Roush, Evan P; Cho, Edward; Conaway, William K; Kunselman, Allen R; Lewis, Gregory S
2016-04-01
Restoration of joint stability during total shoulder arthroplasty can be challenging in the face of severe glenoid retroversion. A novel technique of humeral head component anterior-offsetting has been proposed to address posterior instability. We evaluated the biomechanical benefits of this technique in cadaveric specimens. Total shoulder arthroplasty was performed in 14 cadaveric shoulders from 7 donors. Complementary shoulders were assigned to either 10° or 20° glenoid retroversion, with retroversion created by eccentric reaming. Two humeral head component offset positions were tested in each specimen: The anatomic (posterior) and anterior (reverse). With loads applied to the rotator cuff and deltoid, joint contact pressures and the force and energy required for posterior humeral head translation were measured. The force and energy required to displace the humeral head posteriorly increased significantly with the anterior offset position compared to the anatomic offset position. The joint contact pressures were significantly shifted anteriorly, and the joint contact area significantly increased with the anterior offset position. Anterior offsetting of the humeral head component increased the resistance to posterior humeral head translation, shifted joint contact pressures anteriorly, and increased joint contact area, thus, potentially increasing the joint stability in total shoulder arthroplasty with simulated glenoid retroversion. © 2015 Orthopaedic Research Society. Published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Schmoelz, Werner; Sandriesser, Sabrina; Loebl, Oded; Bauer, Marlies; Krappinger, Dietmar
2017-10-01
There are various techniques and approaches for lumbar interbody fusion differing in access, cage type and type of supplemental posterior instrumentation. While a transforaminal access usually includes a hemifacetectomy, the facet joint can be preserved with a more lateral extraforaminal access. The supplemental posterior instrumentation required for both fusion techniques is still debated. The purpose of the present study was to compare primary stability of the two accesses for two different cage types with none, unilateral and bilateral supplemental posterior instrumentation. Six monosegmental lumbar functional spinal units (FSUs) were included in each of the two groups, and subjected to a flexibility test. As cages, a newly designed cage was compared to a standard cage in the following states: (a) native, (b) stand-alone cage, (c) bilateral internal fixator, (d) unilateral internal fixator, (e) unilateral facetectomy+bilateral internal fixator, (f) unilateral facetectomy+unilateral internal fixator and (g) unilateral facetectomy with stand-alone cage. For comparison the range of motion was normalized to the native state and the effects of the facetectomy, cage type, and supplemental instrumentation was compared. Within the subject comparison showed a significantly higher flexibility for the unilateral facetectomy in all motion directions (p<0.001). In between subject comparison showed a significant effect of cage type on flexibility in flexion/extension (p=0.002) and lateral bending (p=0.028) but not in axial rotation (p=0.322). The type of supplemental posterior fixation had a significant effect on the flexibility in all motion directions (stand-alone>unilateral fixator>bilateral fixator). Cage design and approach type are affecting the primary stability of lumbar interbody fusion procedures while the type of posterior instrumentation is the most influencing factor. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Schuenke, M D; Vleeming, A; Van Hoof, T; Willard, F H
2012-01-01
Movement and stability of the lumbosacral region is contingent on the balance of forces distributed through the myofascial planes associated with the thoracolumbar fascia (TLF). This structure is located at the common intersection of several extremity muscles (e.g. latissimus dorsi and gluteus maximus), as well as hypaxial (e.g. ventral trunk muscles) and epaxial (paraspinal) muscles. The mechanical properties of the fascial constituents establish the parameters guiding the dynamic interaction of muscle groups that stabilize the lumbosacral spine. Understanding the construction of this complex myofascial junction is fundamental to biomechanical analysis and implementation of effective rehabilitation in individuals with low back and pelvic girdle pain. Therefore, the main objectives of this study were to describe the anatomy of the lateral margin of the TLF, and specifically the interface between the fascial sheath surrounding the paraspinal muscles and the aponeurosis of the transversus abdominis (TA) and internal oblique (IO) muscles. The lateral margin of the TLF was exposed via serial reduction dissections from anterior and posterior approaches. Axial sections (cadaveric and magnetic resonance imaging) were examined to characterize the region between the TA and IO aponeurosis and the paraspinal muscles. It is confirmed that the paraspinal muscles are enveloped by a continuous paraspinal retinacular sheath (PRS), formed by the deep lamina of the posterior layer of the TLF. The PRS extends from the spinous process to transverse process, and is distinct from both the superficial lamina of the posterior layer and middle layer of the TLF. As the aponeurosis approaches the lateral border of the PRS, it appears to separate into two distinct laminae, which join the anterior and posterior walls of the PRS. This configuration creates a previously undescribed fat-filled lumbar interfascial triangle situated along the lateral border of the paraspinal muscles from the 12th rib to the iliac crest. This triangle results in the unification of different fascial sheaths along the lateral border of the TLF, creating a ridged-union of dense connective tissue that has been termed the lateral raphe (Spine, 9,1984, 163). This triangle may function in the distribution of laterally mediated tension to balance different viscoelastic moduli, along either the middle or posterior layers of the TLF. PMID:22582887
Tonetti, J
2013-02-01
Traumatic injury to the pelvic ring is a result of high energy trauma in young patients. These osteo-ligamentous injuries are associated with numerous lesions including retroperitoneal hematoma, urogenital, cutaneous and neurological (lumbosacral plexus). The goal of initial management is to restore vital indicators, urinary excretion function and protect the patient from infectious complications. An emergency decisional algorithm helps manage haemodynamic instability. Initial bone and ligament procedures should reduce displacement and make it possible for the patient the wait until his condition is stable enough for definitive surgical fixation. The goal of surgical treatment is to avoid nonunion and malunion. Stable fixation of the posterior arch after reduction favors union. Different techniques can be used by the posterior, anterior ilio-inguinal or lateral percutaneous approaches. Anterior fixation is discussed to improve reduction and increase the stability obtained with a posterior procedure. Anterior external fixation is useful to temporarily reinforce posterior stabilization. Copyright © 2013. Published by Elsevier Masson SAS.
Gédet, Philippe; Haschtmann, Daniel; Thistlethwaite, Paul A.
2009-01-01
The goal of non-fusion stabilization is to reduce the mobility of the spine segment to less than that of the intact spine specimen, while retaining some residual motion. Several in vitro studies have been conducted on a dynamic system currently available for clinical use (Dynesys®). Under pure moment loading, a dependency of the biomechanical performance on spacer length has been demonstrated; this variability in implant properties is removed with a modular concept incorporating a discrete flexible element. An in vitro study was performed to compare the kinematic and stabilizing properties of a modular dynamic lumbar stabilization system with those of Dynesys, under the influence of an axial preload. Six human cadaver spine specimens (L1–S1) were tested in a spine loading apparatus. Flexibility measurements were performed by applying pure bending moments of 8 Nm, about each of the three principal anatomical axes, with a simultaneously applied axial preload of 400 N. Specimens were tested intact, and following creation of a defect at L3–L4, with the Dynesys implant, with the modular implant and, after removal of the hardware, the injury state. Segmental range of motion (ROM) was reduced for flexion–extension and lateral bending with both implants. Motion in flexion was reduced to less than 20% of the intact level, in extension to approximately 40% and in lateral bending a motion reduction to less than 40% was measured. In torsion, the total ROM was not significantly different from that of the intact level. The expectations for a flexible posterior stabilizing implant are not fulfilled. The assumption that a device which is particularly compliant in bending allows substantial intersegmental motion cannot be fully supported when one considers that such devices are placed at a location far removed from the natural rotation center of the intervertebral joint. PMID:19565278
Panchal, Ripul R; Matheis, Erika A; Gudipally, Manasa; Hussain, Mir M; Kim, Kee D; Bucklen, Brandon S
2015-10-01
Traditional reconstruction for burst fractures involves columnar support with posterior fixation at one or two levels cephalad/caudad; however, some surgeons choose to only stabilize the vertebral column. The aim was to distinguish biomechanical differences in stability between a burst fracture stabilized through a lateral approach using corpectomy spacers of different end plate sizes with and without integrated screws and with and without posterior fixation. This was an in vitro biomechanical study assessing thoracolumbar burst fracture stabilization. Six human spines (T11-L3) were tested on a six-degrees-of-freedom simulator enabling unconstrained range of motion (ROM) at ±6 N·m in flexion-extension (FE), lateral bending (LB), and axial rotation (AR) after a simulated burst fracture at L1. Expandable corpectomy spacers with/without integrated screws (Fi/F; FORTIFY Integrated/FORTIFY; Globus Medical, Inc., Audubon, PA, USA) were tested with different end plate sizes (21×23 mm, 22×40-50 mm). Posterior instrumentation (PI) via bilateral pedicle screws and rods was used one level above and one level below the burst fracture. Lateral plate (LP) fixation was tested. Devices were tested in the following order: intact; Fi21×23; Fi21×23+PI; F21×23+PI+LP; F21×23+LP; F22×40-50+LP; F22×40-50+PI+LP; Fi22×40-50+PI; Fi22×40-50. In FE and AR, constructs without PI showed no significant difference (p<.05) in stability compared with intact. In LB, F22×40-50+LP showed a significant increase in stability relative to intact, but no other construct without PI reached significance. In FE and LB, circumferential constructs were significantly more stable than intact. In AR, no construct showed significant differences in motion when compared with the intact condition. Constructs without posterior fixation were the least stable of all tested constructs. Circumferential fixation provided greater stability in FE and LB than lateral fixation and intact. Axial rotation showed no significant differences in any construct compared with the intact state. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Zech, Astrid; Argubi-Wollesen, Andreas; Rahlf, Anna-Lina
2015-01-01
In recreational sports, uncushioned, light-weight and minimalist shoes are increasingly used to imitate barefoot situations. Uncertainty exists whether these shoes provide sufficient stability during challenging movements. In this randomised crossover study, 35 healthy distance runners performed jump landing stabilisation and single-leg stance tests on a force plate, using four conditions in random order: barefoot, uncushioned minimalist shoes, cushioned ultraflexible shoes and standard running shoes. Ground reaction force (GRF) and centre of pressure (COP) data were used to determine unilateral jump landing stabilisation time and COP sway velocity during single-leg stance. Repeated measures analysis of variance revealed significant footwear interactions for medial-lateral (p < 0.001) and anterior-posterior COP sway velocity during standing (p < 0.001). The barefoot condition produced significantly greater postural sway velocities (p < 0.001) compared to all footwear conditions. No significant effects were found for jump landing stabilisation time. In conclusion, the results of this study indicate that increased shoe flexibility and reduced sole support have no, or only minor influence on static and dynamic postural control, and therefore, may not increase the risk of traumatic events during sports activities. However, barefoot conditions should be considered carefully when adequate postural control is needed.
Mechanisms of anterior-posterior stability of the knee joint under load-bearing.
Reynolds, Ryan J; Walker, Peter S; Buza, John
2017-05-24
The anterior-posterior (AP) stability of the knee is an important aspect of functional performance. Studies have shown that the stability increases when compressive loads are applied, as indicated by reduced laxity, but the mechanism has not been fully explained. A test rig was designed which applied combinations of AP shear and compressive forces, and measured the AP displacements relative to the neutral position. Five knees were evaluated at compressive loads of 0, 250, 500, and 750N, with the knee at 15° flexion. At each load, three cycles of shear force at ±100N were applied. For the intact knee under load, the posterior tibial displacement was close to zero, due to the upward slope of the anterior medial tibial surface. The soft tissues were then resected in sequence to determine their role in AP laxity. After anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) resection, the anterior tibial displacement increased significantly even under load, highlighting its importance in stability. Meniscal resection further increased displacement but also the vertical displacement increased, implying the meniscus was providing a buffering effect. The PCL had no effect on any of the displacements under load. Plowing cartilage deformation and surface friction were negligible. This work highlighted the particular importance of the upward slope of the anterior medial tibial surface and the ACL to AP knee stability under load. The results are relevant to the design of total knees which reproduce anatomic knee stability behavior. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
Posterior cruciate ligament: anatomy, biomechanics, and outcomes.
Voos, James E; Mauro, Craig S; Wente, Todd; Warren, Russell F; Wickiewicz, Thomas L
2012-01-01
The optimal treatment of posterior cruciate ligament ruptures remains controversial despite numerous recent basic science advances on the topic. The current literature on the anatomy, biomechanics, and clinical outcomes of posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction is reviewed. Recent studies have quantified the anatomic location and biomechanical contribution of each of the 2 posterior cruciate ligament bundles on tunnel placement and knee kinematics during reconstruction. Additional laboratory and cadaveric studies have suggested double-bundle reconstructions of the posterior cruciate ligament may better restore normal knee kinematics than single-bundle reconstructions although clinical outcomes have not revealed such a difference. Tibial inlay posterior cruciate ligament reconstructions (either open or arthroscopic) are preferred by many authors to avoid the "killer turn" and graft laxity with cyclic loading. Posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction improves subjective patient outcomes and return to sport although stability and knee kinematics may not return to normal.
Pappas, Evangelos; Kremenic, Ian; Liederbach, Marijeanne; Orishimo, Karl F; Hagins, Marshall
2011-07-01
To determine the effect of gender and inclined floor on time to stability (TTS) after landing from a vertical jump. This study used a repeated measures design with male and female professional dancers landing on a flat and 4 inclined floors. A repeated measures univariate analysis of variance (gender × floor) was performed on TTS in the anterior-posterior and medial-lateral directions. Biomechanics laboratory. Twenty-three female and 13 male professional dancers. Gender and floor inclination (flat, posterior, anterior, lateral, and medial). Time to stability in the anterior-posterior and medial-lateral directions after landing from a vertical jump. Female dancers exhibited longer TTS in both directions (P ≤ 0.05). Floor inclination or the interaction of gender × floor did not have an effect on TTS (P > 0.3). Female dancers exhibited longer TTS after landing from a vertical jump compared with their male counterparts. This balance difference may be a factor related to the higher rate of ankle sprain among female dancers. Additionally, professional dancers exhibited similar TTS when landing on flat and inclined floors.
Kielar, Maciej
2016-01-01
Aim The purpose of the study was to improve the ultrasonographic assessment of the anterior cruciate ligament by an inclusion of a dynamic element. The proposed functional modification aims to restore normal posterior cruciate ligament tension, which is associated with a visible change in the ligament shape. This method reduces the risk of an error resulting from subjectively assessing the shape of the posterior cruciate ligament. It should be also emphasized that the method combined with other ultrasound anterior cruciate ligament assessment techniques helps increase diagnostic accuracy. Methods Ultrasonography is used as an adjunctive technique in the diagnosis of anterior cruciate ligament injury. The paper presents a sonographic technique for the assessment of suspected anterior cruciate ligament insufficiency supplemented by the use of a dynamic examination. This technique can be recommended as an additional procedure in routine ultrasound diagnostics of anterior cruciate ligament injuries. Results Supplementing routine ultrasonography with the dynamic assessment of posterior cruciate ligament shape changes in patients with suspected anterior cruciate ligament injury reduces the risk of subjective errors and increases diagnostic accuracy. This is important especially in cases of minor anterior knee instability and bilateral anterior knee instability. Conclusions An assessment of changes in posterior cruciate ligament using a dynamic ultrasound examination effectively complements routine sonographic diagnostic techniques for anterior cruciate ligament insufficiency. PMID:27679732
McCormick, Paul C
2014-09-01
Dumbbell tumors of the cervical spine can present considerable management challenges related to adequate exposure of both intraspinal and paraspinal tumor components, potential injury to the vertebral artery, and spinal stability. This video demonstrates the microsurgical removal of a large cervical dumbbell schwannoma with instrumented fusion via a single stage extended posterior approach. The video shows patient positioning, tumor exposure, and the sequence and techniques of tumor resection, vertebral artery identification and protection, and dural repair. The video can be found here: http://youtu.be/3lIVfKEcxss.
Measurement of Posterior Tibial Slope Using Magnetic Resonance Imaging.
Karimi, Elham; Norouzian, Mohsen; Birjandinejad, Ali; Zandi, Reza; Makhmalbaf, Hadi
2017-11-01
Posterior tibial slope (PTS) is an important factor in the knee joint biomechanics and one of the bone features, which affects knee joint stability. Posterior tibial slope has impact on flexion gap, knee joint stability and posterior femoral rollback that are related to wide range of knee motion. During high tibial osteotomy and total knee arthroplasty (TKA) surgery, proper retaining the mechanical and anatomical axis is important. The aim of this study was to evaluate the value of posterior tibial slope in medial and lateral compartments of tibial plateau and to assess the relationship among the slope with age, gender and other variables of tibial plateau surface. This descriptive study was conducted on 132 healthy knees (80 males and 52 females) with a mean age of 38.26±11.45 (20-60 years) at Imam Reza hospital in Mashhad, Iran. All patients, selected and enrolled for MRI in this study, were admitted for knee pain with uncertain clinical history. According to initial physical knee examinations the study subjects were reported healthy. The mean posterior tibial slope was 7.78± 2.48 degrees in the medial compartment and 6.85± 2.24 degrees in lateral compartment. No significant correlation was found between age and gender with posterior tibial slope ( P ≥0.05), but there was significant relationship among PTS with mediolateral width, plateau area and medial plateau. Comparison of different studies revealed that the PTS value in our study is different from other communities, which can be associated with genetic and racial factors. The results of our study are useful to PTS reconstruction in surgeries.
Zachert, Gregor; Rapp, Marion; Eggert, Rebecca; Schulze-Hessing, Maaike; Gros, Nina; Stratmann, Christina; Wendlandt, Robert; Kaiser, Martin M
2015-08-01
For pediatric femoral shaft fractures, elastic stable intramedullary nailing (ESIN) is an accepted method of treatment. But problems regarding stability with shortening or axial deviation are well known in complex fracture types and heavier children. Biomechanical in vitro testing was performed to determine whether two modified osteosyntheses with an additional tension screw fixation or screw fixation alone without nails could significantly improve the stability in comparison to classical ESIN. A total of 24 synthetic adolescent-sized femoral bone models (Sawbones, 4th generation; Vashon, Washington, United States) with an identical spiral fracture (length 100 mm) were used. All grafts underwent retrograde fixation with two C-shaped steel nails (2C). Of the 24, 8 osteosyntheses were supported by one additional tension screw (2C1S) and another 8 by two screws (2S) in which the intramedullary nails were removed before testing. Each configuration underwent biomechanical testing in 4-point bending, external rotation (ER) and internal rotation (IR). Furthermore, the modifications were tested in axial physiological 9 degrees position for shifting and dynamic compression as well as dynamic load. Both screw configurations (2C1S and 2S) demonstrated a significantly higher stability in comparison to the 2C configuration in 4-point bending (anterior-posterior, 0.95 Nm/mm [2C] < 8.41 Nm/mm [2C1S] and 15.12 Nm/mm [2S]; posterior-anterior, 8.55 Nm/mm [2C] < 12.65 Nm/mm [2C1S] and 17.54 Nm/mm [2S]; latero-medial, 1.17 Nm/mm [2C] < 5.53 Nm/mm [2C1S] and 9.15 Nm/mm [2S]; medio-lateral, 1.74 Nm/mm [2C] < 9.69 Nm/mm [2C1S] and 12.20 Nm [2S]; all p < 0.001) and during torsion (ER, 0.61 Nm/degree [2C] < 4.10 Nm/degree [2C1S] and 9.29 Nm/degree [2S]; IR, 0.18 Nm/degree [2C] < 6.17 Nm/degree [2C1S] and 10.61 Nm/degree [2S]; all p < 0.001]. The shifting in compression in 9 degrees position was only slightly influenced. The comparison of 2S versus 2C1S showed more stability for 2S than 2C1S in all testing, except the axial 9 degrees compression tests for shifting. In contrast to the 2C configuration, both modifications (2C1S and 2S) turned out to be stable in dynamic 9 degrees axial compression with a force of 100 up to 1,000 N at 2.5 Hz in 250,000 load cycles. In this in vitro adolescence femur spiral fracture model, the stability of ESIN could be significantly improved by two modifications with additional tension screws. If transferred in clinical practice, these modifications might offer earlier weight bearing and less problems of shortening or axial deviation. Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.
Rocker bottom soles alter the postural response to backward translation during stance.
Albright, Bruce C; Woodhull-Smith, Whitney M
2009-07-01
Shoes with rocker bottom soles are utilized by persons with diabetic peripheral neuropathy to reduce plantar pressures during gait. This population also has a high risk for falls. This study analyzed the effects of shoes with rocker bottom soles on the postural response during perturbed stance. Participants were 20 healthy subjects (16 women, 4 men) ages 22-25 years. Canvas shoes were modified by the addition of crepe sole material to represent two forms of rocker bottom shoes and a control shoe. Subjects stood on a dynamic force plate programmed to move backward at a velocity that produced an automatic postural response without stepping. Force plate data were collected for five trials per shoe type. Sway variables for center of pressure (COP) and center of mass (COM) included: mean sway amplitude, sway variance, time to peak, anterior and posterior peak velocities, functional stability margin, and peak duration time. Compared to control, both the experimental shoes had significantly larger COP and COM values for mean sway amplitude, sway variance and peak duration. The functional stability margins were significantly smaller for the experimental shoes while their anterior and posterior peak velocities were slower and time to peaks were significantly longer. In young healthy adults, shoes with rocker bottom soles had a destabilizing effect to perturbed stance, thereby increasing the potential for imbalance. These results raise concerns that footwear with rocker bottom sole modifications to accommodate an insensate foot may increase the risk of falls.
Chmielewska, Daria; Stania, Magdalena; Słomka, Kajetan; Błaszczak, Edward; Taradaj, Jakub; Dolibog, Patrycja; Juras, Grzegorz
2017-11-01
This case-control study was designed to compare static postural stability between women with stress urinary incontinence and continent women and it was hypothesized that women with incontinence aged around 50 years also have balance disorders. Eighteen women with incontinence and twelve women without incontinence aged 50-55 years participated in two 60-s trials of each of four different testing conditions: eyes open/full bladder, eyes open/empty bladder, eyes closed/full bladder, eyes closed/empty bladder. The center of foot pressure (COP): sway range, root mean square, velocity (in the antero-posterior and medio-lateral directions), and COP area were recorded. The stabilograms were decomposed into rambling and trembling components. The groups of women with and without incontinence differed during the full bladder condition in antero-posterior COP sway range, COP area, and rambling trajectory (range in the antero-posterior and medio-lateral directions, root mean square in the antero-posterior and medio-lateral directions and velocity in the antero-posterior direction). The women with incontinence had more difficulty controlling their postural balance than continent women while standing with a full bladder. Therefore, developing therapeutic management focused on strengthening the women's core muscles and improving their postural balance seems advisable. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Analysis of feeding function and jaw stability in bedridden elderly.
Tamura, Fumiyo; Mizukami, Miki; Ayano, Rika; Mukai, Yoshiharu
2002-01-01
The purpose of this study was to analyze the relationship between jaw stability and the feeding function of 53 bedridden elderly dysphagic patients. Investigations included a questionnaire on daily life activities and meals, oral examinations, functional tests for feeding ability, and assessments of feeding function during the meal. The results of intraoral examination of this patient population for jaw stability revealed that 34.0% of individuals had posterior support for occlusion regardless of whether they had natural teeth or dentures. Thus, the number classified as having mandibular stability (ST) was 18 and that with no mandibular stability (NST) was 35. In a Repetitive Saliva Swallowing Test (RSST), 83.3% of the NST group and 40.0% of the ST group were unable to swallow more than 3 times within 30 seconds. In a water swallowing test, 91.4% of the NST of group was unable to swallow 15 mL of water by a single swallow, while 40.0% of ST group was capable. The results suggest that jaw stabilization by occlusion with the posterior teeth or dental prosthetics is important to feeding function, particularly swallowing.
Siebold, R; Louisia, S; Canty, J; Bartlett, R J
2007-02-01
Posterior tibial translation in total knee replacement (TKR) could be one major factor for PE wear, delamination and loosening of the tibial component due to increased shear forces and component-to-bone interface stress. The aim of this study was to assess the posterior stability of two different designs of posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) substituting TKR. In this non-randomised consecutive study 43 patients underwent TKR for primary osteoarthritis. Twenty-six patients in group FB received a deep-dished fixed-bearing Duracon TKR (Howmedica, Rutherford, NJ, USA) and 17 patients in group MB a deep-dished rotating mobile-bearing Duracon TKR. In both groups the PCL was resected. All patients had pre- and postoperative kneeling stress radiographs and were clinically evaluated with the Knee Society Score. Posterior tibial translation was measured by tracing a line along the posterior tibial cortex in relationship to the posterior edge of Blumensaat's line. The average follow-up was 13 months for group FB and 11 months for group MB. Both groups demonstrated a statistical significant increase of the mean posterior tibial translation on kneeling stress X-ray of 4.1 mm (group FB) (P < 0.001) and of 6.6 mm (group MB) (P < 0.001) compared to pre-operative. Group MB showed a significant higher posterior draw (P < 0.008). Clinical assessment using the Knee Society Score showed comparable short-term results. The deep-dished fixed-bearing TKR as well as the deep-dished rotating mobile-bearing TKR demonstrated significant posterior tibial translation on kneeling stress X-ray. It remains to be determined what amount of joint play is optimal for clinical function and to minimise shear forces and PE wear. Moreover the amount of posterior tibial translation was significantly higher with the mobile-bearing insert, which could be directly related to the asymmetric rotational mobility of the tibial insert. A long-term follow-up is necessary to investigate whether our findings correlate with the survival-rate of these specific implants.
Ohba, Seigo; Nakatani, Yuya; Kawasaki, Takako; Tajima, Nobutaka; Tobita, Takayoshi; Yoshida, Noriaki; Sawase, Takashi; Asahina, Izumi
2015-08-01
Increasing numbers of older patients are seeking orthognathic surgery to treat jaw deformity. However, orthodontic and orthognathic surgical treatment is difficult in cases without occlusal vertical stop. A 55-year-old man presented with Class III malocclusion and mandibular protrusion including esthetic problems and posterior bite collapse. He underwent dental implant treatment to reconstruct an occlusal vertical stop before orthognathic surgery. His occlusal function and esthetic problems improved after surgery, and his skeletal and occlusal stability has been maintained for 6 years. Dental implant placement at appropriate positions could help to determine the position of the proximal segment at orthognathic surgery and could shorten the time required to restore esthetic and occlusal function. This case demonstrates how skeletal and dental stability can be maintained long after surgery in a patient with jaw deformity and posterior bite collapse.
Ouellet, Jean A.; Richards, Corey; Sardar, Zeeshan M.; Giannitsios, Demetri; Noiseux, Nicholas; Strydom, Willem S.; Reindl, Rudy; Jarzem, Peter; Arlet, Vincent; Steffen, Thomas
2013-01-01
The ideal treatment for unstable thoracolumbar fractures remains controversial with posterior reduction and stabilization, anterior reduction and stabilization, combined posterior and anterior reduction and stabilization, and even nonoperative management advocated. Short segment posterior osteosynthesis of these fractures has less comorbidities compared with the other operative approaches but settles into kyphosis over time. Biomechanical comparison of the divergent bridge construct versus the parallel tension band construct was performed for anteriorly destabilized T11–L1 spine segments using three different models: (1) finite element analysis (FEA), (2) a synthetic model, and (3) a human cadaveric model. Outcomes measured were construct stiffness and ultimate failure load. Our objective was to determine if the divergent pedicle screw bridge construct would provide more resistance to kyphotic deforming forces. All three modalities showed greater stiffness with the divergent bridge construct. The FEA calculated a stiffness of 21.6 N/m for the tension band construct versus 34.1 N/m for the divergent bridge construct. The synthetic model resulted in a mean stiffness of 17.3 N/m for parallel tension band versus 20.6 N/m for the divergent bridge (p = 0.03), whereas the cadaveric model had an average stiffness of 15.2 N/m in the parallel tension band compared with 18.4 N/m for the divergent bridge (p = 0.02). Ultimate failure load with the cadaveric model was found to be 622 N for the divergent bridge construct versus 419 N (p = 0.15) for the parallel tension band construct. This study confirms our clinical experience that the short posterior divergent bridge construct provides greater stiffness for the management of unstable thoracolumbar fractures. PMID:24436856
Schulz-Drost, S; Grupp, S; Pachowsky, M; Oppel, P; Krinner, S; Mauerer, A; Hennig, F F; Langenbach, A
2017-04-01
Stabilizing techniques of flail chest injuries usually need wide approaches to the chest wall. Three main regions need to be considered when stabilizing the rib cage: median-anterior with dissection of pectoral muscle; lateral-axillary with dissection of musculi (mm) serratus, externus abdominis; posterior inter spinoscapular with division of mm rhomboidei, trapezius and latissimus dorsi. Severe morbidity due to these invasive approaches needs to be considered. This study discusses possibilities for minimized approaches to the shown regions. Fifteen patients were stabilized by locked plate osteosynthesis (MatrixRib ® ) between May 2012 and April 2014 and prospectively followed up. Flail chest injuries were managed through limited incisions to the anterior, the lateral, and the posterior parts of the chest wall or their combinations. Each approach was 4-10 cm using Alexis ® retractor. One minimized approach offered sufficient access at least to four ribs posterior and laterally, four pairs of ribs anterior in all cases. There was no need to divide latissimus dorsi muscle. Trapezius und rhomboid muscles were only limited divided, whereas a subcutaneous dissection of serratus and abdominis muscles was necessary. A follow-up showed sufficient consolidation. pneumothorax (2) and seroma (2). Minimized approaches allow sufficient stabilization of severe dislocated rib fractures without extensive dissection or division of the important muscles. Keeping the arm and, thus, the scapula mobile is very important for providing the largest reachable surface of the rib cage through each approach.
Kinesiology tape mediates soccer-simulated and local peroneal fatigue in soccer players.
Farquharson, Claire; Greig, Matt
2017-01-01
To investigate the efficacy of kinesiology taping in mediating the influence of fatigue on ankle sprain risk, 12 male soccer players completed single-leg dynamic balance trials pre- and post-exercise (soccer-specific protocol, isokinetic ankle inversion/eversion protocol) in each of three counter-balanced taping conditions (no tape, zinc oxide tape ZO, kinesiology tape KT). Balance was quantified as the overall stability index (OSI) and directional stability indices of platform deflection. Soccer-specific fatigue only increased OSI in the no tape condition (p = 0.03), with ZO and KT trials negating a fatigue affect. Localized fatigue increased OSI in the no tape (p = 0.01) and ZO (p = 0.05) trials, with no increase in the KT trial. A similar pattern was observed in medio-lateral and anterio-posterior balance indices. KT mediates soccer-simulated and local peroneal fatigue, with practical implications for epidemiological observations of increased injury risk during the latter stages of match play.
Kinematic analysis of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction in total knee arthroplasty
Liu, Hua-Wei; Ni, Ming; Zhang, Guo-Qiang; Li, Xiang; Chen, Hui; Zhang, Qiang; Chai, Wei; Zhou, Yong-Gang; Chen, Ji-Ying; Liu, Yu-Liang; Cheng, Cheng-Kung; Wang, Yan
2016-01-01
Background: This study aims to retain normal knee kinematics after knee replacement surgeries by reconstructing anterior cruciate ligament during total knee arthroplasty. Method: We use computational simulation tools to establish four dynamic knee models, including normal knee model, posterior cruciate ligament retaining knee model, posterior cruciate ligament substituting knee model, and anterior cruciate ligament reconstructing knee model. Our proposed method utilizes magnetic resonance images to reconstruct solid bones and attachments of ligaments, and assemble femoral and tibial components according representative literatures and operational specifications. Dynamic data of axial tibial rotation and femoral translation from full-extension to 135 were measured for analyzing the motion of knee models. Findings: The computational simulation results show that comparing with the posterior cruciate ligament retained knee model and the posterior cruciate ligament substituted knee model, reconstructing anterior cruciate ligament improves the posterior movement of the lateral condyle, medial condyle and tibial internal rotation through a full range of flexion. The maximum posterior translations of the lateral condyle, medial condyle and tibial internal rotation of the anterior cruciate ligament reconstructed knee are 15.3 mm, 4.6 mm and 20.6 at 135 of flexion. Interpretation: Reconstructing anterior cruciate ligament in total knee arthroplasty has been approved to be an more efficient way of maintaining normal knee kinematics comparing to posterior cruciate ligament retained and posterior cruciate ligament substituted total knee arthroplasty. PMID:27347334
Effect of textured foot orthotics on static and dynamic postural stability in middle-aged females.
Wilson, Marjorie L; Rome, Keith; Hodgson, David; Ball, Peter
2008-01-01
Foot orthotics (FO) may be prescribed for a range of lower limb and foot conditions. Prior studies report use of FO in enhancing postural stability in healthy younger adults, and do not control for footwear type. Currently, interest in the effects of FO on postural stability in older adults has increased. Limited reports exist of the effects on postural stability of FO made of combinations of materials, thicknesses and surface textures. In this study 40 healthy females (51.1+/-5.8 years) recruited into a within subject test-retest randomised clinical trial were provided with identical footwear and randomised into four FO conditions (control, grid, dimple and plain, n=10 for each condition). Participants wore the footwear for 4 weeks, a minimum of 6h/day. A Kistler force plate was used to determine postural stability variables (anterior-posterior displacements and medial-lateral displacements) for each participant in a static position, with eyes open and eyes closed. Base of support was evaluated using the GAITRite system. Each outcome measure was measured at baseline and 4 weeks. Postural stability variables demonstrated no significant differences between the four FO conditions. No significant differences were observed with base of support between the four conditions. We have demonstrated no detrimental effects on postural stability in older females after 4 weeks. This is regardless of orthotic texture and is independent of footwear. Biomechanical or sensory effects of FO on postural stability are still to be determined. These may be dependent on the geometry and texture of the orthotic.
Arthroscopic Management of Anterior, Posterior, and Multidirectional Shoulder Instabilities.
Field, Larry D; Ryu, Richard K N; Abrams, Jeffrey S; Provencher, Matthew
2016-01-01
Arthroscopic shoulder stabilization offers several potential advantages compared with open surgery, including the opportunity to more accurately evaluate the glenohumeral joint at the time of diagnostic assessment; comprehensively address multiple pathologic lesions that may be identified; and avoid potential complications unique to open stabilization, such as postoperative subscapularis failure. A thorough understanding of normal shoulder anatomy and biomechanics, along with the pathoanatomy responsible for anterior, posterior, and multidirectional shoulder instability patterns, is very important in the management of patients who have shoulder instability. The treating physician also must be familiar with diagnostic imaging and physical examination maneuvers that are required to accurately diagnose shoulder instability.
Li, Huibo; Lou, Jigang; Liu, Hao
2016-12-01
Atlantoaxial instability is a common and serious injury of the upper cervical spine. Brooks' procedure is widely used to reconstruct the unstable atlantoaxial joint. The migration into spinal cord of titanium cable and spontaneous fusion between C2 and C3 has been little reported and the management of such a patient is difficult. We describe an unusual case of fatigue failure of posterior titanium atlantoaxial cable fixation with migration into the spinal cord and spontaneous fusion between C2 and C3. A 16-year-old girl complained of cervico-occipital pain with numbness and weakness of extremities 3 months ago. The girl underwent posterior C1-C2 arthrodesis with titanium cables and autogenous iliac crest bone grafting when she was 6 years old. When presented to our emergency department, imaging revealed the cracked titanium atlantoaxial cable and the spontaneous fusion between C2 and C3. Computed tomography demonstrated a broken wire with anterior migration of the cable into the spinal cord. The patient underwent posterior approach cervical spinal surgery to remove the broken cables. She remains neurologically intact a year following the posterior approach cervical spine surgery. Brooks' posterior stabilization could not effectively control rotation at the atlantoaxial articulation, so surgeons must be aware of the potential of fatigue failure of cables as well as the possibility of its migration into the spinal cord when using Brooks' posterior stabilization. Bilateral C1 lateral mass and C2 pedicle screw fixation or transarticular screw fixation are recommended by the authors in the event of rotatory instability.
Rathi, Sangeeta; Taylor, Nicholas F; Green, Rodney A
2016-12-08
The proposed stabilizing mechanism of rotator cuff muscles is to limit excessive humeral head translation. However, an accurate measurement of glenohumeral joint translation in vivo has been challenging. We aimed to measure the effect of rotator cuff muscle contraction on glenohumeral joint translation using real time ultrasound (RTUS) and electromyography. Twenty healthy adults with no history of shoulder pathology were recruited. Six intramuscular electrodes were inserted in the rotator cuff muscles (supraspinatus, upper and lower infraspinatus, teres minor, upper and lower subscapularis). Anterior and posterior glenohumeral translations were measured in testing conditions (with and without translation force, with and without isometric internal and external rotation), in two positions (shoulder neutral, abduction) and views (anterior, posterior). There was reduced glenohumeral translation with rotator cuff muscle contraction in the neutral anterior (F 2,38 =17.8, p<0.01), neutral posterior (F 1.6,31.0 =44.3, p<0.01) and abducted posterior (F 1.5,28.8 =5.2, p<0.02) positions. There were also differences between the amount of translation limited by anterior and posterior rotator cuff muscles in response to anterior and posterior translation forces (p<0.05), indicating that their activity was, to a certain extent, direction specific. For example, in both neutral and abducted positions, contraction of the posterior rotator cuff muscles, infraspinatus and teres minor, appeared to tether anterior translation of the humeral head. Our results confirm that the rotator cuff functions as a stabilizer of the glenohumeral joint by limiting humeral head translation and this is likely to be in a direction-specific manner. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Sugrue, Patrick A; OʼShaughnessy, Brian A; Blanke, Kathy M; Lenke, Lawrence G
2013-02-15
Case report and review of the literature. This case illustrates the importance of the costosternal complex in maintaining the stability and alignment of the thoracic spine. The patient was iatrogenically destabilized by placement of a pectus bar leading to rapid symptomatic progression of his Scheuermann's kyphosis, ultimately requiring surgical correction. Scheuermann's kyphosis is a disease process defined by strict radiographical and clinical criteria. Surgical treatment is generally recommended for curves greater than 75°. This case demonstrates the critical role of the costosternal complex in maintaining the stability of the thoracic spine. The patient described in this report underwent placement of a pectus bar for correction of symptomatic pectus excavatum. He subsequently developed a progressive symptomatic Scheuermann's kyphosis as a result of the destabilization of his costosternal complex. This patient ultimately required removal of the pectus bar and posterior instrumented kyphosis correction. Progressive symptomatic Scheuermann's kyphosis (105°) corrected by removal of the pectus bar, T11 posterior vertebral-column resection and T4-L3 instrumented posterior spinal fusion. The patient had an uneventful immediate postoperative course. He was discharged neurologically intact with dramatic kyphosis correction and significant symptomatic improvement. Radiographs obtained 3 years postoperatively reveal stable thoracolumbar correction. The costosternal complex plays a critically important role in the intrinsic stability of the thoracic spine. Iatrogenic disruption of the costosternal complex can result in rapid progression of thoracic/thoracolumbar kyphosis in the setting of Scheuermann's disease.
Oberkircher, Ludwig; Born, Sebastian; Struewer, Johannes; Bliemel, Christopher; Buecking, Benjamin; Wack, Christina; Bergmann, Martin; Ruchholtz, Steffen; Krüger, Antonio
2014-10-01
Injuries of the subaxial cervical spine including facet joints and posterior ligaments are common. Potential surgical treatments consist of anterior, posterior, or anterior-posterior fixation. Because each approach has its advantages and disadvantages, the best treatment is debated. This biomechanical cadaver study compared the effect of different facet joint injuries on primary stability following anterior plate fixation. Fractures and plate fixation were performed on 15 fresh-frozen intact cervical spines (C3-T1). To simulate a translation-rotation injury in all groups, complete ligament rupture and facet dislocation were simulated by dissecting the entire posterior and anterior ligament complex between C-4 and C-5. In the first group, the facet joints were left intact. In the second group, one facet joint between C-4 and C-5 was removed and the other side was left intact. In the third group, both facet joints between C-4 and C-5 were removed. The authors next performed single-level anterior discectomy and interbody grafting using bone material from the respective thoracic vertebral bodies. An anterior cervical locking plate was used for fixation. Continuous loading was performed using a servohydraulic test bench at 2 N/sec. The mean load failure was measured when the implant failed. In the group in which both facet joints were intact, the mean load failure was 174.6 ± 46.93 N. The mean load failure in the second group where only one facet joint was removed was 127.8 ± 22.83 N. In the group in which both facet joints were removed, the mean load failure was 73.42 ± 32.51 N. There was a significant difference between the first group (both facet joints intact) and the third group (both facet joints removed) (p < 0.05, Kruskal-Wallis test). In this cadaver study, primary stability of anterior plate fixation for dislocation injuries of the subaxial cervical spine was dependent on the presence of the facet joints. If the bone in one or both facet joints is damaged in the clinical setting, anterior plate fixation in combination with bone grafting might not provide sufficient stabilization; additional posterior stabilization may be needed.
Tsai, Yung-Shen; Yu, Yi-Chen; Huang, Po-Chang; Cheng, Hsin-Yi Kathy
2014-12-01
The aim of the study was to examine how seat surface inclination affects Boccia ball throwing movement and postural stability among children with cerebral palsy (CP). Twelve children with bilateral spastic CP (3 with gross motor function classification system Level I, 5 with Level II, and 4 with Level III) participated in this study. All participants underwent pediatric reach tests and ball throwing performance analyses while seated on 15° anterior- or posterior-inclined, and horizontal surfaces. An electromagnetic motion analysis system was synchronized with a force plate to assess throwing motion and postural stability. The results of the pediatric reach test (p = 0.026), the amplitude of elbow movement (p = 0.036), peak vertical ground reaction force (PVGRF) (p < 0.001), and movement range of the center of pressure (COP) (p < 0.020) were significantly affected by seat inclination during throwing. Post hoc comparisons showed that anterior inclination allowed greater amplitude of elbow movement and PVGRF, and less COP movement range compared with the other inclines. Posterior inclination yielded less reaching distance and PVGRF, and greater COP movement range compared with the other inclines. The anterior-inclined seat yielded superior postural stability for throwing Boccia balls among children with bilateral spastic CP, whereas the posterior-inclined seat caused difficulty. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Arthroscopic management of posterior instability: evolution of technique and results.
Savoie, Felix H; Holt, M Shaun; Field, Larry D; Ramsey, J Randall
2008-04-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of arthroscopic posterior shoulder reconstruction. We treated 136 shoulders in 131 patients with a diagnosis of primary posterior instability who failed 6 months of vigorous rehabilitation by operative stabilization between 1989 and 2001. Inclusion criterion was primary posterior instability that failed an extensive rehabilitative program with functional impairment and pain. Exclusion criterion was less than 12 months of follow-up and Suretac (Smith & Nephew, Andover, MA) or laser stabilization, leaving 92 shoulders in 90 patients available for the study (69 male, 21 female). Follow-up ranged from 12 to 132 months (average, 28 months). Each patient underwent diagnostic arthroscopy and surgical repair at the same time using one of several primary procedures. The procedure used was based on the pathologic entity noted at the time of surgery. At an average follow-up of 28 months, 97% of the shoulders were stable and considered a success based on the Neer-Foster rating scale. Posterior pathology varied, and a reverse Bankart lesion alone was found 51% of the time, a stretched posterior capsule 67% of the time, and a combination of a reverse Bankart lesion and capsular stretching 16% of the time. The rotator interval was obviously damaged in 61% of cases. Multiple accompanying lesions were found, including anterior-superior labral tears and SLAP tears (20%), superior glenohumeral ligament injury (7%), middle glenohumeral ligament injury (38%), anteroinferior glenohumaral ligament injury (37%), and an enlarged axillary pouch (20%). No essential lesion is present for posterior instability. Multiple varied pathologies will be present in a shoulder presenting with posterior instability. Arthroscopic surgery allows inspection of the joint and anatomic-specific repairs based on pathology. Careful attention to all the supporting structures of the shoulder, including the rotator interval, the anterior-superior labrum, and its attached superior glenohumeral ligament, the coracohumeral ligament, the inferior glenohumeral ligament complex, and the infraspinatus, in addition to the posterior labrum and capsule, allows excellent outcomes to be achieved with arthroscopic posterior reconstruction techniques. Level IV, therapeutic case series.
Doherty, Cailbhe; Bleakley, Chris; Hertel, Jay; Caulfield, Brian; Ryan, John; Delahunt, Eamonn
2016-04-01
To quantify the dynamic balance deficits that characterise a group with chronic ankle instability compared to lateral ankle sprain copers and non-injured controls using kinematic and kinetic outcomes. Forty-two participants with chronic ankle instability and twenty-eight lateral ankle sprain copers were initially recruited within 2 weeks of sustaining a first-time, acute lateral ankle sprain and required to attend our laboratory 1 year later to complete the current study protocol. An additional group of non-injured individuals were also recruited to act as a control group. All participants completed the anterior, posterior-lateral and posterior-medial reach directions of the star excursion balance test. Sagittal plane kinematics of the lower extremity and associated fractal dimension of the centre of pressure path were also acquired. Participants with chronic ankle instability displayed poorer performance in the anterior, posterior-medial and posterior-lateral reach directions compared with controls bilaterally, and in the posterior-lateral direction compared with lateral ankle sprain copers on their 'involved' limb only. These performance deficits in the posterior-lateral and posterior-medial directions were associated with reduced flexion and dorsiflexion displacements at the hip, knee and ankle at the point of maximum reach, and coincided with reduced complexity of the centre of pressure path. In comparison with lateral ankle sprain copers and controls, participants with chronic ankle instability were characterised by dynamic balance deficits as measured using the SEBT. This was attested to reduced sagittal plane motions at the hip, knee and ankle joints, and reduced capacity of the stance limb to avail of its supporting base. III.
Giannoni, S; Benassai, C; Allori, O; Valeri, E; Ferri, L; Dragotto, A
2004-09-01
Tracheomalacia is a process characterized by softness of the supporting tracheal cartilages, by the extension of the posterior membranous wall and by reduction of the tracheal antero-posterior diameter. Exceptionally, tracheomalacia can be associated with tracheobronchomegaly or Mounier-Kuhn syndrome. Fibro-bronchoscopy represents the ''gold standard'' for diagnosis. The case of a 79-year-old male observed after hospitalization in a medical ward for chronic pulmonary obstructive disease (COPD) decompensation, and with basal left bronchopulmonary focus, is described. During this period, a progressive worsening of clinical conditions occurred, despite cortisone and antibiotic therapy, and the patient was transferred to the ICU for dyspnea, hypoxia, hypocapnia and with a diagnosis of pulmonary fibrosis. Bronchoscopy, performed during spontaneous breathing, revealed tracheomalacia which was responsible for tracheal dynamic complete stenosis during expiration and dynamic subtotal stenosis of the left primary bronchus in the first tract, together with sputum retention. Moreover, this investigation confirmed the diagnosis of tracheobronchomegaly already seen on CT. It was suggested to place a Freitag stent, since the insertion of another model would not have had enough chance of stability, due to the enormous extension of the tracheal lumen and could not have guaranteed good clearance of the secretions. Seven days after this intervention, performed in an outpatients' setting, the patient was dismissed from the ICU, without the help of O2, with good ventilation, saturation in line with his age and good expectoration.
Häberli, Janosch; Voumard, Benjamin; Kösters, Clemens; Delfosse, Daniel; Henle, Philipp; Eggli, Stefan; Zysset, Philippe
2018-06-01
Dynamic intraligamentary stabilization (DIS) is a primary repair technique for acute anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) tears. For internal bracing of the sutured ACL, a metal spring with 8 mm maximum length change is preloaded with 60-80 N and fixed to a high-strength polyethylene braid. The bulky tibial hardware results in bone loss and may cause local discomfort with the necessity of hardware removal. The technique has been previously investigated biomechanically; however, the amount of spring shortening during movement of the knee joint is unknown. Spring shortening is a crucial measure, because it defines the necessary dimensions of the spring and, therefore, the overall size of the implant. Seven Thiel-fixated human cadaveric knee joints were subjected to passive range of motion (flexion/extension, internal/external rotation in 90° flexion, and varus/valgus stress in 0° and 20° flexion) and stability tests (Lachman/KT-1000 testing in 0°, 15°, 30°, 60°, and 90° flexion) in the ACL-intact, ACL-transected, and DIS-repaired state. Kinematic data of femur, tibia, and implant spring were recorded with an optical measurement system (Optotrak) and the positions of the bone tunnels were assessed by computed tomography. Length change of bone tunnel distance as a surrogate for spring shortening was then computed from kinematic data. Tunnel positioning in a circular zone with r = 5 mm was simulated to account for surgical precision and its influence on length change was assessed. Over all range of motion and stability tests, spring shortening was highest (5.0 ± 0.2 mm) during varus stress in 0° knee flexion. During flexion/extension, spring shortening was always highest in full extension (3.8 ± 0.3 mm) for all specimens and all simulations of bone tunnels. Tunnel distance shortening was highest (0.15 mm/°) for posterior femoral and posterior tibial tunnel positioning and lowest (0.03 mm/°) for anterior femoral and anterior tibial tunnel positioning. During passive flexion/extension, the highest spring shortening was consistently measured in full extension with a continuous decrease towards flexion. If preloading of the spring is performed in extension, the spring can be downsized to incorporate a maximum length change of 5 mm resulting in a smaller implant with less bone sacrifice and, therefore, improved conditions in case of revision surgery.
Posterior slope of the tibial implant and the outcome of unicompartmental knee arthroplasty.
Hernigou, Philippe; Deschamps, Gerard
2004-03-01
Laboratory studies have suggested that the sagittal displacements permitted by a knee replacement are influenced by the posterior slope of the tibial implant. The effect of the posterior slope of the tibial implant on the outcome of unicompartmental arthroplasty is not well known. The purpose of the present study was to assess the effect of the posterior slope on the long-term outcome of unicompartmental arthroplasty in knees with intact and deficient anterior cruciate ligaments. We retrospectively reviewed the results of ninety-nine unicompartmental arthroplasties after a mean duration of follow-up of sixteen years. At the time of the arthroplasty, the anterior cruciate ligament was considered to be normal in fifty knees, damaged in thirty-one, and absent in eighteen. At the most recent follow-up, we measured the posterior tibial slope and the anterior tibial translation on standing lateral radiographs. The anteroposterior stability of seventy-seven knees that had not been revised by the time of the most recent follow-up was evaluated clinically. In the group of seventy-seven knees that had not been revised by the time of the most recent follow-up, there was a significant linear relationship between anterior tibial translation (mean, 3.7 mm) and posterior tibial slope (mean, 4.3 degrees ) (p < 0.01). The mean posterior slope of the tibial implant was significantly less in the group of seventy-seven knees without loosening of the implant than it was in the group of seventeen knees with loosening of the implant (p < 0.05). Five ruptures of the anterior cruciate ligament occurred in knees in which the ligament had been considered to be normal at the time of implantation; the posterior tibial slope in these five knees was > or = 13 degrees. Clinical evaluation revealed normal or nearly normal anteroposterior stability at the time of the most recent follow-up in all sixty-six unrevised knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been present at the time of implantation. Of the eighteen knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been absent at the time of the arthroplasty, eleven still had the implant in situ at the time of the most recent follow-up; the mean posterior tibial slope in these eleven knees was <5 degrees. Seven knees in which the anterior cruciate ligament had been absent at the time of the arthroplasty were revised. In these knees, the tibial prosthesis was implanted with a posterior slope of >8 degrees. These findings suggest that >7 degrees of posterior slope of the tibial implant should be avoided, particularly if the anterior cruciate ligament is absent at the time of implantation. An intact anterior cruciate ligament, even when partly degenerated, was associated with the maintenance of normal anteroposterior stability of the knee for an average of sixteen years following unicompartmental knee arthroplasty. Prognostic study, Level II-1 (retrospective study). See Instructions to Authors for a complete description of levels of evidence.
Didomenico, Lawrence; Stein, Dawn Y; Wargo-Dorsey, Mari
2011-01-01
A retrospective study of patients who underwent gastrocnemius recession, double calcaneal osteotomy (Evans osteotomy and percutaneous calcaneal displacement osteotomy), and medial column fusion for the treatment of posterior tibial tendon dysfunction was conducted. The senior author performed the procedures between November 2002 and January 2009 on 34 patients who displayed at least Johnson and Strom stage II deformity and had undergone 12 months of failed conservative treatment. The coauthors evaluated the patients' radiographs before and after the operation. At a mean of 14 (range 3 to 44) months after surgery, radiographic measurements demonstrated statistically significant changes in the structural alignment of the feet. Based on our experience with these patients, we believe that a double calcaneal osteotomy combined with a gastrocnemius recession and stabilization of the medial column for the treatment of posterior tibial tendon dysfunction provides satisfactory correction, stability, and realignment of the foot. Furthermore, we feel that the use of flexor digitorum longus transfer, as well as triple arthrodesis, can be avoided without compromising the outcome when surgically treating posterior tibial tendon dysfunction. Copyright © 2011 American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Murad-Regadas, Sthela M; Regadas Filho, Francisco Sergio Pinheiro; Regadas, Francisco Sergio Pinheiro; Rodrigues, Lusmar Veras; de J R Pereira, Jacyara; da S Fernandes, Graziela Olivia; Dealcanfreitas, Iris Daiana; Mendonca Filho, Jose Jader
2014-02-01
New ultrasound techniques may complement current diagnostic tools, and combined techniques may help to overcome the limitations of individual techniques for the diagnosis of anorectal dysfunction. A high degree of agreement has been demonstrated between echodefecography (dynamic 3-dimensional anorectal ultrasonography) and conventional defecography. Our aim was to evaluate the ability of a combined approach consisting of dynamic 3-dimensional transvaginal and transrectal ultrasonography by using a 3-dimensional biplane endoprobe to assess posterior pelvic floor dysfunctions related to obstructed defecation syndrome in comparison with echodefecography. This was a prospective, observational cohort study conducted at a tertiary-care hospital. Consecutive female patients with symptoms of obstructed defecation were eligible. Each patient underwent assessment of posterior pelvic floor dysfunctions with a combination of dynamic 3-dimensional transvaginal and transrectal ultrasonography by using a biplane transducer and with echodefecography. Kappa (κ) was calculated as an index of agreement between the techniques. Diagnostic accuracy (sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative predictive values) of the combined technique in detection of posterior dysfunctions was assessed with echodefecography as the standard for comparison. A total of 33 women were evaluated. Substantial agreement was observed regarding normal relaxation and anismus. In detecting the absence or presence of rectocele, the 2 methods agreed in all cases. Near-perfect agreement was found for rectocele grade I, grade II, and grade III. Perfect agreement was found for entero/sigmoidocele, with near-perfect agreement for rectal intussusception. Using echodefecography as the standard for comparison, we found high diagnostic accuracy of transvaginal and transrectal ultrasonography in the detection of posterior dysfunctions. This combined technique should be compared with other dynamic techniques and validated with conventional defecography. Dynamic 3-dimensional transvaginal and transrectal ultrasonography is a simple and fast ultrasound technique that shows strong agreement with echodefecography and may be used as an alternative method to assess patients with obstructed defecation syndrome.
Sena, Mark; Chen, James; Dellamaggioria, Ryan; Coughlin, Dezba G; Lotz, Jeffrey C; Feeley, Brian T
2013-04-01
Conventional transphyseal anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction techniques in skeletally immature patients have been questioned because of potential physeal injuries. Consequently, multiple alternative reconstruction options have been described to restore stability while sparing the physes in the skeletally immature patient. All pediatric reconstruction techniques will restore knee stability to intact levels, and the knee stability index (KSI) will discriminate stability patterns between reconstruction techniques. Controlled laboratory study. A novel mechanical pivot-shift device (MPSD) that consistently applies dynamic loads to cadaveric knees was used to study the effect of different physeal-sparing ACL reconstruction techniques on knee stability. Six adult cadaveric fresh-frozen knees were used. All knees were tested with 3 physeal-sparing reconstruction techniques: all epiphyseal (AE), transtibial over the top (TT), and iliotibial band (ITB). The MPSD was used to consistently perform a simulated pivot-shift maneuver. Tibial anterior displacement (AD), internal rotation (IR), posterior translational velocity (PTV), and external rotational velocity (ERV) were recorded using an Optotrak navigation system. The KSI (score range, 0-100; 0 = intact knee) was quantified using a regression analysis of AD, IR, PTV, and ERV. Repeated-measures analysis of variance and logistic regression were used for comparison of kinematics and derivation of KSI coefficients, respectively. ACL deficiency resulted in an increase of 20% to 115% in all primary stability measures tested compared with the ACL-intact state. All reconstructions resulted in a decrease in ADmax and IRmax as well as PTVmax and ERVmax to within intact ranges, indicating that all reconstructions do improve stability compared with the ACL-deficient state. The ITB reconstruction overconstrained AD and IR by 38% and 52%, respectively. The mean (±SD) KSI for the ACL-deficient state was 61.7 ± 22.2 (range, 47-100), while the ITB reconstruction had a mean KSI of 0.82 ± 24.0 (range, -24 to 35), the TT reconstruction had a mean KSI of 13.3 ± 8.9 (range, 0.3-23), and the AE reconstruction had a mean KSI of -4.0 ± 15.2 (range, -24 to 14). The KSI was not significantly different between reconstructions, and all were significantly lower than the ACL-deficient state (P < .0001). Although all reconstruction techniques tested were able to partially stabilize an ACL-deficient knee, the AE reconstruction was most effective in restoring native knee kinematics under dynamic loading conditions that mimic the pivot-shift test. This study provides orthopaedic surgeons with objective dynamic rotational data on the ability of physeal-sparing ACL reconstructions to better determine the ideal technique for ACL construction in skeletally immature patients.
Influence of bi- and tri-compartmental knee arthroplasty on the kinematics of the knee joint.
Wünschel, Markus; Lo, Jiahsuan; Dilger, Torsten; Wülker, Nikolaus; Müller, Otto
2011-01-27
The cruciate ligaments are important stabilizers of the knee joint and determine joint kinematics in the natural knee and after cruciate retaining arthroplasty.No in vitro data is available to biomechanically evaluate the ability of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) to maintain knee joint kinematics after bicruciate-retaining bi-compartmental knee arthroplasty (BKA).Therefore, the objective of the current study was to investigate the kinematics of the natural knee joint, before and after installing bicruciate-retaining BKA and posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty. Specifically, we incorporated a dynamic knee simulator to simulate weight-bearing flexions on cadaveric knee specimen before and after surgical manipulations. In this cadaveric study we investigated rotational and translational tibiofemoral kinematics during simulated weight-bearing flexions of the intact knee, after bi-compartmental knee arthroplasty (BKA+), after resecting the ACL in BKA (BKA-), and after posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Rotation of BKA+ is closest to the intact knee joint, whereas TKA shows significant differences from 30 to 90 degree of flexion. Within the tested flexion range (15 to 90 degree of flexion), there was no significant difference in the anterior-posterior translation among intact, BKA+, and TKA knees. Resecting the ACL in BKA leads to a significant anterior tibial translation. BKA with intact cruciate ligaments resembles rotation and translation of the natural knee during a simulated weight-bearing flexion. It is a suitable treatment option for medial and patellofemoral osteoarthritis with advantages in rotational characteristics compared to TKA.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Erazo, Kalil; Nagarajaiah, Satish
2017-06-01
In this paper an offline approach for output-only Bayesian identification of stochastic nonlinear systems is presented. The approach is based on a re-parameterization of the joint posterior distribution of the parameters that define a postulated state-space stochastic model class. In the re-parameterization the state predictive distribution is included, marginalized, and estimated recursively in a state estimation step using an unscented Kalman filter, bypassing state augmentation as required by existing online methods. In applications expectations of functions of the parameters are of interest, which requires the evaluation of potentially high-dimensional integrals; Markov chain Monte Carlo is adopted to sample the posterior distribution and estimate the expectations. The proposed approach is suitable for nonlinear systems subjected to non-stationary inputs whose realization is unknown, and that are modeled as stochastic processes. Numerical verification and experimental validation examples illustrate the effectiveness and advantages of the approach, including: (i) an increased numerical stability with respect to augmented-state unscented Kalman filtering, avoiding divergence of the estimates when the forcing input is unmeasured; (ii) the ability to handle arbitrary prior and posterior distributions. The experimental validation of the approach is conducted using data from a large-scale structure tested on a shake table. It is shown that the approach is robust to inherent modeling errors in the description of the system and forcing input, providing accurate prediction of the dynamic response when the excitation history is unknown.
Park, Jung-Hyun; Kim, Minkyu; Kim, Sang Yoon; Jung, Hwi-Dong; Jung, Young-Soo
2016-04-01
To evaluate three-dimensional change in maxillary position using biodegradable plates. A total of 53 patients who underwent orthognathic surgery using biodegradable plates were analyzed retrospectively. The position of maxilla was measured three-dimensionally using cone beam computed tomography data at preoperative (T0), 1-month postoperative (T1), and 1-year postoperative (T2) time points. Changes in the maxilla 1 year after the operation (T2-T1) were analyzed to demonstrate postoperative stability. The correlation between postoperative relapse (T2-T1) and surgical movement (T1-T0) of the maxilla was investigated. At 1-year postoperatively, no significant changes in maxillary position were noted in the antero-posterior and transverse dimensions. The anterior maxillary position in the vertical dimension also showed no significant changes, but the posterior maxillary position (posterior nasal spine, greater palatine foramen) showed a 0- to 2.98-mm relapse at 1-year postoperatively. The posterior maxilla tended to relapse inferiorly when the amount of surgical upward movement was greater than 3-3.5 mm and to relapse superiorly when the amount of surgical upward movement was less than 3-3.5 mm. For all patients, no postoperative complications in the osteofixated maxilla were observed during the follow-up period. Maxilla fixed with biodegradable plates was stable in the antero-posterior and transverse and the vertical (anterior maxilla) dimensions. Posterior maxillary vertical relapse was clinically acceptable, but relapse patterns that relate to the amount of surgical upward movement should be considered for surgical treatment planning. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ghazali, M. F.; Razak, N. A. Abd; Abu Osman, N. A.; Gholizadeh, H.
2017-06-01
Knee flexion contracture on a stump side is a phenomenon in which the stump cannot move in normal range of motion (ROM) or cannot be fully extended. This study has been carried out by using Biodex Stability System (BSS) in order to investigate the effect of stump flexion contracture towards the postural stability among the transtibial prosthesis users with the intervention of alignment accommodation. The BSS provides the reading of anterior-posterior stability index (APSI), medial-lateral stability index (MLSI), and overall stability index (OSI). Higher reading of the index indicates lesser stability. Each of the subjects had been tested in three different sessions that were Visit 1 (before contracture improvement), Visit 2 (after contracture improvement without alignment readjustment), and Visit 3 (after contracture improvement with alignment readjustment). The APSI reading was significantly higher during Visit 2 compared to Visit 1 and Visit 3. The OSI during Visit 2 was also found significantly higher compared to Visit 3. In Visit 2, the degree of contracture was significantly improved with 44.1% less than Visit 1. The stability index in anterior-posterior aspect (APSI) was proven to be lower as the prosthetic alignment was adjusted according to the ROM of knee. This finding explained that the alignment set up based on the adaptation with the stump’s ROM can contribute positively in maintaining postural stability.
The contribution of postural balance analysis in older adult fallers: A narrative review.
Pizzigalli, L; Micheletti Cremasco, M; Mulasso, A; Rainoldi, A
2016-04-01
Falls are a serious health problem for older adults. Several studies have identified the decline of postural balance as one of the main risk factors for falls. Contrary to what may be believed, the capability of force platform measurements to predict falls remains uncertain. The focus of this narrative review is the identification of postural characteristics of older adults at risk of falling using both static and dynamic postural balance assessments. The literature analysis was conducted on Medline/PubMed. The search ended in May 2015. Centre of pressure (CoP) path length, CoP velocity and sway in medial lateral and anterior-posterior are the variables that distinguish older adult fallers from non-fallers. Recommendations to medical personnel on how to provide efficient balance training for older adults are offered, discussing the relevance and limitations of postural stability on static and dynamic board in falling risk prevention. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Improved postural control after dynamic balance training in older overweight women.
Bellafiore, Marianna; Battaglia, Giuseppe; Bianco, Antonino; Paoli, Antonio; Farina, Felicia; Palma, Antonio
2011-01-01
Many studies have reported a greater frequency of falls among older women than men in conditions which stress balance. Previously, we found an improvement in static balance in older women with an increased support surface area and equal load redistribution on both feet, in response to a dynamic balance training protocol. The aim of the present study was to examine whether the same training program and body composition would have effects on the postural control of older overweight women. Ten healthy women (68.67 ± 5.50 yrs; 28.17 ± 3.35 BMI) participated in a five-week physical activity program. This included dynamic balance exercises, such as heel-to-toe walking in different directions, putting their hands on their hips, eyes open (EO) or closed (EC), with a tablet on their heads, going up and down one step, and walking on a mat. Postural stability was assessed before and after training with an optoelectronic platform and a uni-pedal balance performance test. Body composition of the trunk, upper limbs and lower limbs was measured by bio-impedance analysis. The mean speed (MS), medial-lateral MS (MS-x), anterior-posterior MS (MS-y), sway path (SP) and ellipse surface area (ESA) of the pressure center was reduced after training in older women. However, only MS, MS-x, MS-y and SP significantly decreased in bipodalic conditions with EO and MS-y also with EC (p<0.05). Instead, in monopodalic conditions, we found a significant reduction in the ESA of both feet with EO and EC. These data were associated with a significant increase in the lean mass of lower limbs and a higher number of participants who improved their ability to maintain unipedal static balance. Our dynamic balance training protocol appears to be feasible, safe and repeatable for older overweight women and to have positive effects in improving their lateral and anterior-posterior postural control, mainly acting on the visual and skeletal muscle components of the balance control system.
Bartanusz, Viktor; Harris, Jonathan; Moldavsky, Mark; Cai, Yiwei; Bucklen, Brandon
2015-11-01
An in vitro, cadaveric biomechanical study. The aim of the present study was to compare single-segment posterior instrumentation and fracture-level screws with single/multilevel posterior fixation and corpectomy in a simulated, unstable burst fracture model. The optimal extent of instrumentation for surgical cases of non-neoplastic vertebral body pathologies remains uncertain. Although several clinical studies demonstrate advantages of short segment instrumentation with index-level screws over more extensive corpectomy and anterior-posterior techniques, a comprehensive biomechanical comparison of these techniques is currently lacking. Six bovine spines (T11-L5) were tested in flexion, extension, lateral bending (LB), and axial rotation (AR) following simulated burst fracture at L2. Posterior instrumentation included 1 level above/below (1LF) and 2 levels above/below fracture level (2LF), intermediate or index screws at fracture level (FF), and cross-connectors above/below fracture level (CC). Anterior corpectomy devices included expandable corpectomy spacers with/without integrated screws, ACDi and ACD, respectively FORTIFY-Integrated/FORTIFY; Globus Medical, Inc., PA. Constructs were tested in the following order: (1) Intact; (2) 1LF; (3) 1LF and CC; (4) 1LF and FF; (5) 1LF, CC, and FF; (6) 2LF; (7) 2LF and CC; (8) 2LF and FF; (9) 2LF, CC, and FF; (10) 2LF and ACD; (11) 2LF, ACD, and CC; (12) 1LF and ACDi; (13) 1LF, ACDi, and CC. During flexion, all constructs except 1LF reduced motion relative to intact (P ≤ 0.05). Anterior support was most stable, but no differences were found between constructs (P ≥ 0.05). Every construct reduced motion in extension, though no differences were found between constructs and intact (P ≥ 0.05). During LB, all constructs reduced motion relative to intact (P ≤ 0.05); 2LF constructs further reduced motion (P ≤ 0.05). No construct returned AR motion to intact, with significant increases in 1LF and ACDi, 2LF and ACD, and 2LF, ACD, and CC (P ≤ 0.05). Cross-connectors and fracture screws reinforced each other in posterior-only constructs, providing maximum stability (P ≥ 0.05). This biomechanical comparison study found no significant superiority of combined anterior-posterior constructs over short segment fracture screw fixation, only multilevel posterior instrumentation with and without anterior support, providing increased stability in LB. Biomechanical equivalency suggests that short segment fracture screw intervention may provide appropriate stabilization for non-neoplastic pathologies involving the anterior and middle vertebral columns. 2.
Marzouk, Eiman S; Kassem, Hassan E
2018-03-01
To evaluate soft tissue changes and their long-term stability in skeletal anterior open bite adults treated by maxillary posterior teeth intrusion using zygomatic miniplates and premolar extractions. Lateral cephalograms of 26 patients were taken at pretreatment (T1), posttreatment (T2), 1 year posttreatment (T3), and 4 years posttreatment (T4). At the end of treatment, the soft tissue facial height and profile convexity were reduced. The lips increased in length and thickness, with backward movement of the upper lip and forward movement of the lower lip. The total relapse rate ranged from 20.2% to 31.1%. At 4 years posttreatment, 68.9% to 79.8% of the soft tissue treatment effects were stable. The changes in the first year posttreatment accounted for approximately 70% of the total relapse. Soft tissue changes following maxillary posterior teeth intrusion with zygomatic miniplates and premolar extractions appear to be stable 4 years after treatment.
Preliminary results of dancing exercise on postural stability in adolescent females.
Cheng, Hsu-Sheng; Law, Cheung-Lun; Pan, Hui-Fang; Hsiao, Yueh-Ping; Hu, Jeng-Ho; Chuang, Fu-Kai; Huang, Mao-Hsiung
2011-12-01
Twenty-six female student dancers of Chung-hua school of Art (mean age 17.5 ± 0.5 years) and twenty-five healthy active female collegiate students (mean age 18.1 ± 1.0 years) participated in this study to investigate the effects of dancing exercise on postural stability of adolescent female through a comparison study of two cohorts. The groups were matched in height and weight. Participants were excluded for left-side dominance, sustained lower extremity injury, any known vestibular system dysfunction, uncorrected visual problems, and other neurological conditions. Static and dynamic standing balances were measured by means of Biodex Stability System in six conditions include bilateral, dominant, and nondominant single leg stances with eye-open and eye-closed conditions. To investigate the difference between static and dynamic stabilities, two protocols were performed: the first protocol consisted of four positions including static position, Level 8, Level 4, and Level 1, respectively. They were instructed to maintain a level platform as stably as possible for a period of 30 seconds for each test and given a 30-second rest between tests. The second protocol was descending stability level that was gradually changed from Level 12 to Level 1 for 60 seconds. Balance indices included overall stability index, anterior-posterior stability index (APSI), and medial-lateral stability index. The results of first protocol showed that there were significant differences in overall stability index score between study and control groups at Level 8 with dominant single leg standing in the eye-open condition and the APSI score at Level 8 and at Level 4 with dominant single-leg standing in the eye-closed condition. There was no significant difference in the second protocol. The possible explanation is loss of familiarization adaptation because of level change consequently in both the groups, not step-by-step as in the first protocol study. Furthermore, a positive correlation was found between the dancing experience and the APSI at Level 8 and Level 4 with dominant single-leg standing in the eye-closed condition. In conclusion the findings implied that dancing exercise results in better postural stability and less visual dependence on postural control in adolescent females. Copyright © 2011. Published by Elsevier B.V.
Ventral C1 Fracture Combined with Congenital Posterior Cleft: What to Do?
Gembruch, Oliver; Dammann, Philipp; Schoemberg, Tobias; Ahmadipour, Yahya; Payer, Michael; Sure, Ulrich; Tessitore, Enrico; Özkan, Neriman
2018-01-01
We present a treatment approach for a rare condition of patients with a ventral C1 fracture and a congenital cleft in the posterior arch (half-ring Jefferson fracture) with an intact transverse atlantal ligament. Our technique aims to achieve stability of the atlanto-occipital and atlantoaxial joints while preserving mobility of the upper cervical spine. Two male patients, 43 years and 29 years of age, respectively, were admitted to our hospital due to a fracture of the ventral arch of the atlas with no damage of the transverse atlantal ligament. Both men also presented a congenital cleft of the posterior arch. Initial conservative management with a halo-thoracic vest was performed in one case and failed. As a result, surgical treatment was performed in both cases using bilateral C1 mass screws and a transverse connector. The patients showed no neurologic deficits on follow-up examination 4 weeks after surgery with a full range of head and neck motion. Computed tomography (CT) showed no dislocation of the implanted material with good dorsal alignment and a stable ventral fracture distance. Follow-up CT showed osseous stability in both cases with the beginning of bony ossification of the bone graft. Isolated instable fractures of the ventral arch of the atlas with a congenital cleft of the posterior arch with no damage of the transverse atlantal ligament can be stabilized using bilateral C1 mass screws and a transverse connector preserving upper cervical spine mobility. Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.
Hino, Kazunori; Kutsuna, Tatsuhiko; Watamori, Kunihiko; Kiyomatsu, Hiroshi; Ishimaru, Yasumitsu; Takeba, Jun; Watanabe, Seiji; Shiraishi, Yoshitaka; Miura, Hiromasa
2017-10-01
Midflexion stability can potentially improve the outcome of total knee arthroplasty (TKA). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the correlation between varus-valgus stability at 0° of extension and 90° of flexion and that at the midflexion range in posterior-stabilized (PS)-TKA. Forty-three knees that underwent PS-TKA were evaluated. Manual mild passive varus-valgus stress was applied to the knees, and the postoperative maximum varus-valgus stability was measured every 10° throughout range of motion, using a navigation system. Correlations between the stability at 0°, 90° of flexion, and that at each midflexion angle were evaluated using Spearman's correlation coefficients. The stability of 0° modestly correlated with that of 10°-20°, but it did not significantly correlate with that of 30°-80°. However, the stability of 90° strongly correlated with that of 60°-80°, modestly correlated with that of 40°-50°, weakly correlated with that of 20°-30°, and did not correlate with that of 10°. The present study confirmed the importance of acquiring stability at 90° flexion to achieve midflexion stability in PS-TKA. However, initial flexion stability did not strongly correlate with the stability at either 0° or 90°. Our findings can provide useful information for understanding varus-valgus stability throughout the range of motion in PS-TKA. Attention to soft tissue balancing is necessary to stabilize a knee at the initial flexion range in PS-TKA.
ELsyad, Moustafa Abdou; Agha, Nora Nory; Habib, Ahmed Ali
2016-01-01
The aim of this study was to evaluate and compare the retention and stability of mandibular implant overdentures using different types of resilient attachments. Two implant analogs were inserted in the canine areas of an acrylic edentulous mandibular model. A metal-reinforced experimental overdenture was constructed and connected to the implant analogs (on two occasions) using either resilient telescopic or Locator attachments. Locators were divided into three subgroups according to the degree of retention of the male nylon insert: Locator extra-light retention (blue insert), Locator light retention (pink insert), and Locator medium retention (transparent insert). Vertical and oblique (anterior, posterior, and lateral) dislodging forces were measured at the beginning of the study (initial retention) and after 540 cycles of denture insertion and removal (final retention). For all dislodging forces, Locator medium recorded the highest initial and final retention. Telescopic attachments recorded the lowest retention during vertical and anterior dislodging, and Locator extra-light recorded the lowest retention during lateral and posterior dislodging. For all types of Locator attachments, anterior dislodging recorded the highest initial and final retention, and lateral dislodging recorded the lowest retention. For the telescopic attachment, posterior dislodgment recorded the highest initial and final retention, and anterior dislodging recorded the lowest retention. After repeated denture insertions and removals, the highest retention and stability were recorded with Locator medium followed by Locator light. The lowest retention was recorded with resilient telescopic attachment, and the lowest stability was recorded with Locator extra-light.
Dmitriev, Anton E; Kuklo, Timothy R; Lehman, Ronald A; Rosner, Michael K
2007-03-15
This is an in vitro biomechanical study. The current investigation was performed to evaluate the stabilizing potential of anterior, posterior, and circumferential cervical fixation on operative and adjacent segment motion following 2 and 3-level reconstructions. Previous studies reported increases in adjacent level range of motion (ROM) and intradiscal pressure following single-level cervical arthrodesis; however, no studies have compared adjacent level effects following multilevel anterior versus posterior reconstructions. Ten human cadaveric cervical spines were biomechanically tested using an unconstrained spine simulator under axial rotation, flexion-extension, and lateral bending loading. After intact analysis, all specimens were sequentially instrumented from C3 to C5 with: (1) lateral mass fixation, (2) anterior cervical plate with interbody cages, and (3) combined anterior and posterior fixation. Following biomechanical analysis of 2-level constructs, fixation was extended to C6 and testing repeated. Full ROM was monitored at the operative and adjacent levels, and data normalized to the intact (100%). All reconstructive methods reduced operative level ROM relative to intact specimens under all loading methods (P < 0.05). However, circumferential fixation provided the greatest segmental stability among 2 and 3-level constructs (P < 0.05). Moreover, anterior cervical plate fixation was least efficient at stabilizing operative segments following C3-C6 arthrodesis (P < 0.05). Supradjacent ROM was increased for all treatment groups compared to normal data during flexion-extension testing (P < 0.05). Similar trends were observed under axial rotation and lateral bending loading. At the distal level, flexion-extension and axial rotation testing revealed comparable intergroup differences (P < 0.05), while lateral bending loading indicated greater ROM following 2-level circumferential fixation (P < 0.05). Results from our study revealed greater adjacent level motion following all 3 fixation types. No consistent significant intergroup differences in neighboring segment kinematics were detected among reconstructions. Circumferential fixation provided the greatest level of segmental stability without additional significant increase in adjacent level ROM.
Ming, Dong; Bai, Yanru; Liu, Xiuyun; Qi, Hongzhi; Cheng, Longlong; Wan, Baikun; Hu, Yong; Wong, Yatwa; Luk, Keith D K; Leong, John C Y
2009-12-01
The gait outcome measures used in clinical trials of paraplegic locomotor training determine the effectiveness of improved walking function assisted by the functional electrical stimulation (FES) system. Focused on kinematic, kinetic or physiological changes of paraplegic patients, traditional methods cannot quantify the walking stability or identify the unstable factors of gait in real time. Up until now, the published studies on dynamic gait stability for the effective use of FES have been limited. In this paper, the walker tipping index (WTI) was used to analyze and process gait stability in FES-assisted paraplegic walking. The main instrument was a specialized walker dynamometer system based on a multi-channel strain-gauge bridge network fixed on the frame of the walker. This system collected force information for the handle reaction vector between the patient's upper extremities and the walker during the walking process; the information was then converted into walker tipping index data, which is an evaluation indicator of the patient's walking stability. To demonstrate the potential usefulness of WTI in gait analysis, a preliminary clinical trial was conducted with seven paraplegic patients who were undergoing FES-assisted walking training and seven normal control subjects. The gait stability levels were quantified for these patients under different stimulation patterns and controls under normal walking with knee-immobilization through WTI analysis. The results showed that the walking stability in the FES-assisted paraplegic group was worse than that in the control subject group, with the primary concern being in the anterior-posterior plane. This new technique is practical for distinguishing useful gait information from the viewpoint of stability, and may be further applied in FES-assisted paraplegic walking rehabilitation.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ming, Dong; Bai, Yanru; Liu, Xiuyun; Qi, Hongzhi; Cheng, Longlong; Wan, Baikun; Hu, Yong; Wong, Yatwa; Luk, Keith D. K.; Leong, John C. Y.
2009-12-01
The gait outcome measures used in clinical trials of paraplegic locomotor training determine the effectiveness of improved walking function assisted by the functional electrical stimulation (FES) system. Focused on kinematic, kinetic or physiological changes of paraplegic patients, traditional methods cannot quantify the walking stability or identify the unstable factors of gait in real time. Up until now, the published studies on dynamic gait stability for the effective use of FES have been limited. In this paper, the walker tipping index (WTI) was used to analyze and process gait stability in FES-assisted paraplegic walking. The main instrument was a specialized walker dynamometer system based on a multi-channel strain-gauge bridge network fixed on the frame of the walker. This system collected force information for the handle reaction vector between the patient's upper extremities and the walker during the walking process; the information was then converted into walker tipping index data, which is an evaluation indicator of the patient's walking stability. To demonstrate the potential usefulness of WTI in gait analysis, a preliminary clinical trial was conducted with seven paraplegic patients who were undergoing FES-assisted walking training and seven normal control subjects. The gait stability levels were quantified for these patients under different stimulation patterns and controls under normal walking with knee-immobilization through WTI analysis. The results showed that the walking stability in the FES-assisted paraplegic group was worse than that in the control subject group, with the primary concern being in the anterior-posterior plane. This new technique is practical for distinguishing useful gait information from the viewpoint of stability, and may be further applied in FES-assisted paraplegic walking rehabilitation.
Llácer-Ortega, Jose L; Riesgo-Suárez, Pedro; Piquer-Belloch, Jose; Rovira-Lillo, Vicente
2012-05-01
The management of lower cervical spine injuries with a dislocation of one or both facet joints and a displacement of a vertebra over the adjacent stills generates considerable controversy. We describe our experience in surgical approach of these injuries. We present 21 cases treated between 2003-2010. Neurological status was evaluated with Frankel scale. Diagnosis was done by radiograph (XR), computed tomography (CT) and/or magnetic resonance image (MRI). Cervical traction was placed in 10 cases before surgery. Posterior and/or anterior approach was used for reduction and stabilization. The 21 cases presented were treated by surgery. Posterior approach was initially used in 17 cases and complete reduction was achieved in 13 of them. The 4 cases where we only got a partial reduction, surgery had to be delayed for different reasons. Anterior approach was initially used in 4 of the 21 cases. In 3 of them, reduction was previously obtained by traction and the fourth case anterior approach was used initially due to an important spinal cord compression. Permanent stabilization was achieved in 19 of the 21 cases. In 1 of the other 2 cases an important deformity was detected after the anterior approach. The other case had a minimal progression after a posterior approach with no increase in successive check-ups. In the first 10 cases, we used traction before surgery but reduction was achieved only in 3 of them. As the number of cases increased we rather used posterior approach in the first place, without even trying a preoperative traction. There was no case of neurological deterioration after surgery. Translation/rotation injuries of the lower cervical spine are unstable and surgical treatment must be indicated. It is our impression that posterior approach allows a better reduction and stabilization of this injuries and should be used initially without even trying a preoperative traction. Copyright © 2011 Sociedad Española de Neurocirugía. Published by Elsevier España. All rights reserved.
Biomechanical analysis of a novel hook-screw technique for C1-2 stabilization.
Reis, Marco Túlio; Nottmeier, Eric W; Reyes, Phillip M; Baek, Seungwon; Crawford, Neil R
2012-09-01
The Food and Drug Administration has not cleared the following medical devices for the use described in this study. The following medical devices are being discussed for an off-label use: cervical lateral mass screws. As an alternative for cases in which the anatomy and spatial relationship between C-2 and a vertebral artery precludes insertion of C-2 pedicle/pars or C1-2 transarticular screws, a technique that includes opposing laminar hooks (claw) at C-2 combined with C-1 lateral mass screws may be used. The biomechanical stability of this alternate technique was compared with that of a standard screw-rod technique in vitro. Flexibility tests were performed in 7 specimens (occiput to C-3) in the following 6 different conditions: 1) intact; 2) after creating instability and attaching a posterior cable/graft at C1-2; 3) after removing the graft and attaching a construct comprising C-1 lateral mass screws and C-2 laminar claws; 4) after reattaching the posterior cable-graft at C1-2 (posterior hardware still in place); 5) after removing the posterior cable-graft and laminar hooks and placing C-2 pedicle screws interconnected to C-1 lateral mass screws via rod; and 6) after reattaching the posterior cable-graft at C1-2 (screw-rod construct still in place). All types of stabilization significantly reduced the range of motion, lax zone, and stiff zone compared with the intact condition. There was no significant biomechanical difference in terms of range of motion or lax zone between the screw-rod construct and the screw-claw-rod construct in any direction of loading. The screw-claw-rod technique restricts motion much like the standard Harms technique, making it an acceptable alternative technique when aberrant arterial anatomy precludes the placement of C-2 pars/pedicle screws or C1-2 transarticular screws.
Majid, Kamran; Gudipally, Manasa; Hussain, Mir; Moldavsky, Mark; Khalil, Saif
2011-12-15
An in vitro biomechanical study investigating the effect of transverse connectors on posterior cervical stabilization system in a laminectomy model. To evaluate the optimal design, number, and location of the transverse connectors in stabilizing long segment posterior instrumentation in the cervical spine. In the cervical spine, lateral mass screw (LMS) fixation is used for providing stability after decompression. Transverse connectors have been used to augment segmental posterior instrumentation. However, in the cervical region the optimal design, number, and the location of transverse connectors is not known. Seven fresh human cervicothoracic cadaveric spines (C2-T1) were tested by applying ±1.5 Nm moments in flexion (F), extension (E), lateral bending (LB), and axial rotation (AR). After testing the intact condition, LMS/rods were placed and then were tested with two different transverse connectors (top-loading connector [TL] and the head-to-head [HH] connector) in multiple levels, pre- and postlaminectomy (PL). LMS significantly reduced segmental motion by 77.2% in F, 75.6% in E, 86.6% in LB, and 86.1% in AR prelaminectomy and by 75.4% in F, 76% in E, 80.6% in LB, and 76.4% in AR postlaminectomy compared to intact (P < 0.05). Only in AR, PL constructs with HH connectors at C3 & C7, TL connectors at C4-C5 & C5-C6, and at C3-C4 & C6-C7 significantly reduced the range of motion by 12.9%, 11.9%, and 11.9%, respectively, compared to PL LMS (P < 0.05). No statistical significance was observed between TL connector and HH connector in all loading directions. The biomechanical advantage of transverse connectors is significant in AR, when using two connectors at the proximal and distal ends, compared to one connector. In a clinical setting, this data may guide surgeons on transverse connector configurations to consider during posterior cervical instrumentation.
Posterior tibial slope as a risk factor for anterior cruciate ligament rupture in soccer players.
Senişik, Seçkin; Ozgürbüz, Cengizhan; Ergün, Metin; Yüksel, Oğuz; Taskiran, Emin; Işlegen, Cetin; Ertat, Ahmet
2011-01-01
Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) is the primary stabilizer of the knee. An impairment of any of the dynamic or static stability providing factors can lead to overload on the other factors and ultimately to deterioration of knee stability. This can result in anterior tibial translation and rupture of the ACL. The purpose of this study was to examine the influence of tibial slope on ACL injury risk on soccer players. A total of 64 elite soccer players and 45 sedentary controls were included in this longitudinal and controlled study. The angle between the tibial mid-diaphysis line and the line between the anterior and posterior edges of the medial tibial plateau was measured as the tibial slope via lateral radiographs. Individual player exposure, and injuries sustained by the participants were prospectively recorded. Eleven ACL injuries were documented during the study period. Tibial slope was not different between soccer players and sedentary controls. Tibial slope in the dominant and non-dominant legs was greater for the injured players compared to the uninjured players. The difference reached a significant level only for the dominant legs (p < 0.001). While the tibial slopes of the dominant and non-dominant legs were not different on uninjured players (p > 0.05), a higher tibial slope was observed in dominant legs of injured players (p < 0.05). Higher tibial slope on injured soccer players compared to the uninjured ones supports the idea that the tibial slope degree might be an important risk factor for ACL injury. Key pointsDominant legs' tibial slopes of the injured players were significantly higher compared to the uninjured players (p < 0.001).Higher tibial slope was determined in dominant legs compared to the non-dominant side, for the injured players (p = 0.042). Different tibial slope measures in dominant and non-dominant legs might be the result of different loading and/or adaptation patterns in soccer.
Martínez-Amat, Antonio; Hita-Contreras, Fidel; Lomas-Vega, Rafael; Caballero-Martínez, Isabel; Alvarez, Pablo J; Martínez-López, Emilio
2013-08-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of a 12-week-specific proprioceptive training program on postural stability, gait, balance, and fall prevention in adults older than 65 years. The present study was a controlled clinical trial. Forty-four community dwelling elderly subjects (61-90 years; mean age, 78.07 ± 5.7 years) divided into experimental (n = 20) and control (n = 24) groups. The participants performed the Berg balance test before and after the training program, and we assessed participants' gait, balance, and the risk of falling, using the Tinetti scale. Medial-lateral plane and anterior-posterior plane displacements of the center of pressure, Sway area, length and speed, and the Romberg quotient about surface, speed, and distance were calculated in static posturography analysis (EPS pressure platform) under 2 conditions: eyes open and eyes closed. After a first clinical evaluation, patients were submitted to 12 weeks proprioception training program, 2 sessions of 50 minutes every week. This program includes 6 exercises with the BOSU and Swiss ball as unstable training tools that were designed to program proprioceptive training. The training program improved postural balance of older adults in mediolateral plane with eyes open (p < 0.05) and anterior-posterior plane with eyes closed (p < 0.01). Significant improvements were observed in Romberg quotient about surface (p < 0.05) and speed (p < 0.01) but not about distance (p > 0.05). After proprioception training, gait (Tinetti), and balance (Berg) test scores improved 14.66% and 11.47% respectively. These results show that 12 weeks proprioception training program in older adults is effective in postural stability, static, and dynamic balance and could lead to an improvement in gait and balance capacity, and to a decrease in the risk of falling in adults aged 65 years and older.
Volpe, Stefano; Lanza, Massimiliano; Verrocchi, Damiano; Sennerby, Lars
2013-02-01
Insufficient bone volume often hamper placement of dental implants in the posterior maxilla. The aim of the present clinical study was to evaluate retrospectively the clinical outcome of implant placement in the resorbed posterior maxilla using an osteotome technique without adding any grafting material. Twenty patients with 5 to 9 mm of residual alveolar bone height in the posterior maxilla received twenty-nine implants (Neoss Ltd., Harrogate, UK) using an osteotomy technique without bone grafts. Intraoral radiographs were taken before and after implant placement, at the time of loading and after 11 to 32 months of loading (mean 16.4 months), to evaluate bone formation below the sinus membrane and marginal bone loss. Implant stability measurements (Osstell(TM) , Gothenburg, Sweden) were performed after implant installation and at abutment connection 5 months later. All implants were installed with the prosthetic platform level with the bone crest. No implant was lost giving a survival rate of 100% after a mean follow-up time of 16.4 months. The average vertical bone height was 7.2 ± 1.5 mm at placement and 10.0 ± 1.0 mm after 11 to 32 months. The average increase of 2.8 ± 1.1 mm was statistically significant. There was a statistically significant improvement in implant stability from 70.7 ± 9.2 implant stability quotient (ISQ) at placement to 76.7 ± 5.7 ISQ at abutment connection, 5 months later. The mean marginal bone loss amounted to 0.7 ± 0.3 mm after 11 to 32 months of loading. It is concluded that the osteotome technique evaluated resulted in predictable intrasinus bone formation, firm implant stability, and good clinical outcomes as no implants were lost and minimal marginal bone loss was observed. © 2011 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Kim, Dae-Hun; Park, Jin-Kyu; Jeong, Myeong-Kyun
2014-01-01
In patients with chronic low back pain, the center of gravity (COG) is abnormally located posterior to the center in most cases. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of posterior-located COG on the functions (lumbar extension strength, and static and dynamic balance) and structure (lumbar lordosis angle and lumbosacral angle) of the lumbar spine. In this study, the COG of chronic low back pain patients who complained of only low back pain were examined using dynamic body balance equipment. A total of 164 subjects participated in the study (74 males and 90 females), and they were divided into two groups of 82 patients each. One group (n=82) consisted of patients whose COG was located at the center (C-COG); the other group (n=82) consisted of patients whose COG was located posterior to the center (P-COG). The following measures assessed the lumber functions and structures of the two groups: lumbar extension strength, moving speed of static and dynamic COGs, movement distance of the static and dynamic COGs, lumbar lordosis angle, and lumbosacral angle. The measured values were analyzed using independent t-tests. The group of patients with P-COG showed more decreases in lumbar extension strength, lumbar lordosis angle, and lumbosacral angle compared to the group of patients with C-COG. Also this group showed increases in moving speed and movement distance of the static COG. However, there were no differences in moving speed and movement distance of the dynamic COG between the two groups. These findings suggest that chronic LBP patients with P-COG have some disadvantages to establish lumbar extension strength and static and dynamic balance, which require specific efforts to maintain a neutral position and to control posture.
Li, Mengnai; Collier, Rachel C; Hill, Brian W; Slinkard, Nathaniel; Ly, Thuan V
Trimalleolar ankle fractures are unstable injuries with possible syndesmotic disruption. Recent data have described inherent morbidity associated with screw fixation of the syndesmosis, including the potential for malreduction, hardware irritation, and post-traumatic arthritis. The posterior malleolus is an important soft tissue attachment for the posterior inferior syndesmosis ligament. We hypothesized that fixation of a sizable posterior malleolar (PM) fracture in supination external rotation type IV (SER IV) ankle fractures would act to stabilize the syndesmosis and minimize or eliminate the need for trans-syndesmotic fixation. A retrospective review of trimalleolar ankle fractures surgically treated from October 2006 to April of 2011 was performed. A total of 143 trimalleolar ankle fractures were identified, and 97 were classified as SER IV. Of the 97 patients, 74 (76.3%) had a sizable PM fragment. Syndesmotic fixation was required in 7 of 34 (20%) and 27 of 40 (68%), respectively, when the PM was fixed versus not fixed (p = .0002). When the PM was indirectly reduced using an anterior to posterior screw, 7 of 15 patients (46.7%) required syndesmotic fixation compared with none of 19 patients when the PM fragment was fixated with direct posterior lateral plate fixation (p = .0012). Fixation of the PM fracture in SER IV ankle fractures can restore syndesmotic stability and, thus, lower the rate of syndesmotic fixation. We found that fixation of a sizable PM fragment in SER IV or equivalent injuries through posterolateral plating can eliminate the need for syndesmotic screw fixation. Copyright © 2017 American College of Foot and Ankle Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Mathewson, Kyle E.; Beck, Diane M.; Ro, Tony; Maclin, Edward L.; Low, Kathy A.; Fabiani, Monica; Gratton, Gabriele
2015-01-01
We investigated the dynamics of brain processes facilitating conscious experience of external stimuli. Previously we proposed that alpha (8-12 Hz) oscillations, which fluctuate with both sustained and directed attention, represent a pulsed inhibition of ongoing sensory brain activity. Here we tested the prediction that inhibitory alpha oscillations in visual cortex are modulated by top-down signals from frontoparietal attention networks. We measured modulations in phase-coherent alpha oscillations from superficial frontal, parietal, and occipital cortices using the event-related optical signal (EROS), a measure of neuronal activity affording high spatiotemporal resolution, along with concurrently-recorded electroencephalogram (EEG), while subjects performed a visual target-detection task. The pre-target alpha oscillations measured with EEG and EROS from posterior areas were larger for subsequently undetected targets, supporting alpha's inhibitory role. Using EROS, we localized brain correlates of these awareness-related alpha oscillations measured at the scalp to the cuneus and precuneus. Crucially, EROS alpha suppression correlated with posterior EEG alpha power across subjects. Sorting the EROS data based on EEG alpha power quartiles to investigate alpha modulators revealed that suppression of posterior alpha was preceded by increased activity in regions of the dorsal attention network, and decreased activity in regions of the cingulo-opercular network. Cross-correlations revealed the temporal dynamics of activity within these preparatory networks prior to posterior alpha modulation. The novel combination of EEG and EROS afforded localization of the sources and correlates of alpha oscillations and their temporal relationships, supporting our proposal that top-down control from attention networks modulates both posterior alpha and awareness of visual stimuli. PMID:24702458
Todorovic, Vladimir S; Vasovic, Miroslav; Beetge, Mia-Michaela; van Zyl, Andre W; Kokovic, Vladimir
2017-02-01
The objective of the present study was to elucidate stability development of immediately loaded hybrid self-tapping implants inserted in the posterior maxilla. Forty-eight hybrid self-tapping implants with a chemically modified surface (∅4.1; length: 8 mm) were inserted bilaterally in the maxillary first and second premolar and first molar sites of 8 patients. In each patient, both sides of the maxilla were assigned randomly to either immediate (IL) or early (EL) loading group. Implant stability was evaluated by means of resonance frequency analysis immediately after implant placement and after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 26, and 52 weeks. High values of primary stability were found in both groups (71.91 ± 6.52 implant stability quotient [ISQ] in IL group; 73.87 ± 6.5 ISQ in EL group), with significant differences between the groups at the different time points. Initial decrease in stability was observed between the first and fifth weeks in the IL group and between the first and third weeks for the EL group. In the IL group 1 implant was removed after 3 weeks due to lack of stability. Early results of this study showed the ability of hybrid self-tapping dental implants with a chemically modified surface to achieve sufficient primary stability and to maintain high values of secondary implant stability in bone type 3 and 4, even when loaded immediately. Minimal alterations in stability were observed for both investigated groups, but the EL group showed faster recovery after an initial drop in stability.
Panzica, Martin; Janzik, Janne; Bobrowitsch, Evgenij; Krettek, Christian; Hawi, Nael; Hurschler, Christof; Jagodzinski, Michael
2015-11-01
To date, various surgical techniques to treat posterolateral knee instability have been described. Recent studies recommended an anatomical and isometric reconstruction of the posterolateral corner addressing the key structures, such as lateral collateral ligament (LCL), popliteus tendon (POP) and popliteofibular ligament (PFL). Two clinical established autologous respective local reconstruction methods of the posterolateral complex were tested for knot-bone cylinder press-fit fixation to assess efficacy of each reconstruction technique in comparison to the intact knee. The knot-bone cylinder press-fit fixation for both anatomic and isometric reconstruction techniques of the posterolateral complex shows equal biomechanical stability as the intact posterolateral knee structures. This was a controlled laboratory study. Two surgical techniques (Larson: fibula-based semitendinosus autograft for LCL and PFL reconstruction/Kawano: biceps femoris and iliotibial tract autograft for LCL, PFL and POP reconstruction) with press-fit fixation were used for restoration of posterolateral knee stability. Seven cadaveric knees (66 ± 3.4 years) were tested under three conditions: intact knee, sectioned state and reconstructed knee for each surgical technique. Biomechanical stress tests were performed for every state at 30° and 90° knee flexion for anterior-posterior translation (60 N), internal-external and varus-valgus rotation (5 Nm) at 0°, 30° and 90° using a kinemator (Kuka robot). At 30° and 90° knee flexion, no significant differences between the four knee states were registered for anterior-posterior translation loading. Internal-external and varus-valgus rotational loading showed significantly higher instability for the sectioned state than for the intact or reconstructed posterolateral structures (p < 0.05). There were no significant differences between the intact and reconstructed knee states for internal-external rotation, varus-valgus rotation and anterior-posterior translation at any flexion angles (p > 0.05). Comparing both reconstruction techniques, significant higher varus-/valgus stability was registered for the fibula-based Larson technique at 90° knee flexion (p < 0.05). Both PLC reconstructions showed equal biomechanical stability as the intact posterolateral knee structures when using knot-bone cylinder press-fit fixation. We registered restoration of the rotational and varus-valgus stability with both surgical techniques. The anterior-posterior translational stability was not influenced significantly. The Larson technique showed significant higher varus/valgus stability in 90° flexion. The latter is easier to perform and takes half the preparation time, but needs grafting of the semitendinosus tendon. The Kawano reconstruction technique is an interesting alternative in cases of missing autografts.
Novak, A C; Komisar, V; Maki, B E; Fernie, G R
2016-01-01
The incidence of stairway falls and related injuries remains persistently high; however, the risk of stair injuries could be reduced through improved stairway design. The current study investigated dynamic balance control during stair descent and the effects of varying the step geometry. Data were collected from 20 healthy young and 20 older adults as they descended three staircases (riser heights of 7, 7.5 and 8 inches (178, 190 and 203 mm, respectively)). At each riser height, the tread run length was varied between 8 and 14 inches (203 mm and 356 mm) in one-inch (25 mm) increments. Kinematic data provided measures of segmental and whole-body dynamic control. Results demonstrated that older adults had greater lateral tilt of the upper body than young adults, but actually had larger margins of stability than the young in the antero-posterior direction as a result of their slower cadence. Nonetheless, for both age groups, the longer run lengths were found to provide the largest margins of stability. In addition, increase in run length and decrease in riser height tended to reduce forward upper body tilt. These results help to explain the underlying biomechanical factors associated with increased risk of falls and the relationship with step geometry. Considering the importance of stair ambulation in maintaining independence and activity in the community, this study highlights the definite need for safer stair design standards to minimize the risk of falls and increase stair safety across the lifespan. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd and The Ergonomics Society. All rights reserved.
[Transpedicular dynamics stabilization in the treatment of lumbar stenosis. Fourth years follow-up].
Reyes-Sánchez, Alejandro; Sánchez-Bringas, Guadalupe; Zarate-Kalfopulos, Barón; Alpizar-Aguirre, Armando; Lara-Padilla, Eleazar; Rosales-Olivares, Luis Miguel
2013-01-01
We need to evaluate the efficacy and safety of the use of dynamic fixation in patients with narrow lumbar through comparing the assessment of two years with 4 years of follow-up. Prospective, longitudinal, autocontrol deliberately and sequential intervention, in lumbar stenosis patients who made treatment with dynamic stabilization posterior type Acuflex. An evaluation of four of final follow-up. 18 patients who completed follow-up two years results as a basis for comparison: 18 patients, 14 female and 4 male, average age 44.05 years. Pain evaluated with numerical visual scale was found in the lower back at 24 months in an average of 2.84 and 48 months in 3.26. We measured the functional level of Oswestry at two years to be 24% and at four years 22.44%, with a p = 0.373. In the magnetic resonance for classification of patients 15 Pfirrmann without changes and three with increase of a degree. According to patients 2 Modic changes one of type 0 to type III and another to type I. We have observed that five patients have required second surgery for removal of material findings. There is no change between 2 and 4 years in the scale of Oswestry and pain with visual numerical scale functionality. The average height in discs had change with statistical significance, in the comparative period. The intervertebral discs had changes in 3 patients with direct relationship between scale of Pfirrmann and Modic. The rest of patients keep rehydration and normal disc height.
Influence of bi- and tri-compartmental knee arthroplasty on the kinematics of the knee joint
2011-01-01
Background The cruciate ligaments are important stabilizers of the knee joint and determine joint kinematics in the natural knee and after cruciate retaining arthroplasty. No in vitro data is available to biomechanically evaluate the ability of the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) to maintain knee joint kinematics after bicruciate-retaining bi-compartmental knee arthroplasty (BKA). Therefore, the objective of the current study was to investigate the kinematics of the natural knee joint, before and after installing bicruciate-retaining BKA and posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty. Specifically, we incorporated a dynamic knee simulator to simulate weight-bearing flexions on cadaveric knee specimen before and after surgical manipulations. Methods In this cadaveric study we investigated rotational and translational tibiofemoral kinematics during simulated weight-bearing flexions of the intact knee, after bi-compartmental knee arthroplasty (BKA+), after resecting the ACL in BKA (BKA-), and after posterior cruciate retaining total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Results Rotation of BKA+ is closest to the intact knee joint, whereas TKA shows significant differences from 30 to 90 degree of flexion. Within the tested flexion range (15 to 90 degree of flexion), there was no significant difference in the anterior-posterior translation among intact, BKA+, and TKA knees. Resecting the ACL in BKA leads to a significant anterior tibial translation. Conclusions BKA with intact cruciate ligaments resembles rotation and translation of the natural knee during a simulated weight-bearing flexion. It is a suitable treatment option for medial and patellofemoral osteoarthritis with advantages in rotational characteristics compared to TKA. PMID:21272328
Aneurysmal bone cyst of C2 treated with novel anterior reconstruction and stabilization.
Rajasekaran, S; Aiyer, Siddharth N; Shetty, Ajoy Prasad; Kanna, Rishi; Maheswaran, Anupama
2016-03-23
Aneurysmal bone cysts (ABC) form 1 % of primary bone tumors. Reported incidence rates are no more than 1.4 to 1,00,000. ABC of spine frequently involves posterior elements and commonly affects the lumbar spine (45 %). We present a case of C2 ABC for the challenges it poses due to the rarity of the lesion, tedious to access location, dilemmas relating to the suitable approach for tumor resection and technically demanding stabilization and reconstruction strategy post resection. Clinical data analysis was performed to discuss a method of novel anterior column reconstruction following resection of a C2 aneurysmal bone cyst in a 8 year old child with anterior and posterior elements being involved. An 8-year-old girl with an aneurysmal bone cyst of the C2 vertebra underwent staged surgery following pre-operative embolisation. First a posterior approach tumor excision with posterior instrumented fusion was performed. Following which, using a modified anterior retropharyngeal approach anterior tumor excision and fibular graft reconstruction between the C1 lateral mass and C2 body was performed. Complete tumor clearance and stable reconstruction was successfully achieved in our patient. Patient showed excellent clinical outcome with radiological fusion. Preoperative embolisation in the treatment of ABC has supplemental advantage by reducing blood loss. Modified anterior retropharyngeal approach allows satisfactory clearance for C1-2 lesion and fibular strut graft between the C1 lateral mass and C2 body can provide a stable graft placement with good chance of fusion. Instability and spinal deformity, whether preexisting or post-excision, should be corrected with reconstruction and stabilization to offer best chance of cure in such cases.
Peladeau-Pigeon, Melanie
2017-01-01
Purpose The ability to generate tongue pressure plays a major role in bolus transport in swallowing. In studies of motor control, stability or variability of movement is a feature that changes with age, disease, task complexity, and perturbation. In this study, we explored whether age and tongue strength influence the stability of the tongue pressure generation pattern during isometric and swallowing tasks in healthy volunteers. Method Tongue pressure data, collected using the Iowa Oral Performance Instrument, were analyzed from 84 participants in sex-balanced and decade age-group strata. Tasks included maximum anterior and posterior isometric pressures and regular-effort saliva swallows. The cyclic spatiotemporal index (cSTI) was used to capture stability (vs. variability) in patterns of pressure generation. Mixed-model repeated measures analyses of covariance were performed separately for each task (anterior and posterior isometric pressures, saliva swallows) with between-participant factors of age group and sex, a within-participant factor of task repetition, and a continuous covariate of tongue strength. Results Neither age group nor sex effects were found. There was no significant relationship between tongue strength and the cSTI on the anterior isometric tongue pressure task (r = −.11). For the posterior isometric tongue pressure task, a significant negative correlation (r = −.395) was found between tongue strength and the cSTI. The opposite pattern of a significant positive correlation (r = .29) between tongue strength and the cSTI was seen for the saliva swallow task. Conclusions Tongue pressure generation patterns appear highly stable across repeated maximum isometric and saliva swallow tasks, despite advancing age. Greater pattern variability is seen with weaker posterior isometric pressures. Overall, saliva swallows had the lowest pressure amplitudes and highest pressure pattern variability as measured by the cSTI. PMID:29114767
Biomechanics of Hyperflexion and Kneeling before and after Total Knee Arthroplasty
2014-01-01
The capacity to perform certain activities is frequently compromised after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) due to a functional decline resulting from decreased range of motion and a diminished ability to kneel. In this manuscript, the current biomechanical understanding of hyperflexion and kneeling before and after TKA will be discussed. Patellofemoral and tibiofemoral joint contact area, contact pressure, and kinematics were evaluated in cadaveric studies using a Tekscan pressure measuring system and Microscribe. Testing was performed on intact knees and following cruciate retaining and posterior stabilized TKA at knee flexion angles of 90°, 105°, 120°, and 135°. Three loading conditions were used to simulate squatting, double stance kneeling, and single stance kneeling. Following TKA with double stance kneeling, patellofemoral contact areas did not increase significantly at high knee flexion angle (135°). Kneeling resulted in tibial posterior translation and external rotation at all flexion angles. Moving from double to single stance kneeling tended to increase pressures in the cruciate retaining group, but decreased pressures in the posterior stabilized group. The cruciate retaining group had significantly larger contact areas than the posterior stabilized group, although no significant differences in pressures were observed comparing the two TKA designs (p < 0.05). If greater than 120° of postoperative knee range of motion can be achieved following TKA, then kneeling may be performed with less risk in the patellofemoral joint than was previously believed to be the case. However, kneeling may increase the likelihood of damage to cartilage and menisci in intact knees and after TKA increases in tibiofemoral contact area and pressures may lead to polyethyelene wear if performed on a chronic, repetitive basis. PMID:24900891
Biomechanics of hyperflexion and kneeling before and after total knee arthroplasty.
Lee, Thay Q
2014-06-01
The capacity to perform certain activities is frequently compromised after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) due to a functional decline resulting from decreased range of motion and a diminished ability to kneel. In this manuscript, the current biomechanical understanding of hyperflexion and kneeling before and after TKA will be discussed. Patellofemoral and tibiofemoral joint contact area, contact pressure, and kinematics were evaluated in cadaveric studies using a Tekscan pressure measuring system and Microscribe. Testing was performed on intact knees and following cruciate retaining and posterior stabilized TKA at knee flexion angles of 90°, 105°, 120°, and 135°. Three loading conditions were used to simulate squatting, double stance kneeling, and single stance kneeling. Following TKA with double stance kneeling, patellofemoral contact areas did not increase significantly at high knee flexion angle (135°). Kneeling resulted in tibial posterior translation and external rotation at all flexion angles. Moving from double to single stance kneeling tended to increase pressures in the cruciate retaining group, but decreased pressures in the posterior stabilized group. The cruciate retaining group had significantly larger contact areas than the posterior stabilized group, although no significant differences in pressures were observed comparing the two TKA designs (p < 0.05). If greater than 120° of postoperative knee range of motion can be achieved following TKA, then kneeling may be performed with less risk in the patellofemoral joint than was previously believed to be the case. However, kneeling may increase the likelihood of damage to cartilage and menisci in intact knees and after TKA increases in tibiofemoral contact area and pressures may lead to polyethyelene wear if performed on a chronic, repetitive basis.
Factors affecting the stability of reverse shoulder arthroplasty: a biomechanical study.
Clouthier, Allison L; Hetzler, Markus A; Fedorak, Graham; Bryant, J Tim; Deluzio, Kevin J; Bicknell, Ryan T
2013-04-01
Despite the success of reverse shoulder arthroplasty (RSA) in treating patients with painful pseudoparalytic shoulders, instability is a common complication and currently the factors affecting stability are not well understood. The objective of this study was to investigate a number of factors as well as the interactions between factors to determine how they affect the stability of the prosthesis. These factors included: active arm posture (abduction and abduction plane angles), loading direction, glenosphere diameter and eccentricity, and humeral socket constraint. Force required to dislocate the joint, determined using a biomechanical shoulder simulator, was used as a measure of stability. A factorial design experiment was implemented to examine the factors and interactions. Actively increasing the abduction angle by 15° leads to a 30% increase in stability and use of an inferior-offset rather than a centered glenosphere improved stability by 17%. Use of a more constrained humeral socket also increased stability; but the effect was dependent on loading direction, with a 88% improvement for superior loading, 66% for posterior, 36% for anterior, and no change for inferior loading. Abduction plane angle and glenosphere diameter had no effect on stability. Increased glenohumeral abduction and the use of an inferior-offset glenosphere were found to increase the stability of RSA. Additionally, use of a more constrained humeral socket increased stability for anterior, posterior, and superior loading. These identified factor effects have the potential to decrease the risk of dislocation following RSA. Copyright © 2013 Journal of Shoulder and Elbow Surgery Board of Trustees. Published by Mosby, Inc. All rights reserved.
Caudal Regulates the Spatiotemporal Dynamics of Pair-Rule Waves in Tribolium
El-Sherif, Ezzat; Zhu, Xin; Fu, Jinping; Brown, Susan J.
2014-01-01
In the short-germ beetle Tribolium castaneum, waves of pair-rule gene expression propagate from the posterior end of the embryo towards the anterior and eventually freeze into stable stripes, partitioning the anterior-posterior axis into segments. Similar waves in vertebrates are assumed to arise due to the modulation of a molecular clock by a posterior-to-anterior frequency gradient. However, neither a molecular candidate nor a functional role has been identified to date for such a frequency gradient, either in vertebrates or elsewhere. Here we provide evidence that the posterior gradient of Tc-caudal expression regulates the oscillation frequency of pair-rule gene expression in Tribolium. We show this by analyzing the spatiotemporal dynamics of Tc-even-skipped expression in strong and mild knockdown of Tc-caudal, and by correlating the extension, level and slope of the Tc-caudal expression gradient to the spatiotemporal dynamics of Tc-even-skipped expression in wild type as well as in different RNAi knockdowns of Tc-caudal regulators. Further, we show that besides its absolute importance for stripe generation in the static phase of the Tribolium blastoderm, a frequency gradient might serve as a buffer against noise during axis elongation phase in Tribolium as well as vertebrates. Our results highlight the role of frequency gradients in pattern formation. PMID:25329152
Collateral ligament strains during knee joint laxity evaluation before and after TKA.
Delport, Hendrik; Labey, Luc; De Corte, Ronny; Innocenti, Bernardo; Vander Sloten, Jos; Bellemans, Johan
2013-08-01
Passive knee stability is provided by the soft tissue envelope. There is consensus among orthopedic surgeons that good outcome in Total Knee Arthroplasty requires equal tension in the medial/lateral compartment of the knee joint, as well as equal tension in the flexion/extension gap. The purpose of this study was to quantify the ligament laxity in the normal non-arthritic knee before and after Posterior-Stabilized Total Knee Arthroplasty. We hypothesized that the Medial/Lateral Collateral Ligament shows minimal changes in length when measured directly by extensometers in the native human knee during varus/valgus laxity testing. We also hypothesized that due to differences in material properties and surface geometry, native laxity is difficult to reconstruct using a Posterior-Stabilized Total Knee. Six specimens were used to perform this in vitro cadaver test using extensometers to provide numerical values for laxity and varus-valgus tilting in the frontal plane. This study enabled a precise measurement of varus-valgus laxity as compared with the clinical assessment. The strains in both ligaments in the replaced knee were different from those in the native knee. Both ligaments were stretched in extension, in flexion the Medial Collateral Ligament tends to relax and the Lateral Collateral Ligament remains tight. As material properties and surface geometry of the replaced knee add stiffness to the joint, we recommend to avoid overstuffing the joint, when using this type of Posterior-Stabilized Total Knee Arthroplasty, in order to obtain varus/valgus laxity close to the native joint. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Wang, Jeremy C; Spenciner, David; Robinson, James C
2006-02-01
The authors studied the biomechanical properties of a novel spinous process stabilization plate (CD HORIZON SPIRE Spinal System) and present the results in comparison with those of other posterior fixation methods. Ten functional cadaveric lumbar segments were subjected to nondestructive quasistatic loading forces in 10 different conditions: intact, destabilized (discectomy), fitted with spinous process plate (SPP) alone, with anterior-column support (ACS) alone, ACS with SPP, ACS with posterior translaminar facet screw (PTFS) fixation, ACS with unilateral pedicle screw and rod (UPSR) fixation, ACS with bilateral pedicle screw and rod (BPSR) fixation, UPSR alone, or BPSR alone. Stiffness and range of motion (ROM) data were compared using a repeated-measures, one-way analysis of variance. The construct with greatest mean limitation of flexion-extension ROM was ACS/SPP at 4.14 degrees whereas it was 5.75 degrees for ACS/UPSR fixation, 5.03 degrees for ACS/BPSR fixation, and 10.13 degrees for the intact spine. The SPIRE plate alone also provided greater flexion and extension stiffness, with less ROM than other posterior stabilization options. Fixation with BPSR with or without ACS resulted in the stiffest construct in lateral bending and axial rotation. The SPP and UPSR fixation groups were equivalent in resisting lateral bending and axial rotation forces with or without ACS. The SPIRE plate effectively stabilized the spine, and the test results compare favorably with other fixation techniques that are more time consuming to perform and have greater inherent risks.
Lumbar vertebral hemangioma causing cauda equina syndrome: a case report.
Ahn, Henry; Jhaveri, Subir; Yee, Albert; Finkelstein, Joel
2005-11-01
Case report. To report a case of lumbar hemangioma causing neurogenic claudication and early cauda equina, managed with hemostatic vertebroplasty and posterior decompression. This is the first report to our knowledge of a lumbar hemangioma causing neurogenic claudication and early cauda equina syndrome. Most hemangiomas causing neurologic symptoms occur in thoracic spine and cause spinal cord compression. Vertebroplasty as a method of hemostasis and for providing mechanical stability in this situation has not been discussed previously in the literature. L4 hemangioma was diagnosed in a 64-year-old woman with severe neurogenic claudication and early cauda equina syndrome. Preoperative angiograms showed no embolizable vessels. Posterior decompression was performed followed by bilateral transpedicular vertebroplasty. The patient received postoperative radiation to prevent recurrence. Complete relief of neurogenic claudication and cauda equina with less than 100 mL of blood loss. A lumbar hemangioma of the vertebral body, although rare, can cause neurogenic claudication and cauda equina syndrome. Intraoperative vertebroplasty can be an effective method of hemostasis and provide stability of the vertebra following posterior decompression.
Ferrari, Ulisse
2016-08-01
Maximum entropy models provide the least constrained probability distributions that reproduce statistical properties of experimental datasets. In this work we characterize the learning dynamics that maximizes the log-likelihood in the case of large but finite datasets. We first show how the steepest descent dynamics is not optimal as it is slowed down by the inhomogeneous curvature of the model parameters' space. We then provide a way for rectifying this space which relies only on dataset properties and does not require large computational efforts. We conclude by solving the long-time limit of the parameters' dynamics including the randomness generated by the systematic use of Gibbs sampling. In this stochastic framework, rather than converging to a fixed point, the dynamics reaches a stationary distribution, which for the rectified dynamics reproduces the posterior distribution of the parameters. We sum up all these insights in a "rectified" data-driven algorithm that is fast and by sampling from the parameters' posterior avoids both under- and overfitting along all the directions of the parameters' space. Through the learning of pairwise Ising models from the recording of a large population of retina neurons, we show how our algorithm outperforms the steepest descent method.
Biogeochemical control of marine productivity in the Mediterranean Sea during the last 50 years
Macias, Diego; Garcia-Gorriz, Elisa; Piroddi, Chiara; Stips, Adolf
2014-01-01
The temporal dynamics of biogeochemical variables derived from a coupled 3-D model of the Mediterranean Sea are evaluated for the last 50 years (1960–2010) against independent data on fisheries catch per unit effort (CPUE) for the same time period. Concordant patterns are found in the time series of all of the biological variables (from the model and from fisheries statistics), with low values at the beginning of the series, a later increase, with maximum levels reached at the end of the 1990s, and a posterior stabilization. Spectral analysis of the annual biological time series reveals coincident low-frequency signals in all of them. The first, more energetic signal peaks around the year 2000, while the second, less energetic signal peaks near 1982. Almost identical low-frequency signals are found in the nutrient loads of the rivers and in the integrated nutrient levels in the surface marine ecosystem. Nitrate concentration shows a maximum level in 1998, with a later stabilization to present-day values, coincident with the first low-frequency signal found in the biological series. Phosphate shows maximum concentrations around 1982 and a posterior sharp decline, in concordance with the second low-frequency signal observed in the biological series. That result seems to indicate that the control of marine productivity (plankton to fish) in the Mediterranean is principally mediated through bottom-up processes that could be traced back to the characteristics of riverine discharges. The high sensitivity of CPUE time series to environmental conditions might be another indicator of the overexploitation of this marine ecosystem. Key Points Biogeochemical evolution of the Mediterranean over the past 50 years River nutrient loads drive primary and secondary productions Strong link between low trophic levels and fisheries PMID:26180286
Jiang, Chao; Liu, Zhenlei; Wang, Ying; Bian, Yanyan; Feng, Bin; Weng, Xisheng
2016-01-01
Although being debated for many years, the superiority of posterior cruciate-retaining (CR) total knee arthroplasty (TKA) and posterior-stabilized (PS) TKA remains controversial. We compare the knee scores, post-operative knee range of motion (ROM), radiological outcomes about knee kinematic and complications between CR TKA and PS TKA. Literature published up to August 2015 was searched in PubMed, Embase and Cochrane databases, and meta-analysis was performed using the software, Review Manager version 5.3. Totally 14 random control trials (RCTs) on this topic were included for the analysis, which showed that PS and CR TKA had no significant difference in Knee Society knee Score (KSS), pain score (KSPS), Hospital for Special Surgery score (HSS), kinematic characteristics including postoperative component alignment, tibial posterior slope and joint line, and complication rate. However, PS TKA is superior to CR TKA regarding post-operative knee range of motion (ROM) [Random Effect model (RE), Mean Difference (MD) = -7.07, 95% Confidential Interval (CI) -10.50 to -3.65, p<0.0001], improvement of ROM (Fixed Effect model (FE), MD = -5.66, 95% CI -10.79 to -0.53, p = 0.03) and femoral-tibial angle [FE, MD = 0.85, 95% CI 0.46 to 1.25, p<0.0001]. There are no clinically relevant differences between CR and PS TKA in terms of clinical, functional, radiological outcome, and complications, while PS TKA is superior to CR TKA in respects of ROM, while whether this superiority matters or not in clinical practice still needs further investigation and longer follow-up.
Influence of Femoral Component Design on Retrograde Femoral Nail Starting Point.
Service, Benjamin C; Kang, William; Turnbull, Nathan; Langford, Joshua; Haidukewych, George; Koval, Kenneth J
2015-10-01
Our experience with retrograde femoral nailing after periprosthetic distal femur fractures was that femoral components with deep trochlear grooves posteriorly displace the nail entry point resulting in recurvatum deformity. This study evaluated the influence of distal femoral prosthetic design on the starting point. One hundred lateral knee images were examined. The distal edge of Blumensaat's line was used to create a ratio of its location compared with the maximum anteroposterior condylar width called the starting point ratio (SPR). Femoral trials from 6 manufacturers were analyzed to determine the location of simulated nail position in the sagittal plane compared with the maximum anteroposterior prosthetic width. These measurements were used to create a ratio, the femoral component ratio (FCR). The FCR was compared with the SPR to determine if a femoral component would be at risk for retrograde nail starting point posterior to the Blumensaat's line. The mean SPR was 0.392 ± 0.03, and the mean FCR was 0.416 ± 0.05, which was significantly greater (P = 0.003). The mean FCR was 0.444 ± 0.06 for the cruciate retaining (CR) trials and was 0.393 ± 0.04 for the posterior stabilized trials; this difference was significant (P < 0.001). The FCR for the femoral trials studied was significantly greater than the SPR for native knees and was significantly greater for CR femoral components compared with posterior stabilized components. These findings demonstrate that many total knee prostheses, particularly CR designs, are at risk for a starting point posterior to Blumensaat's line.
Abdallah, Ahmed Abdelbadie; Arafa, Mohammed S
2017-07-01
To assess the surgical technique and report the outcomes following fixation of PCL bony avulsions through mini-invasive posterior knee approach as described by Burks and Schaffer. From June 2012 to July 2015, 27 patients enrolled in the study (21 males and 6 females). Fixation of tibial PCL avulsion fractures was done with one or two cannulated screws, or sutures through Burks and Schaffer's approach. The mean interval before surgery was 16days (1-70) .Patients was followed up for an average of 51 weeks. The outcome measures evaluated at final follow-up were (1) clinical stability as assessed by posterior drawer test, (2) radiologic union, (3) functional assessment by Lysholm score, and (4) gastrocnemius muscle strength as a measure of morbidity. Average operative time was 43min. Improvement of both subjective Lysholm score (mean 93) and objective stability testing by posterior drawer test (returns to normal in 81.1% of patients) at the final follow-up. Good radiographic union at average of 5.6 weeks. No morbidity of the gastrocnemius with few complications. The approach was fast and safe with excellent visualization. It allows surgeons to address other injuries in the same setting. It can be considered as a minimally-invasive open surgery without surgery-related morbidity. It is a reproducible technique that can be done at any trauma centre by surgeons with average experience. The subjective and objective results of the technique are excellent and comparable to the arthroscopic procedures that needs more specific centres with well-trained surgeons. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Tsukada, Sachiyuki; Fujii, Tomoko; Wakui, Motohiro
2017-08-01
This study was performed to assess the impact of soft tissue imbalance on the knee flexion angle 2 years after posterior stabilized total knee arthroplasty (TKA). A total of 329 consecutive varus knees were included to assess the association of knee flexion angle 2 years after TKA with preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative variables. All intraoperative soft tissue measurements were performed by a single surgeon under spinal anesthesia in a standardized manner including the subvastus approach, reduced patella, and without use of a pneumonic tourniquet. Multiple linear regression analysis showed no significant correlations in terms of intraoperative valgus imbalance at 90-degree flexion or the difference in soft tissue tension between 90-degree flexion and 0-degree extension (β = -0.039; 95% confidence interval [CI], -0.88 to 0.80; P = .93 and β = 0.015; 95% CI, -0.29 to 0.32; P = .92, respectively). Preoperative flexion angle was significantly correlated with knee flexion angle 2 years after TKA (β = 0.42; 95% CI, 0.33 to 0.51; P < .0001). Avoiding valgus imbalance at 90-degree flexion and aiming for strictly equal soft tissue tension between 90-degree flexion and 0-degree extension had little practical value with regard to knee flexion angle 2 years after posterior stabilized TKA. Copyright © 2017 The Author(s). Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Revisiting the anatomy and biomechanics of the anconeus muscle and its role in elbow stability.
Pereira, Barry P
2013-07-01
Recent studies have designated the anconeus muscle as an option for use as a pedicled flap for covering soft tissue defects about the elbow, with reported minimal risk of morbidity. This has raised the question as to the importance of the anconeus muscle and as to whether this is truly an accessory muscle that can be sacrificed, or whether the anconeus muscle significantly contributes to elbow and forearm stability? This study revisits the anatomy and biomechanics of the anconeus muscle and aims to investigate the neuromuscular compartments of the anconeus muscle and to determine the changes in the muscle length, fibre length and moment arm over a range of elbow flexion angles for each compartment. An anatomical study on 8 human cadavers (51-77 years of age) was done and a 2-dimensional kinematic elbow model developed to determine changes in the muscle length and moment arm of the muscle related to changes in elbow flexion angles. The muscle was modelled with two possible lines of action, one along the posterior and another on the anterior edge of the muscle as they had different muscle fibre lengths (posterior: average of 32 mm, anterior: average of 20 mm). The anterior edge also had an aponeurosis which was 70% of its length. From 0 to 120° elbow flexion, the length of the posterior and anterior edges increased with a maximum change recorded at 90° elbow flexion (31.7±1.0 mm and 65.3±1.4 mm, respectively). The moment arm is 14-mm at 0° flexion, but between the posterior and anterior edges it decreases at different rates with increasing elbow flexion angle. Beyond 80°, the anterior edge behaves as an elbow flexor, while the posterior edge remains an elbow extensor. The study demonstrates that the anconeus muscle has two neuromuscular compartments each with distinct intramuscular innervations and muscle fibre lengths. The posterior and deep aspect of the muscle functions as an elbow extensor decreasing in influence with increasing elbow flexion angle. The anterior superficial aspect which is adjacent and parallel to the lateral collateral ligaments, would most likely work in unison to provide constraint to the posterolateral stability of the elbow. Copyright © 2012. Published by Elsevier GmbH.
Sustained neural activity to gaze and emotion perception in dynamic social scenes
Ulloa, José Luis; Puce, Aina; Hugueville, Laurent; George, Nathalie
2014-01-01
To understand social interactions, we must decode dynamic social cues from seen faces. Here, we used magnetoencephalography (MEG) to study the neural responses underlying the perception of emotional expressions and gaze direction changes as depicted in an interaction between two agents. Subjects viewed displays of paired faces that first established a social scenario of gazing at each other (mutual attention) or gazing laterally together (deviated group attention) and then dynamically displayed either an angry or happy facial expression. The initial gaze change elicited a significantly larger M170 under the deviated than the mutual attention scenario. At around 400 ms after the dynamic emotion onset, responses at posterior MEG sensors differentiated between emotions, and between 1000 and 2200 ms, left posterior sensors were additionally modulated by social scenario. Moreover, activity on right anterior sensors showed both an early and prolonged interaction between emotion and social scenario. These results suggest that activity in right anterior sensors reflects an early integration of emotion and social attention, while posterior activity first differentiated between emotions only, supporting the view of a dual route for emotion processing. Altogether, our data demonstrate that both transient and sustained neurophysiological responses underlie social processing when observing interactions between others. PMID:23202662
Martin, Murphy P; Rojas, David; Mauffrey, Cyril
2018-07-01
Tile C pelvic ring injuries are challenging to manage even in the most experienced hands. The majority of such injuries can be managed using percutaneous reduction techniques, and the posterior ring can be stabilized using percutaneous transiliac-transsacral screw fixation. However, a subgroup of patients present with inadequate bony corridors, significant sacral zone 2 comminution or significant lateral/vertical displacement of the hemipelvis through a complete sacral fracture. Percutaneous strategies in such circumstances can be dangerous. Those patients may benefit from prone positioning and open reduction of the sacral fracture with fixation through tension band plating or lumbo-pelvic fixation. Soft tissue handling is critical, and direct reduction techniques around the sacrum can be difficult due to the complex anatomy and the fragile nature of the sacrum making clamp placement and tightening a challenge. In this paper, we propose a mini-invasive technique of indirect reduction and temporary stabilization, which is soft tissue friendly and permits maintenance of reduction during definitive fixation surgical.
Wünschel, Markus; Leasure, Jeremi M; Dalheimer, Philipp; Kraft, Nicole; Wülker, Nikolaus; Müller, Otto
2013-12-01
Posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) retaining (CR) and -sacrificing (PS) total knee arthroplasties (TKA) are widely-used to treat osteoarthritis of the knee joint. The PS design substitutes the function of the PCL with a cam-spine mechanism which may produce adverse changes to joint kinematics and kinetics. CR- and PS-TKA were performed on 11 human knee specimens. Joint kinematics were measured with a dynamic knee simulator and motion tracking equipment. In-situ loads of the PCL and cam-spine were measured with a robotic force sensor system. Partial weight bearing flexions were simulated and external forces were applied. The PS-TKA rotated significantly less throughout the whole flexion range compared to the CR-TKA. Femoral roll back was greater in the PS-TKA; however, this was not correlated with lower quadriceps forces. Application of external loads produced significantly different in-situ force profiles between the TKA systems. Our data demonstrate that the PS-design significantly alters kinematics of the knee joint. Our data also suggest the cam-spine mechanism may have little influence on high flexion kinematics (such as femoral rollback) with most of the load burden shared by supporting implant and soft-tissue structures. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Sum, Jonathan
2011-01-01
Background: Power lifting places the shoulder complex at risk for injury. Microfracture is a relatively new procedure for chondral defects of the glenohumeral joint and is not well described in the literature. Objectives: The purpose of this case report is to describe the post-operative rehabilitation used with a power lifter who underwent a microfracture procedure to address glenoid and humeral chondral defects, debridement of type I superior labral anterior-posterior lesion, and a subacromial decompression. Case Description: The patient was a 46 year-old male who was evaluated nine weeks status-post arthroscopic microfracture procedure for glenoid and humeral chondral defects, debridement of superior labral anterior-posterior (SLAP) lesion, and subacromial decompression. Rehabilitation consisted of postural education, manual therapy, rotator cuff and scapular strengthening, dynamic stabilization, weightbearing exercises, and weight training over nine weeks (24 sessions). Lifting modifications were addressed. Outcomes: Results of the QuickDASH indicate that activities of daily living (ADLs), work, and sports modules all improved significantly, and the patient was able to return to recreational power lifting with limited discomfort or restrictions. Discussion: A structured post-operative physical therapy treatment program allowed this patient to return to recreational power lifting while restoring independent function for work-related activities and ADLs. PMID:21655454
Amyloid burden and sleep blood pressure in amnestic mild cognitive impairment
Tarumi, Takashi; Harris, Thomas S.; Hill, Candace; German, Zohre; Riley, Jonathan; Turner, Marcel; Womack, Kyle B.; Kerwin, Diana R.; Monson, Nancy L.; Stowe, Ann M.; Mathews, Dana; Cullum, C. Munro
2015-01-01
Objective: To determine whether cortical β-amyloid (Aβ) deposition is associated with circadian blood pressure (BP) profiles and dynamic cerebral blood flow (CBF) regulation in patients with amnestic mild cognitive impairment (aMCI). Methods: Forty participants with aMCI were included in this study. Cortical Aβ depositions were measured by 18F-florbetapir PET and expressed as the standardized uptake value ratio (SUVR) relative to the cerebellum. Circadian BP profiles were measured by 24-hour ambulatory monitoring during awake and sleep periods. The dipping status of sleep BP (i.e., the percent changes from the awake BP) was calculated and dichotomized into the dipper (≥10%) and nondipper (<10%) groups. Dynamic CBF regulation was assessed by a transfer function analysis between beat-to-beat changes in BP and CBF velocity measured from the middle cerebral artery during a repeated sit-stand maneuver. Results: Age was positively correlated with a greater Aβ deposition in the posterior cingulate, precuneus, and mean cortex. Accounting for the age effect, attenuated reductions in sleep systolic BP were associated with higher levels of posterior cingulate SUVR. Consistently, the nondippers exhibited a higher SUVR in the posterior cingulate than the dippers. Transfer function gain between changes in BP and CBF velocity was diminished in the nondippers, and moreover those individuals with a lower gain exhibited a higher SUVR in the posterior cingulate. Conclusions: Attenuated reductions in sleep BP are associated with a greater Aβ burden in the posterior cingulate and altered dynamic CBF regulation in patients with aMCI. PMID:26537049
Dynamic behavioral strategies during sonar signal emission in roundleaf bats.
Feng, Lin; Li, Yitan; Lu, Hongwang
2013-10-02
For echolocating bats which emit biosonar pulses nasally, their nostrils are surrounded by fleshy appendages that diffract the outgoing ultrasonic waves. The posterior leaf, as a prominent part of the noseleaf, was mentioned in previous preliminary observations to move during flight in some species of bats, yet the detailed motion patterns and thus the possible functional role of the posterior leaf movement in biosonar systems remain unclear. In the current work, the motion of the posterior leaf of living pratt's roundleaf bats has been investigated quantitatively. Temporal characterizations of the noseleaf movement and the ultrasonic pulse emission were performed by virtue of synchronized laser vibrometry and sound recording. The results showed that the posterior leaf tilted forwards and restored to original position within tens of milliseconds. Noseleaf motions were temporally correlated with the emitted ultrasonic pulses. The surfaces of the posterior leaf were moving in the anterior direction in most of the pulse duration. The bats were able to switch the motions on or off. From the comparison with the previously reported noseleaf dynamics in horseshoe bat, we find similar ratio sizes and displacements of the noseleaves compared to the used wavelengths, implying that similar behavioral strategies are utilized by species of bats and it may be applied to different components of the signal emitting apparatus. It suggests that the dynamic sensing principles may widely play a role in the biosonar systems and the investigation on time-variant mechanisms is of capital importance to understand the biosonar sensing strategies used by echolocating bats. © 2013.
Sáles, Christopher S; Straiko, Michael D; Fernandez, Ana Alzaga; Odell, Kelly; Dye, Philip K; Tran, Khoa D
2018-02-01
To present a novel apparatus for simulating the anterior and posterior segment pressure dynamics involved in executing Descemet membrane endothelial keratoplasty (DMEK) surgery when using a chamber-shallowing technique. An artificial anterior chamber (AAC), 18-mm trephine, latex glove, two 3-mL syringes, and one donor cornea comprising an intact corneoscleral cap from which a DMEK tissue was peeled and punched are required for the model. After making the corneal incisions with the corneoscleral cap mounted on the AAC in the usual fashion, the corneoscleral cap is remounted onto the dried AAC over an 18-mm latex diaphragm. The space between the latex diaphragm and the cornea is filled with saline to pressurize the anterior chamber, and the posterior segment is pressurized with air from a syringe. The resulting apparatus comprises a posterior segment and anterior chamber that exert pressure on each other by way of a distensible latex diaphragm. A novice and experienced DMEK surgeon and 2 eye bank technicians were able to assemble the apparatus and perform the routine steps of a DMEK procedure, including maneuvers that require shallowing the anterior chamber and lowering its pressure. Only one cornea was required per apparatus. We present a novel in vitro model of the human eye that more closely mimics the anterior and posterior segment pressure dynamics of in vivo DMEK surgery than average human and animal cadaveric globes. The model is easy to assemble, inexpensive, and applicable to a range of teaching environments.
Function of the medial meniscus in force transmission and stability.
Walker, Peter S; Arno, Sally; Bell, Christopher; Salvadore, Gaia; Borukhov, Ilya; Oh, Cheongeun
2015-06-01
We studied the combined role of the medial meniscus in distributing load and providing stability. Ten normal knees were loaded in combinations of compressive and shear loading as the knee was flexed over a full range. A digital camera tracked the motion, from which femoral-tibial contacts were determined by computer modelling. Load transmission was determined from the Tekscan for the anterior horn, central body, posterior horn, and the uncovered cartilage in the centre of the meniscus. For the three types of loading; compression only, compression and anterior shear, compression and posterior shear; between 40% and 80% of the total load was transmitted through the meniscus. The overall average was 58%, the remaining 42% being transmitted through the uncovered cartilage. The anterior horn was loaded only up to 30 degrees flexion, but played a role in controlling anterior femoral displacement. The central body was loaded 10-20% which would provide some restraint to medial femoral subluxation. Overall the posterior horn carried the highest percentage of the shear load, especially after 30 degrees flexion when a posterior shear force was applied, where the meniscus was estimated to carry 50% of the shear force. This study added new insights into meniscal function during weight bearing conditions, particularly its role in early flexion, and in transmitting shear forces. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Cervical spine metastases: techniques for anterior reconstruction and stabilization.
Sayama, Christina M; Schmidt, Meic H; Bisson, Erica F
2012-10-01
The surgical management of cervical spine metastases continues to evolve and improve. The authors provide an overview of the various techniques for anterior reconstruction and stabilization of the subaxial cervical spine after corpectomy for spinal metastases. Vertebral body reconstruction can be accomplished using a variety of materials such as bone autograft/allograft, polymethylmethacrylate, interbody spacers, and/or cages with or without supplemental anterior cervical plating. In some instances, posterior instrumentation is needed for additional stabilization.
Moens, Cecilia B.
2016-01-01
The planar cell polarity (PCP) pathway is a cell-contact mediated mechanism for transmitting polarity information between neighboring cells. PCP “core components” (Vangl, Fz, Pk, Dsh, and Celsr) are essential for a number of cell migratory events including the posterior migration of facial branchiomotor neurons (FBMNs) in the plane of the hindbrain neuroepithelium in zebrafish and mice. While the mechanism by which PCP signaling polarizes static epithelial cells is well understood, how PCP signaling controls highly dynamic processes like neuronal migration remains an important outstanding question given that PCP components have been implicated in a range of directed cell movements, particularly during vertebrate development. Here, by systematically disrupting PCP signaling in a rhombomere-restricted manner we show that PCP signaling is required both within FBMNs and the hindbrain rhombomere 4 environment at the time when they initiate their migration. Correspondingly, we demonstrate planar polarized localization of PCP core components Vangl2 and Fzd3a in the hindbrain neuroepithelium, and transient localization of Vangl2 at the tips of retracting FBMN filopodia. Using high-resolution timelapse imaging of FBMNs in genetic chimeras we uncover opposing cell-autonomous and non-cell-autonomous functions for Fzd3a and Vangl2 in regulating FBMN protrusive activity. Within FBMNs, Fzd3a is required to stabilize filopodia while Vangl2 has an antagonistic, destabilizing role. However, in the migratory environment Fzd3a acts to destabilize FBMN filopodia while Vangl2 has a stabilizing role. Together, our findings suggest a model in which PCP signaling between the planar polarized neuroepithelial environment and FBMNs directs migration by the selective stabilization of FBMN filopodia. PMID:26990447
Whyte, E F; Richter, C; O'Connor, S; Moran, K A
2018-02-01
Deficits in trunk control predict ACL injuries which frequently occur during high-risk activities such as cutting. However, no existing trunk control/core stability program has been found to positively affect trunk kinematics during cutting activities. This study investigated the effectiveness of a 6-week dynamic core stability program (DCS) on the biomechanics of anticipated and unanticipated side and crossover cutting maneuvers. Thirty-one male, varsity footballers participated in this randomized controlled trial. Three-dimensional trunk and lower limb biomechanics were captured in a motion analysis laboratory during the weight acceptance phase of anticipated and unanticipated side and crossover cutting maneuvers at baseline and 6-week follow-up. The DCS group performed a DCS program three times weekly for 6 weeks in a university rehabilitation room. Both the DCS and control groups concurrently completed their regular practice and match play. Statistical parametric mapping and repeated measures analysis of variance were used to determine any group (DCS vs control) by time (pre vs post) interactions. The DCS resulted in greater internal hip extensor (P=.017, η 2 =0.079), smaller internal knee valgus (P=.026, η 2 =0.076), and smaller internal knee external rotator moments (P=.041, η 2 =0.066) during anticipated side cutting compared with the control group. It also led to reduced posterior ground reaction forces for all cutting activities (P=.015-.030, η 2 =0.074-0.105). A 6-week DCS program did not affect trunk kinematics, but it did reduce a small number of biomechanical risk factors for ACL injury, predominantly during anticipated side cutting. A DCS program could play a role in multimodal ACL injury prevention programs. © 2017 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Marković, Aleksa; Calvo-Guirado, José Luís; Lazić, Zoran; Gómez-Moreno, Gerardo; Ćalasan, Dejan; Guardia, Javier; Čolic, Snježana; Aguilar-Salvatierra, Antonio; Gačić, Bojan; Delgado-Ruiz, Rafael; Janjić, Bojan; Mišić, Tijana
2013-06-01
The aim of this study was to investigate the relationship between surgical techniques and implant macro-design (self-tapping/non-self-tapping) for the optimization of implant stability in the low-density bone present in the posterior maxilla using resonance frequency analysis (RFA). A total of 102 implants were studied. Fifty-six self-tapping BlueSkyBredent® (Bredent GmbH&Co.Kg®, Senden, Germany) and 56 non-self-tapping Standard Plus Straumann® (Institut Straumann AG®, Waldenburg, Switzerland) were placed in the posterior segment of the maxilla. Implants of both types were placed in sites prepared with either lateral bone-condensing or with bone-drilling techniques. Implant stability measurements were performed using RFA immediately after implant placement and weekly during a 12-week follow-up period. Both types of implants placed after bone condensing achieved significantly higher stability immediately after surgery, as well as during the entire 12-week observation period compared with those placed following bone drilling. After bone condensation, there were no significant differences in primary stability or in implant stability after the first week between both implant types. From 2 to 12 postoperative weeks, significantly higher stability was shown by self-tapping implants. After bone drilling, self-tapping implants achieved significantly higher stability than non-self-tapping implants during the entire follow-up period. The outcomes of the present study indicate that bone drilling is not an effective technique for improving implant stability and, following this technique, the use of self-tapping implants is highly recommended. Implant stability optimization in the soft bone can be achieved by lateral bone-condensing technique, regardless of implant macro-design. © 2011 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Postural Coordination during Socio-motor Improvisation
Gueugnon, Mathieu; Salesse, Robin N.; Coste, Alexandre; Zhao, Zhong; Bardy, Benoît G.; Marin, Ludovic
2016-01-01
Human interaction often relies on socio-motor improvisation. Creating unprepared movements during social interaction is not a random process but relies on rules of synchronization. These situations do not only involve people to be coordinated, but also require the adjustment of their posture in order to maintain balance and support movements. The present study investigated posture in such a context. More precisely, we first evaluated the impact of amplitude and complexity of arm movements on posture in solo situation. Then, we assessed the impact of interpersonal coordination on posture using the mirror game in which dyads performed improvised and synchronized movements (i.e., duo situation). Posture was measured through ankle-hip coordination in medio-lateral and antero-posterior directions (ML and AP respectively). Our results revealed the spontaneous emergence of in-phase pattern in ML direction and antiphase pattern in AP direction for solo and duo situations. These two patterns respectively refer to the simultaneous flexion/extension of the ankles and the hips in the same or opposite direction. It suggests different functional roles of postural coordination patterns in each direction, with in-phase supporting task performance in ML (dynamical stability) and antiphase supporting postural control in AP (mechanical stability). Although amplitude of movement did not influence posture, movement complexity disturbed postural stability in both directions. Conversely, interpersonal coordination promoted postural stability in ML but not in AP direction. These results are discussed in terms of the difference in coupling strength between ankle-hip coordination and interpersonal coordination. PMID:27547193
Postural Coordination during Socio-motor Improvisation.
Gueugnon, Mathieu; Salesse, Robin N; Coste, Alexandre; Zhao, Zhong; Bardy, Benoît G; Marin, Ludovic
2016-01-01
Human interaction often relies on socio-motor improvisation. Creating unprepared movements during social interaction is not a random process but relies on rules of synchronization. These situations do not only involve people to be coordinated, but also require the adjustment of their posture in order to maintain balance and support movements. The present study investigated posture in such a context. More precisely, we first evaluated the impact of amplitude and complexity of arm movements on posture in solo situation. Then, we assessed the impact of interpersonal coordination on posture using the mirror game in which dyads performed improvised and synchronized movements (i.e., duo situation). Posture was measured through ankle-hip coordination in medio-lateral and antero-posterior directions (ML and AP respectively). Our results revealed the spontaneous emergence of in-phase pattern in ML direction and antiphase pattern in AP direction for solo and duo situations. These two patterns respectively refer to the simultaneous flexion/extension of the ankles and the hips in the same or opposite direction. It suggests different functional roles of postural coordination patterns in each direction, with in-phase supporting task performance in ML (dynamical stability) and antiphase supporting postural control in AP (mechanical stability). Although amplitude of movement did not influence posture, movement complexity disturbed postural stability in both directions. Conversely, interpersonal coordination promoted postural stability in ML but not in AP direction. These results are discussed in terms of the difference in coupling strength between ankle-hip coordination and interpersonal coordination.
Yang, Baohui; Lu, Teng
2017-01-01
For patients with AS and lower cervical spine fractures, surgical methods have mainly included the single anterior approach, single posterior approach, and combined anterior-posterior approach. However, various surgical procedures were utilized because the fractures have not been clearly classified according to presence of displacement in these previous studies. Consequently, controversies have been raised regarding the selection of the surgical procedure. This study retrospective analysis was conducted in 12 patients with AS and lower cervical spine fractures and dislocations and explored single-session combined anterior-posterior approach for the treatment of AS with obvious displaced lower cervical spine fractures and dislocations which has demonstrated advantages such as good stabilization, satisfied fracture healing, and easy postoperative cares. However, to some extent, the difficulty and risk of this approach should be considered. Attention should be paid to the prevention of perioperative complications. PMID:28133616
Kodama, Y; Furumatsu, T; Fujii, M; Tanaka, T; Miyazawa, S; Ozaki, T
2016-11-01
A medial meniscus posterior root tear (MMPRT) may increase the tibiofemoral contact pressure by decreasing the tibiofemoral contact area. Meniscal dysfunction induced by posterior root injury may lead to the development of osteoarthritic knees. Repair of a MMPRT can restore medial meniscus (MM) function and prevent knee osteoarthritis progression. Several surgical procedures have been reported for treating a MMPRT. However, these procedures are associated with several technical difficulties. Here, we describe a technique to stabilize a torn MM posterior root using the FasT-Fix ® all-inside meniscal suture device and a new aiming device. The uncut free-end of the FasT-Fix ® suture can be used as a thread for transtibial pullout repair. Our procedure might help overcome the technical difficulties in arthroscopic treatment of a MMPRT. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Mendez, Jose C.; Gonzalez-Llanos, Francisco
We present a case of vertebral artery pseudoaneurysm after a posterior C1-C2 transarticular screw fixation procedure that was effectively treated with endovascular coil occlusion. Vertebral artery pseudoaneurysm complicating posterior C1-C2 transarticular fixation is extremely rare, with only one previous case having been reported previously. Endovascular occlusion is better achieved in the subacute phase of the pseudoaneurysm, when the wall of the pseudoaneurysm has matured and stabilized. Further follow-up angiographies are mandatory in order to confirm that there is no recurrence of the lesion.
Pennington, Matthew W; Roche, Anthony M; Bransford, Richard J; Zhang, Fangyi; Dagal, Armagan
2016-07-01
Two patients with unstable thoracic spine and flail segment rib fractures initially failed prone positioning on a Jackson spinal table used for posterior spinal instrumentation and fusion surgery. Both patients experienced rapid hemodynamic collapse. We developed a solution using the anterior portions of a thoracolumbosacral orthosis brace as chest supports to use during prone positioning, allowing both patients to undergo uncomplicated posterior spinal instrumentation and fusion surgeries with greater hemodynamic stability.
Mcdonald, E; Theologis, A A; Horst, P; Kandemir, U; Pekmezci, M
2015-12-01
This study aimed at evaluating the additional stability that is provided by anterior external and internal fixators in an unstable pelvic fracture model (OTA 61-C). An unstable pelvic fracture (OTA 61-C) was created in 27 synthetic pelves by making a 5-mm gap through the sacral foramina (posterior injury) and an ipsilateral pubic rami fracture (anterior injury). The posterior injury was fixed with either a single iliosacral (IS) screw, a single trans-iliac, trans-sacral (TS) screw, or two iliosacral screws (S1S2). Two anterior fixation techniques were utilized: external fixation (Ex-Fix) and supra-acetabular external fixation and internal fixation (In-Fix); supra-acetabular pedicle screws connected with a single subcutaneous spinal rod. The specimens were tested using a nondestructive single-leg stance model. Peak-to-peak (P2P) displacement and rotation and conditioning displacement (CD) were calculated. The Ex-Fix group failed in 83.3 % of specimens with concomitant single-level posterior fixation (Total: 15/18-7 of 9 IS fixation, 8 of 9 TS fixation), and 0 % (0/9) of specimens with concomitant two-level (S1S2) posterior fixation. All specimens with the In-Fix survived testing except for two specimens treated with In-Fix combined with IS fixation. Trans-sacral fixation had higher pubic rotation and greater sacral and pubic displacement than S1S2 (p < 0.05). Rotation of the pubis and sacrum was not different between In-Fix constructs combined with single-level IS and TS fixation. In this model of an unstable pelvic fracture (OTA 61-C), anterior fixation with an In-Fix was biomechanically superior to an anterior Ex-Fix in the setting of single-level posterior fixation. There was no biomechanical difference between the In-Fix and Ex-Fix when each was combined with two levels of posterior sacral fixation.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ferrari, Ulisse
A maximal entropy model provides the least constrained probability distribution that reproduces experimental averages of an observables set. In this work we characterize the learning dynamics that maximizes the log-likelihood in the case of large but finite datasets. We first show how the steepest descent dynamics is not optimal as it is slowed down by the inhomogeneous curvature of the model parameters space. We then provide a way for rectifying this space which relies only on dataset properties and does not require large computational efforts. We conclude by solving the long-time limit of the parameters dynamics including the randomness generated by the systematic use of Gibbs sampling. In this stochastic framework, rather than converging to a fixed point, the dynamics reaches a stationary distribution, which for the rectified dynamics reproduces the posterior distribution of the parameters. We sum up all these insights in a ``rectified'' Data-Driven algorithm that is fast and by sampling from the parameters posterior avoids both under- and over-fitting along all the directions of the parameters space. Through the learning of pairwise Ising models from the recording of a large population of retina neurons, we show how our algorithm outperforms the steepest descent method. This research was supported by a Grant from the Human Brain Project (HBP CLAP).
Impact of Posterior Wear on Muscle Length with Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty.
Roche, Christopher P; Diep, Phong; Hamilton, Matthew A; Wright, Thomas W; Flurin, Pierre-Henri; Zuckerman, Joseph D; Routman, Howard D
2015-12-01
The use of reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (rTSA) in patients with posterior glenoid wear can be challenging. Implanting a baseplate in the correct version may require significant eccentric reaming, which further medializes the joint line and results in greater rotator cuff muscle shortening. To restore the joint line, bone graft may be required, though it is associated with additional risks. As an alternative solution, augmented glenoid baseplates offer the potential to restore the joint line and improve rotator cuff muscle tensioning without the need for eccentric reaming or supplemental bone graft. To that end, this computer analysis quantifies the rotator cuff muscle length for standard and augmented rTSA when used in a normal and posteriorly worn glenoid. These results demonstrate that shortening of the rotator cuff occurred for both the standard and posterior augmented reverse shoulder designs with additional muscle shortening occurring in scapula with posteriorly worn glenoids. More anatomic rotator cuff muscle tensioning was observed with augmented glenoid baseplates. The use of posterior augmented glenoid baseplates has the potential to improve stability and better restore active internal and external rotation, a current limitation of rTSA. However, clinical follow-up is necessary to confirm these favorable biomechanical results.
Seo, Seung-Suk; Kim, Chang-Wan; Seo, Jin-Hyuk; Kim, Do-Hun; Kim, Ok-Gul; Lee, Chang-Rack
2017-06-01
When evaluating the effects of the preparation of the flexion gap on the extension gap in total knee arthroplasty (TKA), the effects of posterior condylar resection and osteophyte removal on the extension gap should be differentiated. Although the amount of osteophytes differs between patients, posterior condylar resection is a procedure that is routinely implemented in TKA. The aim of this study was to assess the effects of the resection of the posterior condyle of the femur on the extension gap in posterior-stabilized (PS) TKA. We enrolled 40 knees that underwent PS TKA between July 2010 and February 2011 with no or minimal osteophytes in the posterior compartment and a varus deformity of <15°. We measured the extension gap before and after the resection of the posterior condyle of the femur using a tensor under 20 and 40 lb of distraction force. Under 20 lb of distraction force, the average extension gap was 13.3 mm (standard deviation [SD], 1.6) before and 13.8 mm (SD, 1.6) after posterior condylar resection. Under 40 lb of distraction force, the average extension gap was 15.1 mm (SD, 1.5) before and 16.1 mm (SD, 1.7) after posterior condylar resection. The resection of the posterior condyle of the femur in PS TKA increased the extension gap. However, this increase was only by approximately 1 mm. In conclusion, posterior condylar resection does increase the extension gap by approximately 1 mm. However, in most case, this change in unlikely to be clinically important. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Anterior or posterior walkers for children with cerebral palsy? A systematic review.
Poole, Marilyn; Simkiss, Doug; Rose, Alice; Li, François-Xavier
2018-05-01
To review the literature comparing use of anterior and posterior walkers (PW's) by children with cerebral palsy (CP) to determine which walker type is preferable. Electronic databases were searched using pre-defined terms by two independent reviewers. Reference lists of included studies were hand searched. Studies published between 1985 and 2016 comparing use of anterior and PW's by children with CP were included. All study designs and outcomes were accepted. Risk of bias was assessed using the "Quality assessment standard for a cross-over study". Quality of evidence was evaluated using GRADE. Six studies were analysed. All studies had small sample sizes. A total of 4/6 studies were randomized. A total of 4/6 had high risk of bias. Outcomes included velocity, pelvic tilt, hip flexion, knee flexion, step length, stride length, cadence, double stance time, oxygen cost and participant/parental preference. Velocity, trunk flexion/pelvic tilt, and stability may be improved by using a PW, however, GRADE quality was very low for all outcomes and there was heterogeneity between studies. The majority of participants and parents preferred the PW. Heterogeneity and low quality of existing evidence prevented recommendation of one walker type. Well-designed studies with adequate power are needed to inform clinical recommendations. Implications for rehabilitation Clinical recommendations cannot be made for whether anterior or posterior walkers are preferable for children with cerebral palsy based on the existing evidence. Velocity, trunk flexion/pelvic tilt, and stability may be improved by using a posterior walker. The majority of walking aid users and their parents preferred posterior walkers. Adequately powered studies designed to minimize bias are needed.
Mannoji, Chikato; Murakami, Masazumi; Kinoshita, Tomoaki; Hirayama, Jiro; Miyashita, Tomohiro; Eguchi, Yawara; Yamazaki, Masashi; Suzuki, Takane; Aramomi, Masaaki; Ota, Mitsutoshi; Maki, Satoshi; Takahashi, Kazuhisa; Furuya, Takeo
2016-01-01
Study Design Retrospective case-control study. Purpose To determine whether kissing spine is a risk factor for recurrence of sciatica after lumbar posterior decompression using a spinous process floating approach. Overview of Literature Kissing spine is defined by apposition and sclerotic change of the facing spinous processes as shown in X-ray images, and is often accompanied by marked disc degeneration and decrement of disc height. If kissing spine significantly contributes to weight bearing and the stability of the lumbar spine, trauma to the spinous process might induce a breakdown of lumbar spine stability after posterior decompression surgery in cases of kissing spine. Methods The present study included 161 patients who had undergone posterior decompression surgery for lumbar canal stenosis using a spinous process floating approaches. We defined recurrence of sciatica as that resolved after initial surgery and then recurred. Kissing spine was defined as sclerotic change and the apposition of the spinous process in a plain radiogram. Preoperative foraminal stenosis was determined by the decrease of perineural fat intensity detected by parasagittal T1-weighted magnetic resonance imaging. Preoperative percentage slip, segmental range of motion, and segmental scoliosis were analyzed in preoperative radiographs. Univariate analysis followed by stepwise logistic regression analysis determined factors independently associated with recurrence of sciatica. Results Stepwise logistic regression revealed kissing spine (p=0.024; odds ratio, 3.80) and foraminal stenosis (p<0.01; odds ratio, 17.89) as independent risk factors for the recurrence of sciatica after posterior lumbar spinal decompression with spinous process floating procedures for lumbar spinal canal stenosis. Conclusions When a patient shows kissing spine and concomitant subclinical foraminal stenosis at the affected level, we should sufficiently discuss the selection of an appropriate surgical procedure. PMID:27994785
Koda, Masao; Mannoji, Chikato; Murakami, Masazumi; Kinoshita, Tomoaki; Hirayama, Jiro; Miyashita, Tomohiro; Eguchi, Yawara; Yamazaki, Masashi; Suzuki, Takane; Aramomi, Masaaki; Ota, Mitsutoshi; Maki, Satoshi; Takahashi, Kazuhisa; Furuya, Takeo
2016-12-01
Retrospective case-control study. To determine whether kissing spine is a risk factor for recurrence of sciatica after lumbar posterior decompression using a spinous process floating approach. Kissing spine is defined by apposition and sclerotic change of the facing spinous processes as shown in X-ray images, and is often accompanied by marked disc degeneration and decrement of disc height. If kissing spine significantly contributes to weight bearing and the stability of the lumbar spine, trauma to the spinous process might induce a breakdown of lumbar spine stability after posterior decompression surgery in cases of kissing spine. The present study included 161 patients who had undergone posterior decompression surgery for lumbar canal stenosis using a spinous process floating approaches. We defined recurrence of sciatica as that resolved after initial surgery and then recurred. Kissing spine was defined as sclerotic change and the apposition of the spinous process in a plain radiogram. Preoperative foraminal stenosis was determined by the decrease of perineural fat intensity detected by parasagittal T1-weighted magnetic resonance imaging. Preoperative percentage slip, segmental range of motion, and segmental scoliosis were analyzed in preoperative radiographs. Univariate analysis followed by stepwise logistic regression analysis determined factors independently associated with recurrence of sciatica. Stepwise logistic regression revealed kissing spine ( p =0.024; odds ratio, 3.80) and foraminal stenosis ( p <0.01; odds ratio, 17.89) as independent risk factors for the recurrence of sciatica after posterior lumbar spinal decompression with spinous process floating procedures for lumbar spinal canal stenosis. When a patient shows kissing spine and concomitant subclinical foraminal stenosis at the affected level, we should sufficiently discuss the selection of an appropriate surgical procedure.
Kanda, Akio; Kaneko, Kazuo; Obayashi, Osamu; Mogami, Atsuhiko; Morohashi, Itaru
2018-03-09
In total hip arthroplasty via a direct anterior approach, the femur must be elevated at the time of femoral implant placement. For adequate elevation, division of the posterior soft tissues is necessary. However, if we damage and separate the posterior muscle tissue, we lose the benefits of the intermuscular approach. Furthermore, damage to the posterior soft tissue can result in posterior dislocation. We investigate that protecting the posterior soft tissue increases the joint stability in the early postoperative period and results in a lower dislocation rate. We evaluated muscle strength recovery by measuring the maximum width of the internal obturator muscle on CT images (GE-Healthcare Discovery CT 750HD). We compared the maximum width of the muscle belly preoperatively versus 10 days and 6 months postoperatively. As clinical evaluations, we also investigated the range of motion of the hip joint, hip joint function based on the Japanese Orthopaedic Association hip score (JOA score), and the dislocation rate 6 months after surgery. The width of the internal obturator muscle increased significantly from 15.1 ± 3.1 mm before surgery to 16.4 ± 2.8 mm 6 months after surgery. The JOA score improved significantly from 50.8 ± 15.1 points to 95.6 ± 7.6 points. No dislocations occurred in this study. We cut only the posterosuperior articular capsule and protected the internal obturator muscle to preserve muscle strength. We repaired the entire posterosuperior and anterior articular capsule. These treatments increase joint stability in the early postoperative period, thus reducing the dislocation rate. Therapeutic, Level IV.
Can, Ata; Erdogan, Fahri; Erdogan, Ayse Ovul
2017-09-01
Tibiofemoral instability is a common complication after total knee arthroplasty (TKA), accounting for up to 22% of all revision procedures. Instability is the second most common cause of revision in the first 5 years after primary TKA. In this study, 13 knees with tibiofemoral instability after TKA were identified among 693 consecutive primary TKA procedures. Patient demographics, body mass index, clinical symptoms, previous deformity, previous knee surgery, complications, interval between index TKA and first tibiofemoral instability, causes of instability, and interval between index TKA and revision TKA were retrospectively reviewed. Clinical outcomes were assessed with the Lysholm Knee Scoring Scale. All patients were women, and mean body mass index was 37.7 kg/m 2 (range, 27.2-52.6 kg/m 2 ). Mean interval between index TKA and first tibiofemoral instability was 23.4 months (range, 9-45 months), and mean interval between index TKA and revision TKA was 25.6 months (range, 14-48 months). All patients had posterior cruciate ligament-retaining implants. Of the 13 knees, 11 had flexion instability and 2 had global instability. In all patients, instability was caused by incompetence of the posterior cruciate ligament; additionally, 1 patient had undersized and malpositioned implants. In 4 knees, the polyethylene insert was broken as well. All patients underwent revision TKA. Lysholm Knee Scoring Scale score had improved from a mean of 35.8 (range, 30-46) to a mean of 68.3 (range, 66-76). All patients included in this study were female and obese. The main cause of instability was secondary posterior cruciate ligament rupture and incompetence. The use of posterior-stabilized implants for primary TKA may prevent secondary instability in obese patients. [Orthopedics. 2017; 40(5):e812-e819.]. Copyright 2017, SLACK Incorporated.
Ishak, Basem; Schneider, Till; Tubbs, R Shane; Gimmy, Valerie; Younsi, Alexander; Unterberg, Andreas W; Kiening, Karl L
2017-11-01
Various surgical techniques have been described for treating odontoid instability and achieving effective stabilization. The earliest technique to be described proposed a C1 lateral mass entry point including neurectomy of the C2 nerve roots to ensure hemostasis. Because C2 neurectomy remains controversial, preservation of the C2 nerve root as described in Goel-Harms technique can lead to intractable occipital neuralgia and significant blood loss. The aim of this study was to modify the Goel-Harms technique with a high C1 lateral mass screw entry point to enhance overall intraoperative safety. Sixty-three patients (average age, 70 ± 16 years) with acute traumatic odontoid fracture type II underwent posterior stabilization with a modified posterior C1 lateral mass entry point using intraoperative computed tomography (CT)-guided spinal navigation. Complications were recorded, especially bleeding from the epidural venous plexus and development of occipital neuralgia. All patients were followed up for a minimum of 6 months. None of the patients developed occipital neuralgia or numbness. Blood transfusion was necessary in 1 patient because of a coagulation disorder. There was no bleeding from the epidural venous plexus. All screws were correctly placed. Two patients needed surgical revision (wound infection, dural tear). Two developed cardiopulmonary complications. Solid bony fusion was achieved in all patients. This study confirms that changing the C1 entry point to the junction of the posterior arch and superior-posterior part of the C1 lateral mass by using intraoperative CT navigation yields a safe and effective procedure with few complications. The overall complication rate was 6%. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Schroeder, Allison; Musahl, Volker; Urbanek, Christopher; Onishi, Kentaro
2018-04-05
Meniscocapsular separation describes detachment of the meniscus from the knee joint capsule. Diagnosis is challenging with conventional examination and imaging methods. We report a case of an 18-year-old female softball catcher with unrevealing magnetic resonance imaging despite continued left knee locking and discomfort with deep squatting. Meniscocapsular separation was revealed only on dynamic sonographic exam, where knee flexion revealed a 3.1-mm gap that developed between the capsule and peripheral meniscus. Arthroscopy confirmed the sonographic findings, and repair resulted in complete resolution of symptoms. This case highlights the utility of dynamic diagnostic sonography in a rare case of posterior lateral meniscocapsular separation. Copyright © 2018 American Academy of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Dynamic effect of the tibialis posterior muscle on the arch of the foot during cyclic axial loading.
Kamiya, Tomoaki; Uchiyama, Eiichi; Watanabe, Kota; Suzuki, Daisuke; Fujimiya, Mineko; Yamashita, Toshihiko
2012-11-01
The most common cause of acquired flatfoot deformity is tibialis posterior tendon dysfunction. The present study compared the change in medial longitudinal arch height during cyclic axial loading with and without activated tibialis posterior tendon force. Fourteen normal, fresh frozen cadaveric legs were used. A total of 10,000 cyclic axial loadings of 500 N were applied to the longitudinal axis of the tibia. The 32-N tibialis posterior tendon forces were applied to the specimens of the active group (n=7). Specimens of another group (non-active group, n=7) were investigated without the tibialis posterior tendon force. The bony arch index was calculated from the displacement of the navicular height. The mean initial bony arch indexes with maximal weightbearing were 0.239 (SD 0.009) in active group and 0.239 (SD 0.014) in non-active group. After 7000 cycles, the bony arch indexes with maximal weightbearing were significantly greater in the active group (mean 0.214, SD 0.013) than in the non-active group (mean 0.199, SD 0.013). The mean bony arch indexes with maximal weightbearing after 10,000 cycles were 0.212 (SD 0.011) in the active group and 0.196 (SD 0.015) in the non-active group. The passive supportive structures were inadequate, and the tibialis posterior muscle was essential to maintain the medial longitudinal arch of the foot in the dynamic weightbearing condition. The findings underscore that physical therapy and arch supportive equipments are important to prevent flatfoot deformity in the condition of weakness or dysfunction of the tibialis posterior muscle. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Stress analysis in a pedicle screw fixation system with flexible rods in the lumbar spine.
Kim, Kyungsoo; Park, Won Man; Kim, Yoon Hyuk; Lee, SuKyoung
2010-01-01
Breakage of screws has been one of the most common complications in spinal fixation systems. However, no studies have examined the breakage risk of pedicle screw fixation systems that use flexible rods, even though flexible rods are currently being used for dynamic stabilization. In this study, the risk of breakage of screws for the rods with various flexibilities in pedicle screw fixation systems is investigated by calculating the von Mises stress as a breakage risk factor using finite element analysis. Three-dimensional finite element models of the lumbar spine with posterior one-level spinal fixations at L4-L5 using four types of rod (a straight rod, a 4 mm spring rod, a 3 mm spring rod, and a 2 mm spring rod) were developed. The von Mises stresses in both the pedicle screws and the rods were analysed under flexion, extension, lateral bending, and torsion moments of 10 Nm with a follower load of 400 N. The maximum von Mises stress, which was concentrated on the neck region of the pedicle screw, decreased as the flexibility of the rod increased. However, the ratio of the maximum stress in the rod to the yield stress increased substantially when a highly flexible rod was used. Thus, the level of rod flexibility should be considered carefully when using flexible rods for dynamic stabilization because the intersegmental motion facilitated by the flexible rod results in rod breakage.
Shi, Kenrin; Hayashida, Kenji; Umeda, Naoya; Yamamoto, Kengo; Kawai, Hideo
2008-02-01
Femoral component rollback and tibial rotation were evaluated using lateral radiographs taken during passive knee flexion under fluoroscopy in NexGen Legacy Posterior Stabilized Flex (Zimmer, Warsaw, Ind) total knee arthroplasties (TKAs; 30 with mobile insert and 26 with fixed insert). Measured maximal flexion angle demonstrated no significant differences. Femoral component rollback was observed predominantly in TKAs with fixed insert in more than 45 degrees flexion and correlated with maximal flexion angle in each group. Tibial internal rotation was more significant in TKAs with mobile insert in maximal flexion. However, tibial internal rotation from 90 degrees to maximal flexion, which demonstrated correlation with maximal flexion angle in each group, did not show significant difference. The kinematic differences between 2 inserts seemed to have little relevance to the maximal flexion angle.
Yaldiz, Can; Yaldiz, Mahizer; Ceylan, Nehir; Kacira, Ozlem Kitiki; Ceylan, Davut; Kacira, Tibet; Kizilcay, Gokhan; Tanriverdi, Taner
2015-07-01
Owing to the increasing population of elderly patients, a large number of patients with degenerative spondylosis are currently being surgically treated. Although basic measures for decreasing postoperative surgical infections (PSIs) are considered, it still remains among the leading causes of morbidity and mortality. The aim of this retrospective analysis is to present possible causes leading to PSI in patients who underwent surgery for lumbar degenerative spondylosis and highlight how it can be avoided to decrease morbidity and mortality. The study included 540 patients who underwent posterior stabilization due to degenerative lumbar stenosis between January 2013 and January 2014. The data before and after surgery was retrieved from the hospital charts. Patients with degenerative lumbar stenosis who were operated upon in this study had >2 levels of laminectomy and facetectomy. For this reason, posterior stabilization was performed for all the patients included in this study. Determining the causes of postoperative infection (PI) following spinal surgeries performed with instrumentation is a struggle. Seventeen different parameters that may be related to PI were evaluated in this study. The presence of systemic diseases, unknown glove perforations, and perioperative blood transfusions were among the parameters that increased the prevalence of PI. Alternatively, prolene sutures, double-layered gloves, and the use of rifampicin Sv (RIS) decreased the incidence of PI. Although the presence of systemic diseases, unnoticed glove perforations, and perioperative blood transfusions increased PIs, prolene suture material, double-layered gloves, and the use of RIS decreased PIs.
Khalil, Ayman; Clerkin, James; Mandiwanza, Tafadzwa; Green, Sandra; Javadpour, Mohsen
2016-01-01
Multiple cranial nerves palsies following a posterior fossa exploration confined to an extradural compartment is a rare clinical presentation. This case report describes a young man who developed a unilateral abducens and bilateral facial nerve palsies following a posterior fossa exploration confined to an extradural compartment. There are different theories to explain this presentation, but the exact mechanism remains unclear. We propose that this patient cranial nerve palsies developed following cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leak, potentially as a consequence of rapid change in CSF dynamics. PMID:26951144
Functional Brace in ACL Surgery: Force Quantification in an In Vivo Study
LaPrade, Robert F.; Venderley, Melanie B.; Dahl, Kimi D.; Dornan, Grant J.; Turnbull, Travis Lee
2017-01-01
Background: A need exists for a functional anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) brace that dynamically supports the knee joint to match the angle-dependent forces of a native ACL, especially in the early postoperative period. Purpose/Hypothesis: The purpose of this study was to quantify the posteriorly directed external forces applied to the anterior proximal tibia by both a static and a dynamic force ACL brace. The proximal strap forces applied by the static force brace were hypothesized to remain relatively constant regardless of knee flexion angle compared with those of the dynamic force brace. Study Design: Controlled laboratory study. Methods: Seven healthy adult males (mean age, 27.4 ± 3.4 years; mean height, 1.8 ± 0.1 m; mean body mass, 84.1 ± 11.3 kg) were fitted with both a static and a dynamic force ACL brace. Participants completed 3 functional activities: unloaded extension, sit-to-stand, and stair ascent. Kinematic data were collected using traditional motion-capture techniques while posteriorly directed forces applied to the anterior aspect of both the proximal and distal tibia were simultaneously collected using a customized pressure-mapping technique. Results: The mean posteriorly directed forces applied to the proximal tibia at 30° of flexion by the dynamic force brace during unloaded extension (80.2 N), sit-to-stand (57.5 N), and stair ascent (56.3 N) activities were significantly larger, regardless of force setting, than those applied by the static force brace (10.1 N, 9.5 N, and 11.9 N, respectively; P < .001). Conclusion: The dynamic force ACL brace, compared with the static force brace, applied significantly larger posteriorly directed forces to the anterior proximal tibia in extension, where the ACL is known to experience larger in vivo forces. Further studies are required to determine whether the physiological behavior of the brace will reduce anterior knee laxity and improve long-term patient outcomes. Clinical Relevance: ACL braces that dynamically restrain the proximal tibia in a manner similar to physiological ACL function may improve pre- and postoperative treatment. PMID:28748195
Scheimpflug imaged corneal changes on anterior and posterior surfaces after collagen cross-linking
Hassan, Ziad; Modis, Laszlo; Szalai, Eszter; Berta, Andras; Nemeth, Gabor
2014-01-01
AIM To compare the anterior and posterior corneal parameters before and after collagen cross-linking therapy for keratoconus. METHODS Collagen cross-linking was performed in 31 eyes of 31 keratoconus patients (mean age 30.6±8.9y). Prior to treatment and an average 7mo after therapy, Scheimpflug analysis was performed using Pentacam HR. In addition to corneal thickness assessments, corneal radius, elevation, and aberrometric measurements were performed both on anterior and posterior corneal surfaces. Data obtained before and after surgery were statistically analyzed. RESULTS In terms of horizontal and vertical corneal radius, and central corneal thickness no deviations were observed an average 7mo after operation. Corneal higher order aberration showed no difference neither on anterior nor on posterior corneal surfaces. During follow-up period, no significant deviation was detected regarding elevation values obtained by measurement in mm units between the 3.0-8.0 mm-zones. CONCLUSION Corneal stabilization could be observed in terms of anterior and posterior corneal surfaces, elevation and higher order aberration values 7mo after collagen cross-linking therapy for keratoconus. PMID:24790876
Schall, Megan K.; Blazer, Vicki S.; Lorantas, Robert M.; Smith, Geoffrey; Mullican, John E.; Keplinger, Brandon J.; Wagner, Tyler
2018-01-01
Detecting temporal changes in fish abundance is an essential component of fisheries management. Because of the need to understand short‐term and nonlinear changes in fish abundance, traditional linear models may not provide adequate information for management decisions. This study highlights the utility of Bayesian dynamic linear models (DLMs) as a tool for quantifying temporal dynamics in fish abundance. To achieve this goal, we quantified temporal trends of Smallmouth Bass Micropterus dolomieu catch per effort (CPE) from rivers in the mid‐Atlantic states, and we calculated annual probabilities of decline from the posterior distributions of annual rates of change in CPE. We were interested in annual declines because of recent concerns about fish health in portions of the study area. In general, periods of decline were greatest within the Susquehanna River basin, Pennsylvania. The declines in CPE began in the late 1990s—prior to observations of fish health problems—and began to stabilize toward the end of the time series (2011). In contrast, many of the other rivers investigated did not have the same magnitude or duration of decline in CPE. Bayesian DLMs provide information about annual changes in abundance that can inform management and are easily communicated with managers and stakeholders.
Teeter, Matthew G; Perry, Kevin I; Yuan, Xunhua; Howard, James L; Lanting, Brent A
2018-03-01
Contact kinematics between total knee arthroplasty components is thought to affect implant migration; however, the interaction between kinematics and tibial component migration has not been thoroughly examined in a modern implant system. A total of 24 knees from 23 patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty with a single radius, posterior stabilized implant were examined. Patients underwent radiostereometric analysis at 2 and 6 weeks, 3 and 6 months, and 1 and 2 years to measure migration of the tibial component in all planes. At 1 year, patients also had standing radiostereometric analysis examinations acquired in 0°, 20°, 40°, and 60° of flexion, and the location of contact and magnitude of any condylar liftoff was measured for each flexion angle. Regression analysis was performed between kinematic variables and migration at 1 year. The average magnitude of maximum total point motion across all patients was 0.671 ± 0.270 mm at 1 year and 0.608 ± 0.359 mm at 2 years (P = .327). Four implants demonstrated continuous migration of >0.2 mm between the first and second year of implantation. There were correlations between the location of contact and tibial component anterior-posterior tilt, varus-valgus tilt, and anterior-posterior translation. The patients with continuous migration demonstrated atypical kinematics and condylar liftoff in some instances. Kinematics can influence tibial component migration, likely through alterations of force transmission. Abnormal kinematics may play a role in long-term implant loosening. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Nortunen, Simo; Leskelä, Hannu-Ville; Haapasalo, Heidi; Flinkkilä, Tapio; Ohtonen, Pasi; Pakarinen, Harri
2017-03-15
This study aimed to identify factors from standard radiographs that contributed to the stability of the ankle mortise in patients with isolated supination-external rotation fractures of the lateral malleolus (OTA/AO 44-B). Non-stress radiographs of the mortise and lateral views, without medial clear space widening or incongruity, were prospectively collected for 286 consecutive patients (mean age, 45 years [range, 16 to 85 years]), including 144 female patients (mean age, 50 years [range, 17 to 85 years]) and 142 male patients (mean age, 40 years [range, 16 to 84 years]) from 2 trauma centers. The radiographs were analyzed for fracture morphology by 2 orthopaedic surgeons, who were blinded to each other's measurements and to the results of external rotation stress radiographs (the reference for stability). Factors significantly associated with ankle mortise stability were tested in multiple logistic regression. Receiver operating characteristic analyses were performed for continuous variables to determine optimal thresholds. A sensitivity of >90% was used as the criterion for an optimal threshold. According to external rotation stress radiographs, 217 patients (75.9%) had a stable injury, defined as that with a medial clear space of <5 mm. Independent factors that predicted stable ankle mortise were female sex (odds ratio [OR], 2.5 [95% confidence interval (CI), 1.4 to 4.6]), a posterior diastasis of <2 mm (corresponding with a sensitivity of 0.94 and specificity of 0.39) on lateral radiographs (OR, 10.8 [95% CI, 3.7 to 31.5]), and only 2 fracture fragments (OR, 7.3 [95% CI, 2.1 to 26.3]). When the posterior diastasis was <2 mm and only 2 fracture fragments were present, the probability of a stable ankle mortise was 0.98 for 48 female patients (16.8%) and 0.94 for 37 male patients (12.9%). Patients with noncomminuted lateral malleolar fractures (85 patients [29.7%]) could be diagnosed with a stable ankle mortise without further stress testing, when the fracture line widths were <2 mm on lateral radiographs. Prognostic Level IV. See Instructions for Authors for a complete description of levels of evidence.
Öksüz, Erol; Deniz, Fatih Ersay; Demir, Osman
2017-01-01
Background Computed tomography (CT) with Hounsfield unit (HU) is being used with increasing frequency for determining bone density. Established correlations between HU and bone density have been shown in the literature. The aim of this retrospective study was to determine the bone density changes of the stabilized and adjacent segment vertebral bodies by comparing HU values before and after lumbar posterior stabilization. Methods Sixteen patients who had similar diagnosis of lumbar spondylosis and stenosis were evaluated in this study. Same surgical procedures were performed to all of the patients with L2-3-4-5 transpedicular screw fixation, fusion and L3-4 total laminectomy. Bone mineral density measurements were obtained with clinical CT. Measurements were obtained from stabilized and adjacent segment vertebral bodies. Densities of vertebral bodies were evaluated with HU before the surgeries and approximately one year after the surgeries. The preoperative HU value of each vertebra was compared with postoperative HU value of the same vertebrae by using statistical analysis. Results The HU values of vertebra in the stabilized and adjacent segments consistently decreased after the operations. There were significant differences between the preoperative HU values and the postoperative HU values of the all evaluated vertebral bodies in the stabilized and adjacent segments. Additionally first sacral vertebra HU values were found to be significantly higher than lumbar vertebra HU values in the preoperative group and postoperative group. Conclusions Decrease in the bone density of the adjacent segment vertebral bodies may be one of the major predisposing factors for adjacent segment disease (ASD). PMID:29354730
Epstein, N E
2006-07-01
To prospectively evaluate major complications associated with the application of dynamic ABC plates (Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany) to multilevel Anterior Corpectomy/Fusion (ACF) followed by posterior fusion (C2-C7 PF). To determine whether dynamic ABC (Aesculap, Tuttlingen, Germany) plates would minimize major complications (plate/graft extrusion, pseudarthrosis) while maximizing neurological outcomes in 40 consecutive patients undergoing simultaneous multilevel ACF/PF with halo application. USA. Patients averaged 53 years of age and preoperatively exhibited severe myeloradiculopathy (Nurick Grade 3.9). MR/CT studies documented marked ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament/spondylostenosis. Surgery included two to four level ACF utilizing fibula strut allograft and ABC plates. Posterior spinous process wiring/fusions utilized braided titanium cables. The average operative time was 8.9 h. Fusion was confirmed on dynamic X-rays/CTs (3-12 months postoperatively). The average follow-up interval was 2.7 years. Outcomes (3 months-2 years postoperatively) were assessed utilizing Odom's Criteria, Nurick Grades, and SF-36 questionnaires. Major complications included one pseudarthrosis requiring secondary PWF. Minor complications in six patients included two pulmonary emboli (PE), two tracheostomies, and five superficial wound infections. At 1 year postoperatively, marked improvement was observed in all patients utilizing Odom's criteria (38 excellent/good), Nurick Grades (mild radiculopathy 0.4), and the SF-36 (3 Health Scales; Role Physical (12.5-38.6), Bodily Pain (39.9-65.5), and Role Emotional (53.8-75.8)]. The 2-year postoperative data showed minimal additional improvement. The average time to fusion was 6.3 months. Patients undergoing multilevel ACF/PF demonstrated marked neurological improvement (SF-36), and only one of 40 developed a delayed pseudarthrosis.
Poncelet, E; Rock, A; Quinton, J-F; Cosson, M; Ramdane, N; Nicolas, L; Feldmann, A; Salleron, J
2017-04-01
The goal of this study was to compare conventional X-ray defecography and dynamic magnetic resonance (MR) defecography in the diagnosis of pelvic floor prolapse of the posterior compartment. Fifty women with a mean age of 65.5 years (range: 53-72 years) who underwent X-ray defecography and MR defecography for clinical suspicion of posterior compartment dysfunction, were included in this retrospective study. X-ray defecography and dynamic MR defecography were reviewed separately for the presence of pelvic organ prolapse. The results of the combination of X-ray defecography and MR defecography were used as the standard of reference. Differences in sensitivities between X-ray defecography and MR defecography were compared using the McNemar test. With the gold standard, we evidenced a total of 22 cases of peritoneocele (17 elytroceles, 3 hedroceles and 2 elytroceles+hedroceles), including 15 cases of enterocele, 28 patients with rectocele including 16 that retained contrast, 37 cases of rectal prolapse, and 11 cases of anismus. The sensitivities of X-ray defecography were 90.9% for the diagnosis of peritoneocele, 71.4% for rectocele, 81.1% for rectal prolapse and 63.6% for anismus. The sensitivities of MR defecography for the same diagnoses were 86.4%, 78.6%, 62.2% and 63.6%, respectively. For all these pathologies, no significant differences between X-ray defecography and MR defecography were found. Dynamic MR defecography is equivalent to X-ray defecography for the diagnosis of abnormalities of the posterior compartment of the pelvic floor. Copyright © 2016 Éditions françaises de radiologie. Published by Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
Medial tibial pain: a dynamic contrast-enhanced MRI study.
Mattila, K T; Komu, M E; Dahlström, S; Koskinen, S K; Heikkilä, J
1999-09-01
The purpose of this study was to compare the sensitivity of different magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) sequences to depict periosteal edema in patients with medial tibial pain. Additionally, we evaluated the ability of dynamic contrast-enhanced imaging (DCES) to depict possible temporal alterations in muscular perfusion within compartments of the leg. Fifteen patients with medial tibial pain were examined with MRI. T1-, T2-weighted, proton density axial images and dynamic and static phase post-contrast images were compared in ability to depict periosteal edema. STIR was used in seven cases to depict bone marrow edema. Images were analyzed to detect signs of compartment edema. Region-of-interest measurements in compartments were performed during DCES and compared with controls. In detecting periosteal edema, post-contrast T1-weighted images were better than spin echo T2-weighted and proton density images or STIR images, but STIR depicted the bone marrow edema best. DCES best demonstrated the gradually enhancing periostitis. Four subjects with severe periosteal edema had visually detectable pathologic enhancement during DCES in the deep posterior compartment of the leg. Percentage enhancement in the deep posterior compartment of the leg was greater in patients than in controls. The fast enhancement phase in the deep posterior compartment began slightly slower in patients than in controls, but it continued longer. We believe that periosteal edema in bone stress reaction can cause impairment of venous flow in the deep posterior compartment. MRI can depict both these conditions. In patients with medial tibial pain, MR imaging protocol should include axial STIR images (to depict bone pathology) with T1-weighted axial pre and post-contrast images, and dynamic contrast enhanced imaging to show periosteal edema and abnormal contrast enhancement within a compartment.
Pogorzelski, J; Braun, S; Imhoff, A B; Beitzel, K
2016-12-01
Treatment of posterior shoulder instability with increased retroversion of the glenoid using open-wedge osteotomy of the glenoid neck stabilized with an autologous bone block. Symptomatic, atraumatic posterior shoulder instability with increased retroversion (>20°) of the glenoid and previously failed conservative or surgical treatment. General contraindications against surgery. Relative contraindications: osteoporosis, nicotine abuse, or suspected patient noncompliance. Posterior approach with a 7 cm long incision starting medial of the posterolateral corner of the acromion heading to the posterior axillary fold and subsequent preparation of the deltoid muscle and the infraspinatus muscle. The posterior glenohumeral capsule is incised by performing a capsular T‑shift. The osteotomy is performed intracapsulary medial to the genoid rim. The wedge bone graft, harvested from spina scapulae or iliac spine, is placed "press fit" in position. Additional fixation of the graft is not necessary if the anterior cortex is intact. For reinforcing the posterior capsule, a posterior capsule shift should be performed. Insertion of extracapsular wound drainage. Successive wound closure. Postoperative immobilization in a 0° shoulder orthesis for 6 weeks; avoidance of horizontal abduction for 8 weeks. After removing the wound drainage, start of limited active-assisted range of motion. Over-head sports after 6 months. From 2009-2015, 6 posterior open wedge glenoid osteotomies were performed. Postoperative retroversion of the glenoid was 11.2 ± 9.4° compared to 26.0 ± 8.6° before surgery. Of 6 shoulders, 2 showed postoperative signs of persistent posterior instability; the other 4 shoulders were free of complaints. No revision surgery was needed.
Savarese, Eugenio; Bisicchia, Salvatore; Romeo, Rocco; Amendola, Annunziato
2011-03-01
High tibial osteotomy (HTO) is a surgical procedure used to change the mechanical weight-bearing axis and alter the loads carried through the knee. Conventional indications for HTO are medial compartment osteoarthritis and varus malalignment of the knee causing pain and dysfunction. Traditionally, knee instability associated with varus thrust has been considered a contraindication. However, today the indications include patients with chronic ligament deficiencies and malalignment, because an HTO procedure can change not only the coronal but also the sagittal plane of the knee. The sagittal plane has generally been ignored in HTO literature, but its modification has a significant impact on biomechanics and joint stability. Indeed, decreased posterior tibial slope causes posterior tibia translation and helps the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL)-deficient knee. Vice versa, increased tibial slope causes anterior tibia translation and helps the posterior cruciate ligament (PCL)-deficient knee. A review of literature shows that soft tissue procedures alone are often unsatisfactory for chronic posterior instability if alignment is not corrected. Since limb alignment is the most important factor to consider in lower limb reconstructive surgery, diagnosis and treatment of limb malalignment should not be ignored in management of chronic ligamentous instabilities. This paper reviews the effects of chronic posterior instability and tibial slope alteration on knee and soft tissues, in addition to planning and surgical technique for chronic posterior and posterolateral instability with HTO.
Webster, Kathryn A.; Gribble, Phillip A.
2010-01-01
Abstract Context: Jump landing is a common activity in collegiate activities, such as women's basketball, volleyball, and soccer, and is a common mechanism for anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury. It is important to better understand how athletes returning to competition after ACL reconstruction are able to maintain dynamic postural control during a jump landing. Objective: To use time to stabilization (TTS) to measure differences in dynamic postural control during jump landing in ACL-reconstructed (ACLR) knees compared with healthy knees among National Collegiate Athletic Association Division I female athletes. Design: Case-control study. Setting: University athletic training research laboratory. Patients or Other Participants: Twenty-four Division I female basketball, volleyball, and soccer players volunteered and were assigned to the healthy control group (n = 12) or the ACLR knee group (n = 12). Participants with ACLR knees were matched to participants with healthy knees by sport and by similar age, height, and mass. Intervention(s): At 1 session, participants performed a single-leg landing task for both limbs. They were instructed to stabilize as quickly as possible in a single-limb stance and remain as motionless as possible for 10 seconds. Main Outcome Measure(s): The anterior-posterior TTS and medial-lateral TTS ground reaction force data were used to calculate resultant vector of the TTS (RVTTS) during a jump landing. A 1-way analysis of variance was used to determine group differences on RVTTS. The means and SDs from the participants' 10 trials in each leg were used for the analyses. Results: The ACLR group (2.01 ± 0.15 seconds, 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.91, 2.10) took longer to stabilize than the control group (1.90 ± 0.07 seconds, 95% CI = 1.86, 1.95) (F1,22 = 4.28, P = .05). This result was associated with a large effect size and a 95% CI that did not cross zero (Cohen d = 1.0, 95% CI = 0.91, 1.09). Conclusions: Although they were Division I female athletes at an average of 2.5 years after ACL reconstruction, participants with ACLR knees demonstrated dynamic postural-control deficits as evidenced by their difficulty in controlling ground reaction forces. This increased TTS measurement might contribute to the established literature reflecting differences in single-limb dynamic control. Clinicians might need to focus rehabilitation efforts on stabilization after jump landing. Further research is needed to determine if TTS is a contributing factor in future injury. PMID:21062181
Salamh, Paul A; Kolber, Morey J; Hanney, William J
2015-02-01
To evaluate the effect of scapular stabilization during horizontal adduction stretching (cross-body) on posterior shoulder tightness (PST) and passive internal rotation (IR). Randomized controlled trial with single blinding. Athletic club. Asymptomatic volleyball players who are women with glenohumeral internal rotation deficit (N=60). Subjects were randomly assigned to either horizontal adduction stretching with manual scapular stabilization (n=30) or horizontal adduction stretching without stabilization (n=30). Passive stretching was performed for 3- to 30-second holds in both groups. Range of motion measurements of PST and IR were performed on the athlete's dominant shoulder prior to and immediately after the intervention. Baseline mean angular measurements of PST and IR for all athletes involved in the study were 62°±14° and 40°±10°, respectively, with no significant difference between groups (P=.598 and P=.734, respectively). Mean PST measurements were significantly different between groups after the horizontal adduction stretch, with a mean angle of 83°±17° among the scapular stabilization group and 65°±13° among the nonstabilization group (P<.001). Measurements of IR were also significantly different between groups, with a mean angle of 51°±14° among the scapular stabilization group and 43°±9° among the nonstabilization group (P=.006). Horizontal adduction stretches performed with scapular stabilization produced significantly greater improvements in IR and PST than horizontal adduction stretching without scapular stabilization. Copyright © 2015 American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Classification framework for partially observed dynamical systems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Shen, Yuan; Tino, Peter; Tsaneva-Atanasova, Krasimira
2017-04-01
We present a general framework for classifying partially observed dynamical systems based on the idea of learning in the model space. In contrast to the existing approaches using point estimates of model parameters to represent individual data items, we employ posterior distributions over model parameters, thus taking into account in a principled manner the uncertainty due to both the generative (observational and/or dynamic noise) and observation (sampling in time) processes. We evaluate the framework on two test beds: a biological pathway model and a stochastic double-well system. Crucially, we show that the classification performance is not impaired when the model structure used for inferring posterior distributions is much more simple than the observation-generating model structure, provided the reduced-complexity inferential model structure captures the essential characteristics needed for the given classification task.
Position of the prosthesis and the incidence of dislocation following total hip replacement.
He, Rong-xin; Yan, Shi-gui; Wu, Li-dong; Wang, Xiang-hua; Dai, Xue-song
2007-07-05
Dislocation is the second most common complication of hip replacement surgery, and impact of the prosthesis is believed to be the fundamental reason. The present study employed Solidworks 2003 and MSC-Nastran software to analyze the three dimensional variables in order to investigate how to prevent dislocation following hip replacement surgery. Computed tomography (CT) imaging was used to collect femoral outline data and Solidworks 2003 software was used to construct the cup model with variabilities. Nastran software was used to evaluate dislocation at different prosthesis positions and different geometrical shapes. Three dimensional movement and results from finite element method were analyzed and the values of dislocation resistance index (DRI), range of motion to impingement (ROM-I), range of motion to dislocation (ROM-D) and peak resisting moment (PRM) were determined. Computer simulation was used to evaluate the range of motion of the hip joint at different prosthesis positions. Finite element analysis showed: (1) Increasing the ratio of head/neck increased the ROM-I values and moderately increased ROM-D and PRM values. Increasing the head size significantly increased PRM and to some extent ROM-I and ROM-D values, which suggested that there would be a greater likelihood of dislocation. (2) Increasing the anteversion angle increased the ROM-I, ROM-D, PRM, energy required for dislocation (ENERGY-D) and DRI values, which would increase the stability of the joint. (3) As the chamber angle was increased, ROM-I, ROM-D, PRM, Energy-D and DRI values were increased, resulting in improved joint stability. Chamber angles exceeding 55 degrees resulted in increases in ROM-I and ROM-D values, but decreases in PRM, Energy-D, and DRI values, which, in turn, increased the likelihood of dislocation. (4) The cup, which was reduced posteriorly, reduced ROM-I values (2.1 -- 5.3 degrees ) and increased the DRI value (0.073). This suggested that the posterior high side had the effect of 10 degrees anteversion angle. Increasing the head/neck ratio increases joint stability. Posterior high side reduced the range of motion of the joint but increased joint stability; Increasing the anteversion angle increases DRI values and thus improve joint stability; Increasing the chamber angle increases DRI values and improves joint stability. However, at angles exceeding 55 degrees , further increases in the chamber angle result in decreased DRI values and reduce the stability of the joint.
Hyun, Seung-Hyun; Ryew, Che-Cheong
2017-12-01
The aim of this study is to compare and analyze the components of ground reaction force (GRF) relative to the foothold heights during downward step of 16-t truck. Adult males (n= 10) jumped downward from each 1st, 2nd, 3rd foothold step and driver's seat orderly using hand rail. Sampling rate of force components of 3 axis (medial-lateral [ML] GRF, anterior-posterior [AP] GRF, peak vertical force [PVF]), variables (COPx, COPy, COP area) of center of pressure (COP), loading rate, and stability index (ML, AP, vertical, and dynamic postural stability index [DPSI]) processed from GRF system was cut off at 1,000 Hz. and variables was processed with repeated one-way analysis of variance. AP GRF, PVF and loading rate showed higher value in case of not used hand rail than that used hand rail in all 1st, 2nd, and 3rd of foothold step. DPSI showed more lowered stability in order of 2nd, 3rd step than 1st foothold step used with hand rail, of which showed lowest stability from driver's seat. COPx, COPy, and COP area showed higher value in case of 2nd and 3rd than that of 1st of foothold step, and showed lowest stability from driver's seat. It is more desirable for cargo truck driver to utilize an available hand rail in order of 3rd, 2nd, and 1st of foothold step than downward stepping directly, thus by which may results in decrease of falling injuries and minimization of impulsive force transferring to muscular-skeletal system.
Hyun, Seung-Hyun; Ryew, Che-Cheong
2018-01-01
The study was undertaken to compare and analyze kinetic variables during downward foot-on according to the foothold heights under interrupted-visual information on 25-t cargo truck. Skilled adult male drivers (n=10) engaged in cargo truck driving over 1 year participated in the experiment. The results obtained from cinematographic and ground reaction force data during downward foot-on as follows; First, leg stiffness, peak vertical force (PVF) and loading rate showed significant difference as an increase of foothold heights, that is, interrupted-visual information showed greater impulse force than as was not. Second, variables of center of pressure (COP) with interrupted-visual information did not showed difference, but anterior-posterior COP and COP area showed an increasing tendency as an increase of foothold heights. Third, dynamic posture stability index (overall, medial-lateral, anterior-posterior, and vertical) showed significant difference as an increase of foothold height, that is, interrupted-visual information showed lower index than as was not. Therefore it will be possible to control successfully the leg stiffness, loading rate, and PVF when preparing an estimate for air phase time and impulse force through habitual cognition and confirmation at landing during downward foot-on from cargo truck. Identifying these potential differences may enable clinicians to assess type of injury and design exercise rehabilitation protocols specific. PMID:29740569
Machhindra, Morey Vivek; Kang, Jong Yeal; Kang, Yeon Gwi; Chowdhry, Madhav; Kim, Tae Kyun
2015-12-01
We determined whether a new mobile-bearing ultra-congruent (UC) TKA system provides better functional outcomes than an established posterior-stabilized (PS) prosthesis. The functional outcomes (motion arc, AKS scores, WOMAC Index, and SForm-36 scores evaluated at 1 and 2 years postoperatively), satisfaction and incidences of adverse events were compared between the knees implanted with mobile-bearing UC prosthesis (n=103) and the mobile-bearing PS prosthesis (n=99). At 2 years, mobile-bearing UC TKAs showed similar functional outcomes and satisfaction, but smaller motion arc compared to mobile-bearing PS TKAs (126° vs. 131°). There were no differences in the incidence of adverse events. Mobile-bearing UC prosthesis can be considered a safe and viable alternative to the PS design, with an expectation of smaller postoperative maximum flexion. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Sardhara, Jayesh; Pavaman, Sindgikar; Das, Kuntal; Srivastava, Arun; Mehrotra, Anant; Behari, Sanjay
2016-11-01
Congenital spondylolytic spondylolisthesis of C2 vertebra resulting from deficient posterior element of the axis is rarely described in the literature. We describe a unique case of agenesis of posterior elements of C2 with craniovertebral junction anomalies consisting of osseous, vascular, and soft tissue anomalies. A 26-year-old man presented with symptoms of upper cervical myelopathy of 12 months' duration. A computed tomography scan of the cervical spine including the craniovertebral junction revealed spondylolisthesis of C2 over C3, atlantoaxial dislocation, occipitalization of the atlas, hypoplasia of the odontoid, and cleft posterior C1 arch. Additionally, the axis vertebra was found devoid of its posterior elements except bilaterally rudimentary pedicles. Magnetic resonance imaging revealed tonsilar herniation, suggesting associated Chiari type I malformation. CT angiogram of the vertebral arteries displayed persistent bilateral first intersegmental arteries crossing the posterior aspect of the C1/2 facet joint. This patient underwent foramen magnum decompression, C3 laminectomy with occipito-C3/C4 posterior fusion using screw and rod to maintain the cervical alignment and stability. We report this rare constellation of congenital craniovertebral junction anomaly and review the relevant literature. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Fujimoto, Eisaku; Sasashige, Yoshiaki; Masuda, Yasuji; Hisatome, Takashi; Eguchi, Akio; Masuda, Tetsuo; Sawa, Mikiya; Nagata, Yoshinori
2013-12-01
The intra-operative femorotibial joint gap and ligament balance, the predictors affecting these gaps and their balances, as well as the postoperative knee flexion, were examined. These factors were assessed radiographically after a posterior cruciate-retaining total knee arthroplasty (TKA). The posterior condylar offset and posterior tibial slope have been reported as the most important intra-operative factors affecting cruciate-retaining-type TKAs. The joint gap and balance have not been investigated in assessments of the posterior condylar offset and the posterior tibial slope. The femorotibial gap and medial/lateral ligament balance were measured with an offset-type tensor. The femorotibial gaps were measured at 0°, 45°, 90° and 135° of knee flexion, and various gap changes were calculated at 0°-90° and 0°-135°. Cruciate-retaining-type arthroplasties were performed in 98 knees with varus osteoarthritis. The 0°-90° femorotibial gap change was strongly affected by the posterior condylar offset value (postoperative posterior condylar offset subtracted by the preoperative posterior condylar offset). The 0°-135° femorotibial gap change was significantly correlated with the posterior tibial slope and the 135° medial/lateral ligament balance. The postoperative flexion angle was positively correlated with the preoperative flexion angle, γ angle and the posterior tibial slope. Multiple-regression analysis demonstrated that the preoperative flexion angle, γ angle, posterior tibial slope and 90° medial/lateral ligament balance were significant independent factors for the postoperative knee flexion angle. The flexion angle change (postoperative flexion angle subtracted by the preoperative flexion angle) was also strongly correlated with the preoperative flexion angle, posterior tibial slope and 90° medial/lateral ligament balance. The postoperative flexion angle is affected by multiple factors, especially in cruciate-retaining-type TKAs. However, it is important to pay attention not only to the posterior tibial slope, but also to the flexion medial/lateral ligament balance during surgery. A cruciate-retaining-type TKA has the potential to achieve both stability and a wide range of motion and to improve the patients' activities of daily living.
Effect of Footwear on Dynamic Stability during Single-leg Jump Landings.
Bowser, Bradley J; Rose, William C; McGrath, Robert; Salerno, Jilian; Wallace, Joshua; Davis, Irene S
2017-06-01
Barefoot and minimal footwear running has led to greater interest in the biomechanical effects of different types of footwear. The effect of running footwear on dynamic stability is not well understood. The purpose of this study was to compare dynamic stability and impact loading across 3 footwear conditions; barefoot, minimal footwear and standard running shoes. 25 injury free runners (21 male, 4 female) completed 5 single-leg jump landings in each footwear condition. Dynamic stability was assessed using the dynamic postural stability index and its directional components (mediolateral, anteroposterior, vertical). Peak vertical ground reaction force and vertical loadrates were also compared across footwear conditions. Dynamic stability was dependent on footwear type for all stability indices (ANOVA, p<0.05). Post-hoc tests showed dynamic stability was greater when barefoot than in running shoes for each stability index (p<0.02) and greater than minimal footwear for the anteroposterior stability index (p<0.01). Peak vertical force and average loadrates were both dependent on footwear (p≤0.05). Dynamic stability, peak vertical force, and average loadrates during single-leg jump landings appear to be affected by footwear type. The results suggest greater dynamic stability and lower impact loading when landing barefoot or in minimal footwear. © Georg Thieme Verlag KG Stuttgart · New York.
Schuster, Sergio; Biagini, Roberto; Casadei, Roberto; De Paolis, Massimiliano; Bertoni, Franco; Boriani, Stefano; Mercuri, Mario
2007-01-01
We report a case of ABC in a child where, after resection of the posterior spinal column of L1, we did a biological reconstruction using a posterior tension band with a segment of fascia lata allograft in tension between T12 and L2. After the long term follow up, X-ray and MRI controls showed a satisfactory alignment of the spine and no local recurrence. The patient now has no sign of spinal instability or deviation, with no kind of discomfort or pain, and has a normal life. In our experience this biological tension band interferes minimally with the growth of the spine, and has a less number of complications in comparison with other more aggressive methods and so is a good option for restoring the stability in young patients with benign spinal tumors that arises on the posterior column without having any kind of potential deviations. PMID:17426986
Pizanis, Antonius; Holstein, Jörg H; Vossen, Felix; Burkhardt, Markus; Pohlemann, Tim
2013-08-26
Anterior bone grafts are used as struts to reconstruct the anterior column of the spine in kyphosis or following injury. An incomplete fusion can lead to later correction losses and compromise further healing. Despite the different stabilizing techniques that have evolved, from posterior or anterior fixating implants to combined anterior/posterior instrumentation, graft pseudarthrosis rates remain an important concern. Furthermore, the need for additional anterior implant fixation is still controversial. In this bench-top study, we focused on the graft-bone interface under various conditions, using two simulated spinal injury models and common surgical fixation techniques to investigate the effect of implant-mediated compression and contact on the anterior graft. Calf spines were stabilised with posterior internal fixators. The wooden blocks as substitutes for strut grafts were impacted using a "pressfit" technique and pressure-sensitive films placed at the interface between the vertebral bone and the graft to record the compression force and the contact area with various stabilization techniques. Compression was achieved either with posterior internal fixator alone or with an additional anterior implant. The importance of concomitant ligament damage was also considered using two simulated injury models: pure compression Magerl/AO fracture type A or rotation/translation fracture type C models. In type A injury models, 1 mm-oversized grafts for impaction grafting provided good compression and fair contact areas that were both markedly increased by the use of additional compressing anterior rods or by shortening the posterior fixator construct. Anterior instrumentation by itself had similar effects. For type C injuries, dramatic differences were observed between the techniques, as there was a net decrease in compression and an inadequate contact on the graft occurred in this model. Under these circumstances, both compression and the contact area on graft could only be maintained at high levels with the use of additional anterior rods. Under experimental conditions, we observed that ligamentous injury following type C fracture has a negative influence on the compression and contact area of anterior interbody bone grafts when only an internal fixator is used for stabilization. Because of the loss of tension banding effects in type C injuries, an additional anterior compressing implant can be beneficial to restore both compression to and contact on the strut graft.
Langenbach, A; Oppel, Pascal; Grupp, Sina; Krinner, Sebastian; Pachowsky, Milena; Buder, Thomas; Schulz-Drost, Melanie; Hennig, Friedrich F; Schulz-Drost, Stefan
2017-11-09
Stabilizing techniques for flail chest injuries are described through wide surgical approaches to the chest wall, especially in the most affected posterior and lateral regions. Severe morbidity due to these invasive approaches needs to be considered due to dissection of the scapular guiding muscles and the risk of injuries to neurovascular bundles. This study discusses possibilities for minimized approaches to the posterior and lateral regions. Ten fresh-frozen cadavers in lateral decubitus position were observed on both sides. Each surgical arm was kept mobile during the procedure. Approaches were performed following a standard protocol with muscle-sparing incisions starting with 5 cm in length and extending to 10 and 15 cm. The accessible surface comparing the extensions was measured. Visible ribs were counted. In a next step, MatrixRib ® Plates were fixed to those ribs to prove the feasibility of rib stabilization through limited approaches. Combinations of the posterior and lateral minimized approaches allow surgical fixation of 6-9 and 7-11 ribs through 5 and 10 cm incisions, respectively. In the case of an extreme expansion of a rib fracture series, an access extension can be made to 15 cm to be able to adequately supply the entire hemithorax using two approaches. Extensive invasive surgical approaches to the thoracic wall can be replaced by reduced invasive and muscle-sparing access combinations. A free-moving positioning of the arm and an accurate preoperative plan for minimizing approaches are essential. Minimally invasive plate techniques are very helpful adjuncts.
Yaldiz, Can; Yaldiz, Mahizer; Ceylan, Nehir; Kacira, Ozlem Kitiki; Ceylan, Davut; Kacira, Tibet; Kizilcay, Gokhan; Tanriverdi, Taner
2015-01-01
Abstract Owing to the increasing population of elderly patients, a large number of patients with degenerative spondylosis are currently being surgically treated. Although basic measures for decreasing postoperative surgical infections (PSIs) are considered, it still remains among the leading causes of morbidity and mortality. The aim of this retrospective analysis is to present possible causes leading to PSI in patients who underwent surgery for lumbar degenerative spondylosis and highlight how it can be avoided to decrease morbidity and mortality. The study included 540 patients who underwent posterior stabilization due to degenerative lumbar stenosis between January 2013 and January 2014. The data before and after surgery was retrieved from the hospital charts. Patients with degenerative lumbar stenosis who were operated upon in this study had >2 levels of laminectomy and facetectomy. For this reason, posterior stabilization was performed for all the patients included in this study. Determining the causes of postoperative infection (PI) following spinal surgeries performed with instrumentation is a struggle. Seventeen different parameters that may be related to PI were evaluated in this study. The presence of systemic diseases, unknown glove perforations, and perioperative blood transfusions were among the parameters that increased the prevalence of PI. Alternatively, prolene sutures, double-layered gloves, and the use of rifampicin Sv (RIS) decreased the incidence of PI. Although the presence of systemic diseases, unnoticed glove perforations, and perioperative blood transfusions increased PIs, prolene suture material, double-layered gloves, and the use of RIS decreased PIs. PMID:26200620
Deep convolutional networks for automated detection of posterior-element fractures on spine CT
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Roth, Holger R.; Wang, Yinong; Yao, Jianhua; Lu, Le; Burns, Joseph E.; Summers, Ronald M.
2016-03-01
Injuries of the spine, and its posterior elements in particular, are a common occurrence in trauma patients, with potentially devastating consequences. Computer-aided detection (CADe) could assist in the detection and classification of spine fractures. Furthermore, CAD could help assess the stability and chronicity of fractures, as well as facilitate research into optimization of treatment paradigms. In this work, we apply deep convolutional networks (ConvNets) for the automated detection of posterior element fractures of the spine. First, the vertebra bodies of the spine with its posterior elements are segmented in spine CT using multi-atlas label fusion. Then, edge maps of the posterior elements are computed. These edge maps serve as candidate regions for predicting a set of probabilities for fractures along the image edges using ConvNets in a 2.5D fashion (three orthogonal patches in axial, coronal and sagittal planes). We explore three different methods for training the ConvNet using 2.5D patches along the edge maps of `positive', i.e. fractured posterior-elements and `negative', i.e. non-fractured elements. An experienced radiologist retrospectively marked the location of 55 displaced posterior-element fractures in 18 trauma patients. We randomly split the data into training and testing cases. In testing, we achieve an area-under-the-curve of 0.857. This corresponds to 71% or 81% sensitivities at 5 or 10 false-positives per patient, respectively. Analysis of our set of trauma patients demonstrates the feasibility of detecting posterior-element fractures in spine CT images using computer vision techniques such as deep convolutional networks.
Motion of the Tympanic Membrane after Cartilage Tympanoplasty Determined by Stroboscopic Holography
Aarnisalo, Antti A.; Cheng, Jeffrey T.; Ravicz, Michael E.; Furlong, Cosme; Merchant, Saumil N.; Rosowski, John J.
2009-01-01
Stroboscopic holography was used to quantify dynamic deformations of the tympanic membrane (TM) of the entire surface of the TM before and after cartilage tympanoplasty of the posterior or posterior-superior part of the TM. Cartilage is widely used in tympanoplasties to provide mechanical stability for the TM. Three human cadaveric temporal bones were used. A 6 mm × 3 mm oval cartilage graft was placed through the widely opened facial recess onto the medial surface of the posterior or posterior-superior part of the TM. The graft was either in contact with the bony tympanic rim and manubrium or not. Graft thickness was either 0.5 or 1.0 mm. Stroboscopic holography produced displacement amplitude and phase maps of the TM surface in response to stimulus sound. Sound stimuli were 0.5, 1, 4 and 7 (or 8) kHz tones. Middle ear impedance was measured from the motion of the entire TM. Cartilage placement generally produced reductions in the motion of the TM apposed to the cartilage, especially at 4 kHz and 7 or 8 kHz. Some parts of the TM showed altered motion compared to the control in all three cases. In general, middle ear impedance was either unchanged or increased somewhat after cartilage reconstruction both at low (0.5 and 1 kHz) and high (4 and 7 kHz) frequencies. At 4 kHz, with the 1.0 mm thick graft that was in contact with the bony tympanic rim, the impedance slightly decreased. While our earlier work with time-averaged holography allowed us to observe differences in the pattern of TM motion caused by application of cartilage to the TM, stroboscopic holography is more sensitive to TM motions and allowed us to quantify the magnitude and phase of motion of each point on the TM surface. Nonetheless, our results are similar to those of our earlier work: The placement of cartilage on the medial surface of TM reduces the motion of the TM that apposes the cartilage. These obvious local changes occur even though the cartilage had little effect on the sound-induced motion of the stapes. PMID:19909803
Nakao, Yaoki; Shimokawa, Nobuyuki; Morisako, Hiroki; Tsukazaki, Yuji; Terada, Aiko; Nakajo, Kosuke; Fu, Yoshihiko
2014-01-01
Objective Polyaxial screw-rod fixation of C1-C2 is a relatively new technique to treat atlantoaxial instability, and there have been few reports in the literature outlining all possible complications. The purpose of this case report is to present the occurrence and management of occipital bone erosion induced by the protruded rostral part of a posterior atlantoaxial screw-rod construct causing headache. Clinical Features A 70-year-old Asian man with rheumatoid arthritis initially presented to our institution with atlantoaxial instability causing progressive quadraparesis and neck pain. Intervention and Outcome Posterior atlantoaxial instrumented fixation using C1 lateral mass screws in conjunction with C2 pedicle screws was performed to stabilize these segments. Postoperatively, the patient regained the ability to independently walk and had no radiographic evidence of instrumentation hardware failure and excellent sagittal alignment. However, despite a well-stabilized fusion, the patient began to complain of headache during neck extension. Follow-up imaging studies revealed left occipital bone erosion induced by a protruded titanium rod fixed with setscrews. During revision surgery, the rod protrusion was modified and the headaches diminished. Conclusion This case demonstrates that occipital bone erosion after posterior atlantoaxial fixation causing headache may occur. The principal cause of bone erosion in this case was rod protrusion. Although posterior atlantoaxial fixation using the screw-rod system was selected to manage atlantoaxial instability because it has less complications than other procedures, surgeons should pay attention that the length of the rod protrusion should not exceed 2 mm. PMID:25435842
Li, Cheng; Li, Lei; Duan, Jingzhu; Zhang, Lijun; Liu, Zhenjiang
2018-05-01
This study aimed to describe the case of a 3-year-old girl with old bilateral facet dislocation on cervical vertebrae 6 and 7, who had spinal cord transection, received surgical treatment, and achieved a relative satisfactory therapeutic effect. A 3-year-old girl was urgently transferred to the hospital after a car accident. DIAGNOSES:: she was diagnosed with splenic rupture, intracranial hemorrhage, cervical dislocation, spinal transection, and Monteggia fracture of the left upper limb. The girl underwent emergency splenectomy and was transferred to the intensive care unit of the hospital 15 days later. One-stage anterior-posterior approach surgery (anterior discectomy, posterior laminectomy, and pedicle screw fixation) was performed when the patient stabilized after 45-day symptomatic treatment. The operation was uneventful. The reduction of lower cervical dislocation was satisfactory, with sufficient spinal cord decompression. The internal fixation position was good, and the spinal sequence was well restored. The girl was discharged 2 weeks later after the operation and followed up for 2 years. The major nerve function of both upper limbs was recovered, with no obvious retardation of the growth of immature spine. A satisfactory therapeutic effect was achieved for a pediatric old subaxial cervical dislocation with bilateral locked facets using anterior discectomy, posterior laminectomy, and pedicle screw fixation. The posterior pedicle screw fixation provided a good three-dimensional stability of the spine, with reduced risk and complications caused by anterior internal fixation. The growth of immature spine was not obviously affected during the 2-year follow-up.
The role of a small posterior malleolar fragment in trimalleolar fractures: a biomechanical study.
Evers, J; Fischer, M; Zderic, I; Wähnert, D; Richards, R G; Gueorguiev, B; Raschke, M J; Ochman, S
2018-01-01
The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of a posterior malleolar fragment (PMF), with < 25% ankle joint surface, on pressure distribution and joint-stability. There is still little scientific evidence available to advise on the size of PMF, which is essential to provide treatment. To date, studies show inconsistent results and recommendations for surgical treatment date from 1940. A total of 12 cadaveric ankles were assigned to two study groups. A trimalleolar fracture was created, followed by open reduction and internal fixation. PMF was fixed in Group I, but not in Group II. Intra-articular pressure was measured and cyclic loading was performed. Contact area decreased following each fracture, while anatomical fixation restored it nearly to its intact level. Contact pressure decreased significantly with fixation of the PMF. In plantarflexion, the centre of force shifted significantly posteriorly in Group II and anteriorly in Group I. Load to failure testing showed no difference between the groups. Surgical reduction of a small PMF with less than 25% ankle joint surface improves pressure distribution but does not affect ankle joint stability. Cite this article: Bone Joint J 2018;100-B:95-100. ©2018 The British Editorial Society of Bone & Joint Surgery.
The effect of cane use on the compensatory step following posterior perturbations.
Hall, Courtney D; Jensen, Jody L
2004-08-01
The compensatory step is a critical component of the balance response and is impaired in older fallers. The purpose of this research was to examine whether utilization of a cane modified the compensatory step response following external posterior perturbations. Single subject withdrawal design was employed. Single subject statistical analysis--the standard deviation bandwidth-method--supplemented visual analysis of the data. Four older adults (range: 73-83 years) with balance impairment who habitually use a cane completed this study. Subjects received a series of sudden backward pulls that were large enough to elicit compensatory stepping. We examined the following variables both with and without cane use: timing of cane loading relative to step initiation and center of mass acceleration, stability margin, center of mass excursion and velocity, step length and width. No participant loaded the cane prior to initiation of the first compensatory step. There was no effect of cane use on the stability margin, nor was there an effect of cane use on center of mass excursion or velocity, or step length or width. These data suggest that cane use does not necessarily improve balance recovery following an external posterior perturbation when the individual is forced to rely on compensatory stepping. Instead these data suggest that the strongest factor in modifying step characteristics is experience with the perturbation.
Gwinner, Clemens; Weiler, Andreas; Roider, Manoussos; Schaefer, Frederik M; Jung, Tobias M
2017-02-01
The reported failure rate after posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) reconstruction remains high. Previous studies have shown that the tibial slope (TS) influences sagittal plane laxity. Consequently, alterations of TS might have an effect on postoperative knee stability after PCL reconstruction. We hypothesized that flattening of TS is associated with increased posterior laxity after PCL reconstruction. Cohort study; Level of evidence 3. This study consisted of 48 patients who underwent PCL reconstruction in a single-surgeon series. Eight patients underwent an isolated PCL reconstruction, 27 patients underwent an additional posterolateral corner reconstruction, and 13 patients underwent a combined reconstruction of the PCL, anterior cruciate ligament, and posterolateral corner. Three blinded observers measured TS and the side-to-side difference (SSD) of posterior tibial translation (PTT) before and after PCL reconstruction using standardized stress radiographs. The minimum follow-up was 5 years. At a mean follow-up of 103 months (range, 65-187), the mean SSD of PTT was significantly reduced (10.9 ± 2.9 vs 4.9 ± 4.3 mm; P < .0001). The mean TS was 8.0° ± 3.7° (range, 1°-14.3°) for the operated knee and 7.9° ± 3.2° (range, 2°-15.3°) for the contralateral knee. There was a statistically significant correlation between TS and PTT ( r = -0.77 and R 2 = 0.59; P < .0001). In addition, there was a significant correlation between TS and the postoperative reduction of PTT ( r = 0.74 and R 2 = 0.55; P < .0001). Subgrouping according to the number of operated ligaments showed no significant differences regarding TS or the mean reduction of PTT. Flattening of TS is associated with a significantly higher remaining PTT as well as a lower reduction of PTT. Notably, these results are irrespective of sex and number of ligaments addressed. Thus, isolated soft tissue procedures in PCL deficiency may only incompletely address posterior knee instability in patients with flattening of the posterior slope.
Atkins, Stephen J; Bentley, Ian; Brooks, Darrell; Burrows, Mark P; Hurst, Howard T; Sinclair, Jonathan K
2015-06-01
Core stability training traditionally uses stable-base techniques. Less is known as to the use of unstable-base techniques, such as suspension training, to activate core musculature. This study sought to assess the neuromuscular activation of global core stabilizers when using suspension training techniques, compared with more traditional forms of isometric exercise. Eighteen elite level, male youth swimmers (age, 15.5 ± 2.3 years; stature, 163.3 ± 12.7 cm; body mass, 62.2 ± 11.9 kg) participated in this study. Surface electromyography (sEMG) was used to determine the rate of muscle contraction in postural musculature, associated with core stability and torso bracing (rectus abdominus [RA], external obliques [EO], erector spinae [ES]). A maximal voluntary contraction test was used to determine peak amplitude for all muscles. Static bracing of the core was achieved using a modified "plank" position, with and without a Swiss ball, and held for 30 seconds. A mechanically similar "plank" was then held using suspension straps. Analysis of sEMG revealed that suspension produced higher peak amplitude in the RA than using a prone or Swiss ball "plank" (p = 0.04). This difference was not replicated in either the EO or ES musculature. We conclude that suspension training noticeably improves engagement of anterior core musculature when compared with both lateral and posterior muscles. Further research is required to determine how best to activate both posterior and lateral musculature when using all forms of core stability training.
Regional differences in hyoid muscle activity and length-dynamics during mammalian head-shaking
Wentzel, Sarah E.; Konow, Nicolai; German, Rebecca Z.
2010-01-01
The sternohyoid (SH) and geniohyoid (GH) are antagonist strap-muscles that are active during a number of different behaviors, including sucking, intraoral transport, swallowing, breathing, and extension/flexion of the neck. Because these muscles have served different functions through the evolutionary history of vertebrates, it is quite likely they will have complex patterns of electrical activity and muscle fiber contraction. Different regions of the sternohyoid exhibit different contraction and activity patterns during a swallow. We examined the dynamics of the sternohyoid and geniohyoid muscles during an unrestrained, and vigorous head-shake behavior in an animal model of human head, neck and hyolingual movement. A gentle touch to infant pig ears elicited a head shake of several head revolutions. Using sonomicrometry and intramuscular EMG we measured regional (within) muscle strain and activity in SH and GH. We found that EMG was consistent across three regions (anterior, belly and posterior) of each muscle. Changes in muscle length however, were more complex. In the SH, mid-belly length-change occurred out of phase with the anterior and posterior end-regions, but with a zero-lag timing; the anterior region shortened prior to the posterior. In the GH, the anterior region shortened prior to, and out of phase with the mid-belly and posterior regions. Head-shaking is a relatively simple reflex behavior, yet the underlying patterns of muscle length-dynamics and EMG activity are not. The regional complexity in SH and GH, similar to regionalization of SH during swallowing, suggests that these ‘simple hyoid strap muscles’ are more complex than textbooks often suggest. PMID:21370479
Management of benign dynamic "A-shape" tracheal stenosis: a retrospective study of 60 patients.
Plojoux, Jérôme; Laroumagne, Sophie; Vandemoortele, Thomas; Astoul, Philippe J; Thomas, Pascal A; Dutau, Hervé
2015-02-01
Benign tracheal stenosis complicates tracheal intubation or tracheostomy in 0.6% to 65% of cases. Surgical resection is the standard treatment. Endoscopic management is used for inoperable patients with 17% to 69% success. Dynamic "A-shape" tracheal stenosis (DATS) results in a dynamic stenosis with anterior fracture of tracheal cartilage and frequently associated posterior malacia. We report the results of our multidisciplinary management. Sixty patients with DATS were included. Management decision was made during initial bronchoscopy. When suitable, patients were referred to thoracic surgery for tracheal resection. Posterior localized tracheomalacia was treated with laser photocoagulation of the posterior tracheal wall. Tracheal stents were placed if the stenosis persisted after laser treatment. The choice of stent (straight silicone, hour-glass shaped silicone, T-tube, or fully-covered self-expandable metallic stent) was based on operator's judgment. After 12 to 18 months, stents were removed. If the stenosis persisted after stent removal, surgery was reconsidered. If surgery was not possible, a stent was replaced. In case of satisfactory result, a stent was replaced only after recurrence. Stable patients after treatment were considered as success, requirement of long-term tracheostomy or T tube as failure, and long-term stent as partial success. All patients developed DATS after tracheostomy. Thirty-three patients had posterior tracheomalacia. In 13 patients, mild stenosis required only endoscopic surveillance. Two patients were referred to thoracic surgery for tracheal resection surgery. Endoscopic management was the initial therapy in 45 patients (75%) and was considered successful in 23 patients (51%), partially successful in 10 (22%), and failed in 12 (27%). Five patients with successful outcomes required only laser therapy. Overall 70 stents were placed in 35 patients, with a migration rate of 31%. The DATS management was successful in 63%. Stent migration was frequent. Posterior tracheomalacia was successfully treated in selected cases, avoiding stent placement. Copyright © 2015 The Society of Thoracic Surgeons. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Kim, Tae Woo; Lee, Sang Min; Seong, Sang Cheol; Lee, Sahnghoon; Jang, Jak; Lee, Myung Chul
2016-09-01
There remains no consensus as to whether mobile total knee arthroplasty (TKA) should use a posterior cruciate ligament-sacrificing ultracongruent (UC) or a posterior cruciate ligament-substituting posterior stabilized (PS) prosthesis. The purpose of this study was to assess intraoperative kinematics and clinical outcomes of UC and PS rotating platform mobile-bearing TKA. In this randomized controlled study, mobile UC TKA prostheses (n = 45) were compared with mobile PS TKA prostheses (n = 45) with regard to intraoperative kinematics and clinical outcomes. The passive kinematic study using intraoperative navigation system included anterior/posterior translation, varus/valgus alignment and rotation of femur during flexion. The patients were clinically and radiographically evaluated over a 3-year follow-up. Paradoxical anterior translation of the femur was 10.8 ± 5.2 mm in the UC knee from 0° to 82° of knee flexion and 8.7 ± 3.0 mm in the PS knee from 0° to 70° of knee flexion (p = 0.027). Paradoxical internal rotation of the femur was 5.8° in the UC knees and 9.9° in the PS knees (p = 0.003). But, there was no significant difference between the groups in regard to the coronal alignment. There was no significant difference in the range of motion, KS knee scores, KS function scores, and WOMAC index scores. Despite different intraoperative kinematics between mobile UC and mobile PS TKA, neither design reproduced physiologic knee kinematics and there was no difference in clinical outcomes between the two groups. The clinical relevance of the study is that despite different intraoperative kinematics, UC design can be a considerable alternative to PS design in mobile-bearing TKA in respect of clinical outcomes. II.
Song, Geun Soo; Lee, Yeon Soo
2015-07-01
This study aimed to quantify morphological characteristics of the posterior lumbar spinous process, which may affect stable implantation of screwless wire spring loops. Virtual implantations of a screwless wire spring loop onto pairs of lumbar spinous processes were performed for computed tomography (CT)-derived three-dimensional vertebral models of 40 Korean subjects. Morphological parameters of lumbar vertebrae 1 through 5 (L1-L5) were measured with regard to bone-implant interference. In males, the transspinous process fixation lengths decreased from 57.8±3.0mm to 48.8±3.2mm as the lumbar joints descend from L1-L2 to L4-L5, with those in females about 4.1±0.4mm shorter (p<0.05) than in males through all lumbar joints. The fixation angle on the sagittal plane varied from 105.0° to 101.3° relative to the transverse plane as the vertebrae descend. The clenched thickness in females was the least (6.7±1.2mm) for the L2 lower spinous process and the greatest (8.1±2.2mm) for the L4 upper spinous process; this was 1.0±10.3mm less than that for males at corresponding levels (p>0.05). The ratio of the spinous process clenched thickness to the transspinous fixation length increased from 0.133±0.016 to 0.196±0.076 for the upper spinous processes as the lumbar joints descend. The ratio of the spinous process clenched thickness to the transspinous fixation length varies, depending on gender and whether the clenched level is the upper or lower spinous process. These parameters related to the clenching fixation stability should be considered in development and implantations of the screwless wire spring loop. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier GmbH. All rights reserved.
Nested Sampling for Bayesian Model Comparison in the Context of Salmonella Disease Dynamics
Dybowski, Richard; McKinley, Trevelyan J.; Mastroeni, Pietro; Restif, Olivier
2013-01-01
Understanding the mechanisms underlying the observed dynamics of complex biological systems requires the statistical assessment and comparison of multiple alternative models. Although this has traditionally been done using maximum likelihood-based methods such as Akaike's Information Criterion (AIC), Bayesian methods have gained in popularity because they provide more informative output in the form of posterior probability distributions. However, comparison between multiple models in a Bayesian framework is made difficult by the computational cost of numerical integration over large parameter spaces. A new, efficient method for the computation of posterior probabilities has recently been proposed and applied to complex problems from the physical sciences. Here we demonstrate how nested sampling can be used for inference and model comparison in biological sciences. We present a reanalysis of data from experimental infection of mice with Salmonella enterica showing the distribution of bacteria in liver cells. In addition to confirming the main finding of the original analysis, which relied on AIC, our approach provides: (a) integration across the parameter space, (b) estimation of the posterior parameter distributions (with visualisations of parameter correlations), and (c) estimation of the posterior predictive distributions for goodness-of-fit assessments of the models. The goodness-of-fit results suggest that alternative mechanistic models and a relaxation of the quasi-stationary assumption should be considered. PMID:24376528
Ross, Scott E; Arnold, Brent L; Blackburn, J Troy; Brown, Cathleen N; Guskiewicz, Kevin M
2007-12-17
Ankle sprains are common injuries that often lead to functional ankle instability (FAI), which is a pathology defined by sensations of instability at the ankle and recurrent ankle sprain injury. Poor postural stability has been associated with FAI, and sports medicine clinicians rehabilitate balance deficits to prevent ankle sprains. Subsensory electrical noise known as stochastic resonance (SR) stimulation has been used in conjunction with coordination training to improve dynamic postural instabilities associated with FAI. However, unlike static postural deficits, dynamic impairments have not been indicative of ankle sprain injury. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of coordination training with or without SR stimulation on static postural stability. Improving postural instabilities associated with FAI has implications for increasing ankle joint stability and decreasing recurrent ankle sprains. This study was conducted in a research laboratory. Thirty subjects with FAI were randomly assigned to either a: 1) conventional coordination training group (CCT); 2) SR stimulation coordination training group (SCT); or 3) control group. Training groups performed coordination exercises for six weeks. The SCT group received SR stimulation during training, while the CCT group only performed coordination training. Single leg postural stability was measured after the completion of balance training. Static postural stability was quantified on a force plate using anterior/posterior (A/P) and medial/lateral (M/L) center-of-pressure velocity (COPvel), M/L COP standard deviation (COPsd), M/L COP maximum excursion (COPmax), and COP area (COParea). Treatment effects comparing posttest to pretest COP measures were highest for the SCT group. At posttest, the SCT group had reduced A/P COPvel (2.3 +/- 0.4 cm/s vs. 2.7 +/- 0.6 cm/s), M/L COPvel (2.6 +/- 0.5 cm/s vs. 2.9 +/- 0.5 cm/s), M/L COPsd (0.63 +/- 0.12 cm vs. 0.73 +/- 0.11 cm), M/L COPmax (1.76 +/- 0.25 cm vs. 1.98 +/- 0.25 cm), and COParea (0.13 +/- 0.03 cm2 vs. 0.16 +/- 0.04 cm2) than the pooled means of the CCT and control groups (P < 0.05). Reduced values in COP measures indicated postural stability improvements. Thus, six weeks of coordination training with SR stimulation enhanced postural stability. Future research should examine the use of SR stimulation for decreasing recurrent ankle sprain injury in physically active individuals with FAI.
Ross, Scott E; Arnold, Brent L; Blackburn, J Troy; Brown, Cathleen N; Guskiewicz, Kevin M
2007-01-01
Background Ankle sprains are common injuries that often lead to functional ankle instability (FAI), which is a pathology defined by sensations of instability at the ankle and recurrent ankle sprain injury. Poor postural stability has been associated with FAI, and sports medicine clinicians rehabilitate balance deficits to prevent ankle sprains. Subsensory electrical noise known as stochastic resonance (SR) stimulation has been used in conjunction with coordination training to improve dynamic postural instabilities associated with FAI. However, unlike static postural deficits, dynamic impairments have not been indicative of ankle sprain injury. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of coordination training with or without SR stimulation on static postural stability. Improving postural instabilities associated with FAI has implications for increasing ankle joint stability and decreasing recurrent ankle sprains. Methods This study was conducted in a research laboratory. Thirty subjects with FAI were randomly assigned to either a: 1) conventional coordination training group (CCT); 2) SR stimulation coordination training group (SCT); or 3) control group. Training groups performed coordination exercises for six weeks. The SCT group received SR stimulation during training, while the CCT group only performed coordination training. Single leg postural stability was measured after the completion of balance training. Static postural stability was quantified on a force plate using anterior/posterior (A/P) and medial/lateral (M/L) center-of-pressure velocity (COPvel), M/L COP standard deviation (COPsd), M/L COP maximum excursion (COPmax), and COP area (COParea). Results Treatment effects comparing posttest to pretest COP measures were highest for the SCT group. At posttest, the SCT group had reduced A/P COPvel (2.3 ± 0.4 cm/s vs. 2.7 ± 0.6 cm/s), M/L COPvel (2.6 ± 0.5 cm/s vs. 2.9 ± 0.5 cm/s), M/L COPsd (0.63 ± 0.12 cm vs. 0.73 ± 0.11 cm), M/L COPmax (1.76 ± 0.25 cm vs. 1.98 ± 0.25 cm), and COParea (0.13 ± 0.03 cm2 vs. 0.16 ± 0.04 cm2) than the pooled means of the CCT and control groups (P < 0.05). Conclusion Reduced values in COP measures indicated postural stability improvements. Thus, six weeks of coordination training with SR stimulation enhanced postural stability. Future research should examine the use of SR stimulation for decreasing recurrent ankle sprain injury in physically active individuals with FAI. PMID:18086314
Khalil, Ayman; Clerkin, James; Mandiwanza, Tafadzwa; Green, Sandra; Javadpour, Mohsen
2016-03-06
Multiple cranial nerves palsies following a posterior fossa exploration confined to an extradural compartment is a rare clinical presentation. This case report describes a young man who developed a unilateral abducens and bilateral facial nerve palsies following a posterior fossa exploration confined to an extradural compartment. There are different theories to explain this presentation, but the exact mechanism remains unclear. We propose that this patient cranial nerve palsies developed following cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leak, potentially as a consequence of rapid change in CSF dynamics. Published by Oxford University Press and JSCR Publishing Ltd. All rights reserved. © The Author 2016.
Dynamic Bayesian wavelet transform: New methodology for extraction of repetitive transients
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Wang, Dong; Tsui, Kwok-Leung
2017-05-01
Thanks to some recent research works, dynamic Bayesian wavelet transform as new methodology for extraction of repetitive transients is proposed in this short communication to reveal fault signatures hidden in rotating machine. The main idea of the dynamic Bayesian wavelet transform is to iteratively estimate posterior parameters of wavelet transform via artificial observations and dynamic Bayesian inference. First, a prior wavelet parameter distribution can be established by one of many fast detection algorithms, such as the fast kurtogram, the improved kurtogram, the enhanced kurtogram, the sparsogram, the infogram, continuous wavelet transform, discrete wavelet transform, wavelet packets, multiwavelets, empirical wavelet transform, empirical mode decomposition, local mean decomposition, etc.. Second, artificial observations can be constructed based on one of many metrics, such as kurtosis, the sparsity measurement, entropy, approximate entropy, the smoothness index, a synthesized criterion, etc., which are able to quantify repetitive transients. Finally, given artificial observations, the prior wavelet parameter distribution can be posteriorly updated over iterations by using dynamic Bayesian inference. More importantly, the proposed new methodology can be extended to establish the optimal parameters required by many other signal processing methods for extraction of repetitive transients.
Controlling quantum memory-assisted entropic uncertainty in non-Markovian environments
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhang, Yanliang; Fang, Maofa; Kang, Guodong; Zhou, Qingping
2018-03-01
Quantum memory-assisted entropic uncertainty relation (QMA EUR) addresses that the lower bound of Maassen and Uffink's entropic uncertainty relation (without quantum memory) can be broken. In this paper, we investigated the dynamical features of QMA EUR in the Markovian and non-Markovian dissipative environments. It is found that dynamical process of QMA EUR is oscillation in non-Markovian environment, and the strong interaction is favorable for suppressing the amount of entropic uncertainty. Furthermore, we presented two schemes by means of prior weak measurement and posterior weak measurement reversal to control the amount of entropic uncertainty of Pauli observables in dissipative environments. The numerical results show that the prior weak measurement can effectively reduce the wave peak values of the QMA-EUA dynamic process in non-Markovian environment for long periods of time, but it is ineffectual on the wave minima of dynamic process. However, the posterior weak measurement reversal has an opposite effects on the dynamic process. Moreover, the success probability entirely depends on the quantum measurement strength. We hope that our proposal could be verified experimentally and might possibly have future applications in quantum information processing.
Piedra, Mark P; Hunt, Matthew A; Nemecek, Andrew N
2009-10-01
Early fixation of type II odontoid fractures has been shown to provide high rates of long-term stabilization and osteosynthesis. In this report, the authors present the case of a patient with a locked type II odontoid fracture treated by anterior screw fixation facilitated by closed transoral and posterior cervical manual reduction. While transoral intraoperative reduction of a partially displaced odontoid fracture has previously been described, the authors present the first case utilizing this technique in the treatment of a completely dislocated type II odontoid fracture.
Wear Behavior of an Unstable Knee: Stabilization via Implant Design?
Reinders, Jörn; Kretzer, Jan Philippe
2014-01-01
Background. Wear-related failures and instabilities are frequent failure mechanisms of total knee replacements. High-conforming designs may provide additional stability for the joint. This study analyzes the effects of a ligamentous insufficiency on the stability and the wear behavior of a high-conforming knee design. Methods. Two simulator wear tests were performed on a high-conforming total knee replacement design. In the first, a ligamentous-stable knee replacement with a sacrificed anterior cruciate ligament was simulated. In the second, a ligamentous-unstable knee with additionally insufficient posterior cruciate ligament and medial collateral ligament was simulated. Wear was determined gravimetrically and wear particles were analyzed. Implant kinematics was recorded during simulation. Results. Significantly higher wear rates (P ≤ 0.001) were observed for the unstable knee (14.58 ± 0.56 mg/106 cycles) compared to the stable knee (7.97 ± 0.87 mg/106 cycles). A higher number of wear particles with only small differences in wear particle characteristics were observed. Under unstable knee conditions, kinematics increased significantly for translations and rotations (P ≤ 0.01). This increase was mainly attributed to higher tibial posterior translation and internal rotations. Conclusion. Higher kinematics under unstable test conditions is a result of insufficient stabilization via implant design. Due to the higher kinematics, increased wear was observed in this study. PMID:25276820
Min, William; Munro, Mark; Sanders, Roy
2010-12-01
Successful operative intervention in displaced intra-articular calcaneal fractures depends in part on the maintenance of an anatomic reduction of the posterior facet. This guide describes our use of bioabsorbable implants to solve this problem.
Wang, Hongye; McIntosh, Anthony R; Kovacevic, Natasa; Karachalios, Maria; Protzner, Andrea B
2016-07-01
Recent empirical work suggests that, during healthy aging, the variability of network dynamics changes during task performance. Such variability appears to reflect the spontaneous formation and dissolution of different functional networks. We sought to extend these observations into resting-state dynamics. We recorded EEG in young, middle-aged, and older adults during a "rest-task-rest" design and investigated if aging modifies the interaction between resting-state activity and external stimulus-induced activity. Using multiscale entropy as our measure of variability, we found that, with increasing age, resting-state dynamics shifts from distributed to more local neural processing, especially at posterior sources. In the young group, resting-state dynamics also changed from pre- to post-task, where fine-scale entropy increased in task-positive regions and coarse-scale entropy increased in the posterior cingulate, a key region associated with the default mode network. Lastly, pre- and post-task resting-state dynamics were linked to performance on the intervening task for all age groups, but this relationship became weaker with increasing age. Our results suggest that age-related changes in resting-state dynamics occur across different spatial and temporal scales and have consequences for information processing capacity.
Overview of Orion Crew Module and Launch Abort Vehicle Dynamic Stability
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Owens, Donald B.; Aibicjpm. Vamessa V.
2011-01-01
With the retirement of the Space Shuttle, NASA is designing a new spacecraft, called Orion, to fly astronauts to low earth orbit and beyond. Characterization of the dynamic stability of the Orion spacecraft is important for the design of the spacecraft and trajectory construction. Dynamic stability affects the stability and control of the Orion Crew Module during re-entry, especially below Mach = 2.0 and including flight under the drogues. The Launch Abort Vehicle is affected by dynamic stability as well, especially during the re-orientation and heatshield forward segments of the flight. The dynamic stability was assessed using the forced oscillation technique, free-to-oscillate, ballistic range, and sub-scale free-flight tests. All of the test techniques demonstrated that in heatshield-forward flight the Crew Module and Launch Abort Vehicle are dynamically unstable in a significant portion of their flight trajectory. This paper will provide a brief overview of the Orion dynamic aero program and a high-level summary of the dynamic stability characteristics of the Orion spacecraft.
Viscoelastic properties of a spinal posterior dynamic stabilisation device.
Lawless, Bernard M; Barnes, Spencer C; Espino, Daniel M; Shepherd, Duncan E T
2016-06-01
The purpose of this study was to quantify the frequency dependent viscoelastic properties of two types of spinal posterior dynamic stabilisation devices. In air at 37°C, the viscoelastic properties of six BDyn 1 level, six BDyn 2 level posterior dynamic stabilisation devices (S14 Implants, Pessac, France) and its elastomeric components (polycarbonate urethane and silicone) were measured using Dynamic Mechanical Analysis. The viscoelastic properties were measured over the frequency range 0.01-30Hz. The BDyn devices and its components were viscoelastic throughout the frequency range tested. The mean storage stiffness and mean loss stiffness of the BDyn 1 level device, BDyn 2 level device, silicone component and polycarbonate urethane component all presented a logarithmic relationship with respect to frequency. The storage stiffness of the BDyn 1 level device ranged from 95.56N/mm to 119.29N/mm, while the BDyn 2 level storage stiffness ranged from 39.41N/mm to 42.82N/mm. BDyn 1 level device and BDyn 2 level device loss stiffness ranged from 10.72N/mm to 23.42N/mm and 4.26N/mm to 9.57N/mm, respectively. No resonant frequencies were recorded for the devices or its components. The elastic property of BDyn 1 level device is influenced by the PCU and silicone components, in the physiological frequency range. The viscoelastic properties calculated in this study may be compared to spinal devices and spinal structures. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Pang, Xiaoyang; Wu, Ping; Shen, Xiongjie; Li, Dongzhe; Luo, Chenke; Wang, Xiyang
2013-08-01
Retrospective analysis of the clinical study efficacy and feasibility of one-stage posterior transforaminal lumbar debridement, 360° interbody fusion, and posterior instrumentation in treating lumbosacral spinal tuberculosis. A total of 21 patients with lumbosacral tuberculosis (TB) collected from January 2004 to January 2010, underwent one-stage posterior transforaminal lumbar debridement, 360° interbody fusion, and posterior instrumentation. In addition, the clinical efficacy was evaluated based on the data on the lumbo-sacral angle, neuro-logical status that was recorded by American Spinal Injury Association (ASIA) Impairment Scale, erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR), and C-reactive protein (CRP), which were collected at specific time points. All cases were followed up for 16-36 months (average 24.9 ± 6.44 months). 18 patients suffered from evident neurological deficits preoperatively, of which 16 patients returned to normal at the final follow-up. Two patients with neurological dysfunction aggravated postoperative, experienced significant partial neurological recovery. With an effective and standard anti-TB chemotherapy treated, the values of ESR and CRP returned to normal levels 3-month later postoperative and maintained till the final follow-up. Preoperative lumbosacral angle was 20.89 ± 2.32° and returned 29.62 ± 1.41° postoperative. During long-term follow-up, there was only 1-3° lumbosacral angle loss. There was a significant difference between preoperative and postoperative lumbosacral angles. With effective and standard anti-TB chemotherapy, one-stage posterior transforaminal lumbar debridement, 360° interbody fusion, and posterior instrumentation for lumbosacral tuberculosis can effectively relieve pain symptoms, improve neurological function, and reconstruct the spinal stability.
Lee, Yung-Heng; Chung, Chi-Jen; Wang, Chih-Wei; Peng, Yao-Te; Chang, Chih-Han; Chen, Chih-Hsien; Chen, Yen-Nien; Li, Chun-Ting
2016-04-01
This study investigated the biomechanical response of porous cages and lumbar spine segments immediately after surgery and after bone fusion, in addition to the long-term effects of various posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) techniques, by using the finite element method. Lumbar L3-L4 models based on three PLIF techniques (a single cage at the center of the intervertebral space, a single cage half-anterior to the intervertebral space, and two cages bilateral to the intervertebral space) with and without bone ingrowth were used to determine the biomechanical response of porous cages and lumbar segments instrumented with porous titanium cages (cage porosity=50%, pore diameter=1mm). The results indicated that bone fusion enhanced the stability of the lumbar segments with porous cages without any posterior instrumentation and reduced the peak von Mises stress in the cortical bones and porous cages. Two cages placed bilateral to the intervertebral space achieved the highest structural stability in the lumbar segment and lowest von Mises stress in the cages under both bone fusion conditions. Under identical loading (2-Nm), the range of motion in the single cage at the center of the intervertebral space with bone fusion decreased by 11% (from 1.18° to 1.05°) during flexion and by 66.5% (from 4.46° to 1.5°) during extension in the single cage half-anterior to the intervertebral space with bone fusion compared with no-fusion models. Thus, two porous titanium cages with 50% porosity can achieve high stability of a lumbar segment with PLIF. If only one cage is available, placing the cage half-anterior to the intervertebral space is recommended for managing degenerated lumbar segments. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Sun, Cong; Zhao, Jinxiu; Jianghao, Chen; Hong, Tao
2016-12-01
The objective of this study was to evaluate the implant stability and peri-implant tissue response in heavy smokers receiving dental implants due to partially edentulous posterior mandibles. Forty-five ITI Straumann dental implants were placed into the partially edentulous posterior mandibles of 16 heavy smokers and 16 nonsmokers. One implant in each patient was evaluated for implant stability after surgery and before loading, and for the modified plaque index (mPLI), modified sulcus bleeding index (mSBI), probing depth (PD), and marginal bone loss (MBL) after loading. Meanwhile, the osteogenic capability of jaw marrow samples collected from patients was evaluated via an in vitro mineralization test. For both groups, the implant stability quotient (ISQ) initially decreased from the initial ISQ achieved immediately after surgery and then increased starting from 2 weeks postsurgery. However, at 3, 4, 6, and 8 weeks postsurgery, the ISQ differed significantly between nonsmokers and heavy smokers. All implants achieved osseointegration without complications at least by the end of the 12th week postsurgery. At 6 or 12 months postloading, the MBL and PD were significantly higher in heavy smokers than in nonsmokers, whereas the mSBI and mPLI did not differ significantly between the 2 groups. The 1-year cumulative success rate of implants was 100% for both groups. Within the limitations of the present clinical study (such as small sample size and short study duration), which applied the loading at 3 months postoperation, heavy smoking did not affect the cumulative survival rate of dental implants placed at the posterior mandible in male patients, but heavy smoking did negatively affect bone healing around dental implants by decreasing the healing speed. These results implied that it might be of importance to select the right time point to apply the implant loading for heavy smokers. In addition, heavy smoking promoted the loss of marginal bone and the further development of dental pockets. Further clinical studies with larger patient populations are warranted to confirm our findings over a longer study duration.
Wang, Zheng; Hallac, Rami R; Conroy, Kaitlin C; White, Stormi P; Kane, Alex A; Collinsworth, Amy L; Sweeney, John A; Mosconi, Matthew W
2016-01-01
Increased postural sway has been repeatedly documented in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Characterizing the control processes underlying this deficit, including postural orientation and equilibrium, may provide key insights into neurophysiological mechanisms associated with ASD. Postural orientation refers to children's ability to actively align their trunk and head with respect to their base of support, while postural equilibrium is an active process whereby children coordinate ankle dorsi-/plantar-flexion and hip abduction/adduction movements to stabilize their upper body. Dynamic engagement of each of these control processes is important for maintaining postural stability, though neither postural orientation nor equilibrium has been studied in ASD. Twenty-two children with ASD and 21 age and performance IQ-matched typically developing (TD) controls completed three standing tests. During static stance, participants were instructed to stand as still as possible. During dynamic stances, participants swayed at a comfortable speed and magnitude in either anterior-posterior (AP) or mediolateral (ML) directions. The center of pressure (COP) standard deviation and trajectory length were examined to determine if children with ASD showed increased postural sway. Postural orientation was assessed using a novel virtual time-to-contact (VTC) approach that characterized spatiotemporal dimensions of children's postural sway (i.e., body alignment) relative to their postural limitation boundary, defined as the maximum extent to which each child could sway in each direction. Postural equilibrium was quantified by evaluating the amount of shared or mutual information of COP time series measured along the AP and ML directions. Consistent with prior studies, children with ASD showed increased postural sway during both static and dynamic stances relative to TD children. In regard to postural orientation processes, children with ASD demonstrated reduced spatial perception of their postural limitation boundary towards target directions and reduced time to correct this error during dynamic postural sways but not during static stance. Regarding postural equilibrium, they showed a compromised ability to decouple ankle dorsi-/plantar-flexion and hip abduction/adduction processes during dynamic stances. These results suggest that deficits in both postural orientation and equilibrium processes contribute to reduced postural stability in ASD. Specifically, increased postural sway in ASD appears to reflect patients' impaired perception of their body movement relative to their own postural limitation boundary as well as a reduced ability to decouple distinct ankle and hip movements to align their body during standing. Our findings that deficits in postural orientation and equilibrium are more pronounced during dynamic compared to static stances suggests that the increased demands of everyday activities in which children must dynamically shift their COP involve more severe postural control deficits in ASD relative to static stance conditions that often are studied. Systematic assessment of dynamic postural control processes in ASD may provide important insights into new treatment targets and neurodevelopmental mechanisms.
Hedgehog restricts its expression domain in the Drosophila wing
Bejarano, Fernando; Pérez, Lidia; Apidianakis, Yiorgos; Delidakis, Christos; Milán, Marco
2007-01-01
The stable subdivision of Drosophila limbs into anterior and posterior compartments is a consequence of asymmetrical signalling by Hedgehog (Hh), from the posterior to anterior cells. The activity of the homeodomain protein Engrailed in posterior cells helps to generate this asymmetry by inducing the expression of Hh in the posterior compartment and, at the same time, repressing the expression of the essential downstream component Cubitus interruptus (Ci). Therefore, only anterior cells that receive the Hh signal across the compartment boundary will respond by stabilizing Ci. Here, we describe a new molecular mechanism that helps to maintain the Hh-expressing and Hh-responding cells in different non-overlapping cell populations. Master of thickveins (mtv)—a target of Hh activity encoding a nuclear zinc-finger protein—is required to repress hh expression in anterior cells. Mtv exerts this action in a protein complex with Groucho (Gro)—the founding member of a superfamily of transcriptional corepressors that are conserved throughout eukaryotes. Therefore, Hh restricts its own expression domain in the Drosophila wing through the activity of Mtv and Gro. PMID:17571073
Cugat, Ramón; Alentorn-Geli, Eduard; Cuscó, Xavier; Navarro, Jordi; Steinbacher, Gilbert; Álvarez-Díaz, Pedro; Seijas, Roberto; Barastegui, David; García-Balletbó, Montse
2018-02-01
Posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using the transtibial technique provides successful clinical outcomes. However, a bone-patellar tendon-bone (BTB) autograft with the transtibial technique has not been used by some surgeons because of concerns with graft passage from the tibial to the femoral tunnels (sharp turn) that can damage graft fibers. In the present surgical technique, an arthroscopic, transtibial, single-bundle technique for posterior cruciate ligament reconstruction using the BTB autograft with an easy and effective technical tip to facilitate graft passage is presented. Once the BTB is harvested, the femoral bone block is divided into 2 equal-sized blocks providing an articulated structure while preserving the tendon component. This facilitates the passage of the BTB tendon once it is entered in the posterior tibia and the graft has to make a sharp turn to reach the femoral tunnel. This easy and effective technique tip may avoid graft damage during the sharp turn, while maintaining all the advantages of a BTB autograft (bone-to-bone healing, own tissue with fast incorporation, and strong fixation and stability).
Nagai, Kanto; Muratsu, Hirotsugu; Takeoka, Yoshiki; Tsubosaka, Masanori; Kuroda, Ryosuke; Matsumoto, Tomoyuki
2017-10-01
During modified gap-balancing technique, there is no consensus on the best method for obtaining appropriate soft-tissue balance and determining the femoral component rotation. Sixty-five varus osteoarthritic patients underwent primary posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty using modified gap-balancing technique. The influence of joint distraction force on the soft-tissue balance measurement during the modified gap-balancing technique was evaluated with Offset Repo-Tensor between the osteotomized surfaces at extension, and between femoral posterior condyles and tibial osteotomized surface at flexion of the knee before the resection of femoral posterior condyles. The joint center gap (millimeters) and varus ligament balance (°) were measured under 20, 40, and 60 pounds of joint distraction forces, and the differences in these values at extension and flexion (the value at flexion minus the value at extension) were also calculated. The differences in joint center gap (-6.7, -6.8, and -6.9 mm for 20, 40, and 60 pounds, respectively) and varus ligament balance (3.5°, 3.8°, and 3.8°) at extension and flexion were not significantly different among different joint distraction forces, although the joint center gap and varus ligament balance significantly increased stepwise at extension and flexion as the joint distraction force increased. The difference in joint center gap and varus ligament balance at extension and flexion were consistent even among the different joint distraction forces. This novel index would be useful for the determination of femoral component rotation during the modified gap-balancing technique. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Atalar, Ata C; Tunalı, Onur; Erşen, Ali; Kapıcıoğlu, Mehmet; Sağlam, Yavuz; Demirhan, Mehmet S
2017-01-01
In intraarticular distal humerus fractures, internal fixation with double plates is the gold standard treatment. However the optimal plate configuration is not clear in the literature. The aim of this study was to compare the biomechanical stability of the parallel and the orthogonal anatomical locking plating systems in intraarticular distal humerus fractures in artificial humerus models. Intraarticular distal humerus fracture (AO13-C2) with 5 mm metaphyseal defect was created in sixteen artificial humeral models. Models were fixed with either orthogonal or parallel plating systems with locking screws (Acumed elbow plating systems). Both systems were tested for their stiffness with loads in axial compression, varus, valgus, anterior and posterior bending. Then plastic deformation after cyclic loading in posterior bending and load to failure in posterior bending were tested. The failure mechanisms of all the samples were observed. Stiffness values in every direction were not significantly different among the orthogonal and the parallel plating groups. There was no statistical difference between the two groups in plastic deformation values (0.31 mm-0.29 mm) and load to failure tests in posterior bending (372.4 N-379.7 N). In the orthogonal plating system most of the failures occurred due to the proximal shaft fracture, whereas in the parallel plating system failure occurred due to the shift of the most distal screw in proximal fragment. Our study showed that both plating systems had similar biomechanical stabilities when anatomic plates with distal locking screws were used in intraarticular distal humerus fractures in artificial humerus models. Copyright © 2016 Turkish Association of Orthopaedics and Traumatology. Production and hosting by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Muscular Activation During Plyometric Exercises in 90° of Glenohumeral Joint Abduction
Ellenbecker, Todd S.; Sueyoshi, Tetsuro; Bailie, David S.
2015-01-01
Background: Plyometric exercises are frequently used to increase posterior rotator cuff and periscapular muscle strength and simulate demands and positional stresses in overhead athletes. The purpose of this study was to provide descriptive data on posterior rotator cuff and scapular muscle activation during upper extremity plyometric exercises in 90° of glenohumeral joint abduction. Hypothesis: Levels of muscular activity in the posterior rotator cuff and scapular stabilizers will be high during plyometric shoulder exercises similar to previously reported electromyographic (EMG) levels of shoulder rehabilitation exercises. Study Design: Descriptive laboratory study. Methods: Twenty healthy subjects were tested using surface EMG during the performance of 2 plyometric shoulder exercises: prone external rotation (PERP) and reverse catch external rotation (RCP) using a handheld medicine ball. Electrode application included the upper and lower trapezius (UT and LT, respectively), serratus anterior (SA), infraspinatus (IN), and the middle and posterior deltoid (MD and PD, respectively) muscles. A 10-second interval of repetitive plyometric exercise (PERP) and 3 repetitions of RCP were sampled. Peak and average normalized EMG data were generated. Results: Normalized peak and average IN activity ranged between 73% and 102% and between 28% and 52% during the plyometric exercises, respectively, with peak and average LT activity measured between 79% and 131% and between 31% and 61%. SA activity ranged between 76% and 86% for peak and between 35% and 37% for average activity. Muscular activity levels in the MD and PD ranged between 49% and 72% and between 12% and 33% for peak and average, respectively. Conclusion: Moderate to high levels of muscular activity were measured in the rotator cuff and scapular stabilizers during these plyometric exercises with the glenohumeral joint abducted 90°. PMID:25553216
Muscular activation during plyometric exercises in 90° of glenohumeral joint abduction.
Ellenbecker, Todd S; Sueyoshi, Tetsuro; Bailie, David S
2015-01-01
Plyometric exercises are frequently used to increase posterior rotator cuff and periscapular muscle strength and simulate demands and positional stresses in overhead athletes. The purpose of this study was to provide descriptive data on posterior rotator cuff and scapular muscle activation during upper extremity plyometric exercises in 90° of glenohumeral joint abduction. Levels of muscular activity in the posterior rotator cuff and scapular stabilizers will be high during plyometric shoulder exercises similar to previously reported electromyographic (EMG) levels of shoulder rehabilitation exercises. Descriptive laboratory study. Twenty healthy subjects were tested using surface EMG during the performance of 2 plyometric shoulder exercises: prone external rotation (PERP) and reverse catch external rotation (RCP) using a handheld medicine ball. Electrode application included the upper and lower trapezius (UT and LT, respectively), serratus anterior (SA), infraspinatus (IN), and the middle and posterior deltoid (MD and PD, respectively) muscles. A 10-second interval of repetitive plyometric exercise (PERP) and 3 repetitions of RCP were sampled. Peak and average normalized EMG data were generated. Normalized peak and average IN activity ranged between 73% and 102% and between 28% and 52% during the plyometric exercises, respectively, with peak and average LT activity measured between 79% and 131% and between 31% and 61%. SA activity ranged between 76% and 86% for peak and between 35% and 37% for average activity. Muscular activity levels in the MD and PD ranged between 49% and 72% and between 12% and 33% for peak and average, respectively. Moderate to high levels of muscular activity were measured in the rotator cuff and scapular stabilizers during these plyometric exercises with the glenohumeral joint abducted 90°.
Biomechanical analysis of tension band fixation for olecranon fracture treatment.
Kozin, S H; Berglund, L J; Cooney, W P; Morrey, B F; An, K N
1996-01-01
This study assessed the strength of various tension band fixation methods with wire and cable applied to simulated olecranon fractures to compare stability and potential failure or complications between the two. Transverse olecranon fractures were simulated by osteotomy. The fracture was anatomically reduced, and various tension band fixation techniques were applied with monofilament wire or multifilament cable. With a material testing machine load displacement curves were obtained and statistical relevance determined by analysis of variance. Two loading modes were tested: loading on the posterior surface of olecranon to simulate triceps pull and loading on the anterior olecranon tip to recreate a potential compressive loading on the fragment during the resistive flexion. All fixation methods were more resistant to posterior loading than to an anterior load. Individual comparative analysis for various loading conditions concluded that tension band fixation is more resilient to tensile forces exerted by the triceps than compressive forces on the anterior olecranon tip. Neither wire passage anterior to the K-wires nor the multifilament cable provided statistically significant increased stability.
Posterior cervical fixation for fracture and degenerative disc disease.
An, H S; Coppes, M A
1997-02-01
There are numerous newer techniques that have been developed for the internal fixation of the cervical spine in recent years. Wiring techniques are still appropriate for posterior stabilization of the cervical spine. The halo vest is still widely used for the conservative management of cervical fractures and for postoperative external immobilization. The authors stress that the surgical indications for more modern rigid implants should be adhered to strictly. These implants also should be selected by weighing their advantages versus potential risks. In the upper cervical spine, the surgeon may choose traditional wiring methods and newer C1-C2 screw fixation, occipitocervical plate fixation. For the lower cervical spine, triple wiring technique or lateral mass plating may be used. The surgeon must choose an appropriate device based on the mechanism of injury, pathoanatomy of the lesion, and familiarity with the device, keeping in mind that the goals of internal fixation are stabilization, reduction and maintenance of alignment, early rehabilitation and perhaps enhancement of fusion rates, and avoidance of use of an external halo vest.
Bauer, T; Biau, D; Colmar, M; Poux, X; Hardy, P; Lortat-Jacob, A
2010-12-01
The range of motion of the knee joint after Total Knee Replacement (TKR) is a factor of great importance that determines the postoperative function of patients. Much enthusiasm has been recently directed towards the posterior condylar offset with some authors reporting increasing postoperative knee flexion with increasing posterior condylar offset and others who did not report any significant association. Patients undergoing primary total knee replacement were included in a prospective multicentre study and the effect of the posterior condylar offset on the postoperative knee flexion was assessed after adjusting for known influential factors. All knees were implanted by three senior orthopedist surgeons with the same cemented cruciate-sacrificing mobile-bearing implant and with identical surgical technique. Clinical data, active knee flexion and posterior condylar offset were recorded preoperatively and postoperatively at a minimal one year follow-up for all patients. Univariate and multivariate linear models were fitted to select independent predictors of the postoperative knee flexion. Four hundred and ten consecutive total knee replacements (379 patients) were included in the study. The mean preoperative knee flexion was 112°. The mean condylar offset was 28.3mm preoperatively and 29.4mm postoperatively. The mean postoperative knee flexion was 108°. No correlation was found between the posterior condylar offset or the tibial slope and the postoperative knee flexion. The most significant predictive factor for postoperative flexion after posterior-stabilized TKR without PCL retention was the preoperative range of flexion, with a linear effect. Copyright © 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Di Dio, Cinzia; Ardizzi, Martina; Massaro, Davide; Di Cesare, Giuseppe; Gilli, Gabriella; Marchetti, Antonella; Gallese, Vittorio
2016-01-01
Movement perception and its role in aesthetic experience have been often studied, within empirical aesthetics, in relation to the human body. No such specificity has been defined in neuroimaging studies with respect to contents lacking a human form. The aim of this work was to explore, through functional magnetic imaging (f MRI), how perceived movement is processed during the aesthetic judgment of paintings using two types of content: human subjects and scenes of nature. Participants, untutored in the arts, were shown the stimuli and asked to make aesthetic judgments. Additionally, they were instructed to observe the paintings and to rate their perceived movement in separate blocks. Observation highlighted spontaneous processes associated with aesthetic experience, whereas movement judgment outlined activations specifically related to movement processing. The ratings recorded during aesthetic judgment revealed that nature scenes received higher scored than human content paintings. The imaging data showed similar activation, relative to baseline, for all stimuli in the three tasks, including activation of occipito-temporal areas, posterior parietal, and premotor cortices. Contrast analyses within aesthetic judgment task showed that human content activated, relative to nature, precuneus, fusiform gyrus, and posterior temporal areas, whose activation was prominent for dynamic human paintings. In contrast, nature scenes activated, relative to human stimuli, occipital and posterior parietal cortex/precuneus, involved in visuospatial exploration and pragmatic coding of movement, as well as central insula. Static nature paintings further activated, relative to dynamic nature stimuli, central and posterior insula. Besides insular activation, which was specific for aesthetic judgment, we found a large overlap in the activation pattern characterizing each stimulus dimension (content and dynamism) across observation, aesthetic judgment, and movement judgment tasks. These findings support the idea that the aesthetic evaluation of artworks depicting both human subjects and nature scenes involves a motor component, and that the associated neural processes occur quite spontaneously in the viewer. Furthermore, considering the functional roles of posterior and central insula, we suggest that nature paintings may evoke aesthetic processes requiring an additional proprioceptive and sensori-motor component implemented by “motor accessibility” to the represented scenario, which is needed to judge the aesthetic value of the observed painting. PMID:26793087
Ying, Jinwei; Teng, Honglin; Qian, Yunfan; Hu, Yingying; Wen, Tianyong; Ruan, Dike; Zhu, Minyu
2018-01-01
Background Ossification of the nuchal ligament (ONL) caused by chronic injury to the nuchal ligament (NL) is very common in instability-related cervical disorders. Purpose To determine possible correlations between ONL, sagittal alignment, and segmental stability of the cervical spine. Material and Methods Seventy-three patients with cervical spondylotic myelopathy (CSM) and ONL (ONL group) and 118 patients with CSM only (control group) were recruited. Radiographic data included the characteristics of ONL, sagittal alignment and segmental stability, and ossification of the posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL). We performed comparisons in terms of radiographic parameters between the ONL and control groups. The correlations between ONL size, cervical sagittal alignment, and segmental stability were analyzed. Multivariate logistic regression was used to identify the independent risk factors of the development of ONL. Results C2-C7 sagittal vertical axis (SVA), T1 slope (T1S), T1S minus cervical lordosis (T1S-CL) on the lateral plain, angular displacement (AD), and horizontal displacement (HD) on the dynamic radiograph increased significantly in the ONL group compared with the control group. The size of ONL significantly correlated with C2-C7 SVA, T1S, AD, and HD. The incidence of ONL was higher in patients with OPLL and segmental instability. Cervical instability, sagittal malalignment, and OPLL were independent predictors of the development of ONL through multivariate analysis. Conclusion Patients with ONL are more likely to have abnormal sagittal alignment and instability of the cervical spine. Thus, increased awareness and appreciation of this often-overlooked radiographic finding is warranted during diagnosis and treatment of instability-related cervical pathologies and injuries.
Influence of rotator cuff tears on glenohumeral stability during abduction tasks.
Hölscher, Thomas; Weber, Tim; Lazarev, Igor; Englert, Carsten; Dendorfer, Sebastian
2016-09-01
One of the main goals in reconstructing rotator cuff tears is the restoration of glenohumeral joint stability, which is subsequently of utmost importance in order to prevent degenerative damage such as superior labral anterior posterior (SLAP) lesion, arthrosis, and malfunction. The goal of the current study was to facilitate musculoskeletal models in order to estimate glenohumeral instability introduced by muscle weakness due to cuff lesions. Inverse dynamics simulations were used to compute joint reaction forces for several static abduction tasks with different muscle weakness. Results were compared with the existing literature in order to ensure the model validity. Further arm positions taken from activities of daily living, requiring the rotator cuff muscles were modeled and their contribution to joint kinetics computed. Weakness of the superior rotator cuff muscles (supraspinatus; infraspinatus) leads to a deviation of the joint reaction force to the cranial dorsal rim of the glenoid. Massive rotator cuff defects showed higher potential for glenohumeral instability in contrast to single muscle ruptures. The teres minor muscle seems to substitute lost joint torque during several simulated muscle tears to maintain joint stability. Joint instability increases with cuff tear size. Weakness of the upper part of the rotator cuff leads to a joint reaction force closer to the upper glenoid rim. This indicates the comorbidity of cuff tears with SLAP lesions. The teres minor is crucial for maintaining joint stability in case of massive cuff defects and should be uprated in clinical decision-making. © 2016 Orthopaedic Research Society. Published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc. J Orthop Res 34:1628-1635, 2016. © 2016 Orthopaedic Research Society. Published by Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Hu, Boyi; Ning, Xiaopeng; Dai, Fei; Almuhaidib, Ibrahim
2016-09-01
Uneven ground surface is a common occupational injury risk factor in industries such as agriculture, fishing, transportation and construction. Studies have shown that antero-posteriorly slanted ground surfaces could reduce spinal stability and increase the risk of falling. In this study, the influence of antero-posteriorly slanted ground surfaces on lumbar flexion-relaxation responses was investigated. Fourteen healthy participants performed sagittally symmetric and asymmetric trunk bending motions on one flat and two antero-posteriorly slanted surfaces (-15° (uphill facing) and 15° (downhill facing)), while lumbar muscle electromyography and trunk kinematics were recorded. Results showed that standing on a downhill facing slanted surface delays the onset of lumbar muscle flexion-relaxation phenomenon (FRP), while standing on an uphill facing ground causes lumbar muscle FRP to occur earlier. In addition, compared to symmetric bending, when performing asymmetric bending, FRP occurred earlier on the contralateral side of lumbar muscles and significantly smaller maximum lumbar flexion and trunk inclination angles were observed. Practitioner Summary: Uneven ground surface is a common risk factor among a number of industries. In this study, we investigated the influence of antero-posteriorly slanted ground surface on trunk biomechanics during trunk bending. Results showed the slanted surface alters the lumbar tissue load-sharing mechanism in both sagittally symmetric and asymmetric bending.
Effects of astigmatic axis orientation on postural stabilization with stationary equilibrium
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Kanazawa, Masatsugu; Uozato, Hiroshi; Asakawa, Ken; Kawamorita, Takushi
2018-02-01
We evaluated 15 healthy participants by assessing their maintenance of postural control while standing on a platform stabilometer for 1 min under the following conditions: eyes open; eyes open with + 3.00 D on both eyes on same directions (45, 90, 135, 180 degree axis); right eye on 45 degree axis and left eye on 135 degree axis (inverted V-pattern), and right eye on 135 degree axis and left eye on axis 45 degree axis (V-pattern). The differences in the linear length, area and maximum velocity of center of pressure during postural control before and after the six types of positive cylinder-oriented axes were analyzed. Comparing the antero-posterior lengths and antero-posterior maximum velocities, there were significant differences between the V-pattern condition and the six other conditions. Astigmatic defocus in the antagonistic axes conditions, particularly the V-pattern condition, affects postural control of antero-posterior sway (143/150).
CKS knee prosthesis: biomechanics and clinical results in 42 cases.
Martucci, E; Verni, E; Del Prete, G; Stulberg, S D
1996-01-01
From 1991 to 1993 a total of 42 CKS prostheses were implanted for the following reasons: osteoarthrosis (34 cases), rheumatoid arthritis (7 cases) tibial necrosis (1 case). At follow-up obtained after 17 to 41 months the results were: excellent or good: 41; the only poor result was probably related to excessive tension of the posterior cruciate ligament. 94% of the patients reported complete regression of pain, 85% was capable of going up and down stairs without support. Mean joint flexion was 105 degrees. Radiologically the anatomical axis of the knee had a mean valgus of anatomical axis of the knee had a mean valgus of 6 degrees. The prosthetic components were always cemented. The posterior cruciate ligament was removed in 7 knees, so that the prosthesis with "posterior stability" was used. The patella was never prosthetized. One patient complained of peri-patellar pain two months after surgery which then regressed completely.
Grebecka, L; Pomorski, P; Lopatowska, A
1995-10-01
Isolated fragments produced by bisection of Amoeba proteus differ by their position in the original cell and by the presence or absence of the cell nucleus. Immediately after the operation, both types of anterior fragments preserve the former motory polarity, and do not interrupt locomotion. In the same time, all posterior fragments stop, round up and fail to react stimuli. In the second phase of experiment, these anterior fragments, which had no nucleus ceased to move, whereas the nucleated posterior ones resumed locomotion. It was demonstrated, that the behaviour of a fragment is primarily determined by the peripheral F-actin distribution, which is different depending on the origin of the fragment either from the anterior or from the posterior cell region. Later, the "inherited" F-actin distribution may be stabilized or reorganized in the presence of the nucleus, or desorganized in its absence.
Local Dynamic Stability Associated with Load Carrying
Lockhart, Thurmon E
2013-01-01
Objectives Load carrying tasks are recognized as one of the primary occupational factors leading to slip and fall injuries. Nevertheless, the mechanisms associated with load carrying and walking stability remain illusive. The objective of the current study was to apply local dynamic stability measure in walking while carrying a load, and to investigate the possible adaptive gait stability changes. Methods Current study involved 25 young adults in a biomechanics research laboratory. One tri-axial accelerometer was used to measure three-dimensional low back acceleration during continuous treadmill walking. Local dynamic stability was quantified by the maximum Lyapunov exponent (maxLE) from a nonlinear dynamics approach. Results Long term maxLE was found to be significant higher under load condition than no-load condition in all three reference axes, indicating the declined local dynamic stability associated with load carrying. Conclusion Current study confirmed the sensitivity of local dynamic stability measure in load carrying situation. It was concluded that load carrying tasks were associated with declined local dynamic stability, which may result in increased risk of fall accident. This finding has implications in preventing fall accidents associated with occupational load carrying. PMID:23515183
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zeng, X.
2015-12-01
A large number of model executions are required to obtain alternative conceptual models' predictions and their posterior probabilities in Bayesian model averaging (BMA). The posterior model probability is estimated through models' marginal likelihood and prior probability. The heavy computation burden hinders the implementation of BMA prediction, especially for the elaborated marginal likelihood estimator. For overcoming the computation burden of BMA, an adaptive sparse grid (SG) stochastic collocation method is used to build surrogates for alternative conceptual models through the numerical experiment of a synthetical groundwater model. BMA predictions depend on model posterior weights (or marginal likelihoods), and this study also evaluated four marginal likelihood estimators, including arithmetic mean estimator (AME), harmonic mean estimator (HME), stabilized harmonic mean estimator (SHME), and thermodynamic integration estimator (TIE). The results demonstrate that TIE is accurate in estimating conceptual models' marginal likelihoods. The BMA-TIE has better predictive performance than other BMA predictions. TIE has high stability for estimating conceptual model's marginal likelihood. The repeated estimated conceptual model's marginal likelihoods by TIE have significant less variability than that estimated by other estimators. In addition, the SG surrogates are efficient to facilitate BMA predictions, especially for BMA-TIE. The number of model executions needed for building surrogates is 4.13%, 6.89%, 3.44%, and 0.43% of the required model executions of BMA-AME, BMA-HME, BMA-SHME, and BMA-TIE, respectively.
Assessment of the midflexion rotational laxity in posterior-stabilized total knee arthroplasty.
Hino, Kazunori; Kutsuna, Tatsuhiko; Oonishi, Yoshio; Watamori, Kunihiko; Kiyomatsu, Hiroshi; Iseki, Yasutake; Watanabe, Seiji; Ishimaru, Yasumitsu; Miura, Hiromasa
2017-11-01
To evaluate changes in midflexion rotational laxity before and after posterior-stabilized (PS)-total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Twenty-nine knees that underwent PS-TKA were evaluated. Manual mild passive rotational stress was applied to the knees, and the internal-external rotational angle was measured automatically by a navigation system at 30°, 45°, 60°, and 90° of knee flexion. The post-operative internal rotational laxity was statistically significantly increased compared to the preoperative level at 30°, 45°, 60°, and 90° of flexion. The post-operative external rotational laxity was statistically significantly decreased compared to the preoperative level at 45° and 60° of flexion. The post-operative internal-external rotational laxity was statistically significantly increased compared to the preoperative level only at 30° of flexion. The preoperative and post-operative rotational laxity showed a significant correlation at 30°, 45°, 60°, and 90° of flexion. Internal-external rotational laxity increases at the initial flexion range due to resection of both the anterior or posterior cruciate ligaments and retention of the collateral ligaments in PS-TKA. Preoperative and post-operative rotational laxity indicated a significant correlation at the midflexion range. This study showed that a large preoperative rotational laxity increased the risk of a large post-operative laxity, especially at the initial flexion range in PS-TKA. III.
Dowse, Rebecca A; McGuigan, Mike R; Harrison, Craig
2017-11-01
Dowse, RA, McGuigan, MR, and Harrison, C. Effects of a resistance training intervention on strength, power, and performance in adolescent dancers. J Strength Cond Res XX(X): 000-000, 2017-The aim of this study was to determine whether a 9-week resistance training program could have a significant effect on maximum lower-body strength and power, dynamic balance, and dance performance in adolescent dancers. Twelve competitive adolescent female dancers trained in jazz, ballet, and contemporary were recruited from local dance schools and assigned to a resistance training group (dance experience 9.2 ± 2.4 years; age 14.2 ± 1.9 years; height 155.6 ± 9.1 cm; and mass 48.9 ± 13.8 kg). Anthropometry (height, seated height, mass, and skinfolds), subjective dancing performance, dynamic balance (eyes open [EO] and eyes closed), maximum lower-body strength (isometric midthigh pull), and power (vertical countermovement jump, squat jump, and single-leg countermovement jump) were assessed before and after the 9-week intervention period. Posttesting identified a significant improvement EO overall stability (p = 0.003; effect size [ES] = 0.88), EO anterior-posterior stability (p = 0.003; ES = 0.92), peak force (p < 0.001; ES = 0.61), peak power (p = 0.021; ES = 0.22), and subjective dancing performance (p = 0.008; ES = 0.76). These results were accompanied by a trivial but significant change in mass (p = 0.023; ES = 0.09) that was attributed to growth and no significant change in body fat or the sum of skinfolds. This study demonstrated that resistance training can have a significant effect on dynamic balance, maximum lower-body strength, and power without adversely affecting artistic or esthetic components. The results suggest that incorporating resistance training may enhance strength and power adaptations and manage growth-related changes in adolescent dancers.
Jalali, Maryam; Farahmand, Farzam; Mousavi, Seyed Mohammad Ebrahim; Golestanha, Seyed Ali; Rezaeian, Tahmineh; Shirvani Broujeni, Shahram; Rahgozar, Mehdi; Esfandiarpour, Fateme
2015-07-01
Despite several studies with different methods, the effect of functional knee braces on knee joint kinematics is not clear. Direct visualization of joint components through medical imaging modalities may provide the clinicians with more useful information. In this study, for the first time in the literature, video fluoroscopy was used to investigate the effect of knee bracing on the sagittal plane kinematics of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injured patients. For twelve male unilateral ACL deficient subjects, the anterior tibial translation was measured during lunge exercise in non-braced and braced conditions. Fluoroscopic images were acquired from the subjects using a digital fluoroscopy system with a rate of 10 fps. The image of each frame was scaled using a calibration coin and analyzed in AutoCAD environment. The angle between the two lines, tangent to the posterior cortexes of the femoral and tibial shafts was measured as the flexion angle. For the fluoroscopic images associated with 0°, 15°, 30°, 45° and 60° knee flexion angles, the relative anterior-posterior configuration of the tibiofemoral joint was assessed by measuring the position of landmarks on the tibia and femur. Results indicated that the overall anterior translations of the tibia during the eccentric (down) and concentric (up) phases of lunge exercise were 10.4 ± 1.7 mm and 9.0 ± 2.2 mm for non-braced, and 10.1 ± 3.4 mm and 7.4 ± 2.5 mm, for braced conditions, respectively. The difference of the tibial anterior-posterior translation behaviors of the braced and non-braced knees was not statistically significant. Fluoroscopic imaging provides an effective tool to measure the dynamic behavior of the knee joint in the sagittal plane and within the limitations of this study, the pure mechanical stabilizing effect of functional knee bracing is not sufficient to control the anterior tibial translation of the ACL deficient patients during lunge exercise.
Tansey, Kimberly A.; Westrick, Richard B.
2014-01-01
Study Design: Case Report. Background and Purpose: Dry needling (DN) is an increasingly popular intervention used by clinicians as a treatment of regional neuromusculoskeletal pain. DN is an invasive procedure that involves insertion of a thin monofilament needle directly into a muscle trigger point (MTP) with the intent of stimulating a local twitch response. Current evidence is somewhat limited, but recent literature supports the use of this intervention in specific neuromusculoskeletal conditions. The purpose of this case report is to present the outcomes of DN as a primary treatment intervention in an adolescent subject with subacute posterior knee pain. Case Description: The subject was a 16‐year‐old female competitive ballet dancer referred to physical therapy with a two month history of right posterior knee pain. Palpation identified MTPs which reproduced the patient’s primary symptoms. In addition to an exercise program promoting lower extremity flexibility and hip stability, the subject was treated with DN to the right gastrocnemius, soleus, and popliteus muscles. Outcomes: The subject reported being pain free on the Numerical Pain Scale and a +7 improvement in perceived change in recovery on the Global Rating of Change at final follow‐up. Physical examination demonstrated no observed impairments or functional limitations, including normal mobility, full strength, and unrestricted execution of dance maneuvers. Discussion: The patient was able to return to high level dance training and competition without physical limitations and resumed pre‐injury dynamic movement activities including dancing, running, jumping, and pivoting without pain. DN can be an effective and efficient intervention to assist patients in decreasing pain and returning to high intensity physical activity. Additional research is needed to determine if DN is effective for other body regions and has long‐term positive outcomes. Level of Evidence: Level 4 PMID:24567862
Structural Stability of Mathematical Models of National Economy
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ashimov, Abdykappar A.; Sultanov, Bahyt T.; Borovskiy, Yuriy V.; Adilov, Zheksenbek M.; Ashimov, Askar A.
2011-12-01
In the paper we test robustness of particular dynamic systems in a compact regions of a plane and a weak structural stability of one dynamic system of high order in a compact region of its phase space. The test was carried out based on the fundamental theory of dynamical systems on a plane and based on the conditions for weak structural stability of high order dynamic systems. A numerical algorithm for testing the weak structural stability of high order dynamic systems has been proposed. Based on this algorithm we assess the weak structural stability of one computable general equilibrium model.
Right pleuropericardial release: a useful technique in off-pump coronary surgery.
Velissaris, Theodore; Stuklis, Robert G; Hett, David A; Ohri, Sunil K
2003-06-01
We describe the use of right pleurotomy combined with right pericardial release during off-pump coronary surgery. The maneuver releases the compression exerted on the right cardiac chambers during cardiac verticalization and improves hemodynamic stability during exposure of the posterior or lateral coronary vessels.
14 CFR 23.181 - Dynamic stability.
Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR
2010-01-01
... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Dynamic stability. 23.181 Section 23.181... STANDARDS: NORMAL, UTILITY, ACROBATIC, AND COMMUTER CATEGORY AIRPLANES Flight Stability § 23.181 Dynamic... that the function of a stability augmentation system, reference § 23.672, is needed to meet the flight...
Chang, Chun-Ju; Lin, Na-Ling; Lee, Mel S; Chern, Jen-Suh
2015-01-01
To understand the progression of recovery in postural stability and physical functioning after patients received the minimally invasive total hip arthroplasty (MTHA), we monitor the pain level, functional capacity, and postural stability before and after operation within one year. In total of 23 subjects in our study, we found out that MTHA was effective in relieving pain in first 2 weeks and restoring the hip joint integrity, but the postural stability was influenced especially in tandem stand in both anterior-posterior and medial-lateral directions. The recovery of postural stability and functional capacity in one year duration fluctuated and no consistent improvement tendency was found. We suggested clinicians designing postsurgery rehabilitation program for consistent and progressive long-term recovery of postural stability and fall prevention to optimize surgical results and prevent undesired postoperative consequences.
Static and dynamic crystalline lens accommodation evaluated using quantitative 3-D OCT.
Gambra, Enrique; Ortiz, Sergio; Perez-Merino, Pablo; Gora, Michalina; Wojtkowski, Maciej; Marcos, Susana
2013-01-01
Custom high-resolution high-speed anterior segment spectral domain Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) provided with automatic quantification and distortion correction algorithms was used to characterize three-dimensionally (3-D) the human crystalline lens in vivo in four subjects, for accommodative demands between 0 to 6 D in 1 D steps. Anterior and posterior lens radii of curvature decreased with accommodative demand at rates of 0.73 and 0.20 mm/D, resulting in an increase of the estimated optical power of the eye of 0.62 D per diopter of accommodative demand. Dynamic fluctuations in crystalline lens radii of curvature, anterior chamber depth and lens thickness were also estimated from dynamic 2-D OCT images (14 Hz), acquired during 5-s of steady fixation, for different accommodative demands. Estimates of the eye power from dynamical geometrical measurements revealed an increase of the fluctuations of the accommodative response from 0.07 D to 0.47 D between 0 and 6 D (0.044 D per D of accommodative demand). A sensitivity analysis showed that the fluctuations of accommodation were driven by dynamic changes in the lens surfaces, particularly in the posterior lens surface.
Static and dynamic crystalline lens accommodation evaluated using quantitative 3-D OCT
Gambra, Enrique; Ortiz, Sergio; Perez-Merino, Pablo; Gora, Michalina; Wojtkowski, Maciej; Marcos, Susana
2013-01-01
Custom high-resolution high-speed anterior segment spectral domain Optical Coherence Tomography (OCT) provided with automatic quantification and distortion correction algorithms was used to characterize three-dimensionally (3-D) the human crystalline lens in vivo in four subjects, for accommodative demands between 0 to 6 D in 1 D steps. Anterior and posterior lens radii of curvature decreased with accommodative demand at rates of 0.73 and 0.20 mm/D, resulting in an increase of the estimated optical power of the eye of 0.62 D per diopter of accommodative demand. Dynamic fluctuations in crystalline lens radii of curvature, anterior chamber depth and lens thickness were also estimated from dynamic 2-D OCT images (14 Hz), acquired during 5-s of steady fixation, for different accommodative demands. Estimates of the eye power from dynamical geometrical measurements revealed an increase of the fluctuations of the accommodative response from 0.07 D to 0.47 D between 0 and 6 D (0.044 D per D of accommodative demand). A sensitivity analysis showed that the fluctuations of accommodation were driven by dynamic changes in the lens surfaces, particularly in the posterior lens surface. PMID:24049680
The efficacy of short (6 mm) dental implants with a novel thread design.
Bechara, Soheil; Nimčenko, Tatjana; Kubilius, Ričardas
2017-01-01
To assess efficacy of short (6 mm) implants with a novel macrostructure and thread design placed in a compromised bone situations of edentulous posterior regions of maxilla (3-4 mm of bone height under sinus floor) as compared to results of clinical situations treated with simultaneous maxillary sinus grafting and placement of long (≥10 mm) implants of the same company. Clinical cases of conducted clinical study. Patients with compromised bone height in edentulous posterior regions of maxilla were randomly divided into two groups. Short (6mm length) implant treatment conducted in the test group and simultaneous sinus lift with standard length implant placement treatment in the control group. In general implant stability quotient (ISQ) and marginal bone level (MBL) changes values in both groups were comparable. However, significant negative correlation was found between implant's diameter and MBL changes. Implant's length has little if none impact on initial implant anchorage, especially in greatly compromised residual bone situations. Results have confirmed that implant initial stability mainly depends on implant's macro-design and further its development on implant's micro-design: namely, implant diameter rather than length, tapered shape and improved thread design determines primarily acquired mechanical anchorage, while bioactive surface treatment ensures development of biological stability.
Cruciate retaining and cruciate substituting ultra-congruent insert
Deledda, Davide; Rosso, Federica; Ratto, Nicola; Bruzzone, Matteo; Bonasia, Davide Edoardo; Rossi, Roberto
2016-01-01
The posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) conservation and the polyethylene insert constraint in total knee arthroplasty (TKA) are still debated. The PCL is one of the primary stabilizers of the joint, but cruciate retaining (CR) implants have the disadvantage of a difficult balancing of the PCL. Postero-stabilized (PS) implants were introduced to reduce this problem. However, also the PS implants have some disadvantages, due to the cam-mechanism, such as high risk of cam-mechanism polyethylene wear. To minimize the polyethylene wear of the cam-mechanism and the bone sacrifice due to the intercondylar box, different types of inserts were developed, trying to increase the implant conformity and to reduce stresses on the bone-implant interface. In this scenario ultra-congruent (UC) inserts were developed. Those inserts are characterized by a high anterior wall and a deep-dished plate. This conformation should guarantee a good stability without the posterior cam. Few studies on both kinematic and clinical outcomes of UC inserts are available. Clinical and radiological outcomes, as well as kinematic data are similar between UC mobile bearing (MB) and standard PS MB inserts at short to mid-term follow-up. In this manuscript biomechanics and clinical outcomes of UC inserts will be described, and they will be compared to standard PS or CR inserts. PMID:26855938
Orbital Architectures of Dynamically Complex Exoplanet Systems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Nelson, Benjamin E.
2015-01-01
The most powerful constraints on planet formation will come from characterizing the dynamical state of complex multi-planet systems. Unfortunately, with that complexity comes a number of factors that make analyzing these systems a computationally challenging endeavor: the sheer number of model parameters, a wonky shaped posterior distribution, and hundreds to thousands of time series measurements. We develop a differential evolution Markov chain Monte Carlo (RUN DMC) to tackle these difficult aspects of data analysis. We apply RUN DMC to two classic multi-planet systems from radial velocity surveys, 55 Cancri and GJ 876. For 55 Cancri, we find the inner-most planet "e" must be coplanar to within 40 degrees of the outer planets, otherwise Kozai-like perturbations will cause the planet's orbit to cross the stellar surface. We find the orbits of planets "b" and "c" are apsidally aligned and librating with low to median amplitude (50±610 degrees), but they are not orbiting in a mean-motion resonance. For GJ 876, we can meaningfully constrain the three-dimensional orbital architecture of all the planets based on the radial velocity data alone. By demanding orbital stability, we find the resonant planets have low mutual inclinations (Φ) so they must be roughly coplanar (Φcb = 1.41±0.620.57 degrees and Φbe = 3.87±1.991.86 degrees). The three-dimensional Laplace argument librates with an amplitude of 50.5±7.910.0 degrees, indicating significant past disk migration and ensuring long-term stability. These empirically derived models will provide new challenges for planet formation models and motivate the need for more sophisticated algorithms to analyze exoplanet data.
Lu, Kang; Liliang, Po-Chou; Wang, Hao-Kuang; Chen, Jui-Sheng; Chen, Te-Yuan; Huang, Ruyi; Chen, Han-Jung
2016-01-01
Background/objective Internal disk disruption (IDD), an early event of lumbar disk degeneration, is the most common cause of low back pain. Since increased intradiskal pressure (IDP) is associated with symptoms and progression of disk degeneration, unloading a painful disk with an interspinous process device (IPD) is a rational treatment option. The goal of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of dynamic stabilization with an IPD in the treatment of symptomatic IDD of the lumbar spine. Patients and methods Patients with symptomatic IDD were treated with implantation of an IPD, the device for intervertebral assisted motion (DIAM). Diagnosis of IDD was based on typical MRI finding of posterior annular high-intensity zone and positive provocative test on discography. IDP was analyzed intraoperatively. Axial back and leg pain was evaluated with visual analog scale, functional status with Oswestry Disability Index, and final clinical outcomes with Odom criteria. Data from 34 patients followed up for at least 3 years were collected. Results DIAM implantation significantly reduced IDP (n=11, P<0.0001). All 34 patients reported symptom relief. Thirty-one patients (91%) remained symptom free until the last followups. Three patients (9%) experienced recurrence of pain, of which the causes were unrelated to the IDD or surgery. Disk status at the DIAM-implanted segments remained stable. Segmental flexion/extension mobility was preserved in 27 of 30 patients with preoperative mobility. No proximal or distal adjacent segment degeneration was observed. The final clinical outcomes were excellent/good in 31 and fair/poor in three patients. Conclusion For patients with symptomatic IDD, dynamic stabilization with DIAM provides pain relief and functional improvement. The implantation maintains disk status and prevents progression of disk degeneration, without compromising segmental flexion/extension mobility or causing adjacent segment degeneration. PMID:27826214
Calculation of the lateral-dynamic stability of aircraft
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Raikh, A
1952-01-01
Graphs and formulas are given with the aid of which all the aerodynamic coefficients required for computing the lateral dynamic stability can be determined. A number of numerical examples are given for obtaining the stability derivatives and solving the characteristic-stability equation. Approximate formulas are derived with the aid of which rapid preliminary computations may be made and the stability coefficients corrected for certain modifications of the airplane. A derivation of the lateral-dynamic-stability equations is included.
Clavenna, Andrew L; Beutler, William J; Gudipally, Manasa; Moldavsky, Mark; Khalil, Saif
2012-02-01
Anterior cervical plating increases stability and hence improves fusion rates to treat cervical spine pathologies, which are often symptomatic at multiple levels. However, plating is not without complications, such as dysphagia, injury to neural elements, and plate breakage. The biomechanics of a spacer with integrated plate system combined with posterior instrumentation (PI), in two-level and three-level surgical models, has not yet been investigated. The purpose of the study was to biomechanically evaluate the multidirectional rigidity of spacer with integrated plate (SIP) at multiple levels as comparable to traditional spacers and plating. An in vitro cervical cadaveric model. Eight fresh human cervical (C2-C7) cadaver spines were tested under pure moments of ±1.5 Nm on spine simulator test frame. Each spine was tested in intact condition, with only anterior fixation and with both anterior and PI. Range of motion (ROM) was measured using Optotrak Certus (NDI, Inc., Waterloo, Ontario, Canada) motion analysis system in flexion-extension (FE), lateral bending (LB), and axial rotation (AR) at the instrumented levels (C3-C6). Repeated-measures analysis of variance was used for statistical analysis. All the surgical constructs showed significant reduction in motion compared with intact condition. In two-level fusion, SIP (C4-C6) construct significantly reduced ROM by 66.5%, 65.4%, and 60.3% when compared with intact in FE, LB, and AR, respectively. In three-level fusion, SIP (C3-C6) construct significantly reduced ROM by 65.8%, 66%, and 49.6% when compared with intact in FE, LB, and AR, respectively. Posterior instrumentation showed significant stability only in three-level fusion when compared with their respective anterior constructs. In both two-level and three-level fusion, SIP showed comparable stability to traditional spacer and plate constructs in all loading modes. The anatomically profiled spacer with integrated plate allows treatment of cervical disorders with fewer steps and less impact to cervical structures. In this biomechanical study, spacer with integrated plate construct showed comparable stability to traditional spacer and plate for two-level and three-level fusion. Posterior instrumentation showed significant effect only in three-level fusion. Clinical data are required for further validation of using spacer with integrated plate at multiple levels. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Huang, Songqian; Cao, Xiaojuan; Tian, Xianchang
2016-08-01
Dojo loach (Misgurnus anguillicaudatus) is an air-breathing fish species by using its posterior intestine to breathe on water surface. So far, the molecular mechanism about accessory air-breathing in fish is seldom addressed. Five cDNA libraries were constructed here for loach posterior intestines form T01 (the initial stage group), T02 (mid-stage of normal group), T03 (end stage of normal group), T04 (mid-stage of air-breathing inhibited group), and T05 (the end stage of air-breathing inhibited group) and subjected to perform RNA-seq to compare their transcriptomic profilings. A total of 92,962 unigenes were assembled, while 37,905 (40.77 %) unigenes were successfully annotated. 2298, 1091, and 3275 differentially expressed genes (fn1, ACE, EGFR, Pxdn, SDF, HIF, VEGF, SLC2A1, SLC5A8 etc.) were observed in T04/T02, T05/T03, and T05/T04, respectively. Expression levels of many genes associated with air-breathing and nutrient uptake varied significantly between normal and intestinal air-breathing inhibited group. Intraepithelial capillaries in posterior intestines of loaches from T05 were broken, while red blood cells were enriched at the surface of intestinal epithelial lining with 241 ± 39 cells per millimeter. There were periodic acid-schiff (PAS)-positive epithelial mucous cells in posterior intestines from both normal and air-breathing inhibited groups. Results obtained here suggested an overlap of air-breathing and nutrient uptake function of posterior intestine in loach. Intestinal air-breathing inhibition in loach would influence the posterior intestine's nutrient uptake ability and endothelial capillary structure stability. This study will contribute to our understanding on the molecular regulatory mechanisms of intestinal air-breathing in loach.
Retrieval analysis of motion preserving spinal devices and periprosthetic tissues
Kurtz, Steven M.; Steinbeck, Marla; Ianuzzi, Allyson; van Ooij, André; Punt, Ilona M.; Isaza, Jorge; Ross, E.R.S.
2009-01-01
This article reviews certain practical aspects of retrieval analysis for motion preserving spinal implants and periprosthetic tissues as an essential component of the overall revision strategy for these implants. At our institution, we established an international repository for motion-preserving spine implants in 2004. Our repository is currently open to all spine surgeons, and is intended to be inclusive of all cervical and lumbar implant designs such as artificial discs and posterior dynamic stabilization devices. Although a wide range of alternative materials is being investigated for nonfusion spine implants, many of the examples in this review are drawn from our existing repository of metal-on-polyethylene, metal-on-metal lumbar total disc replacements (TDRs), and polyurethane-based dynamic motion preservation devices. These devices are already approved or nearing approval for use in the United States, and hence are the most clinically relevant at the present time. This article summarizes the current literature on the retrieval analysis of these implants and concludes with recommendations for the development of new test methods that are based on the current state of knowledge of in vivo wear and damage mechanisms. Furthermore, the relevance and need to evaluate the surrounding tissue to obtain a complete understanding of the biological reaction to implant component corrosion and wear is reviewed. PMID:25802641
“Cerebellar contribution to visuo-attentional alpha rhythm: insights from weightlessness”
Cebolla, A. M.; Petieau, M.; Dan, B.; Balazs, L.; McIntyre, J.; Cheron, G.
2016-01-01
Human brain adaptation in weightlessness follows the necessity to reshape the dynamic integration of the neural information acquired in the new environment. This basic aspect was here studied by the electroencephalogram (EEG) dynamics where oscillatory modulations were measured during a visuo-attentional state preceding a visuo-motor docking task. Astronauts in microgravity conducted the experiment in free-floating aboard the International Space Station, before the space flight and afterwards. We observed stronger power decrease (~ERD: event related desynchronization) of the ~10 Hz oscillation from the occipital-parietal (alpha ERD) to the central areas (mu ERD). Inverse source modelling of the stronger alpha ERD revealed a shift from the posterior cingulate cortex (BA31, from the default mode network) on Earth to the precentral cortex (BA4, primary motor cortex) in weightlessness. We also observed significant contribution of the vestibular network (BA40, BA32, and BA39) and cerebellum (lobule V, VI). We suggest that due to the high demands for the continuous readjustment of an appropriate body posture in free-floating, this visuo-attentional state required more contribution from the motor cortex. The cerebellum and the vestibular network involvement in weightlessness might support the correction signals processing necessary for postural stabilization, and the increased demand to integrate incongruent vestibular information. PMID:27883068
Geometrical analysis of the LiCN vibrational dynamics: a stability geometrical indicator.
Vergel, A; Benito, R M; Losada, J C; Borondo, F
2014-02-01
The vibrational dynamics of the LiNC/LiCN molecular system is examined making use of the Riemannian geometry. Stability and chaoticity are analyzed, in this context, by means of the Jacobi-Levi-Civita equations, derived from the Jacobi metric, and its solutions. A dynamical indicator, called stability geometrical indicator, is introduced in order to ascertain the dynamical characteristics of stability and chaos in the molecule under study.
Bevevino, Adam J; Lehman, Ronald A; Kang, Daniel G; Gwinn, David E; Dmitriev, Anton E
2014-09-01
Human cadaveric biomechanical analysis. To investigate the effect on cervical spine segmental stability that results from a posterior foraminotomy after cervical disc arthroplasty (CDA). Posterior foraminotomy offers the ability to decompress cervical nerves roots while avoiding the need to extend a previous fusion or revise an arthroplasty to a fusion. However, the safety of a foraminotomy in the setting of CDA is unknown. Segmental nondestructive range of motion (ROM) was analyzed in 9 human cadaveric cervical spine specimens. After intact testing, each specimen was sequentially tested according to the following 4 experimental groups: group 1=C5-C6 CDA, group 2=C5-C6 CDA with unilateral C5-C6 foraminotomy, group 3=C5-C6 CDA with bilateral C5-C6 foraminotomy, and group 4=C5-C6 CDA with C5-C6 and C4-C5 bilateral foraminotomy. No differences in ROM were found between the intact, CDA, and foraminotomy specimens at C4-C5 or C6-C7. There was a step-wise increase in C5-C6 axial rotation from the intact state (8°) to group 4 (12°), although the difference did not reach statistical significance. At C5-C6, the degree of lateral bending remained relatively constant. Flexion and extension at C5-C6 was significantly higher in the foraminotomy specimens, groups 2 (18.1°), 3 (18.6°), and 4 (18.2°), compared with the intact state, 11.2°. However, no ROM difference was found within foraminotomy groups (2-4) or between the foraminotomy groups and the CDA group (group 1), 15.3°. Our results indicate that cervical stability is not significantly decreased by the presence, number, or level of posterior foraminotomies in the setting of CDA. The addition of foraminotomies to specimens with a pre-existing CDA resulted in small and insignificant increases in segmental ROM. Therefore, biomechanically, posterior foraminotomy/foraminotomies may be considered a safe and viable option in the setting of recurrent or adjacent level radiculopathy after cervical disc replacement. N/A.
ZHOU, WEI; KONG, WEIQING; ZHAO, BIZHEN; FU, YISHAN; ZHANG, TAO; XU, JIANGUANG
2013-01-01
The aim of this study was to investigate the method of posterior thoracolumbar vertebral pedicle screw reduction and fixation combined with vertebral bone implantation via the affected vertebral body under navigational aid for the treatment of thoracolumbar fractures. The efficacy of the procedure was also measured. Between June 2005 and March 2011, posterior thoracolumbar vertebral pedicle screw reduction and fixation plus artificial bone implantation via the affected vertebral pedicle under navigational aid was used to treat 30 patients with thoracolumbar fractures, including 18 males and 12 females, ranging in age from 21 to 57 years. Compared with the values prior to surgery, intraspinal occupation, vertebral height ratio and Cobb angle at the follow-up were significantly improved. At the long-term follow-up, the postoperative Cobb angle loss was <1° and the anterior vertebral body height loss was <2 mm. Posterior thoracolumbar vertebral pedicle screw reduction and fixation combined with vertebral bone implantation via the affected vertebral body under navigational aid may increase the accuracy and safety of surgery, and it is an ideal method of internal implantation. Bone implantation via the affected vertebral body may increase vertebral stability. PMID:23935737
Cha, Jae-Ryong; Kim, Yong-Chan; Yoon, Wan-Keun; Lee, Won-Gyu; Kim, Tae-Hwan; Oh, Jae-Keun; Kim, Seok-Woo; Ohn, Suk Hoon; Cui, Ji Hao
2017-01-01
Posterior lumbar surgery can lead to damage on paraspinal muscles. Our study aimed to examine the recovery in the denervated paraspinal muscles by posterior lumbar surgery and to determine that of improvement in the lower back pain (LBP). Depending on surgical treatments, the patients were divided into two groups: The group I (interspinous implantation with decompression) and II (posterior lumbar interbody fusion with decompression). The paraspinal mapping score was recorded for individual muscle. In the group I, there was reinnervation in the denervated multifidus and erector spinae at the upper, surgical and lower levels at 12 months. In the group II, there was reinnervation in the denervated erector spinae at the upper, surgical and lower levels at 12 months. There was significant aggravation in the LBP in both groups at immediate postoperative. But there was significant improvement in it at 6 months in the group I and at 12 months in the group II. There was reinnervation in not only denervated multifidus and erector spinae at 12 months following interspinous ligament stabilization but also in denervated erector spinae at 12 months following pedicle screw fixation with fusion.
Erdil, M; Yildiz, F; Kuyucu, E; Sayar, Ş; Polat, G; Ceylan, H H; Koçyiğit, F
2016-01-01
The objective of this study is to evaluate the effect of posterior tibial slope after fracture healing on antero-posterior knee laxity, functional outcome and patient satisfaction. 126 patients who were treated for tibial plateau fractures between 2008-2013 in the orthopedics and traumatology department of our institution were evaluated for the study. Patients were treated with open reduction and internal fixation, arthroscopy assisted minimally invasive osteosynthesis or conservative treatment. Mean posterior tibial slope after the treatment was 6.91 ± 5.11 and there was no significant difference when compared to the uninvolved side 6.42 ± 4,21 (p = 0.794). Knee laxity in anterior-posterior plane was 6.14 ± 2.11 and 5.95 ± 2.25 respectively on healthy and injured side. The difference of mean laxity in anterior-posterior plane between two sides was statistically significant. In this study we found no difference in laxity between the injured and healthy knees. However Tegner score decreased significantly in patients who had greater laxity difference between the knees. We did not find significant difference between fracture type and laxity, IKDC functional scores independent of the ligamentous injury. In conclusion despite coronal alignment is taken into consideration in treatment of tibial plateau fractures, sagittal alignment is reasonably important for stability and should not be ignored.
Ihlen, Espen A. F.; van Schooten, Kimberley S.; Bruijn, Sjoerd M.; Pijnappels, Mirjam; van Dieën, Jaap H.
2017-01-01
Over the last decades, various measures have been introduced to assess stability during walking. All of these measures assume that gait stability may be equated with exponential stability, where dynamic stability is quantified by a Floquet multiplier or Lyapunov exponent. These specific constructs of dynamic stability assume that the gait dynamics are time independent and without phase transitions. In this case the temporal change in distance, d(t), between neighboring trajectories in state space is assumed to be an exponential function of time. However, results from walking models and empirical studies show that the assumptions of exponential stability break down in the vicinity of phase transitions that are present in each step cycle. Here we apply a general non-exponential construct of gait stability, called fractional stability, which can define dynamic stability in the presence of phase transitions. Fractional stability employs the fractional indices, α and β, of differential operator which allow modeling of singularities in d(t) that cannot be captured by exponential stability. The fractional stability provided an improved fit of d(t) compared to exponential stability when applied to trunk accelerations during daily-life walking in community-dwelling older adults. Moreover, using multivariate empirical mode decomposition surrogates, we found that the singularities in d(t), which were well modeled by fractional stability, are created by phase-dependent modulation of gait. The new construct of fractional stability may represent a physiologically more valid concept of stability in vicinity of phase transitions and may thus pave the way for a more unified concept of gait stability. PMID:28900400
2016-01-01
Purpose The aim of this study was to determine the influence of anatomical conditions on primary stability in the models simulating posterior maxilla. Methods Polyurethane blocks were designed to simulate monocortical (M) and bicortical (B) conditions. Each condition had four subgroups measuring 3 mm (M3, B3), 5 mm (M5, B5), 8 mm (M8, B8), and 12 mm (M12, B12) in residual bone height (RBH). After implant placement, the implant stability quotient (ISQ), Periotest value (PTV), insertion torque (IT), and reverse torque (RT) were measured. Two-factor ANOVA (two cortical conditions×four RBHs) and additional analyses for simple main effects were performed. Results A significant interaction between cortical condition and RBH was demonstrated for all methods measuring stability with two-factor ANOVA. In the analyses for simple main effects, ISQ and PTV were statistically higher in the bicortical groups than the corresponding monocortical groups, respectively. In the monocortical group, ISQ and PTV showed a statistically significant rise with increasing RBH. Measurements of IT and RT showed a similar tendency, measuring highest in the M3 group, followed by the M8, the M5, and the M12 groups. In the bicortical group, all variables showed a similar tendency, with different degrees of rise and decline. The B8 group showed the highest values, followed by the B12, the B5, and the B3 groups. The highest coefficient was demonstrated between ISQ and PTV. Conclusions Primary stability was enhanced by the presence of bicortex and increased RBH, which may be better demonstrated by ISQ and PTV than by IT and RT. PMID:27588215
2016-01-01
PURPOSE Early loading of implant can be determined by excellent primary stability and characteristic of implant surface. The implant system with recently improved surface can have load application 4-6 weeks after installing in maxilla and mandible. This study evaluated the effect of healing period to the stability of hydrophilic tapered-type implant at maxillary posterior area. MATERIALS AND METHODS This study included 30 patients treated by hydrophilic tapered-type implants (total 41 implants at maxilla) and classified by two groups depending on healing period. Group 1 (11 patients, 15 implants) was a control group and the healing period was 12 weeks, and Group 2 (19 patients, 26 implants) was test group and the healing period was 6 weeks. Immediately after implant placement, at the first impression taking, implant stability was measured using Osstell Mentor. The patients also took periapical radiographs after restoration delivery, 12 months after restoration and final followup period. The marginal bone loss around the implants was measured using the periapical radiographs. RESULTS All implants were survived and success rate was 97.56%. The marginal bone loss was less than 1mm after 1 year postoperatively except the one implant. The stabilities of the implants were not correlated with age, healing period until loading, insertion torque (IT), the diameter of fixture and the location of implant. Only the quality of bone in group 2 (6 week) was correlated with the stability of implant. CONCLUSION Healing period of 6 weeks can make the similar clinical prognosis of implants to that of healing period of 12 weeks if bone quality is carefully considered in case of early loading. PMID:27826390
Marzouk, Eiman S; Kassem, Hassan E
2016-07-01
This study evaluated the long-term stability of maxillary molar intrusion and anterior open-bite correction in adults treated by maxillary posterior teeth intrusion with zygomatic miniplates. The sample included 26 skeletal anterior open-bite patients, who had maxillary posterior segment intrusion with zygomatic miniplates. Lateral cephalograms were taken at pretreatment, posttreatment, 1 year posttreatment, and 4 years posttreatment. The mean maxillary molar intrusion was 3.04 mm (P ≤0.01), and the mean bite closure was 6.93 mm (P ≤0.01). The intruded maxillary molars relapsed by 10.20% in the first year after treatment and by 13.37% by 4 years after treatment. Overbite relapsed by 8.19% and 11.18% after 1 year and 4 years posttreatment, respectively. The first year after treatment accounted for 76.29% and 73.2% of the total relapses of molar intrusion and overbite, respectively. The 4-year posttreatment relapse amounts of maxillary molar intrusion and overbite were positively correlated with the amount of pretreatment maxillary molar height and the initial open-bite severity, respectively, but negatively correlated with the amounts of maxillary molar intrusion and open-bite correction gained by treatment. Molar intrusion with zygomatic miniplates appears to be stable 4 years after treatment. Copyright © 2016 American Association of Orthodontists. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Vibration waveform effects on dynamic stabilization of ablative Rayleigh-Taylor instability
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Piriz, A. R.; Lucchio, L. Di; Rodriguez Prieto, G.
2011-08-15
An analysis of dynamic stabilization of Rayleigh-Taylor instability in an ablation front is performed by considering a general square wave for modulating the vertical acceleration of the front. Such a kind of modulation allows for clarifying the role of thermal conduction in the mechanism of dynamic stabilization. In addition, the study of the effect of different modulations by varying the duration and amplitude of the square wave in each half-period provides insight on the optimum performance of dynamic stabilization.
Cervical Spine Instrumentation in Children.
Hedequist, Daniel J; Emans, John B
2016-06-01
Instrumentation of the cervical spine enhances stability and improves arthrodesis rates in children undergoing surgery for deformity or instability. Various morphologic and clinical studies have been conducted in children, confirming the feasibility of anterior or posterior instrumentation of the cervical spine with modern implants. Knowledge of the relevant spine anatomy and preoperative imaging studies can aid the clinician in understanding the pitfalls of instrumentation for each patient. Preoperative planning, intraoperative positioning, and adherence to strict surgical techniques are required given the small size of children. Instrumentation options include anterior plating, occipital plating, and a variety of posterior screw techniques. Complications related to screw malposition include injury to the vertebral artery, neurologic injury, and instrumentation failure.
Fluctuating interaction network and time-varying stability of a natural fish community
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ushio, Masayuki; Hsieh, Chih-Hao; Masuda, Reiji; Deyle, Ethan R.; Ye, Hao; Chang, Chun-Wei; Sugihara, George; Kondoh, Michio
2018-02-01
Ecological theory suggests that large-scale patterns such as community stability can be influenced by changes in interspecific interactions that arise from the behavioural and/or physiological responses of individual species varying over time. Although this theory has experimental support, evidence from natural ecosystems is lacking owing to the challenges of tracking rapid changes in interspecific interactions (known to occur on timescales much shorter than a generation time) and then identifying the effect of such changes on large-scale community dynamics. Here, using tools for analysing nonlinear time series and a 12-year-long dataset of fortnightly collected observations on a natural marine fish community in Maizuru Bay, Japan, we show that short-term changes in interaction networks influence overall community dynamics. Among the 15 dominant species, we identify 14 interspecific interactions to construct a dynamic interaction network. We show that the strengths, and even types, of interactions change with time; we also develop a time-varying stability measure based on local Lyapunov stability for attractor dynamics in non-equilibrium nonlinear systems. We use this dynamic stability measure to examine the link between the time-varying interaction network and community stability. We find seasonal patterns in dynamic stability for this fish community that broadly support expectations of current ecological theory. Specifically, the dominance of weak interactions and higher species diversity during summer months are associated with higher dynamic stability and smaller population fluctuations. We suggest that interspecific interactions, community network structure and community stability are dynamic properties, and that linking fluctuating interaction networks to community-level dynamic properties is key to understanding the maintenance of ecological communities in nature.
Paik, Haines; Kang, Daniel G; Lehman, Ronald A; Cardoso, Mario J; Gaume, Rachel E; Ambati, Divya V; Dmitriev, Anton E
2014-08-01
Some postoperative complications after anterior cervical fusions have been attributed to anterior cervical plate (ACP) profiles and the necessary wide operative exposure for their insertion. Consequently, low-profile stand-alone interbody spacers with integrated screws (SIS) have been developed. Although SIS constructs have demonstrated similar biomechanical stability to the ACP in single-level fusions, their role as a stand-alone device in multilevel reconstructions has not been thoroughly evaluated. To evaluate the acute segmental stability afforded by an SIS device compared with the traditional ACP in the setting of a multilevel cervical arthrodesis. In vitro human cadaveric biomechanical analysis. Thirteen human cadaveric cervical spines (C2-T1) were nondestructively tested with a custom 6 df spine simulator under axial rotation, flexion-extension, and lateral bending loading. After intact analysis, eight single-levels (C4-C5/C6-C7) from four specimens were instrumented and tested with ACP and SIS. Nine specimens were tested with C5-C7 SIS, C5-C7 ACP, C4-C7 ACP, C4-C7 ACP+posterior fixation, C4-C7 SIS, and C4-C7 SIS+posterior fixation. Testing order was randomized with each additional level instrumented. Full range of motion (ROM) data were obtained and analyzed by each loading modality, using mean comparisons with repeated measures analysis of variance. Paired t tests were used for post hoc analysis with Sidak correction for multiple comparisons. No significant difference in ROM was noted between the ACP and SIS for single-level fixation (p>.05). For multisegment reconstructions (two and three levels), the ACP proved superior to SIS and intact condition, with significantly lower ROM in all planes (p<.05). When either the three-level SIS or ACP constructs were supplemented with posterior lateral mass fixation, there was a greater than 80% reduction in ROM under all testing modalities (p<.05), with no significant difference between the ACP and SIS constructs (p>.05). The SIS device may be a reasonable option as a stand-alone device for single-level fixation. However, SIS devices should be used with careful consideration in the setting of multilevel cervical fusion. However, when supplemented with posterior fixation, SIS devices are a sound biomechanical alternative to ACP for multilevel fusion constructs. Published by Elsevier Inc.
La Barbera, Luigi; Galbusera, Fabio; Wilke, Hans-Joachim; Villa, Tomaso
2016-09-01
To discuss whether the available standard methods for preclinical evaluation of posterior spine stabilization devices can represent basic everyday life activities and how to compare the results obtained with different procedures. A comparative finite element study compared ASTM F1717 and ISO 12189 standards to validated instrumented L2-L4 segments undergoing standing, upper body flexion and extension. The internal loads on the spinal rod and the maximum stress on the implant are analysed. ISO recommended anterior support stiffness and force allow for reproducing bending moments measured in vivo on an instrumented physiological segment during upper body flexion. Despite the significance of ASTM model from an engineering point of view, the overly conservative vertebrectomy model represents an unrealistic worst case scenario. A method is proposed to determine the load to apply on assemblies with different anterior support stiffnesses to guarantee a comparable bending moment and reproduce specific everyday life activities. The study increases our awareness on the use of the current standards to achieve meaningful results easy to compare and interpret.
Can the tibial slope be measured on lateral knee radiographs?
Faschingbauer, M; Sgroi, M; Juchems, M; Reichel, H; Kappe, T
2014-12-01
The posterior tibial slope influences both the natural knee stability as well as the stability and kinematics after total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Exact definition of the posterior tibial slope (PTS) requires lateral radiographs of the lower limb. Only lateral knee radiographs are routinely obtained after TKA, however. The purpose of the present study therefore was to analyse the relationship between PTS measurement results on short and expanded lateral knee radiographs. The PTS was measured on 100 consecutive lateral radiographs of the lower limb using the mechanical and three diaphyseal axes with various distances below the tibial plateau. Significant differences between PTS results were found for all three diaphyseal axes, with the smallest differences and the strongest correlation for a diaphyseal axis at 16 and 20 cm below the tibial plateau. Using short distances below the tibial plateau (6 and 10 cm) resulted in an overestimation of the PTS of 3°, on average. The PTS measurements in long lateral knee radiographs are more accurate compared to short radiographs. On short lateral knee radiographs, only a estimation of the PTS can be carried out. Diagnostic study, Level II.
Dynamic Stability Experiment of Maglev Systems,
1995-04-01
This report summarizes the research performed on maglev vehicle dynamic stability at Argonne National Laboratory during the past few years. It also... maglev system, it is important to consider this phenomenon in the development of all maglev systems. This report presents dynamic stability experiments...on maglev systems and compares their numerical simulation with predictions calculated by a nonlinear dynamic computer code. Instabilities of an
Above and below delayed endoscopic treatment of traumatic posterior urethral disruptions.
Quint, H J; Stanisic, T H
1993-03-01
Between 1982 and 1990, 10 men with posterior urethral obliterations associated with pelvic fracture were managed with delayed above and below endoscopic reconstruction. After a mean of 43 months (range 7 to 108) of followup, all 10 men void with a peak flow rate of 12 ml. per second or greater and/or have a urethral caliber of 20F or greater. Concomitant prostatic hypertrophy somewhat compromises micturition in 4 older men. Nine patients are totally continent and 1 has mild stress incontinence. Five men who were potent after injury remain so after reconstruction. Of the 10 patients 6 required subsequent visual urethrotomy and/or scar resections, generally as outpatient or short stay procedures. In most instances voiding stabilized within 1 year, and interventions after this interval were unusual and generally trivial. We compare our experience with the results of others using a similar delayed endoscopic approach and conclude that this is a satisfactory method of managing traumatic posterior urethral obliterations, resulting in satisfactory voiding, continence and potency preservation.
Horsager, Kristian; Kaptein, Bart L; Rømer, Lone; Jørgensen, Peter B; Stilling, Maiken
2017-06-01
Background and purpose - Implant inducible micromotions have been suggested to reflect the quality of the fixation interface. We investigated the usability of dynamic RSA for evaluation of inducible micromotions of the Oxford Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty (UKA) tibial component, and evaluated factors that have been suggested to compromise the fixation, such as fixation method, component alignment, and radiolucent lines (RLLs). Patients and methods - 15 patients (12 men) with a mean age of 69 (55-86) years, with an Oxford UKA (7 cemented), were studied after a mean time in situ of 4.4 (3.6-5.1) years. 4 had tibial RLLs. Each patient was recorded with dynamic RSA (10 frames/second) during a step-up/step-down motion. Inducible micromotions were calculated for the tibial component with respect to the tibia bone. Postoperative component alignment was measured with model-based RSA and RLLs were measured on screened radiographs. Results - All tibial components showed inducible micromotions as a function of the step-cycle motion with a mean subsidence of up to -0.06 mm (95% CI: -0.10 to -0.03). Tibial component inducible micromotions were similar for cemented fixation and cementless fixation. Patients with tibial RLLs had 0.5° (95% CI: 0.18-0.81) greater inducible medio-lateral tilt of the tibial component. There was a correlation between postoperative posterior slope of the tibial plateau and inducible anterior-posterior tilt. Interpretation - All patients had inducible micromotions of the tibial component during step-cycle motion. RLLs and a high posterior slope increased the magnitude of inducible micromotions. This suggests that dynamic RSA is a valuable clinical tool for the evaluation of functional implant fixation.
Fujiwara, Yasushi; Izumi, Bunichiro; Fujiwara, Masami; Nakanishi, Kazuyoshi; Tanaka, Nobuhiro; Adachi, Nobuo; Manabe, Hideki
2017-04-01
C2 radiculopathy is known to cause occipito-cervical pain, but their pathology is unclear because of its rarity and unique anatomy. In this paper, we investigated the mechanism of C2 radiculopathy that underwent microscopic cervical foraminotomies (MCF). Three cases with C2 radiculopathy treated by MCF were investigated retrospectively. The mean follow-up period was 24 months. Pre-operative symptoms, imaging studies including para-sagittal CT and MRI, rotational dynamic CT, and intraoperative findings were investigated. There were 1 male and 2 females. The age of patients were ranged from 50 to 79 years. All cases had intractable occipito-cervical pain elicited by the cervical rotation. C2 nerve root block was temporally effective. There was unilateral spondylosis in symptomatic side without obvious atlatoaxial instability. Para-sagittal MRI and CT showed severe foraminal stenosis at C1-C2 due to the bony spur derived from the lateral atlanto-axial joints. In one case, dynamic rotational CT showed that the symptomatic foramen became narrower on rotational position. MCF was performed in all cases, and the C2 nerve root was impinged between the inferior edge of the C1 posterior arch and bony spur from the C1-C2 joint. After surgery, occipito-cervical pain disappeared. This study demonstrated that mechanical impingement of the C2 nerve root is one of the causes of occipito-cervical pain and it was successfully treated by microscopic resection of the inferior edge of the C1 posterior arch. Para-sagittal CT and MRI, rotational dynamic CT, and nerve root block were effective for diagnosis.
Stability of Dynamical Systems with Discontinuous Motions:
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Michel, Anthony N.; Hou, Ling
In this paper we present a stability theory for discontinuous dynamical systems (DDS): continuous-time systems whose motions are not necessarily continuous with respect to time. We show that this theory is not only applicable in the analysis of DDS, but also in the analysis of continuous dynamical systems (continuous-time systems whose motions are continuous with respect to time), discrete-time dynamical systems (systems whose motions are defined at discrete points in time) and hybrid dynamical systems (HDS) (systems whose descriptions involve simultaneously continuous-time and discrete-time). We show that the stability results for DDS are in general less conservative than the corresponding well-known classical Lyapunov results for continuous dynamical systems and discrete-time dynamical systems. Although the DDS stability results are applicable to general dynamical systems defined on metric spaces (divorced from any kind of description by differential equations, or any other kinds of equations), we confine ourselves to finite-dimensional dynamical systems defined by ordinary differential equations and difference equations, to make this paper as widely accessible as possible. We present only sample results, namely, results for uniform asymptotic stability in the large.
2011-01-01
changed consumer preferences . Hence, static stability limits initial performance deviation (e.g., maintaining desired airplane altitude, maintaining...by changed consumer preferences . Hence, dynamic stability limits the duration of performance deviation (e.g., maintaining desired airplane altitude...altitude from wind gust. Initial resistance to deviation in profit level from change in consumer preferences . Dynamic stability Quickness of a
DYNAMIC NEUROMUSCULAR STABILIZATION & SPORTS REHABILITATION
Kobesova, Alena; Kolar, Pavel
2013-01-01
Dynamic neuromuscular (core) stability is necessary for optimal athletic performance and is not achieved purely by adequate strength of abdominals, spinal extensors, gluteals or any other musculature; rather, core stabilization is accomplished through precise coordination of these muscles and intra‐abdominal pressure regulation by the central nervous system. Understanding developmental kinesiology provides a framework to appreciate the regional interdependence and the inter‐linking of the skeleton, joints, musculature during movement and the importance of training both the dynamic and stabilizing function of muscles in the kinetic chain. The Dynamic Neuromuscular Stabilization (DNS) approach provides functional tools to assess and activate the intrinsic spinal stabilizers in order to optimize the movement system for both pre‐habilitation and rehabilitation of athletic injuries and performance. Level of Evidence: 5 PMID:23439921
Neural mechanisms of reactivation-induced updating that enhance and distort memory
St. Jacques, Peggy L.; Olm, Christopher; Schacter, Daniel L.
2013-01-01
We remember a considerable number of personal experiences because we are frequently reminded of them, a process known as memory reactivation. Although memory reactivation helps to stabilize and update memories, reactivation may also introduce distortions if novel information becomes incorporated with memory. Here we used functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) to investigate the neural mechanisms mediating reactivation-induced updating in memory for events experienced during a museum tour. During scanning, participants were shown target photographs to reactivate memories from the museum tour followed by a novel lure photograph from an alternate tour. Later, participants were presented with target and lure photographs and asked to determine whether the photographs showed a stop they visited during the tour. We used a subsequent memory analysis to examine neural recruitment during reactivation that was associated with later true and false memories. We predicted that the quality of reactivation, as determined by online ratings of subjective recollection, would increase subsequent true memories but also facilitate incorporation of the lure photograph, thereby increasing subsequent false memories. The fMRI results revealed that the quality of reactivation modulated subsequent true and false memories via recruitment of left posterior parahippocampal, bilateral retrosplenial, and bilateral posterior inferior parietal cortices. However, the timing of neural recruitment and the way in which memories were reactivated contributed to differences in whether memory reactivation led to distortions or not. These data reveal the neural mechanisms recruited during memory reactivation that modify how memories will be subsequently retrieved, supporting the flexible and dynamic aspects of memory. PMID:24191059
Neural mechanisms of reactivation-induced updating that enhance and distort memory.
St Jacques, Peggy L; Olm, Christopher; Schacter, Daniel L
2013-12-03
We remember a considerable number of personal experiences because we are frequently reminded of them, a process known as memory reactivation. Although memory reactivation helps to stabilize and update memories, reactivation may also introduce distortions if novel information becomes incorporated with memory. Here we used functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) to investigate the neural mechanisms mediating reactivation-induced updating in memory for events experienced during a museum tour. During scanning, participants were shown target photographs to reactivate memories from the museum tour followed by a novel lure photograph from an alternate tour. Later, participants were presented with target and lure photographs and asked to determine whether the photographs showed a stop they visited during the tour. We used a subsequent memory analysis to examine neural recruitment during reactivation that was associated with later true and false memories. We predicted that the quality of reactivation, as determined by online ratings of subjective recollection, would increase subsequent true memories but also facilitate incorporation of the lure photograph, thereby increasing subsequent false memories. The fMRI results revealed that the quality of reactivation modulated subsequent true and false memories via recruitment of left posterior parahippocampal, bilateral retrosplenial, and bilateral posterior inferior parietal cortices. However, the timing of neural recruitment and the way in which memories were reactivated contributed to differences in whether memory reactivation led to distortions or not. These data reveal the neural mechanisms recruited during memory reactivation that modify how memories will be subsequently retrieved, supporting the flexible and dynamic aspects of memory.
Inoue, Hiroto; Furumatsu, Takayuki; Miyazawa, Shinichi; Fujii, Masataka; Kodama, Yuya; Ozaki, Toshifumi
2018-02-01
Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction can reduce the risk of developing osteoarthritic knees. The goals of ACL reconstruction are to restore knee stability and reduce post-traumatic meniscal tears and cartilage degradation. A chronic ACL insufficiency frequently results in medial meniscus (MM) injury at the posterior segment. How ACL reconstruction can reduce the deformation of the MM posterior segment remains unclear. In this study, we evaluated the form of the MM posterior segment and anterior tibial translation before and after ACL reconstruction using open magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Seventeen patients who underwent ACL reconstructions without MM injuries were included in this study. MM deformation was evaluated using open MRI before surgery and 3 months after surgery. We measured medial meniscal length (MML), medial meniscal height (MMH), medial meniscal posterior body width (MPBW), MM-femoral condyle contact width (M-FCW) and posterior tibiofemoral distance (PTFD) at knee flexion angles of 10° and 90°. There were no significant pre- and postoperative differences during a flexion angle of 10°. At a flexion angle of 90°, MML decreased from 43.7 ± 4.5 to 41.4 ± 4.5 mm (P < 0.001), MMH from 7.5 ± 1.4 to 6.9 ± 1.4 mm (P = 0.006), MPBW from 13.1 ± 2.0 to 12.2 ± 1.9 mm (P < 0.001) and M-FCW from 10.0 ± 1.5 to 8.5 ± 1.5 mm (P < 0.001) after ACL reconstruction. The PTFD increased from 2.1 ± 2.8 to 2.7 ± 2.4 mm after ACL reconstruction (P = 0.015). ACL reconstruction affects the contact pattern between the MM posterior segment and medial femoral condyle and can reduce the deformation of the MM posterior segment in the knee-flexed position by reducing abnormal anterior tibial translation. It possibly prevents secondary injury to the MM posterior segment and cartilage that progresses to knee osteoarthritis. IV.
Stability-Constrained Aerodynamic Shape Optimization with Applications to Flying Wings
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mader, Charles Alexander
A set of techniques is developed that allows the incorporation of flight dynamics metrics as an additional discipline in a high-fidelity aerodynamic optimization. Specifically, techniques for including static stability constraints and handling qualities constraints in a high-fidelity aerodynamic optimization are demonstrated. These constraints are developed from stability derivative information calculated using high-fidelity computational fluid dynamics (CFD). Two techniques are explored for computing the stability derivatives from CFD. One technique uses an automatic differentiation adjoint technique (ADjoint) to efficiently and accurately compute a full set of static and dynamic stability derivatives from a single steady solution. The other technique uses a linear regression method to compute the stability derivatives from a quasi-unsteady time-spectral CFD solution, allowing for the computation of static, dynamic and transient stability derivatives. Based on the characteristics of the two methods, the time-spectral technique is selected for further development, incorporated into an optimization framework, and used to conduct stability-constrained aerodynamic optimization. This stability-constrained optimization framework is then used to conduct an optimization study of a flying wing configuration. This study shows that stability constraints have a significant impact on the optimal design of flying wings and that, while static stability constraints can often be satisfied by modifying the airfoil profiles of the wing, dynamic stability constraints can require a significant change in the planform of the aircraft in order for the constraints to be satisfied.
Vaidya, Shrinand V; Virani, Siddharth; Phunde, Rajendra; Mahajan, Abhishek
2016-01-01
Total joint arthroplasties of the hip and knee represent a remarkable feat of modern medicine in terms of reducing pain and restoring function to millions of patients afflicted with severe arthritis. Oftentimes, the performance and longevity of new implants and devices are based on limited data. This is the first study by a non-designer on the press fit condylar rotating platform posterior stabilized (PFC-RP-PS) design with 100' success. This has a relevance, vis-á -vis bias that one may have in terms of reproducibility of technique and funding from the manufacturer. We associate our excellent mid-term results to intra operative technical aspects and stringent intra operative exclusion criteria. Our study includes a cohort of 121 selected knees operated between January 2003 and October 2010. We used cemented, posterior stabilized (PS), mobile bearing (MB), and RP prosthesis from the same manufacturer in all these 121 knees. The patients were evaluated bi-annually with the calculation of their Knee Society Scores (KSS) and a radiological assessment for loosening/osteolysis. 120 knees were available for followup. The average Knee Society clinical and functional scores, respectively, were 27 points and 40 points preoperatively and 93 points and 95 points postoperatively. This indicates a mean increase of about 71' in the clinical score and about 58' in the functional score, which is statistically significant. The mean postoperative flexion was 124°, a mean increase of 23° from the preoperative flexion of 101°. There were no revisions (Kaplan--Meier survivorship of 100'). We feel durable and reproducible results of PFC-RP-PS design knees are very technique sensitive. The way ahead with the PFC-RP-PS knees looks promising when the exclusion criteria for this design are strictly met. Coming from a non-designer, this study acquires a higher degree of relevance without any designer's or manufacturer's bias.
Baker, Hayden P; Tjong, Vehniah K; Dunne, Kevin F; Lindley, Tory R; Terry, Michael A
2016-12-01
Shoulder injuries remain one of the most common injuries among collegiate football athletes. Offensive linemen in particular are prone to posterior labral pathology. To evaluate the efficacy of shoulder bracing in collegiate offensive linemen with respect to injury prevention, severity, and lost playing time. Cohort study; Level of evidence, 3. Offensive linemen at a single collegiate institution wore bilateral shoulder-stabilizing braces for every contact practice and game beginning in the spring of 2013. Between spring of 2007 and fall of 2012, offensive linemen did not wear any shoulder braces. Player injury data were collected for all contact practices and games throughout these time periods to highlight differences with brace use. Forty-five offensive linemen (90 shoulders) participated in spring and fall college football seasons between 2007 and 2015. There were 145 complete offensive linemen seasons over the course of the study. Offensive linemen not wearing shoulder braces completed 87 seasons; offensive linemen wearing shoulder braces completed 58 seasons. Posterior labral tear injury rates were calculated for players who wore the shoulder braces (0.71 per 1000 athlete-exposures) compared with shoulders of players who did not wear the braces (1.90 per 1000 athlete-exposures). The risk ratio was 0.46 (95% CI, 0.16-1.30; P = .14). Mean time (contact practices and games) missed due to injury was significant, favoring less time missed by players who used braces (8.7 vs 36.60 contact practices and games missed due to injury; P = .0019). No significant difference in shoulder labral tears requiring surgery was found for brace use compared with no brace use. Shoulder-stabilizing braces were shown not to prevent posterior labral tears among collegiate offensive lineman, although they were associated with less time lost to injury. The results of this study have clinical significance, indicating that wearing a shoulder brace provides a protective factor for offensive linemen.
Effect of halo-vest components on stabilizing the injured cervical spine.
Ivancic, Paul C; Beauchman, Naseem N; Tweardy, Lisa
2009-01-15
An in vitro biomechanical study. The objectives were to develop a new biofidelic skull-neck-thorax model capable of quantifying motion patterns of the cervical spine in the presence of a halo-vest; to investigate the effects of vest loosening, superstructure loosening, and removal of the posterior uprights; and to evaluate the ability of the halo-vest to stabilize the neck within physiological motion limits. Previous clinical and biomechanical studies have investigated neck motion with the halo-vest only in the sagittal plane or only at the injured spinal level. No previous studies have quantified three-dimensional intervertebral motion patterns throughout the injured cervical spine stabilized with the halo-vest or studied the effect of halo-vest components on these motions. The halo-vest was applied to the skull-neck-thorax model. Six osteoligamentous whole cervical spine specimens (occiput through T1 vertebra) were used that had sustained multiplanar ligamentous injuries at C3/4 through C7-T1 during a previous protocol. Flexibility tests were performed with normal halo-vest application, loose vest, loose superstructure, and following removal of the posterior uprights. Average total range of motion for each experimental condition was statistically compared (P < 0.05) with the physiologic rotation limit for each spinal level. Cervical spine snaking was observed in both the sagittal and frontal planes. The halo-vest, applied normally, generally limited average spinal motions to within average physiological limits. No significant increases in average spinal motions above physiologic were observed due to loose vest, loose superstructure, or removal of the posterior uprights. However, a trend toward increased motion at C6/7 in lateral bending was observed due to loose superstructure. The halo-vest, applied normally, effectively immobilized the cervical spine. Sagittal or frontal plane snaking of the cervical spine due to the halo-vest may reduce its immobilization capability at the upper cervical spine and cervicothoracic junction.
Neural dynamics of social tie formation in economic decision-making.
Bault, Nadège; Pelloux, Benjamin; Fahrenfort, Johannes J; Ridderinkhof, K Richard; van Winden, Frans
2015-06-01
The disposition for prosocial conduct, which contributes to cooperation as arising during social interaction, requires cortical network dynamics responsive to the development of social ties, or care about the interests of specific interaction partners. Here, we formulate a dynamic computational model that accurately predicted how tie formation, driven by the interaction history, influences decisions to contribute in a public good game. We used model-driven functional MRI to test the hypothesis that brain regions key to social interactions keep track of dynamics in tie strength. Activation in the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) and posterior cingulate cortex tracked the individual's public good contributions. Activation in the bilateral posterior superior temporal sulcus (pSTS), and temporo-parietal junction was modulated parametrically by the dynamically developing social tie-as estimated by our model-supporting a role of these regions in social tie formation. Activity in these two regions further reflected inter-individual differences in tie persistence and sensitivity to behavior of the interaction partner. Functional connectivity between pSTS and mPFC activations indicated that the representation of social ties is integrated in the decision process. These data reveal the brain mechanisms underlying the integration of interaction dynamics into a social tie representation which in turn influenced the individual's prosocial decisions. © The Author (2014). Published by Oxford University Press. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.
Abnormalities of fixation, saccade and pursuit in posterior cortical atrophy
Kaski, Diego; Yong, Keir X. X.; Paterson, Ross W.; Slattery, Catherine F.; Ryan, Natalie S.; Schott, Jonathan M.; Crutch, Sebastian J.
2015-01-01
The clinico-neuroradiological syndrome posterior cortical atrophy is the cardinal ‘visual dementia’ and most common atypical Alzheimer’s disease phenotype, offering insights into mechanisms underlying clinical heterogeneity, pathological propagation and basic visual phenomena (e.g. visual crowding). Given the extensive attention paid to patients’ (higher order) perceptual function, it is surprising that there have been no systematic analyses of basic oculomotor function in this population. Here 20 patients with posterior cortical atrophy, 17 patients with typical Alzheimer’s disease and 22 healthy controls completed tests of fixation, saccade (including fixation/target gap and overlap conditions) and smooth pursuit eye movements using an infrared pupil-tracking system. Participants underwent detailed neuropsychological and neurological examinations, with a proportion also undertaking brain imaging and analysis of molecular pathology. In contrast to informal clinical evaluations of oculomotor dysfunction frequency (previous studies: 38%, current clinical examination: 33%), detailed eyetracking investigations revealed eye movement abnormalities in 80% of patients with posterior cortical atrophy (compared to 17% typical Alzheimer’s disease, 5% controls). The greatest differences between posterior cortical atrophy and typical Alzheimer’s disease were seen in saccadic performance. Patients with posterior cortical atrophy made significantly shorter saccades especially for distant targets. They also exhibited a significant exacerbation of the normal gap/overlap effect, consistent with ‘sticky fixation’. Time to reach saccadic targets was significantly associated with parietal and occipital cortical thickness measures. On fixation stability tasks, patients with typical Alzheimer’s disease showed more square wave jerks whose frequency was associated with lower cerebellar grey matter volume, while patients with posterior cortical atrophy showed large saccadic intrusions whose frequency correlated significantly with generalized reductions in cortical thickness. Patients with both posterior cortical atrophy and typical Alzheimer’s disease showed lower gain in smooth pursuit compared to controls. The current study establishes that eye movement abnormalities are near-ubiquitous in posterior cortical atrophy, and highlights multiple aspects of saccadic performance which distinguish posterior cortical atrophy from typical Alzheimer’s disease. We suggest the posterior cortical atrophy oculomotor profile (e.g. exacerbation of the saccadic gap/overlap effect, preserved saccadic velocity) reflects weak input from degraded occipito-parietal spatial representations of stimulus location into a superior collicular spatial map for eye movement regulation. This may indicate greater impairment of identification of oculomotor targets rather than generation of oculomotor movements. The results highlight the critical role of spatial attention and object identification but also precise stimulus localization in explaining the complex real world perception deficits observed in posterior cortical atrophy and many other patients with dementia-related visual impairment. PMID:25895507
LaPrade, Robert F; Smith, Sean D; Wilson, Katharine J; Wijdicks, Coen A
2015-10-01
Counteracting posterior translation of the tibia with an anterior force on the posterior proximal tibia has been demonstrated clinically to improve posterior knee laxity following posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) injury. This study quantified forces applied to the posterior proximal tibia by two knee braces designed for treatment of PCL injuries. The forces applied by two knee braces to the posterior proximal tibia and in vivo three-dimensional knee kinematics of six adult, male, healthy volunteer subjects (mean ± standard deviation: height, 182.5 ± 5.2 cm; body mass, 83.2 ± 9.3 kg; body mass index, 24.9 ± 1.5 kg/m(2); age, 25.8 ± 2.9 years) were measured using a custom pressure mapping technique and traditional surface marker motion capture techniques, while subjects performed three functional activities. The activities included seated unloaded knee flexion, squatting, and stair descent in a new generation dynamic force (DF) PCL brace and a static force (SF) PCL brace. During unloaded flexion at the lowest force level setting, the force applied by the DF brace increased as a function of flexion angle (slope = 0.7 N/°; p < 0.001) compared to the SF brace effect. Force applied by the SF brace did not significantly change as a function of flexion angle (slope = 0.0 N/°; n.s.). By 45° of flexion, the average force applied by the DF brace (48.1 N) was significantly larger (p < 0.001) than the average force applied by the SF brace (25.0 N). The difference in force continued to increase as flexion angle increased. During stair descent, average force (mean ± standard deviation) at toe off was significantly higher (p = 0.013) for the DF brace (78.7 ± 21.6 N) than the SF brace (37.3 ± 7.2 N). Similar trends were observed for squatting and for the higher force level settings. The DF brace applied forces to the posterior proximal tibia that dynamically increased with increased flexion angle. Additionally, the DF brace applied significantly larger forces at higher flexion angles compared to the SF brace where the PCL is known to experience larger in situ forces. Clinical studies are necessary to determine whether the loading characteristics of the DF brace, which more closely replicated the in situ loading profile of the native PCL, results in long-term improved posterior knee laxity following PCL injury. II.
Zhang, Yu; Liu, Jun; Tian, Meng-qiang; Cheng, Yu; Tian, Zheng-wei; Sun, Zhen-hui; Ma, Xin-long
2010-05-15
To determine the effect of the posterior condylar offset (PCO) on intra- and post-operative knee flexion after total knee arthroplasty (TKA) using a high-flex posterior-stabilized (PS) fixed-bearing prosthesis and to discuss it's importance in femoral prosthesis design. The clinical and radiographic materials of 100 consecutive patients (100 knees) were prospectively studied, including 50 men and 50 women, who had undergone primary NexGen LPS-Flex TKAs for end-stage osteoarthritis. All operations were performed by a single surgeon using the same operative technique between March 2005 and October 2006. Pearson's regression analysis was used to assess the relationship between the difference in the pre- and post-operative PCO on true lateral radiographs and the change in knee range of flexion (ROF) under non-weight-bearing conditions. The decrease of the corrected PCO was (3.4 ± 3.3) mm compared with the preoperative value, the restoration of PCO was better in male than female [female (-5.4 ± 3.1) mm vs. male (-1.5 ± 2.0) mm, P < 0.05]. The difference in the corrected PCO after PS TKA demonstrated significantly correlated with the change in 2 years postoperative ROF in male and female, respectively (P < 0.05). While no statistically correlation was observed in the overall group (P > 0.05). Intraoperatively, the difference in the corrected PCO was significantly correlated with the change in ROF in male, female, and the overall group, respectively (P < 0.05). Restoration of PCO plays an important role in the optimization of knee flexion after high-flex PS TKA. Femoral components based on Caucasian anatomic characteristics could not match the native anatomy of distal femurs of Chinese population especially female Chinese. Rotated resection of distal femur with anterior referencing technique usually leads to a decreased PCO and therefore reduces maximal obtainable flexion. Sexual dimorphism in humans and anatomic variations in various ethnic groups should be seriously considered in total knee prosthesis design.
Mean Field Variational Bayesian Data Assimilation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Vrettas, M.; Cornford, D.; Opper, M.
2012-04-01
Current data assimilation schemes propose a range of approximate solutions to the classical data assimilation problem, particularly state estimation. Broadly there are three main active research areas: ensemble Kalman filter methods which rely on statistical linearization of the model evolution equations, particle filters which provide a discrete point representation of the posterior filtering or smoothing distribution and 4DVAR methods which seek the most likely posterior smoothing solution. In this paper we present a recent extension to our variational Bayesian algorithm which seeks the most probably posterior distribution over the states, within the family of non-stationary Gaussian processes. Our original work on variational Bayesian approaches to data assimilation sought the best approximating time varying Gaussian process to the posterior smoothing distribution for stochastic dynamical systems. This approach was based on minimising the Kullback-Leibler divergence between the true posterior over paths, and our Gaussian process approximation. So long as the observation density was sufficiently high to bring the posterior smoothing density close to Gaussian the algorithm proved very effective, on lower dimensional systems. However for higher dimensional systems, the algorithm was computationally very demanding. We have been developing a mean field version of the algorithm which treats the state variables at a given time as being independent in the posterior approximation, but still accounts for their relationships between each other in the mean solution arising from the original dynamical system. In this work we present the new mean field variational Bayesian approach, illustrating its performance on a range of classical data assimilation problems. We discuss the potential and limitations of the new approach. We emphasise that the variational Bayesian approach we adopt, in contrast to other variational approaches, provides a bound on the marginal likelihood of the observations given parameters in the model which also allows inference of parameters such as observation errors, and parameters in the model and model error representation, particularly if this is written as a deterministic form with small additive noise. We stress that our approach can address very long time window and weak constraint settings. However like traditional variational approaches our Bayesian variational method has the benefit of being posed as an optimisation problem. We finish with a sketch of the future directions for our approach.
Garrido, Lucia; Driver, Jon; Dolan, Raymond J.; Duchaine, Bradley C.; Furl, Nicholas
2016-01-01
Face processing is mediated by interactions between functional areas in the occipital and temporal lobe, and the fusiform face area (FFA) and anterior temporal lobe play key roles in the recognition of facial identity. Individuals with developmental prosopagnosia (DP), a lifelong face recognition impairment, have been shown to have structural and functional neuronal alterations in these areas. The present study investigated how face selectivity is generated in participants with normal face processing, and how functional abnormalities associated with DP, arise as a function of network connectivity. Using functional magnetic resonance imaging and dynamic causal modeling, we examined effective connectivity in normal participants by assessing network models that include early visual cortex (EVC) and face-selective areas and then investigated the integrity of this connectivity in participants with DP. Results showed that a feedforward architecture from EVC to the occipital face area, EVC to FFA, and EVC to posterior superior temporal sulcus (pSTS) best explained how face selectivity arises in both controls and participants with DP. In this architecture, the DP group showed reduced connection strengths on feedforward connections carrying face information from EVC to FFA and EVC to pSTS. These altered network dynamics in DP contribute to the diminished face selectivity in the posterior occipitotemporal areas affected in DP. These findings suggest a novel view on the relevance of feedforward projection from EVC to posterior occipitotemporal face areas in generating cortical face selectivity and differences in face recognition ability. SIGNIFICANCE STATEMENT Areas of the human brain showing enhanced activation to faces compared to other objects or places have been extensively studied. However, the factors leading to this face selectively have remained mostly unknown. We show that effective connectivity from early visual cortex to posterior occipitotemporal face areas gives rise to face selectivity. Furthermore, people with developmental prosopagnosia, a lifelong face recognition impairment, have reduced face selectivity in the posterior occipitotemporal face areas and left anterior temporal lobe. We show that this reduced face selectivity can be predicted by effective connectivity from early visual cortex to posterior occipitotemporal face areas. This study presents the first network-based account of how face selectivity arises in the human brain. PMID:27030766
Dynamic Stabilization of a Quantum Many-Body Spin System
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Hoang, T. M.; Gerving, C. S.; Land, B. J.; Anquez, M.; Hamley, C. D.; Chapman, M. S.
2013-08-01
We demonstrate dynamic stabilization of a strongly interacting quantum spin system realized in a spin-1 atomic Bose-Einstein condensate. The spinor Bose-Einstein condensate is initialized to an unstable fixed point of the spin-nematic phase space, where subsequent free evolution gives rise to squeezing and quantum spin mixing. To stabilize the system, periodic microwave pulses are applied that rotate the spin-nematic many-body fluctuations and limit their growth. The stability diagram for the range of pulse periods and phase shifts that stabilize the dynamics is measured and compares well with a stability analysis.
Vleeming, A; Schuenke, M D; Danneels, L; Willard, F H
2014-01-01
The thoracolumbar fascia (TLF) consists of aponeurotic and fascial layers that interweave the paraspinal and abdominal muscles into a complex matrix stabilizing the lumbosacral spine. To better understand low back pain, it is essential to appreciate how these muscles cooperate to influence lumbopelvic stability. This study tested the following hypotheses: (i) pressure within the TLF's paraspinal muscular compartment (PMC) alters load transfer between the TLF's posterior and middle layers (PLF and MLF); and (ii) with increased tension of the common tendon of the transversus abdominis (CTrA) and internal oblique muscles and incremental PMC pressure, fascial tension is primarily transferred to the PLF. In cadaveric axial sections, paraspinal muscles were replaced with inflatable tubes to simulate paraspinal muscle contraction. At each inflation increment, tension was created in the CTrA to simulate contraction of the deep abdominal muscles. Fluoroscopic images and load cells captured changes in the size, shape and tension of the PMC due to inflation, with and without tension to the CTrA. In the absence of PMC pressure, increasing tension on the CTrA resulted in anterior and lateral movement of the PMC. PMC inflation in the absence of tension to the CTrA resulted in a small increase in the PMC perimeter and a larger posterior displacement. Combining PMC inflation and tension to the CTrA resulted in an incremental increase in PLF tension without significantly altering tension in the MLF. Paraspinal muscle contraction leads to posterior displacement of the PLF. When expansion is combined with abdominal muscle contraction, the CTrA and internal oblique transfers tension almost exclusively to the PLF, thereby girdling the paraspinal muscles. The lateral border of the PMC is restrained from displacement to maintain integrity. Posterior movement of the PMC represents an increase of the PLF extension moment arm. Dysfunctional paraspinal muscles would reduce the posterior displacement of the PLF and increase the compliance of the lateral border. The resulting change in PMC geometry could diminish any effects of increased tension of the CTrA. This study reveals a co-dependent mechanism involving balanced tension between deep abdominal and lumbar spinal muscles, which are linked through the aponeurotic components of the TLF. This implies the existence of a point of equal tension between the paraspinal muscles and the transversus abdominis and internal oblique muscles, acting through the CTrA. PMID:25139243
Vleeming, A; Schuenke, M D; Danneels, L; Willard, F H
2014-10-01
The thoracolumbar fascia (TLF) consists of aponeurotic and fascial layers that interweave the paraspinal and abdominal muscles into a complex matrix stabilizing the lumbosacral spine. To better understand low back pain, it is essential to appreciate how these muscles cooperate to influence lumbopelvic stability. This study tested the following hypotheses: (i) pressure within the TLF's paraspinal muscular compartment (PMC) alters load transfer between the TLF's posterior and middle layers (PLF and MLF); and (ii) with increased tension of the common tendon of the transversus abdominis (CTrA) and internal oblique muscles and incremental PMC pressure, fascial tension is primarily transferred to the PLF. In cadaveric axial sections, paraspinal muscles were replaced with inflatable tubes to simulate paraspinal muscle contraction. At each inflation increment, tension was created in the CTrA to simulate contraction of the deep abdominal muscles. Fluoroscopic images and load cells captured changes in the size, shape and tension of the PMC due to inflation, with and without tension to the CTrA. In the absence of PMC pressure, increasing tension on the CTrA resulted in anterior and lateral movement of the PMC. PMC inflation in the absence of tension to the CTrA resulted in a small increase in the PMC perimeter and a larger posterior displacement. Combining PMC inflation and tension to the CTrA resulted in an incremental increase in PLF tension without significantly altering tension in the MLF. Paraspinal muscle contraction leads to posterior displacement of the PLF. When expansion is combined with abdominal muscle contraction, the CTrA and internal oblique transfers tension almost exclusively to the PLF, thereby girdling the paraspinal muscles. The lateral border of the PMC is restrained from displacement to maintain integrity. Posterior movement of the PMC represents an increase of the PLF extension moment arm. Dysfunctional paraspinal muscles would reduce the posterior displacement of the PLF and increase the compliance of the lateral border. The resulting change in PMC geometry could diminish any effects of increased tension of the CTrA. This study reveals a co-dependent mechanism involving balanced tension between deep abdominal and lumbar spinal muscles, which are linked through the aponeurotic components of the TLF. This implies the existence of a point of equal tension between the paraspinal muscles and the transversus abdominis and internal oblique muscles, acting through the CTrA. © 2014 Anatomical Society.
Dynamic Hsp83 RNA localization during Drosophila oogenesis and embryogenesis.
Ding, D; Parkhurst, S M; Halsell, S R; Lipshitz, H D
1993-01-01
Hsp83 is the Drosophila homolog of the mammalian Hsp90 family of regulatory molecular chaperones. We show that maternally synthesized Hsp83 transcripts are localized to the posterior pole of the early Drosophila embryo by a novel mechanism involving a combination of generalized RNA degradation and local protection at the posterior. This protection of Hsp83 RNA occurs in wild-type embryos and embryos produced by females carrying the maternal effect mutations nanos and pumilio, which eliminate components of the posterior polar plasm without disrupting polar granule integrity. In contrast, Hsp83 RNA is not protected at the posterior pole of embryos produced by females carrying maternal mutations that disrupt the posterior polar plasm and the polar granules--cappuccino, oskar, spire, staufen, tudor, valois, and vasa. Mislocalization of oskar RNA to the anterior pole, which has been shown to result in induction of germ cells at the anterior, leads to anterior protection of maternal Hsp83 RNA. These results suggest that Hsp83 RNA is a component of the posterior polar plasm that might be associated with polar granules. In addition, we show that zygotic expression of Hsp83 commences in the anterior third of the embryo at the syncytial blastoderm stage and is regulated by the anterior morphogen, bicoid. We consider the possible developmental significance of this complex control of Hsp83 transcript distribution. Images PMID:7684502
Unifying dynamical and structural stability of equilibria
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Arnoldi, Jean-François; Haegeman, Bart
2016-09-01
We exhibit a fundamental relationship between measures of dynamical and structural stability of linear dynamical systems-e.g. linearized models in the vicinity of equilibria. We show that dynamical stability, quantified via the response to external perturbations (i.e. perturbation of dynamical variables), coincides with the minimal internal perturbation (i.e. perturbations of interactions between variables) able to render the system unstable. First, by reformulating a result of control theory, we explain that harmonic external perturbations reflect the spectral sensitivity of the Jacobian matrix at the equilibrium, with respect to constant changes of its coefficients. However, for this equivalence to hold, imaginary changes of the Jacobian's coefficients have to be allowed. The connection with dynamical stability is thus lost for real dynamical systems. We show that this issue can be avoided, thus recovering the fundamental link between dynamical and structural stability, by considering stochastic noise as external and internal perturbations. More precisely, we demonstrate that a linear system's response to white-noise perturbations directly reflects the intensity of internal white-noise disturbance that it can accommodate before becoming stochastically unstable.
Unifying dynamical and structural stability of equilibria.
Arnoldi, Jean-François; Haegeman, Bart
2016-09-01
We exhibit a fundamental relationship between measures of dynamical and structural stability of linear dynamical systems-e.g. linearized models in the vicinity of equilibria. We show that dynamical stability, quantified via the response to external perturbations (i.e. perturbation of dynamical variables), coincides with the minimal internal perturbation (i.e. perturbations of interactions between variables) able to render the system unstable. First, by reformulating a result of control theory, we explain that harmonic external perturbations reflect the spectral sensitivity of the Jacobian matrix at the equilibrium, with respect to constant changes of its coefficients. However, for this equivalence to hold, imaginary changes of the Jacobian's coefficients have to be allowed. The connection with dynamical stability is thus lost for real dynamical systems. We show that this issue can be avoided, thus recovering the fundamental link between dynamical and structural stability, by considering stochastic noise as external and internal perturbations. More precisely, we demonstrate that a linear system's response to white-noise perturbations directly reflects the intensity of internal white-noise disturbance that it can accommodate before becoming stochastically unstable.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Ohtaki, Yasuaki; Arif, Muhammad; Suzuki, Akihiro; Fujita, Kazuki; Inooka, Hikaru; Nagatomi, Ryoichi; Tsuji, Ichiro
This study presents an assessment of walking stability in elderly people, focusing on local dynamic stability of walking. Its main objectives were to propose a technique to quantify local dynamic stability using nonlinear time-series analyses and a portable instrument, and to investigate their reliability in revealing the efficacy of an exercise training intervention for elderly people for improvement of walking stability. The method measured three-dimensional acceleration of the upper body, and computation of Lyapunov exponents, thereby directly quantifying the local stability of the dynamic system. Straight level walking of young and elderly subjects was investigated in the experimental study. We compared Lyapunov exponents of young and the elderly subjects, and of groups before and after the exercise intervention. Experimental results demonstrated that the exercise intervention improved local dynamic stability of walking. The proposed method was useful in revealing effects and efficacies of the exercise intervention for elderly people.
Posterior only approach for fifth lumbar corpectomy: indications and technical notes.
Elnady, Belal; Shawky, Ahmad; Abdelrahman, Hamdan; Elmorshidy, Essam; El-Meshtawy, Mohamed; Said, Galal Zaki
2017-12-01
To evaluate the efficacy and safety of a posterior-only approach for L5 corpectomy, with lumbopelvic fixation for treatment of secondaries, infections, or burst fractures. Between 2010 and 2013, 17 patients with L5 pathology had corpectomy through a posterior-only approach, with reconstruction of the anterior column using titanium cages filled with bone graft. The indication for surgery was presence of secondaries in nine patients, spondylitis and spondylodiscitis in five patients and burst fractures due to high energy trauma in three patients. All patients underwent detailed neurological examination as well as plain radiography, computed tomography, and magnetic resonance imaging studies. This study included 17 patients (8 males and 9 females) with a mean age of 48.3 years. The mean operative time was 186.1 minutes with mean blood loss of 744 ml. No intra-operative or immediate post-operative complications were encountered. Three patients died during follow-up due to advanced malignancy. The remaining 14 patients were followed-up for a mean of 24.9 months. One patient had cut through of L3 screws two years after surgery requiring metal removal. One patient had asymptomatic broken screw, with no need for further intervention. L5 corpectomy is a challenging procedure indicated for treatment of various cases of metastasis, infections, or comminuted fractures. The posterior approach is safe, efficient, and allows both rigid posterior stabilization and anterior reconstruction after L5 corpectomy without the need for an anterior approach and its possible related morbidity.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Rodriguez Prieto, G.; Piriz, A. R.; Lopez Cela, J. J.
2013-01-15
A previous theory on dynamic stabilization of Rayleigh-Taylor instability at interfaces between Newtonian fluids is reformulated in order to make evident the analogy of this problem with the related one on dynamic stabilization of ablation fronts in the framework of inertial confinement fusion. Explicit analytical expressions are obtained for the boundaries of the dynamically stable region which turns out to be completely analogue to the stability charts obtained for the case of ablation fronts. These results allow proposing experiments with Newtonian fluids as surrogates for studying the case of ablation fronts. Experiments with Newtonian fluids are presented which demonstrate themore » validity of the theoretical approach and encourage to pursue experimental research on ablation fronts to settle the feasibility of dynamic stabilization in the inertial confinement fusion scenario.« less
Anwar, Adeel; Lv, Decheng; Zhao, Zhi; Zhang, Zhen; Lu, Ming; Nazir, Muhammad Umar; Qasim, Wasim
2017-04-01
Appropriate fixation method for the posterior malleolar fractures (PMF) according to the fracture size is still not clear. Aim of this study was to evaluate the outcomes of the different fixation methods used for fixation of PMF by finite element analysis (FEA) and to compare the effect of fixation constructs on the size of the fracture computationally. Three dimensional model of the tibia was reconstructed from computed tomography (CT) images. PMF of 30%, 40% and 50% fragment sizes were simulated through computational processing. Two antero-posterior (AP) lag screws, two postero-anterior (PA) lag screws and posterior buttress plate were analysed for three different fracture volumes. The simulated loads of 350N and 700N were applied to the proximal tibial end. Models were fixed distally in all degrees of freedom. In single limb standing condition, the posterior plate group produced the lowest relative displacement (RD) among all the groups (0.01, 0.03 and 0.06mm). Further nodal analysis of the highest RD fracture group showed a higher mean displacement of 4.77mm and 4.23mm in AP and PA lag screws model (p=0.000). The amounts of stress subjected to these implants, 134.36MPa and 140.75MPa were also significantly lower (p=0.000). There was a negative correlation (p=0.021) between implant stress and the displacement which signifies a less stable fixation using AP and PA lag screws. Progressively increasing fracture size demands more stable fixation construct because RD increases significantly. Posterior buttress plate produces superior stability and lowest RD in PMF models irrespective of the fragment size. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Lombardo, D J; Khan, J; Prey, B; Zhang, L; Petersen-Fitts, G R; Sabesan, V J
2016-12-01
Eccentric posterior bone loss and associated glenoid retroversion represent challenges to glenoid placement during total shoulder arthroplasty. This bone loss can lead to poor stability and perforation of the glenoid during arthroplasty. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the morphology of glenoid bone loss for a spectrum of osteoarthritis patients using 3D computed tomography imaging and simulation software. This study included 29 patients with glenohumeral osteoarthritis treated with shoulder arthroplasty. Three-dimensional reconstruction of preoperative CT images was performed. Glenoid bone loss was measured at ten, vertically equidistant axial planes along the glenoid surface at four distinct anterior-posterior points on each plane. The images were fitted with modeled pegged glenoid implants to predict glenoid perforation. The 3D maps demonstrated greatest average bone loss posteriorly in the AP plane at the central axis of the glenoid in the SI plane. The average amount of bone loss was 3.85 mm. Walch A2 and B1 shoulders showed more central bone loss, while Walch B2 shoulders displayed more posterior and inferior bone loss. Patients with predicted peg perforation displayed significantly greater bone loss than those without predicted peg perforation (p = 0.037). Peg perforation was most common in Walch B2 shoulders occurring in the posterior direction involving the central and posterior-inferior peg. These data demonstrate an anatomic pattern of glenoid bone loss for different classes of glenohumeral arthritis. These findings can be used to develop various models of glenoid bone loss to guide surgeons, predict failures, and develop better glenoid implants. This study has been approved by the Cleveland Clinic IRB: Number 6235.
Posterior tibial slope in medial opening-wedge high tibial osteotomy: 2-D versus 3-D navigation.
Yim, Ji Hyeon; Seon, Jong Keun; Song, Eun Kyoo
2012-10-01
Although opening-wedge high tibial osteotomy (HTO) is used to correct deformities, it can simultaneously alter tibial slope in the sagittal plane because of the triangular configuration of the proximal tibia, and this undesired change in tibial slope can influence knee kinematics, stability, and joint contact pressure. Therefore, medial opening-wedge HTO is a technically demanding procedure despite the use of 2-dimensional (2-D) navigation. The authors evaluated the posterior tibial slope pre- and postoperatively in patients who underwent navigation-assisted opening-wedge HTO and compared posterior slope changes for 2-D and 3-dimensional (3-D) navigation versions. Patients were randomly divided into 2 groups based on the navigation system used: group A (2-D guidance for coronal alignment; 17 patients) and group B (3-D guidance for coronal and sagittal alignments; 17 patients). Postoperatively, the mechanical axis was corrected to a mean valgus of 2.81° (range, 1°-5.4°) in group A and 3.15° (range, 1.5°-5.6°) in group B. A significant intergroup difference existed for the amount of posterior tibial slope change (Δ slope) pre- and postoperatively (P=.04).Opening-wedge HTO using navigation offers accurate alignment of the lower limb. In particular, the use of 3-D navigation results in significantly less change in the posterior tibial slope postoperatively than does the use of 2-D navigation. Accordingly, the authors recommend the use of 3-D navigation systems because they provide real-time intraoperative information about coronal, sagittal, and transverse axes and guide the maintenance of the native posterior tibial slope. Copyright 2012, SLACK Incorporated.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Barret, C.
1997-01-01
This publication presents the control requirements, the details of the designed Flight Control Augmentor's (FCA's), the static stability and dynamic stability wind tunnel test programs, the static stability and control analyses, the dynamic stability characteristics of the experimental Launch Vehicle (LV) with the designed FCA's, and a consideration of the elastic vehicle. Dramatic improvements in flight stability have been realized with all the FCA designs; these ranged from 41 percent to 72 percent achieved by the blunt TE design. The control analysis showed that control increased 110 percent with only 3 degrees of FCA deflection. The dynamic stability results showed improvements with all FCA designs tested at all Mach numbers tested. The blunt TE FCA's had the best overall dynamic stability results. Since the lowest elastic vehicle frequency must be well separated from that of the control system, the significant frequencies and modes of vibration have been identified, and the response spectra compared for the experimental LV in both the conventional and the aft cg configuration. Although the dynamic response was 150 percent greater in the aft cg configuration, the lowest bending mode frequency decreased by only 2.8 percent.
Gradual Reduction of Chronic Fracture Dislocation of the Ankle Using Ilizarov/Taylor Spatial Frame
Deland, Jonathan T.; Rozbruch, S. Robert
2010-01-01
With the advances in trauma care, chronic fracture dislocation of the ankle is not a condition commonly seen in modern clinical practice. When encountered, it can be difficult to preserve the ankle joint. We present a case of a 65-year-old female, with a chronic fracture dislocation of the ankle. The ankle joint was subluxated with posterior translation of the talus, displacement of the posterior malleolus fragment, and a distal fibula fracture. A minimally traumatic approach was devised to treat this complex fracture dislocation which included gradual reduction of the ankle with a Taylor spatial frame, followed by stabilization with internal fixation and removal of the frame. Bony union and restoration of the ankle joint congruency was achieved. PMID:22294963
Syam, Kevin; Chouhan, Devendra K; Dhillon, Mandeep Singh
2017-03-01
Cadaveric studies have shown that deficiency of the posterior horn of the medial meniscus (PHMM) increases strain on the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) graft. However, its influence on the clinical and radiological outcome after ACL reconstruction is less discussed and hence evaluated in this study. This study included 77 cases of ACL reconstruction with a minimum 18-month follow-up. Of the 77 cases, 41 patients with intact menisci were compared clinically and radiologically with 36 patients with an injury to the PHMM that required various grades of meniscectomy. The knees were evaluated using subjective International Knee Documentation Committee (IKDC) score and Orthopadische Arbeitsgruppe Knie (OAK) score. Cases with intact menisci showed better stability (p=0.004) at an average of 44.51 months after surgery. No significant differences were noted in the overall OAK score, subjective IKDC score, and functional OAK score (p=0.082, p=0.526, and p=0.363, respectively). The incidence of radiological osteoarthrosis was significantly higher in the posterior horn deficient knees (p=0.022). The tendency toward relatively higher objective instability and increased incidence of osteoarthrosis in the group with absent posterior horn reinforces its importance as a secondary stabiliser of the knee.
Domingues, Eduardo Pinheiro; Ribeiro, Rafael Fernandes; Horta, Martinho Campolina Rebello; Manzi, Flávio Ricardo; Côsso, Maurício Greco; Zenóbio, Elton Gonçalves
2017-10-01
Using computed tomography, to compare vertical and volumetric bone augmentation after interposition grafting with bovine bone mineral matrix (GEISTLICH BIO-OSS ® ) or hydroxyapatite/tricalcium phosphate (STRAUMANN ® BONECERAMIC) for atrophic posterior mandible reconstruction through segmental osteotomy. Seven patients received interposition grafts in the posterior mandible for implant rehabilitation. The computed tomography cone beam images were analysed with OsiriX Imaging Software 6.5 (Pixmeo Geneva, Switzerland) in the pre-surgical period (T0), at 15 days post-surgery (T1) and at 180 days post-surgery (T2). The tomographic analysis was performed by a single trained and calibrated radiologist. Descriptive statistics and nonparametric methods were used to analyse the data. There was a significant difference in vertical and volume augmentation with both biomaterials using the technique (P < 0.05). There were no significant differences (P > 0.05) in volume change of the graft, bone volume augmentation, or augmentation of the maximum linear vertical distance between the two analysed biomaterials. The GEISTLICH BIO-OSS ® and STRAUMANN ® BONECERAMIC interposition grafts exhibited similar and sufficient dimensional stability and volume gain for short implants in the atrophic posterior mandible. © 2016 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
Doellinger, Michael; Lohscheller, Joerg; McWhorter, Andrew; Kunduk, Melda
2009-03-01
We investigate the potential of high-speed digital imaging technique (HSI) and the phonovibrogram (PVG) analysis in normal vocal fold dynamics by studying the effects of continuous voice use (vocal loading) during the workday. One healthy subject was recorded at sustained phonation 13 times within 2 consecutive days in the morning before and in the afternoon after vocal loading, respectively. Vocal fold dynamics were extracted and visualized by PVGs. The characteristic PVG patterns were extracted representing vocal fold vibration types. The parameter values were then analyzed by statistics regarding vocal load, left-right PVG asymmetries, anterior-posterior PVG asymmetries, and opening-closing differences. For the first time, the direct impact of vocal load could be determined by analyzing vocal fold dynamics. For same vocal loading conditions, equal dynamical behavior of the vocal folds were confirmed. Comparison of recordings performed in the morning with the recordings after work revealed significant changes in vibration behavior, indicating impact of occurring vocal load. Left-right asymmetries in vocal fold dynamics were found confirming earlier assumptions. Different dynamics between opening and closing procedure as well as for anterior and posterior parts were found. Constant voice usage stresses the vocal folds even in healthy subjects and can be detected by applying the PVG technique. Furthermore, left-right PVG asymmetries do occur in healthy voice to a certain extent. HSI in combination with PVG analysis seems to be a promising tool for investigation of vocal fold fatigue and pathologies resulting in small forms of dynamical changes.
Factors Affecting Lateral Stability and Controllability
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Campbell, John P; Toll, Thomas A
1948-01-01
The effects on dynamic lateral stability and controllability of some of the important aerodynamic and mass characteristics are discussed and methods are presented for estimating the various stability parameters to be used in the calculation of the dynamic lateral stability of airplanes with swept and low-aspect-ratio wings.
Reconstructing dynamic molecular states from single-cell time series.
Huang, Lirong; Pauleve, Loic; Zechner, Christoph; Unger, Michael; Hansen, Anders S; Koeppl, Heinz
2016-09-01
The notion of state for a system is prevalent in the quantitative sciences and refers to the minimal system summary sufficient to describe the time evolution of the system in a self-consistent manner. This is a prerequisite for a principled understanding of the inner workings of a system. Owing to the complexity of intracellular processes, experimental techniques that can retrieve a sufficient summary are beyond our reach. For the case of stochastic biomolecular reaction networks, we show how to convert the partial state information accessible by experimental techniques into a full system state using mathematical analysis together with a computational model. This is intimately related to the notion of conditional Markov processes and we introduce the posterior master equation and derive novel approximations to the corresponding infinite-dimensional posterior moment dynamics. We exemplify this state reconstruction approach using both in silico data and single-cell data from two gene expression systems in Saccharomyces cerevisiae, where we reconstruct the dynamic promoter and mRNA states from noisy protein abundance measurements. © 2016 The Author(s).
Dynamics of growth zone patterning in the milkweed bug Oncopeltus fasciatus
Weiss, Aryeh; Williams, Terri A.; Nagy, Lisa M.
2017-01-01
We describe the dynamic process of abdominal segment generation in the milkweed bug Oncopeltus fasciatus. We present detailed morphological measurements of the growing germband throughout segmentation. Our data are complemented by cell division profiles and expression patterns of key genes, including invected and even-skipped as markers for different stages of segment formation. We describe morphological and mechanistic changes in the growth zone and in nascent segments during the generation of individual segments and throughout segmentation, and examine the relative contribution of newly formed versus existing tissue to segment formation. Although abdominal segment addition is primarily generated through the rearrangement of a pool of undifferentiated cells, there is nonetheless proliferation in the posterior. By correlating proliferation with gene expression in the growth zone, we propose a model for growth zone dynamics during segmentation in which the growth zone is functionally subdivided into two distinct regions: a posterior region devoted to a slow rate of growth among undifferentiated cells, and an anterior region in which segmental differentiation is initiated and proliferation inhibited. PMID:28432218
Unified sensor management in unknown dynamic clutter
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Mahler, Ronald; El-Fallah, Adel
2010-04-01
In recent years the first author has developed a unified, computationally tractable approach to multisensor-multitarget sensor management. This approach consists of closed-loop recursion of a PHD or CPHD filter with maximization of a "natural" sensor management objective function called PENT (posterior expected number of targets). In this paper we extend this approach so that it can be used in unknown, dynamic clutter backgrounds.
The importance of steady and dynamic inflow on the stability of rotor-body systems
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Peters, David A.
1988-01-01
The induced flow field of a rotor responds in a dynamic fashion to oscillations in rotor lift. This was long known to affect the stability and control derivatives of the rotor. More recently, however, it was also shown that this dynamic inflow also affects rotor and rotor-body aeroelastic stability. Thus, both the steady and unsteady inflow have pronounced effects on air resonance. Recent theoretical developments were made in the modeling of dynamic inflow, and these were verified experimentally. Thus, there is now a simple, verified dynamic inflow model for use in dynamic analyses.
Mihata, Teruhisa; Bui, Christopher N H; Akeda, Masaki; Cavagnaro, Matthew A; Kuenzler, Michael; Peterson, Alexander B; McGarry, Michelle H; Itami, Yasuo; Limpisvasti, Orr; Neo, Masashi; Lee, Thay Q
2017-12-01
Biomechanical and clinical success of the superior capsule reconstruction (SCR) using fascia lata (FL) grafts has been reported. In the United States, human dermal (HD) allograft has been used successfully for SCRs; however, the biomechanical characteristics have not been reported. Eight cadaveric shoulders were tested in 5 conditions: (1) intact; (2) irreparable supraspinatus tear; (3) SCR using FL allograft with anterior and posterior suturing; (4) SCR using HD allograft with anterior and posterior suturing; and (5) SCR using HD allograft with posterior suturing. Rotational range of motion, superior translation, glenohumeral joint force, and subacromial contact were measured at 0°, 30°, and 60° of glenohumeral abduction in the scapular plane. Graft dimensions before and after testing were also recorded. Biomechanical parameters were compared using a repeated-measures analysis of variance with Tukey post hoc test, and graft dimensions were compared using a Student t-test (P < .05). Irreparable supraspinatus tear significantly increased superior translation, superior glenohumeral joint force, and subacromial contact pressure, which were completely restored with the SCR FL allografts. Both SCR HD allograft repairs partially restored superior translation and completely restored subacromial contact and superior glenohumeral joint force. The HD allografts significantly elongated by 15% during testing, whereas the FL allograft lengths were unchanged. Single-layered HD SCR allografts partially restored superior glenohumeral stability, whereas FL allograft SCR completely restored the superior glenohumeral stability. This may be due to the greater flexibility of the HD allograft, and the SCR procedure used was developed on the basis of FL grafts. Published by Elsevier Inc.
El-Sharkawi, Mohammad Mostafa; Said, Galal Zaki
2012-02-01
The purpose of this study was to present our experience in treating dorso-lumbar tuberculosis by one-stage posterior circumferential fusion and to compare this group with a historical group treated by anterior debridement followed by postero-lateral fusion and stabilization. Between 2003 and 2008, 32 patients with active spinal tuberculosis were treated by one-stage posterior circumferential fusion and prospectively followed for a minimum of two years. Pain severity was measured using Visual Analogue Scale (VAS). Neurological assessment was done using the Frankel scale. The operative data, clinical, radiological, and functional outcomes were also compared to a similar group of 25 patients treated with anterior debridement and fusion, followed 10-14 days later by posterior stabilization and postero-lateral fusion. The mean operative time and duration of hospital stay were significantly longer in the two-stage group. The mean estimated blood loss was also larger, though insignificantly, in the two-stage group. The incidence of complications was significantly lower in the one-stage group. At final follow-up, all 34 patients with pre-operative neurological deficits showed at least one Frankel grade of neurological improvement, all 57 patients showed significant improvement of their VAS back pain score, the mean kyphotic angle has significantly improved, all patients achieved solid fusion and 43 (75.4%) patients returned to their pre-disease activity level or work. Instrumented circumferential fusion, whether in one or two stages, is an effective treatment for dorso-lumbar tuberculosis. One-stage surgery, however, is advantageous because it has lower complication rate, shorter hospital stay, less operative time and blood loss.
Teeter, Matthew G; Perry, Kevin I; Yuan, Xunhua; Howard, James L; Lanting, Brent A
2017-06-01
Measured resection (MR) and gap balancing (GB) are common surgical techniques for total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Controversy has arisen as each conceptually differs in how the knee is balanced through bone and soft tissue management. The objective of the present study was to compare both the frequency of condylar liftoff and the location of femorotibial contact from extension through midflexion between patients undergoing GB or MR TKA. A total of 24 knees (23 patients) were randomly assigned at referral to either a surgeon performing MR or GB TKA with the same single radius, posterior-stabilized implant (12 per cohort). At 1-year postoperation, patients underwent biplanar radiographic imaging at 0°, 20°, 40°, and 60° of flexion. Condylar liftoff, contact location, and magnitude of excursion on each condyle were measured. Preoperative and postoperative clinical outcome scores were also collected. There was no difference (P = .41) in the frequency of liftoff between cohorts. The MR cohort had more posterior contact on the medial condyle (P < .01) and more anterior contact on the lateral condyle (P < .01) throughout flexion. Motion patterns were similar between cohorts, with similar medial (P = .48) and lateral (P = .44) excursion, which was equal in magnitude between condyles for both MR (P = .48) and GB (P = .73). There was no difference in clinical outcome scores between groups. For this particular implant system, GB and MR appear to produce similar kinematic and patient-reported outcome results. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Godinsky, R J; Vrabec, G A; Guseila, L M; Filipkowski, D E; Elias, J J
2018-04-01
Locked symphyseal plates are utilized to provide higher levels of construct stiffness than non-locked plates. The current biomechanical study was performed to compare stiffness at the pubic symphysis between locked and non-locked plating systems. Synthetic models were utilized to represent injury to the pelvis and symphyseal plating combined with a sacro-iliac screw. Seven models were evaluated with plates and locking screws, and seven were evaluated with non-locking screws. Single limb stance was simulated, with all models loaded for 1000 cycles with 350 N applied at the sacrum. Two pairs of markers crossing the symphysis were tracked with a video-based tracking system. A coordinate system was developed to quantify motion between the pairs in three directions: medial-lateral gap, anterior-posterior shear translation, and superior-inferior shear translation. Significant differences between the plating systems were identified with t tests (p < 0.05). Anterior-posterior shear translation varied significantly between the two plating systems. From cycles 100 to 1000, average shear translation for the non-locked and locked systems was ~0.7 and 0.3 mm, respectively, at the markers closest to the plate and 2.2 and 1.4 mm, respectively, at the markers further from the plate. Motion in the other two directions did not differ significantly between locked and non-locked models. Locked symphyseal plating systems can provide better stability than non-locked systems for anterior-posterior shear translation. More stability could potentially reduce the risk of failure of the plate or screws.
Tabachnikova, T V; Serova, N K; Shimansky, V N
2014-01-01
Over 200 patients with acoustic neuromas and over 100 patients with posterior cranial fossa meningiomas are annually operated on at the N.N. Burdenko Neurosurgical Institute. Intraoperative monitoring of the facial nerve function is used in most patients with tumors of the posterior cranial fossa to identify the facial nerve in the surgical wound. If the anatomical integrity of the facial nerve in the cranial cavity cannot be retained, facial nerve repair is performed to restore the facial muscle function. Intraoperative electrical stimulation of the facial nerve has a great prognostic significance to evaluate the dynamics of lagophthalmos in the late postoperative period and to select the proper method for lagophthalmos correction. When the facial nerve was reinnervated by the descending branch or trunk of the hypoglossal nerve, sufficient eyelid closure was observed only in 3 patients out of 17.
Tang, Ming-xing; Zhang, Hong-qi; Wang, Yu-xiang; Guo, Chao-feng; Liu, Jin-yang
2016-02-01
Surgical treatment for spinal tuberculosis includes focal tuberculosis debridement, segmental stability reconstruction, neural decompression and kyphotic deformity correction. For the lesions mainly involved anterior and middle column of the spine, anterior operation of debridement and fusion with internal fixation has been becoming the most frequently used surgical technique for the spinal tuberculosis. However, high risk of structural damage might relate with anterior surgery, such as damage in lungs, heart, kidney, ureter and bowel, and the deformity correction is also limited. Due to the organs are in the front of spine, there are less complications in posterior approach. Spinal pedicle screw passes through the spinal three-column structure, which provides more powerful orthopedic forces compared with the vertebral body screw, and the kyphotic deformity correction effect is better in posterior approach. In this paper, we report a 68-year-old male patient with thoracic tuberculosis who underwent surgical treatment by debridement, interbody fusion and internal fixation via posterior approach only. The patient was placed in prone position under general anesthesia. Posterior midline incision was performed, and the posterior spinal construction was exposed. Then place pedicle screw, and fix one side rod temporarily. Make the side of more bone destruction and larger abscess as lesion debridement side. Resect the unilateral facet joint, and retain contralateral structure integrity. Protect the spinal cord, nerve root. Clear sequestrum, necrotic tissue, abscess of paravertebral and intervertebral space. Specially designed titanium mesh cages or bone blocks were implanted into interbody. Fix both side rods and compress both sides to make the mesh cages and bone blocks tight. Reconstruct posterior column structure with allogeneic bone and autologous bone. Using this technique, the procedures of debridement, spinal cord decompression, deformity correction, bone grafting, and internal fixation can be completed with only one incision and surgical position, and the deformity correction efficiency is higher than anterior surgery. © 2016 Chinese Orthopaedic Association and John Wiley & Sons Australia, Ltd.
Padala, Muralidhar; Cardinau, Benedicte; Gyoneva, Lazarina I.; Thourani, Vinod H.
2013-01-01
BACKGROUND Surgical reconstruction of a flail posterior leaflet is a routine mitral valve repair, the techniques for which have evolved from leaflet resection to leaflet preservation. Artificial ePTFE neochordae are frequently used to stabilize the flail leaflet, and seldom translocation of the native secondary chordae of the valve to the leaflet free edge is used. In this study, we sought to investigate the efficacy of the two techniques to correct posterior leaflet prolapse and reduce mitral regurgitation, and quantify the acute post-repair leaflet kinematics. METHODS Adult porcine mitral valves (N =7) were studied in a pulsatile left heart experimental model in which isolated P2 flail was mimicked by marginal chordal transection. Baseline conditions were established in each valve under normal conditions (control), and followed by induction of isolated P2 flail by transecting the two marginal chordae on the posterior leaflet free edge (disease). The flail posterior leaflet was reconstructed using artificial neochordae (repair 1) and then native chordal translocation (repair 2). Reduction in leaflet flail, changes in mitral regurgitation fraction, leaflet coaptation length, and posterior leaflet mobility were measured using B-mode echocardiography or color doppler. RESULTS At baseline, all the valves were competent with no mitral regurgitation. After transection of the marginal chordae on the posterior leaflet, isolated P2 flail was evident with 13.7±13% regurgitation. Reconstruction with artificial neochordae eliminated leaflet flail and reduced mitral regurgitation to 3.2± 2.8%, and with chordal translocation leaflet flail was corrected and mitral regurgitation was measured at 2.3±2.6%. Using either repair techniques, leaflet coaptation and mobility of the repaired leaflets were adequate and comparable to the baseline measurements. CONCLUSIONS Comparable reduction leaflet flail and regurgitation, and restoration of physiological leaflet coaptation with the two techniques indicates that under acute conditions, use of artificial neochordae or native chordal translocations have similar benefits. PMID:23291143
Foot segmental motion and coupling in stage II and III tibialis posterior tendon dysfunction.
Van de Velde, Maarten; Matricali, Giovanni Arnoldo; Wuite, Sander; Roels, Charlotte; Staes, Filip; Deschamps, Kevin
2017-06-01
Classification systems developed in the field of posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction omit to include dynamic measurements. Since this may negatively affect the selection of the most appropriate treatment modality, studies on foot kinematics are highly recommended. Previous research characterised the foot kinematics in patients with posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction. However, none of the studies analysed foot segmental motion synchrony during stance phase, nor compared the kinematic behaviour of the foot in presence of different posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction stages. Therefore, we aimed at comparing foot segmental motion and coupling in patients with posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction grade 2 and 3 to those of asymptomatic subjects. Foot segmental motion of 11 patients suffering from posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction stage 2, 4 patients with posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction stage 3 and 15 asymptomatic subjects was objectively quantified with the Rizzoli foot model using an instrumented walkway and a 3D passive motion capture system. Dependent variables were the range of motion occurring at the different inter-segment angles during subphases of stance and swing phase as well as the cross-correlation coefficient between a number of segments. Significant differences in range of motion were predominantly found during the forefoot push off phase and swing phase. In general, both patient cohorts demonstrated a reduced range of motion compared to the control group. This hypomobility occurred predominantly in the rearfoot and midfoot (p<0.01). Significant differences between both posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction patient cohorts were not revealed. Cross-correlation coefficients highlighted a loss of joint coupling between rearfoot and tibia as well as between rearfoot and forefoot in both posterior tibialis tendon dysfunction groups. The current evidence reveals considerable mechanical alterations in the foot which should be considered in the decision making process since it may help explaining the success and failure of certain conservative and surgical interventions. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Ahn, Jin Hwan; Bae, Tae Soo; Kang, Ki-Ser; Kang, Soo Yong; Lee, Sang Hak
2011-10-01
Longitudinal tears of the medial meniscus posterior horn (MMPH) are commonly associated with a chronic anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) deficiency. Many studies have demonstrated the importance of the medial meniscus in terms of limiting the amount of anterior-posterior tibial translation in response to anterior tibial loads in ACL-deficient knees. An MMPH tear in an ACL-deficient knee increases the anterior-posterior tibial translation and rotatory instability. In addition, MMPH repair will restore the tibial translation to the level before the tear. Controlled laboratory study. Ten human cadaveric knees were tested sequentially using a custom testing system under 5 conditions: intact, ACL deficient, ACL deficient with an MMPH peripheral longitudinal tear, ACL deficient with an MMPH repair, and ACL deficient with a total medial meniscectomy. The knee kinematics were measured at 0°, 15°, 30°, 60°, and 90° of flexion in response to a 134-N anterior and 200-N axial compressive tibial load. The rotatory kinematics were also measured at 15° and 30° of flexion in a combined rotatory load of 5 N·m of internal tibial torque and 10 N·m of valgus torque. Medial meniscus posterior horn longitudinal tears in ACL-deficient knees resulted in a significant increase in anterior-posterior tibial translation at all flexion angles except 90° (P < .05). An MMPH repair in an ACL-deficient knee showed a significant decrease in anterior-posterior tibial translation at all flexion angles except 60° compared with the ACL-deficient/MMPH tear state (P < .05). The total anterior-posterior translation of the ACL-deficient/MMPH repaired knee was not significantly increased compared with the ACL (only)-deficient knee but was increased compared with the ACL-intact knee (P > .05). A total medial meniscectomy in an ACL-deficient knee did not increase the anterior-posterior tibial translation significantly compared with MMPH tears in ACL-deficient knees at all flexion angles (P > .05). In a combined rotatory load, tibial rotation after MMPH tears or a total medial meniscectomy in an ACL-deficient knee were not affected significantly at all flexion angles. This study shows that an MMPH longitudinal tear in an ACL-deficient knee alters the knee kinematics, particularly the anterior-posterior tibial translation. MMPH repair significantly improved anterior-posterior tibial translation in ACL-deficient knees. These findings may help improve the treatment of patients with ACL and MMPH longitudinal tear by suggesting that the medial meniscal repairs should be performed for greater longevity when combined with an ACL reconstruction.
Scheele, Christian; Pietschmann, Matthias F; Schröder, Christian; Grupp, Thomas; Holderied, Melanie; Jansson, Volmar; Müller, Peter E
2017-03-01
Unicompartmental total knee arthroplasty (UKA) is a well-established treatment option for unicondylar osteoarthritis, and generally leads to better functional results than tricompartimental total knee arthroplasty (TKA). However, revision rates of UKAs are reported as being higher; a major reason for this is aseptic loosening of the tibial component due to implant-cement-bone interface fatigue. The objective of this study was to determine the effects of trabecular bone preparation, prior to implantation of tibial UKAs, on morphological and biomechanical outcomes in a cadaver study. Cemented UKAs were performed in 18 human cadaver knees after the bone bed was cleaned using pulsed lavage (Group A), conventional brush (Group B) or no cleaning at all (Group C, control). Morphologic cement penetration and primary stability were measured. The area proportion under the tibial component without visible cement penetration was significantly higher in Group C (21.9%, SD 11.9) than in both Group A (7.1%, SD 5.8), and Group B (6.5%, SD 4.2) (P=0.007). The overall cement penetration depth did not differ between groups. However, in the posterior part, cement penetration depth was significantly higher in Group B (1.9mm, SD 0.3) than in both Group A (1.3mm, SD 0.3) and Group C (1.4mm, SD 0.3) (P=0.015). The mode of preparation did not show a substantial effect on primary stability tested under dynamic compression-shear test conditions (P=0.910). Bone preparation significantly enhances cement interdigitation. The application of a brush shows similar results compared with the application of pulsed lavage. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Logic Dynamics for Deductive Inference -- Its Stability and Neural Basis
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Tsuda, Ichiro
2014-12-01
We propose a dynamical model that represents a process of deductive inference. We discuss the stability of logic dynamics and a neural basis for the dynamics. We propose a new concept of descriptive stability, thereby enabling a structure of stable descriptions of mathematical models concerning dynamic phenomena to be clarified. The present theory is based on the wider and deeper thoughts of John S. Nicolis. In particular, it is based on our joint paper on the chaos theory of human short-term memories with a magic number of seven plus or minus two.
A Catalog of Transit Timing Posterior Distributions for all Kepler Planet Candidate Events
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Montet, Benjamin Tyler; Becker, Juliette C.; Johnson, John
2015-08-01
Kepler has ushered in a new era of planetary dynamics, enabling the detection of interactions between multiple planets in transiting systems for hundreds of systems. These interactions, observed as transit timing variations (TTVs), have been used to find non-transiting companions to transiting systems and to measure masses, eccentricities, and inclinations of transiting planets. Often, physical parameters are inferred by comparing the observed light curve to the result of a photodynamical model, a time-intensive process that often ignores the effects of correlated noise in the light curve. Catalogs of transit timing observations have previously neglected non-Gaussian uncertainties in the times of transit, uncertainties in the transit shape, and short cadence data. Here, we present a catalog of not only times of transit centers, but also posterior distributions on the time of transit for every planet candidate transit event in the Kepler data, developed through importance sampling of each transit. This catalog allows us to marginalize over uncertainties in the transit shape and incorporate short cadence data, the effects of correlated noise, and non-Gaussian posteriors. Our catalog will enable dynamical studies that reflect accurately the precision of Kepler and its limitations without requiring the computational power to model the light curve completely with every integration.
Posterior Cricoarytenoid Muscle Dynamics in Canines and Humans
Chhetri, Dinesh K.; Neubauer, Juergen; Sofer, Elazar
2015-01-01
Objective The posterior cricoarytenoid (PCA) muscle is the sole abductor of the glottis and serves important functions during respiration, phonation, cough, and sniff. The present study examines vocal fold abduction dynamics during PCA muscle activation. Study Design Basic science study using an in vivo canine model and human subjects. Methods In four canines and five healthy humans vocal fold abduction time was measured using high speed video recording. In the canines, PCA muscle activation was achieved using graded stimulation of the PCA nerve branch. The human subjects performed coughing and sniffing tasks. High speed video and audio signals were concurrently recorded. Results In the canines the vocal fold moved posteriorly, laterally, and superiorly during abduction. Average time to reach 10%, 50% and 90% abduction was 23, 50, and 100 ms with low stimulation, 24, 58, and 129 ms with medium stimulation, and 21, 49, and 117 ms with high level stimulation. In the humans, 100% abduction times for coughing and sniffing tasks were 79 and 193 ms, respectively. Conclusion The PCA abduction times in canines are within the range in humans. The results also further support the notion that PCA muscles are fully active during cough. Level of Evidence N/A (Animal studies and basic research) PMID:24781959
Optimal spectral tracking--adapting to dynamic regime change.
Brittain, John-Stuart; Halliday, David M
2011-01-30
Real world data do not always obey the statistical restraints imposed upon them by sophisticated analysis techniques. In spectral analysis for instance, an ergodic process--the interchangeability of temporal for spatial averaging--is assumed for a repeat-trial design. Many evolutionary scenarios, such as learning and motor consolidation, do not conform to such linear behaviour and should be approached from a more flexible perspective. To this end we previously introduced the method of optimal spectral tracking (OST) in the study of trial-varying parameters. In this extension to our work we modify the OST routines to provide an adaptive implementation capable of reacting to dynamic transitions in the underlying system state. In so doing, we generalise our approach to characterise both slow-varying and rapid fluctuations in time-series, simultaneously providing a metric of system stability. The approach is first applied to a surrogate dataset and compared to both our original non-adaptive solution and spectrogram approaches. The adaptive OST is seen to display fast convergence and desirable statistical properties. All three approaches are then applied to a neurophysiological recording obtained during a study on anaesthetic monitoring. Local field potentials acquired from the posterior hypothalamic region of a deep brain stimulation patient undergoing anaesthesia were analysed. The characterisation of features such as response delay, time-to-peak and modulation brevity are considered. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Lee, Jae Hyup; Kong, Chang-Bae; Yang, Jae Jun; Shim, Hee-Jong; Koo, Ki-Hyoung; Kim, Jeehyoung; Lee, Choon-Ki; Chang, Bong-Soon
2016-11-01
The CaO-SiO 2 -P 2 O 5 -B 2 O 3 glass ceramics spacer generates chemical bonding to adjacent bones with high mechanical stability to produce a union with the end plate, and ultimately stability. The authors aimed to compare the clinical efficacy and safety of CaO-SiO 2 -P 2 O 5 -B 2 O 3 glass ceramics with a titanium cage that is widely used for posterior lumbar interbody fusion (PLIF) surgery in the clinical field. This is a prospective, stratified randomized, multicenter, single-blinded, comparator-controlled non-inferiority trial. The present study was conducted in four hospitals and enrolled a total of 86 patients between 30 and 80 years of age who required one-level PLIF due to severe spinal stenosis, spondylolisthesis, or huge disc herniation. The Oswestry Disability Index (ODI), Short Form-36 Health Survey (SF-36), and pain visual analog scale (VAS) were assessed before surgery and at 3, 6, and 12 months after surgery. The spinal fusion rate was assessed at 6 and 12 months after surgery. The spinal fusion rate and the area of fusion, subsidence of each CaO-SiO 2 -P 2 O 5 -B 2 O 3 glass ceramics and titanium cage, and the extent of osteolysis were evaluated using a dynamic plain radiography and a three-dimensional computed tomography at 12 months after surgery. The present study was supported by BioAlpha, and some authors (JHL, C-KL, and B-SC) have stock ownership (<10,000 US dollars). From the plain radiography results, the 6-month fusion rates for the bioactive glass ceramics group and the titanium group were 89.7% and 91.4%, respectively. In addition, the 12-month fusion rates based on CT scan were 89.7% and 91.2%, respectively, showing no significant difference. However, the bone fusion area directly attached to the end plate of either bioactive glass ceramics or the titanium cage was significantly higher in the bioactive glass ceramics group than in the titanium group. The ODI, SF-36, back pain, and lower limb pain in both groups significantly improved after surgery, with no significant differences between the groups. No significant differences between the two groups were observed in the extent of subsidence and osteolysis. In lumbar posterior interbody fusion surgery, CaO-SiO 2 -P 2 O 5 -B 2 O 3 glass ceramics spacer showed a similar fusion rates and clinical outcomes compared with titanium cage. Copyright © 2016 The Author(s). Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Teng, Ya-Ling; Chen, Chiung-Ling; Lou, Shu-Zon; Wang, Wei-Tsan; Wu, Jui-Yen; Ma, Hui-Ing; Chen, Vincent Chin-Hung
2016-01-01
Postural dysfunctions are prevalent in patients with schizophrenia and affect their daily life and ability to work. In addition, sensory functions and sensory integration that are crucial for postural control are also compromised. This study intended to examine how patients with schizophrenia coordinate multiple sensory systems to maintain postural stability in dynamic sensory conditions. Twenty-nine patients with schizophrenia and 32 control subjects were recruited. Postural stability of the participants was examined in six sensory conditions of different level of congruency of multiple sensory information, which was based on combinations of correct, removed, or conflicting sensory inputs from visual, somatosensory, and vestibular systems. The excursion of the center of pressure was measured by posturography. Equilibrium scores were derived to indicate the range of anterior-posterior (AP) postural sway, and sensory ratios were calculated to explore ability to use sensory information to maintain balance. The overall AP postural sway was significantly larger for patients with schizophrenia compared to the controls [patients (69.62±8.99); controls (76.53±7.47); t1,59 = -3.28, p<0.001]. The results of mixed-model ANOVAs showed a significant interaction between the group and sensory conditions [F5,295 = 5.55, p<0.001]. Further analysis indicated that AP postural sway was significantly larger for patients compared to the controls in conditions containing unreliable somatosensory information either with visual deprivation or with conflicting visual information. Sensory ratios were not significantly different between groups, although small and non-significant difference in inefficiency to utilize vestibular information was also noted. No significant correlations were found between postural stability and clinical characteristics. To sum up, patients with schizophrenia showed increased postural sway and a higher rate of falls during challenging sensory conditions, which was independent of clinical characteristics. Patients further demonstrated similar pattern and level of utilizing sensory information to maintain balance compared to the controls.
Assessing Sensorimotor Function Following ISS with Computerized Dynamic Posturography.
Wood, Scott J; Paloski, William H; Clark, Jonathan B
2015-12-01
Postflight postural ataxia reflects both the control strategies adopted for movement in microgravity and the direct effects of deconditioning. Computerized dynamic posturography (CDP) has been used during the first decade of the International Space Station (ISS) expeditions to quantify the initial postflight decrements and recovery of postural stability. The CDP data were obtained on 37 crewmembers as part of their pre- and postflight medical examinations. Sensory organization tests evaluated the ability to make effective use of (or suppress inappropriate) visual, vestibular, and somatosensory information for balance control. This report focuses on eyes closed conditions with either a fixed or sway-referenced base of support, with the head erect or during pitch-head tilts (± 20° at 0.33 Hz). Equilibrium scores were derived from peak-to-peak anterior-posterior sway. Motor-control tests were also used to evaluate a crewmember's ability to automatically recover from unexpected support-surface perturbations. The standard Romberg condition was the least sensitive. Dynamic head tilts led to increased incidence of falls and revealed significantly longer recovery than head-erect conditions. Improvements in postflight postural performance during the later expeditions may be attributable to higher preflight baselines and/or advanced exercise capabilities aboard the ISS. The diagnostic assessment of postural instability is more pronounced during unstable-support conditions requiring active head movements. In addition to supporting return-to-duty decisions by flight surgeons, the CDP provides a standardized sensorimotor measure that can be used to evaluate the effectiveness of countermeasures designed to either minimize deconditioning on orbit or promote reconditioning upon return to Earth.
Ni, Meng; Mooney, Kiersten; Richards, Luca; Balachandran, Anoop; Sun, Mingwei; Harriell, Kysha; Potiaumpai, Melanie; Signorile, Joseph F
2014-09-01
To compare the effect of a custom-designed yoga program with 2 other balance training programs. Randomized controlled trial. Research laboratory. A group of older adults (N=39; mean age, 74.15 ± 6.99 y) with a history of falling. Three different exercise interventions (Tai Chi, standard balance training, yoga) were given for 12 weeks. Balance performance was examined during pre- and posttest using field tests, including the 8-foot up-and-go test, 1-leg stance, functional reach, and usual and maximal walking speed. The static and dynamic balances were also assessed by postural sway and dynamic posturography, respectively. Training produced significant improvements in all field tests (P<.005), but group difference and time × group interaction were not detected. For postural sway, significant decreases in the area of the center of pressure with eyes open (P=.001) and eyes closed (P=.002) were detected after training. For eyes open, maximum medial-lateral velocity significantly decreased for the sample (P=.013). For eyes closed, medial-lateral displacement decreased for Tai Chi (P<.01). For dynamic posturography, significant improvements in overall score (P=.001), time on the test (P=.006), and 2 linear measures in lateral (P=.001) and anterior-posterior (P<.001) directions were seen for the sample. Yoga was as effective as Tai Chi and standard balance training for improving postural stability and may offer an alternative to more traditional programs. Copyright © 2014 American Congress of Rehabilitation Medicine. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Dynamics of the slowing segmentation clock reveal alternating two-segment periodicity
Shih, Nathan P.; François, Paul; Delaune, Emilie A.; Amacher, Sharon L.
2015-01-01
The formation of reiterated somites along the vertebrate body axis is controlled by the segmentation clock, a molecular oscillator expressed within presomitic mesoderm (PSM) cells. Although PSM cells oscillate autonomously, they coordinate with neighboring cells to generate a sweeping wave of cyclic gene expression through the PSM that has a periodicity equal to that of somite formation. The velocity of each wave slows as it moves anteriorly through the PSM, although the dynamics of clock slowing have not been well characterized. Here, we investigate segmentation clock dynamics in the anterior PSM in developing zebrafish embryos using an in vivo clock reporter, her1:her1-venus. The her1:her1-venus reporter has single-cell resolution, allowing us to follow segmentation clock oscillations in individual cells in real-time. By retrospectively tracking oscillations of future somite boundary cells, we find that clock reporter signal increases in anterior PSM cells and that the periodicity of reporter oscillations slows to about ∼1.5 times the periodicity in posterior PSM cells. This gradual slowing of the clock in the anterior PSM creates peaks of clock expression that are separated at a two-segment periodicity both spatially and temporally, a phenomenon we observe in single cells and in tissue-wide analyses. These results differ from previous predictions that clock oscillations stop or are stabilized in the anterior PSM. Instead, PSM cells oscillate until they incorporate into somites. Our findings suggest that the segmentation clock may signal somite formation using a phase gradient with a two-somite periodicity. PMID:25968314
The need for higher-order averaging in the stability analysis of hovering, flapping-wing flight.
Taha, Haithem E; Tahmasian, Sevak; Woolsey, Craig A; Nayfeh, Ali H; Hajj, Muhammad R
2015-01-05
Because of the relatively high flapping frequency associated with hovering insects and flapping wing micro-air vehicles (FWMAVs), dynamic stability analysis typically involves direct averaging of the time-periodic dynamics over a flapping cycle. However, direct application of the averaging theorem may lead to false conclusions about the dynamics and stability of hovering insects and FWMAVs. Higher-order averaging techniques may be needed to understand the dynamics of flapping wing flight and to analyze its stability. We use second-order averaging to analyze the hovering dynamics of five insects in response to high-amplitude, high-frequency, periodic wing motion. We discuss the applicability of direct averaging versus second-order averaging for these insects.
Jalali, Maryam; Farahmand, Farzam; Mousavi, Seyed Mohammad Ebrahim; Golestanha, Seyed Ali; Rezaeian, Tahmineh; Shirvani Broujeni, Shahram; Rahgozar, Mehdi; Esfandiarpour, Fateme
2015-01-01
Background: Despite several studies with different methods, the effect of functional knee braces on knee joint kinematics is not clear. Direct visualization of joint components through medical imaging modalities may provide the clinicians with more useful information. Objectives: In this study, for the first time in the literature, video fluoroscopy was used to investigate the effect of knee bracing on the sagittal plane kinematics of anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injured patients. Patients and Methods: For twelve male unilateral ACL deficient subjects, the anterior tibial translation was measured during lunge exercise in non-braced and braced conditions. Fluoroscopic images were acquired from the subjects using a digital fluoroscopy system with a rate of 10 fps. The image of each frame was scaled using a calibration coin and analyzed in AutoCAD environment. The angle between the two lines, tangent to the posterior cortexes of the femoral and tibial shafts was measured as the flexion angle. For the fluoroscopic images associated with 0°, 15°, 30°, 45° and 60° knee flexion angles, the relative anterior-posterior configuration of the tibiofemoral joint was assessed by measuring the position of landmarks on the tibia and femur. Results: Results indicated that the overall anterior translations of the tibia during the eccentric (down) and concentric (up) phases of lunge exercise were 10.4 ± 1.7 mm and 9.0 ± 2.2 mm for non-braced, and 10.1 ± 3.4 mm and 7.4 ± 2.5 mm, for braced conditions, respectively. The difference of the tibial anterior-posterior translation behaviors of the braced and non-braced knees was not statistically significant. Conclusion: Fluoroscopic imaging provides an effective tool to measure the dynamic behavior of the knee joint in the sagittal plane and within the limitations of this study, the pure mechanical stabilizing effect of functional knee bracing is not sufficient to control the anterior tibial translation of the ACL deficient patients during lunge exercise. PMID:26557277
Robertson, Peter A; Armstrong, William A; Woods, Daniel L; Rawlinson, Jeremy J
2018-04-24
Controlled cadaveric study of surgical technique in Transforaminal and Posterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion (TLIF & PLIF) OBJECTIVE.: To evaluate the contribution of surgical techniques and cage variables in lordosis re-creation in posterior interbody fusion (TLIF/PLIF). The major contributors to lumbar lordosis are the lordotic lower lumbar discs. The pathologies requiring treatment with segmental fusion are frequently hypolordotic or kyphotic. Current posterior based interbody techniques have a poor track record for recreating lordosis, although re-creation of lordosis with optimum anatomical alignment is associated with better outcomes and reduced adjacent segment change needing revision. It is unclear whether surgical techniques or cage parameters contribute significantly to lordosis re-creation. Eight instrumented cadaveric motion segments were evaluated with pre and post experimental radiological assessment of lordosis. Each motion segment was instrumented with pedicle screw fixation to allow segmental stabilization. The surgical procedures were unilateral TLIF with an 18° lordotic and 27 mm length cage, unilateral TLIF (18°, 27 mm) with bilateral facetectomy, unilateral TLIF (18°, 27 mm) with posterior column osteotomy, PLIF with bilateral cages (18°, 22 mm), and PLIF with bilateral cages (24°, 22 mm). Cage insertion used and 'insert and rotate' technique. Pooled results demonstrated a mean increase in lordosis of 2.2° with each procedural step (Lordosis increase was serially 1.8°, 3.5°, 1.6°, 2.5° & 1.6° through the procedures). TLIF and PLIF with posterior column osteotomy increased lordosis significantly compared with Unilateral TLIF and TLIF with bilateral facetectomy. The major contributors to lordosis re-creation were posterior column osteotomy, and PLIF with paired shorter cages rather than TLIF. This study demonstrates that the surgical approach to posterior interbody surgery influences lordosis gain and posterior column osteotomy optimizes lordosis gain in TLIF. The bilateral cages used in PLIF are shorter and associated with further gain in lordosis. This information has the potential to aid surgical planning when attempting to recreate lordosis to optimize outcomes. N/A.
Prefrontal cortex modulates posterior alpha oscillations during top-down guided visual perception
Helfrich, Randolph F.; Huang, Melody; Wilson, Guy; Knight, Robert T.
2017-01-01
Conscious visual perception is proposed to arise from the selective synchronization of functionally specialized but widely distributed cortical areas. It has been suggested that different frequency bands index distinct canonical computations. Here, we probed visual perception on a fine-grained temporal scale to study the oscillatory dynamics supporting prefrontal-dependent sensory processing. We tested whether a predictive context that was embedded in a rapid visual stream modulated the perception of a subsequent near-threshold target. The rapid stream was presented either rhythmically at 10 Hz, to entrain parietooccipital alpha oscillations, or arrhythmically. We identified a 2- to 4-Hz delta signature that modulated posterior alpha activity and behavior during predictive trials. Importantly, delta-mediated top-down control diminished the behavioral effects of bottom-up alpha entrainment. Simultaneous source-reconstructed EEG and cross-frequency directionality analyses revealed that this delta activity originated from prefrontal areas and modulated posterior alpha power. Taken together, this study presents converging behavioral and electrophysiological evidence for frontal delta-mediated top-down control of posterior alpha activity, selectively facilitating visual perception. PMID:28808023
Selecting Summary Statistics in Approximate Bayesian Computation for Calibrating Stochastic Models
Burr, Tom
2013-01-01
Approximate Bayesian computation (ABC) is an approach for using measurement data to calibrate stochastic computer models, which are common in biology applications. ABC is becoming the “go-to” option when the data and/or parameter dimension is large because it relies on user-chosen summary statistics rather than the full data and is therefore computationally feasible. One technical challenge with ABC is that the quality of the approximation to the posterior distribution of model parameters depends on the user-chosen summary statistics. In this paper, the user requirement to choose effective summary statistics in order to accurately estimate the posterior distribution of model parameters is investigated and illustrated by example, using a model and corresponding real data of mitochondrial DNA population dynamics. We show that for some choices of summary statistics, the posterior distribution of model parameters is closely approximated and for other choices of summary statistics, the posterior distribution is not closely approximated. A strategy to choose effective summary statistics is suggested in cases where the stochastic computer model can be run at many trial parameter settings, as in the example. PMID:24288668
Selecting summary statistics in approximate Bayesian computation for calibrating stochastic models.
Burr, Tom; Skurikhin, Alexei
2013-01-01
Approximate Bayesian computation (ABC) is an approach for using measurement data to calibrate stochastic computer models, which are common in biology applications. ABC is becoming the "go-to" option when the data and/or parameter dimension is large because it relies on user-chosen summary statistics rather than the full data and is therefore computationally feasible. One technical challenge with ABC is that the quality of the approximation to the posterior distribution of model parameters depends on the user-chosen summary statistics. In this paper, the user requirement to choose effective summary statistics in order to accurately estimate the posterior distribution of model parameters is investigated and illustrated by example, using a model and corresponding real data of mitochondrial DNA population dynamics. We show that for some choices of summary statistics, the posterior distribution of model parameters is closely approximated and for other choices of summary statistics, the posterior distribution is not closely approximated. A strategy to choose effective summary statistics is suggested in cases where the stochastic computer model can be run at many trial parameter settings, as in the example.
Efficient Mean Field Variational Algorithm for Data Assimilation (Invited)
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Vrettas, M. D.; Cornford, D.; Opper, M.
2013-12-01
Data assimilation algorithms combine available observations of physical systems with the assumed model dynamics in a systematic manner, to produce better estimates of initial conditions for prediction. Broadly they can be categorized in three main approaches: (a) sequential algorithms, (b) sampling methods and (c) variational algorithms which transform the density estimation problem to an optimization problem. However, given finite computational resources, only a handful of ensemble Kalman filters and 4DVar algorithms have been applied operationally to very high dimensional geophysical applications, such as weather forecasting. In this paper we present a recent extension to our variational Bayesian algorithm which seeks the ';optimal' posterior distribution over the continuous time states, within a family of non-stationary Gaussian processes. Our initial work on variational Bayesian approaches to data assimilation, unlike the well-known 4DVar method which seeks only the most probable solution, computes the best time varying Gaussian process approximation to the posterior smoothing distribution for dynamical systems that can be represented by stochastic differential equations. This approach was based on minimising the Kullback-Leibler divergence, over paths, between the true posterior and our Gaussian process approximation. Whilst the observations were informative enough to keep the posterior smoothing density close to Gaussian the algorithm proved very effective on low dimensional systems (e.g. O(10)D). However for higher dimensional systems, the high computational demands make the algorithm prohibitively expensive. To overcome the difficulties presented in the original framework and make our approach more efficient in higher dimensional systems we have been developing a new mean field version of the algorithm which treats the state variables at any given time as being independent in the posterior approximation, while still accounting for their relationships in the mean solution arising from the original system dynamics. Here we present this new mean field approach, illustrating its performance on a range of benchmark data assimilation problems whose dimensionality varies from O(10) to O(10^3)D. We emphasise that the variational Bayesian approach we adopt, unlike other variational approaches, provides a natural bound on the marginal likelihood of the observations given the model parameters which also allows for inference of (hyper-) parameters such as observational errors, parameters in the dynamical model and model error representation. We also stress that since our approach is intrinsically parallel it can be implemented very efficiently to address very long data assimilation time windows. Moreover, like most traditional variational approaches our Bayesian variational method has the benefit of being posed as an optimisation problem therefore its complexity can be tuned to the available computational resources. We finish with a sketch of possible future directions.
Dynamic Y stent fractures in crescentic tracheobronchomalacia.
Popilevsky, Frida; Al-Ajam, Mohammad R; Ly, Vanthanh; Sanchez, Lisette Delgado; Cutaia, Michael
2012-07-01
Endobronchial stents have been used occasionally to treat benign conditions such as tracheobronchomalacia (TBM). This report describes a unique case of a patient with crescentic TBM in whom Dynamic Y stent was placed on 2 separate occasions to control symptoms and resulted in identical posterior wall stent fractures within a year of stent placement, both times. A silicone Y stent was substituted for the dynamic stent, and it has been effective in controlling symptoms for 9 months without complications. A literature review of cases of fractured Dynamic Y stents is made and factors affecting the choice of stent type for crescentic TBM are explored.
Static and dynamic stability analysis of the space shuttle vehicle-orbiter
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Chyu, W. J.; Cavin, R. K.; Erickson, L. L.
1978-01-01
The longitudinal static and dynamic stability of a Space Shuttle Vehicle-Orbiter (SSV Orbiter) model is analyzed using the FLEXSTAB computer program. Nonlinear effects are accounted for by application of a correction technique in the FLEXSTAB system; the technique incorporates experimental force and pressure data into the linear aerodynamic theory. A flexible Orbiter model is treated in the static stability analysis for the flight conditions of Mach number 0.9 for rectilinear flight (1 g) and for a pull-up maneuver (2.5 g) at an altitude of 15.24 km. Static stability parameters and structural deformations of the Orbiter are calculated at trim conditions for the dynamic stability analysis, and the characteristics of damping in pitch are investigated for a Mach number range of 0.3 to 1.2. The calculated results for both the static and dynamic stabilities are compared with the available experimental data.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Siljak, D. D.; Weissenberger, S.; Cuk, S. M.
1973-01-01
This report presents the development and description of the decomposition aggregation approach to stability investigations of high dimension mathematical models of dynamic systems. The high dimension vector differential equation describing a large dynamic system is decomposed into a number of lower dimension vector differential equations which represent interconnected subsystems. Then a method is described by which the stability properties of each subsystem are aggregated into a single vector Liapunov function, representing the aggregate system model, consisting of subsystem Liapunov functions as components. A linear vector differential inequality is then formed in terms of the vector Liapunov function. The matrix of the model, which reflects the stability properties of the subsystems and the nature of their interconnections, is analyzed to conclude over-all system stability characteristics. The technique is applied in detail to investigate the stability characteristics of a dynamic model of a hypothetical spinning Skylab.
Abnormalities of fixation, saccade and pursuit in posterior cortical atrophy.
Shakespeare, Timothy J; Kaski, Diego; Yong, Keir X X; Paterson, Ross W; Slattery, Catherine F; Ryan, Natalie S; Schott, Jonathan M; Crutch, Sebastian J
2015-07-01
The clinico-neuroradiological syndrome posterior cortical atrophy is the cardinal 'visual dementia' and most common atypical Alzheimer's disease phenotype, offering insights into mechanisms underlying clinical heterogeneity, pathological propagation and basic visual phenomena (e.g. visual crowding). Given the extensive attention paid to patients' (higher order) perceptual function, it is surprising that there have been no systematic analyses of basic oculomotor function in this population. Here 20 patients with posterior cortical atrophy, 17 patients with typical Alzheimer's disease and 22 healthy controls completed tests of fixation, saccade (including fixation/target gap and overlap conditions) and smooth pursuit eye movements using an infrared pupil-tracking system. Participants underwent detailed neuropsychological and neurological examinations, with a proportion also undertaking brain imaging and analysis of molecular pathology. In contrast to informal clinical evaluations of oculomotor dysfunction frequency (previous studies: 38%, current clinical examination: 33%), detailed eyetracking investigations revealed eye movement abnormalities in 80% of patients with posterior cortical atrophy (compared to 17% typical Alzheimer's disease, 5% controls). The greatest differences between posterior cortical atrophy and typical Alzheimer's disease were seen in saccadic performance. Patients with posterior cortical atrophy made significantly shorter saccades especially for distant targets. They also exhibited a significant exacerbation of the normal gap/overlap effect, consistent with 'sticky fixation'. Time to reach saccadic targets was significantly associated with parietal and occipital cortical thickness measures. On fixation stability tasks, patients with typical Alzheimer's disease showed more square wave jerks whose frequency was associated with lower cerebellar grey matter volume, while patients with posterior cortical atrophy showed large saccadic intrusions whose frequency correlated significantly with generalized reductions in cortical thickness. Patients with both posterior cortical atrophy and typical Alzheimer's disease showed lower gain in smooth pursuit compared to controls. The current study establishes that eye movement abnormalities are near-ubiquitous in posterior cortical atrophy, and highlights multiple aspects of saccadic performance which distinguish posterior cortical atrophy from typical Alzheimer's disease. We suggest the posterior cortical atrophy oculomotor profile (e.g. exacerbation of the saccadic gap/overlap effect, preserved saccadic velocity) reflects weak input from degraded occipito-parietal spatial representations of stimulus location into a superior collicular spatial map for eye movement regulation. This may indicate greater impairment of identification of oculomotor targets rather than generation of oculomotor movements. The results highlight the critical role of spatial attention and object identification but also precise stimulus localization in explaining the complex real world perception deficits observed in posterior cortical atrophy and many other patients with dementia-related visual impairment. © The Author (2015). Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Guarantors of Brain.
Arikupurathu, Oommen Mathew; Johnston, Linda; MacInnes, Alasdair; Nicol, Graeme; Nassif, Manhal
2018-06-20
The NexGen legacy posterior stabilized (LPS) prosthesis was introduced in 1997 after many design changes to its predecessor, the Insall-Burstein II prosthesis. However, there have been no reported long-term studies on the performance of this implant. Prospectively, collected data from a local database comprising primary total knee replacements (TKRs) with LPS between 1997 and 2002 was analyzed. All implants were fixed with cement. Patients were followed up at 1, 3, 5, 7, and 10 years, with patient satisfaction, range of movement, and Knee Society score (KSS) assessed. A total of 621 primary TKRs were analyzed with an average follow-up of 11.25 years (9.15-14.55). The mean age was 69.53 years. The mean KSS was 88.97 and mean flexion increased from 88.3 to 103.5 degrees at 10 years. Kaplan-Meier's analysis revealed a survivorship of 96.5% with revision for any reason as the end point and 98.9% if aseptic loosening was the reason for revision at 14 years. This study revealed excellent mid- to long-term results with the NexGen LPS prosthesis. Thieme Medical Publishers 333 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001, USA.
Is it important to know the load mass in lifting tasks to prevent falls?
Azevedo, Rui; Mourão, Paulo; Abade, Eduardo; Carvalho, Alberto
2015-01-01
Lifting objects without knowing its weight may result in postural imbalances and be a risk factor for falls. The aim of this study was to examine the influence of the load knowledge in postural balance when lifting different weight loads. Thirteen male subjects (23.8 ± 3.1 years; 73.5 ± 7.8 kg; 179.1 ± 7.5 cm; foot length, 25.7 ± 1.2 cm) participated in the study. The effect of the weight overestimation on the postural stability was measured by the Index of Proximity to Stability Boundary (IPSB) and through the anterior-posterior and medio-lateral lengths displacements of the Center of Pressure (CoP). The results showed an increase in the IPSB when the 5 kg lifting task was performed with load knowledge. Moreover, the length of the antero-posterior and medio-lateral CoP displacement was reduced in the 5 kg lift with knowledge. Results showed that the lack of the loads' knowledge may lead to balance loss. Thus, when the preparation processes are not adequate, picking up similar objects with different loads may increase the risk of fall, mainly when a light weight is suddenly lifted up after a heavy one.
[Bone graft reconstruction for posterior mandibular segment using the formwork technique].
Pascual, D; Roig, R; Chossegros, C
2014-04-01
Pre-implant bone graft in posterior mandibular segments is difficult because of masticatory and lingual mechanical constraints, because of the limited bone vascularization, and because of the difficulty to cover it with the mucosa. The formwork technique is especially well adapted to this topography. The recipient site is abraded with a drill. Grooves are created to receive and stabilize the grafts. The bone grafts were harvested from the ramus. The thinned cortices are assembled in a formwork and synthesized by mini-plates. The gaps are filled by bone powder collected during bone harvesting. The bone volume reconstructed with the formwork technique allows anchoring implants more than 8mm long. The proximity of the inferior alveolar nerve does not contra indicate this technique. The formwork size and its positioning on the alveolar crest can be adapted to prosthetic requirements by using osteosynthesis plates. The lateral implant walls are supported by the formwork cortices; the implant apex is anchored on the native alveolar crest. The primary stability of implants is high, and the torque is important. The ramus harvesting decreases operative risks. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
Lin, Chia-Wei; Lin, Cheng-Feng; Hsue, Bih-Jen; Su, Fong-Chin
2014-04-01
The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the postural stability of single-leg standing on the retiré position in ballet dancers having three different levels of skill. Nine superior experienced female ballet dancers, 9 experienced, and 12 novice dancers performed single-leg standing in the retiré position. The parameters of center of pressure (COP) in the anterior-posterior and medial-lateral directions and the maximum distance between COP and the center of mass (COM) were measured. The inclination angles of body segments (head, torso, and supporting leg) in the frontal plane were also calculated. The findings showed that the novice dancers had a trend of greater torso inclination angles than the experienced dancers but that the superior experienced dancers had greater maximum COM-COP distance in the anterior-posterior direction. Furthermore, both experienced and novice dancers had better balance when standing on the nondominant leg, whereas the superior experienced dancers had similar postural stability between legs. Based on the findings, ballet training should put equal focus on both legs and frontal plane control (medial-lateral direction) should be integrated to ballet training program.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Neubauer, Jürgen; Mergell, Patrick; Eysholdt, Ulrich; Herzel, Hanspeter
2001-12-01
This report is on direct observation and modal analysis of irregular spatio-temporal vibration patterns of vocal fold pathologies in vivo. The observed oscillation patterns are described quantitatively with multiline kymograms, spectral analysis, and spatio-temporal plots. The complex spatio-temporal vibration patterns are decomposed by empirical orthogonal functions into independent vibratory modes. It is shown quantitatively that biphonation can be induced either by left-right asymmetry or by desynchronized anterior-posterior vibratory modes, and the term ``AP (anterior-posterior) biphonation'' is introduced. The presented phonation examples show that for normal phonation the first two modes sufficiently explain the glottal dynamics. The spatio-temporal oscillation pattern associated with biphonation due to left-right asymmetry can be explained by the first three modes. Higher-order modes are required to describe the pattern for biphonation induced by anterior-posterior vibrations. Spatial irregularity is quantified by an entropy measure, which is significantly higher for irregular phonation than for normal phonation. Two asymmetry measures are introduced: the left-right asymmetry and the anterior-posterior asymmetry, as the ratios of the fundamental frequencies of left and right vocal fold and of anterior-posterior modes, respectively. These quantities clearly differentiate between left-right biphonation and anterior-posterior biphonation. This paper proposes methods to analyze quantitatively irregular vocal fold contour patterns in vivo and complements previous findings of desynchronization of vibration modes in computer modes and in in vitro experiments.
Wang, Yingsong; Xie, Jingming; Zhao, Zhi; Zhang, Ying; Li, Tao; Si, Yongyu
2013-05-01
Phase contrast-cine MRI (PC-cine MRI) studies in patients with syringomyelia and Chiari malformation Type I (CM-I) have demonstrated abnormal CSF flow across the foramen magnum, which can revert to normal after craniocervical decompression with syrinx shrinkage. In order to investigate the mechanisms leading to postoperative syringomyelia shrinkage, the authors studied the hydrodynamic changes of CSF flow in the craniocervical junction and spinal canal in patients with scoliosis associated with syringomyelia after one-stage deformity correction by posterior vertebral column resection. Preoperative and postoperative CSF flow dynamics at the levels of the foramen magnum, C-7, T-7 (or apex), and L-1 were assessed by electrocardiogram-synchronized cardiac-gated PC-cine MRI in 8 adolescent patients suffering from severe scoliosis with syringomyelia and CM-I (scoliosis group) and undergoing posterior vertebral column resection. An additional 8 patients with syringomyelia and CM-I without spinal deformity (syrinx group) and 8 healthy volunteers (control group) were also enrolled. Mean values were obtained for the following parameters: the duration of a CSF cycle, the duration of caudad CSF flow (CSF downflow [DF]) and cephalad CSF flow (CSF upflow [UF]), the ratio of DF duration to CSF cycle duration (DF%), and the ratio of UF duration to CSF cycle duration (UF%). The ratio of the stationary phase (SP) duration to CSF cycle duration was calculated (SP%). The maximum downflow velocities (VD max) and maximum upflow velocities (VU max) were measured. SPSS (version 14.0) was used for all statistical analysis. Patients in the scoliosis group underwent one-stage posterior vertebral column resection for deformity correction without suboccipital decompression. The mean preoperative coronal Cobb angle was 102.4° (range 76°-138°). The mean postoperative Cobb angle was 41.7° (range 12°-75°), with an average correction rate of 59.3%. During the follow-up, 1 patient with hypermyotonia experienced a significant decrease of muscle tension and 1 patient with reduced anal sphincter tone manifested recovery. A total of 5 patients demonstrated a significant decrease (> 30%) in syrinx size. With respect to changes in CSF flow dynamics, the syrinx group was characterized by slower and shorter downflow than the control group, and the difference was more significant at the foramen magnum and C-7 levels. In patients with scoliosis, CSF downflow at the foramen magnum level was significantly restricted, and a prolonged stationary phase indicated increased obstruction of CSF flow. After posterior vertebral column resection, the peak velocity of CSF flow at the foramen magnum increased, and the downflow phase duration was markedly prolonged. The parameters showed a return to almost normal CSF dynamics at the craniocervical region, and this improvement was maintained for 6-12 months of follow-up. There were distinct abnormalities of CSF flow at the craniocervical junction in patients with syringomyelia. Abnormal dynamics of downflow could be aggravated by associated severe spinal deformity and improved by correction via posterior vertebral column resection.
Anatomic determination of optimal entry point and direction for C1 lateral mass screw placement.
Blagg, Stuart E; Don, Angus S; Robertson, Peter A
2009-06-01
Anatomic study of C1 osteology using computerized tomography. To define the anatomy of the C1 lateral mass and make recommendations for optimal entry point and screw placement at C1. C1 lateral mass screw fixation is a reliable biomechanical technique that gives equivalent stability to that of Magerl transarticular screw fixation combined with posterior wiring for C1-C2 fusion. Use of a lateral mass screw allows alternative stabilization constructs to the transarticular technique when C2 vertebral artery anatomy is unfavorable. Because the vertebral artery travels lateral to the lateral mass, then crosses medially over the C1 neural arch, it is at risk during instrumentation. Medially, the cord and canal contents are at risk. While the anatomy of the C1 vertebra and lateral mass is well known, specific definition of ideal entry points, screw pathway direction, and dimensions of screws requires further clarification to enable a clinically safe surgical technique. Fifty consecutive patients underwent computerized tomography scans of their cervical spine. Using calibrated scans, measurements were taken to give the average dimensions of the C1 vertebra with a view for insertion of lateral mass screws beneath the posterior arch. The range of anatomic dimensions was examined to assess risk of vertebral artery damage in this population. The average length of screw within the lateral mass is 17.9 mm with 21.5 mm of screw posterior to the lateral mass, necessary to allow rod placement posteriorly. The safest entry point was directly beneath the medial edge of the posterior arch/lamina where it joins the lateral mass. The ideal direction of screw angulation in the sagittal plane was parallel to the posterior arch of C1. In the medial lateral plane, direct anterior placement could be used, but the lateral mass will tolerate 20 degrees of medial angulation from this starting point. The average distance between the vertebral artery foramen laterally and the screw pathway was 8.8 mm using these landmarks, and 5.8 mm from the medial aspect of the lateral mass. The range of anatomic variation was such that 9 lateral masses had a vertebral artery foramen to screw distance of only 3 mm. The vertebral artery was not at risk when these anatomic landmarks were used. C1 lateral mass screws are best placed beneath the posterior arch, parallel with the arch in the sagittal plan. The entry point is the medial border of the neural arch at its junction with the lateral mass. Straight ahead screw direction is safe in the axial plane, but up to 20 degrees of medial angulation will increase the safety margin from the vertebral artery foramen, and this technique avoids vertebral artery damage and optimizes lateral mass screw purchase. We suggest that this is the preferred method of entry into the lateral mass of C1.
Son, Sung Min; Kang, Kyung Woo; Lee, Na Kyung; Nam, Seok Hyun; Kwon, Jung Won; Kim, Kyoung
2013-01-01
[Purpose] The purpose of the current study was to investigate the changes in one-legged standing balance of the ipsilateral lower limb following unilateral isokinetic strength training. [Subjects and Methods] Thirty healthy adult volunteers were randomly assigned to either a training group or a control group, so that each group included 15 subjects. Subjects in the training group performed unilateral ankle isokinetic exercises of the dominant leg using the Biodex 3 PRO System for a period of four weeks. Ipsilateral one-legged standing balance was evaluated before and after the intervention with three stability indexes of balance using the Biodex System: Anterior-Posterior Stability Index (APSI), Medial-Lateral Stability Index (MLSI), and Overall Stability Index (OSI). [Results] Comparison of pre- and post-test data revealed significant improvements in strength values (dorsiflexion, plantarflexion, eversion, and inversion) and stability indexes (APSI, MLSI, OSI). [Conclusion] These results suggest that ankle strengthening exercise can be considered as a form of exercise that may assist individuals with improvement of balance. PMID:24259783
CROFT, MARY ANN; HEATLEY, GREGG; MCDONALD, JARED P.; KATZ, ALEXANDER; KAUFMAN, PAUL L.
2016-01-01
Purpose To elucidate the dynamic accommodative movements of the lens capsule, posterior lens and the strand that attaches to the posterior vitreous zonule insertion zone and posterior lens equator (PVZ INS-LE), and their age-related changes. Methods Twelve human subjects (ages 19–65 years) and twelve rhesus monkeys (ages 6–27 years) were studied. Accommodation was induced pharmacologically (humans) or by central electrical stimulation (monkeys). Ultrasound biomicroscopy was used to image intraocular structures in both species. Surgical procedures and contrast agents were utilized in the monkey eyes to elucidate function and allow visualization of the intraocular accommodative structures. Results Human: The posterior pole of the lens moves posteriorly during accommodation in proportion to accommodative amplitude and ciliary muscle movement. Monkey: Similar accommodative movements of the posterior lens pole were seen in the monkey eyes. Following extracapsular lens extraction (ECLE), the central capsule bows backward during accommodation in proportion to accommodative amplitude and ciliary muscle movement, while the peripheral capsule moves forward. During accommodation the ciliary muscle moved forward by ~1.0 mm, pulling forward the vitreous zonule and the PVZ INS-LE structure. During the accommodative response the PVZ INS-LE structure moved forward when the lens was intact and when the lens substance and capsule were removed. In both the monkey and the human eyes these movements declined with age. Conclusions The accommodative shape change of the central capsule may be due to the elastic properties of the capsule itself. For these capsule/lens accommodative posterior movements to occur, the vitreous face must either allow for it or facilitate it. The PVZ INS-LE structure may act as a “strut” to the posterior lens equator (pushing the lens equator forward) and thereby facilitate accommodative forward lens equator movement and lens thickening. The age-related posterior restriction of the ciliary muscle, vitreous zonule and the PVZ-INS LE structure dampens the accommodative lens shape change. Future descriptions of the accommodative mechanism, and approaches to presbyopia therapy, may need to incorporate these findings. PMID:26769326
Chiari I malformation with and without basilar invagination: a comparative study.
Klekamp, Jörg
2015-04-01
Chiari I malformation is the most common craniocervical malformation. Its combination with basilar invagination in a significant proportion of patients is well established. This study presents surgical results for patients with Chiari I malformation with and without additional basilar invagination. Three hundred twenty-three patients underwent 350 operations between 1985 and 2013 (mean age 43 ± 16 years, mean history of symptoms 64 ± 94 months). The clinical courses were documented with a score system for individual neurological symptoms for short-term results after 3 and 12 months. Long-term outcomes were analyzed with Kaplan-Meier statistics. The mean follow-up was 53 ± 58 months (the means are expressed ± SD). Patients with (n = 46) or without (n = 277) basilar invagination in addition to Chiari I malformation were identified. Patients with invagination were separated into groups: those with (n = 31) and without (n = 15) ventral compression by the odontoid in the foramen magnum. Of the 350 operations, 313 dealt with the craniospinal pathology, 28 surgeries were undertaken for degenerative diseases of the cervical spine, 3 were performed for hydrocephalus, and 6 syrinx catheters were removed for cord tethering. All craniospinal operations included a foramen magnum decompression with arachnoid dissection, opening of the fourth ventricle, and a duraplasty. In patients without invagination, craniospinal instability was detected in 4 individuals, who required additional craniospinal fusion. In patients with invagination but without ventral compression, no stabilization was added to the decompression. In all patients with ventral compression, craniospinal stabilization was performed with the foramen magnum decompression, except for 4 patients with mild ventral compression early in the series who underwent posterior decompression only. Among those with ventral compression, 9 patients with caudal cranial nerve dysfunctions underwent a combination of transoral decompression with posterior decompression and fusion. Within the 1st postoperative year, neurological scores improved for all symptoms in each patient group, with the most profound improvement for occipital pain. In the long term, late postoperative deteriorations were related to reobstruction of CSF flow in patients without invagination (18.3% in 10 years), whereas deteriorations in patients with invagination (24.9% in 10 years) were exclusively related either to instabilities becoming manifest after a foramen magnum decompression or to hardware failures. Results for ventral and posterior fusions for degenerative disc diseases in these patients indicated a trend for better long-term results with posterior operations. The great majority of patients with Chiari I malformations with or without basilar invagination report postoperative improvements with this management algorithm. There were no significant differences in short-term or long-term outcomes between these groups. Chiari I malformations without invagination and those with invaginations but without ventral compression can be managed by foramen magnum decompression alone. The majority of patients with ventral compression can be treated by posterior decompression, realignment, and stabilization, reserving anterior decompressions for patients with profound, symptomatic brainstem compression.
Shukla, Dave R; Golan, Elan; Weiser, Mitch C; Nasser, Philip; Choueka, Jack; Hausman, Michael
2018-04-01
There has been increased interest in the role of the posterior bundle of the medial collateral ligament (pMUCL) in the elbow, particularly its effects on posteromedial rotatory stability. The ligament's effect in the context of an unfixable coronoid fracture has not been the focus of any study. The purposes of this biomechanical study were to evaluate the stabilizing effect of the pMUCL with a transverse coronoid fracture and to assess the effect of graft reconstruction of the ligament. We simulated a varus and internal rotatory subluxation in 7 cadaveric elbows at 30°, 60°, and 90° elbow flexion. The amount of ulnar rotation and medial ulnohumeral joint gapping were assessed in the intact elbow after we created a transverse coronoid injury, after we divided the pMUCL, and finally, after we performed a graft reconstruction of the pMUCL. At all angles tested, some stability was lost after cutting the pMUCL once the coronoid had been injured, because mean proximal ulnohumeral joint gapping increased afterward by 2.1, 2.2, and 1.3 mm at 90°, 60°, and 30°, respectively. Ulnar internal rotation significantly increased after pMUCL transection at 90°. At 60° and 30° elbow flexion, ulnar rotation increased after resection of the coronoid but not after pMUCL resection. An uninjured pMUCL stabilizes against varus internal rotatory instability in the setting of a transverse coronoid fracture at higher flexion angles. Further research is needed to optimize graft reconstruction of the pMUCL. The pMUCL is an important secondary stabilizer against posteromedial instability in the coronoid-deficient elbow. In the setting of an unfixable coronoid fracture, the surgeon should examine for posteromedial instability and consider addressing the pMUCL surgically. Copyright © 2018 American Society for Surgery of the Hand. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Zhao, Jian; Schaser, Klaus-Dieter; Zhang, Feng
2010-05-01
To evaluate the surgical techniques and outcomes of revision surgery for compromised posterior stabilization or insufficient neurological decompression using anterior mini-open approach and expandable cage. From August 2005 to June 2008, a total of 235 patients were operated on in our center for thoracolumbar fractures with dorsal transpedicular stabilization. Twenty-six of these patients underwent revision surgery, the main reasons being back pain and stagnant neurological recovery. The surgical procedure comprised a single-level thoracolumbar corpectomy and/or canal clearance, followed by an expandable cage reconstruction. The average interval between primary and revision surgery was 5 months (range, 3-11 months). A transthoracic (n= 11) or transthoracic transdiaphragmatic (n= 15) mini-open approach was conducted using a table-mounted retractor. The operating time averaged 105 min (range, 95-135 min) for the transthoracic approach and 152 min (range, 120-190 min) for the transthoracic plus transdiaphragmatic approach. The overall mean blood loss was 780 ml (range, 550-1700 ml). Over time, the pre-operative neurological deficit improved in 6/7 patients by at least one Frankel/American Spinal Injury Association (ASIA) grade. On a visual analogue scale (VAS) from 0 to 10, the mean local thoracolumbar back pain was relieved significantly from 6.8 before operation to 3.8 at 3 months, 2.4 at 6 months, and 1.5 at 12 months postoperatively. None of the patients developed intercostal neuralgia or post-thoracotomy pain syndromes. For patients with compromised stabilization or insufficient neurological decompression after primary dorsal transpedicular stabilization for thoracolumbar fracture, anterior revision surgery can produce good results. The mini-open anterior approach for corpectomy in the thoracolumbar spine is safe, reliable, and economical. The expandable cage is an excellent alternative for anterior reconstruction. © 2010 Tianjin Hospital and Blackwell Publishing Asia Pty Ltd.
Dynamic stabilization of an optomechanical oscillator
2014-10-20
respectively. The proper frequency of the pendulum is ω0 = √ g/, where g is the gravitational acceleration and is the length of the pendulum . The...controlled experiments. In this paper we discuss one such situation, the dynamic stabilization of a mechanical system such as an inverted pendulum . The...quantumoptomechanics, macroscopic quantum system, dynamic stabilization, Kapitza pendulum REPORT DOCUMENTATION PAGE 11. SPONSOR/MONITOR’S REPORT NUMBER(S
Vascular anatomy of the stomach related to resection procedures strategy.
Prudius, V; Procházka, V; Pavlovský, Z; Prudius, D; Kala, Z
2017-04-01
This study is focused on the vascular anatomy of the stomach in relation to the gastric pull-up construction. The vascular anatomy was studied on forty-one human specimens. We find out the differences in blood supplement between anterior and posterior wall. It was maked an review of the main trunk arteries of the stomach. To display the vessels of the stomach we used diaphanoscopy, digital shooting in special mode and micro preparation of the vessels. We find out that left gastric artery gives more branches to the posterior wall and right gastroepiploic artery (RGEA) gives more branches to the anterior wall. But brunches of RGEA are longer on the posterior wall than on the anterior. Also we are offering the new classification of the RGEA related to gastric pull-up construction. This classification based not only on the anatomical shapes of RGEA but on the properties of the flow dynamics through the artery.
Standard representation and unified stability analysis for dynamic artificial neural network models.
Kim, Kwang-Ki K; Patrón, Ernesto Ríos; Braatz, Richard D
2018-02-01
An overview is provided of dynamic artificial neural network models (DANNs) for nonlinear dynamical system identification and control problems, and convex stability conditions are proposed that are less conservative than past results. The three most popular classes of dynamic artificial neural network models are described, with their mathematical representations and architectures followed by transformations based on their block diagrams that are convenient for stability and performance analyses. Classes of nonlinear dynamical systems that are universally approximated by such models are characterized, which include rigorous upper bounds on the approximation errors. A unified framework and linear matrix inequality-based stability conditions are described for different classes of dynamic artificial neural network models that take additional information into account such as local slope restrictions and whether the nonlinearities within the DANNs are odd. A theoretical example shows reduced conservatism obtained by the conditions. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
Liu, Yu-jie; Wang, Jun-liang; Li, Hai-feng; Qi, Wei; Wang, Ning
2012-07-17
To evaluate the efficacies of arthroscopic debridement and removal of osteophyma for olecroanon and olecranon fossa plasty for posterior impingement of elbow joint. Between 1999 and 2008, a total of 21 cases were diagnosed with osteoarthritis and posterior elbow impingement. There were 15 males and 6 females. And there were 16 right and 15 left cases. They included volleyball players (n = 7), tennis players (n = 7), golf enthusiasts (n = 4) and fencers (n = 3). The average duration of onset-operation was 3.5 years (range: 2.5 - 8). Arthroscopic exploration revealed synovial hyperplasia hypertrophy, cartilage degeneration and olecranon fossa hyperplasia with deformed olecranon fossa. Debridement and plasty were performed. Loose bodies were removed from elbow joint in 6 patients. Partial resection of posterior olecranon tip was performed and osteophytes or fibrous tissue removed in this area. Dynamic observation showed no posterior elbow impingement. Postoperative follow-up was conducted in 19 cases and 2 cases became lost to follow-up. The average follow-up period was 25.3 months (range: 18 - 42). All patients were evaluated preoperatively and postoperatively with the Hospital for Special Surgery Elbow Assessment Scale. The outcomes were excellent (n = 12), good (n = 7) and fair (n = 2). Postoperative patients elbow swelling and pain relieve, sports and life function returns to normal, elbow flexion and rotating mobility obviously improved. With the elbow radiological films to measure the range of motion, the average range of motion was 90.5° preoperatively and improved to 130° postoperatively. There was significant improvement in all cases. Posterior elbow impingement is caused by hyperextension trauma and elbow overuse during specific sporting activities. Arthroscopic debridement and olecroanon or olecranon fossa plasty demonstrates excellent results for posterior impingement of elbow joint.
The molecular logic for planarian regeneration along the anterior-posterior axis.
Umesono, Yoshihiko; Tasaki, Junichi; Nishimura, Yui; Hrouda, Martina; Kawaguchi, Eri; Yazawa, Shigenobu; Nishimura, Osamu; Hosoda, Kazutaka; Inoue, Takeshi; Agata, Kiyokazu
2013-08-01
The planarian Dugesia japonica can regenerate a complete individual from a head, trunk or tail fragment via activation of somatic pluripotent stem cells. About a century ago, Thomas Hunt Morgan attempted to explain the extraordinary regenerative ability of planarians by positing two opposing morphogenetic gradients of formative "head stuff" and "tail stuff" along the anterior-posterior axis. However, Morgan's hypothesis remains open to debate. Here we show that extracellular signal-related kinase (ERK) and Wnt/β-catenin signalling pathways establish a solid framework for planarian regeneration. Our data suggest that ERK signalling forms a spatial gradient in the anterior region during regeneration. The fibroblast growth factor receptor-like gene nou-darake (which serves as an output of ERK signalling in the differentiating head) and posteriorly biased β-catenin activity negatively regulate ERK signalling along the anterior-posterior axis in distinct manners, and thereby posteriorize regenerating tissues outside the head region to reconstruct a complete head-to-tail axis. On the basis of this knowledge about D. japonica, we proposed that β-catenin signalling is responsible for the lack of head-regenerative ability of tail fragments in the planarian Phagocata kawakatsui, and our confirmation thereof supports the notion that posterior β-catenin signalling negatively modulates the ERK signalling involved in anteriorization across planarian species. These findings suggest that ERK signalling has a pivotal role in triggering globally dynamic differentiation of stem cells in a head-to-tail sequence through a default program that promotes head tissue specification in the absence of posteriorizing signals. Thus, we have confirmed the broad outline of Morgan's hypothesis, and refined it on the basis of our proposed default property of planarian stem cells.
Molt, Mats; Toksvig-Larsen, Sören
2014-10-01
The objective of this study was to compare the early migration of the cruciate retaining and posterior stabilising versions of the recently introduced Triathlon™ total knee system, with a view to predicting long term fixation performance. Sixty patients were prospectively randomised to receive either Triathlon™ posterior stabilised cemented knee prosthesis or Triathlon™ cruciate retaining cemented knee prosthesis. Tibial component migration was measured by radiostereometric analysis postoperatively and at three months, one year and two years. Clinical outcome was measured by the American Knee Society Score and Knee Osteoarthritis and Injury Outcome Score. There were no differences in rotation around the three coordinal axes or in the maximum total point motion (MTPM) during the two year follow-up. The posterior stabilised prosthesis had more posterior-anterior translation at three months and one year and more caudal-cranial translation at one year and two years. There were no differences in functional outcome between the groups. The tibial tray of the Triathlon™ cemented knee prosthesis showed similar early stability. Level I. Article focus: This was a prospective randomised trial aiming to compare the single radius posterior stabilised (PS) Triathlon™ total knee arthroplasty (TKA) to the cruciate retaining Triathlon™ TKA system with regard to fixation. Strengths and limitations of this study: Strength of this study was that it is a randomised prospective trial using an objective measuring tool. The sample size of 25-30 patients was reportedly sufficient for the screening of implants using RSA [1]. ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT00436982. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Lateral Stability of a Dynamic Ram Air Cushion Vehicle
DOT National Transportation Integrated Search
1974-08-01
The lateral stability derivatives of a dynamic ram air cushion vehicle in a rectangular guideway were measured using a ship model towing tank. Lift and pitching moment are also reported. The primary lateral derivatives are all stabilizing, with signi...
Stabilization of dynamics of oscillatory systems by nonautonomous perturbation.
Lucas, Maxime; Newman, Julian; Stefanovska, Aneta
2018-04-01
Synchronization and stability under periodic oscillatory driving are well understood, but little is known about the effects of aperiodic driving, despite its abundance in nature. Here, we consider oscillators subject to driving with slowly varying frequency, and investigate both short-term and long-term stability properties. For a phase oscillator, we find that, counterintuitively, such variation is guaranteed to enlarge the Arnold tongue in parameter space. Using analytical and numerical methods that provide information on time-variable dynamical properties, we find that the growth of the Arnold tongue is specifically due to the growth of a region of intermittent synchronization where trajectories alternate between short-term stability and short-term neutral stability, giving rise to stability on average. We also present examples of higher-dimensional nonlinear oscillators where a similar stabilization phenomenon is numerically observed. Our findings help support the case that in general, deterministic nonautonomous perturbation is a very good candidate for stabilizing complex dynamics.
Stabilization of dynamics of oscillatory systems by nonautonomous perturbation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Lucas, Maxime; Newman, Julian; Stefanovska, Aneta
2018-04-01
Synchronization and stability under periodic oscillatory driving are well understood, but little is known about the effects of aperiodic driving, despite its abundance in nature. Here, we consider oscillators subject to driving with slowly varying frequency, and investigate both short-term and long-term stability properties. For a phase oscillator, we find that, counterintuitively, such variation is guaranteed to enlarge the Arnold tongue in parameter space. Using analytical and numerical methods that provide information on time-variable dynamical properties, we find that the growth of the Arnold tongue is specifically due to the growth of a region of intermittent synchronization where trajectories alternate between short-term stability and short-term neutral stability, giving rise to stability on average. We also present examples of higher-dimensional nonlinear oscillators where a similar stabilization phenomenon is numerically observed. Our findings help support the case that in general, deterministic nonautonomous perturbation is a very good candidate for stabilizing complex dynamics.
A Novel Approach for Dynamic Testing of Total Hip Dislocation under Physiological Conditions.
Herrmann, Sven; Kluess, Daniel; Kaehler, Michael; Grawe, Robert; Rachholz, Roman; Souffrant, Robert; Zierath, János; Bader, Rainer; Woernle, Christoph
2015-01-01
Constant high rates of dislocation-related complications of total hip replacements (THRs) show that contributing factors like implant position and design, soft tissue condition and dynamics of physiological motions have not yet been fully understood. As in vivo measurements of excessive motions are not possible due to ethical objections, a comprehensive approach is proposed which is capable of testing THR stability under dynamic, reproducible and physiological conditions. The approach is based on a hardware-in-the-loop (HiL) simulation where a robotic physical setup interacts with a computational musculoskeletal model based on inverse dynamics. A major objective of this work was the validation of the HiL test system against in vivo data derived from patients with instrumented THRs. Moreover, the impact of certain test conditions, such as joint lubrication, implant position, load level in terms of body mass and removal of muscle structures, was evaluated within several HiL simulations. The outcomes for a normal sitting down and standing up maneuver revealed good agreement in trend and magnitude compared with in vivo measured hip joint forces. For a deep maneuver with femoral adduction, lubrication was shown to cause less friction torques than under dry conditions. Similarly, it could be demonstrated that less cup anteversion and inclination lead to earlier impingement in flexion motion including pelvic tilt for selected combinations of cup and stem positions. Reducing body mass did not influence impingement-free range of motion and dislocation behavior; however, higher resisting torques were observed under higher loads. Muscle removal emulating a posterior surgical approach indicated alterations in THR loading and the instability process in contrast to a reference case with intact musculature. Based on the presented data, it can be concluded that the HiL test system is able to reproduce comparable joint dynamics as present in THR patients.
A Novel Approach for Dynamic Testing of Total Hip Dislocation under Physiological Conditions
Herrmann, Sven; Kluess, Daniel; Kaehler, Michael; Grawe, Robert; Rachholz, Roman; Souffrant, Robert; Zierath, János; Bader, Rainer; Woernle, Christoph
2015-01-01
Constant high rates of dislocation-related complications of total hip replacements (THRs) show that contributing factors like implant position and design, soft tissue condition and dynamics of physiological motions have not yet been fully understood. As in vivo measurements of excessive motions are not possible due to ethical objections, a comprehensive approach is proposed which is capable of testing THR stability under dynamic, reproducible and physiological conditions. The approach is based on a hardware-in-the-loop (HiL) simulation where a robotic physical setup interacts with a computational musculoskeletal model based on inverse dynamics. A major objective of this work was the validation of the HiL test system against in vivo data derived from patients with instrumented THRs. Moreover, the impact of certain test conditions, such as joint lubrication, implant position, load level in terms of body mass and removal of muscle structures, was evaluated within several HiL simulations. The outcomes for a normal sitting down and standing up maneuver revealed good agreement in trend and magnitude compared with in vivo measured hip joint forces. For a deep maneuver with femoral adduction, lubrication was shown to cause less friction torques than under dry conditions. Similarly, it could be demonstrated that less cup anteversion and inclination lead to earlier impingement in flexion motion including pelvic tilt for selected combinations of cup and stem positions. Reducing body mass did not influence impingement-free range of motion and dislocation behavior; however, higher resisting torques were observed under higher loads. Muscle removal emulating a posterior surgical approach indicated alterations in THR loading and the instability process in contrast to a reference case with intact musculature. Based on the presented data, it can be concluded that the HiL test system is able to reproduce comparable joint dynamics as present in THR patients. PMID:26717236
[Lateral column lengthening osteotomy of calcaneus].
Hintermann, B
2015-08-01
Lengthening of the lateral column for adduction of forefoot and restoration of the medial arch. Stabilization of the ankle joint complex. Supple flatfoot deformity (posterior tibial tendon dysfunction stage II). Instability of the medial ankle joint complex (superficial deltoid and spring ligament). Posttraumatic valgus and pronation deformity of the foot. Rigid flatfoot deformity (posterior tibial tendon dysfunction stage III and IV). Talocalcaneal and naviculocalcaneal coalition. Osteoarthritis of calcaneocuboid joint. Exposition of calcaneus at sinus tarsi. Osteotomy through sinus tarsi and widening until desired correction of the foot is achieved. Insertion of bone graft. Screw fixation. Immobilization in a cast for 6 weeks. Weight-bearing as tolerated from the beginning. In the majority of cases, part of hindfoot reconstruction. Reliable and stable correction. Safe procedure with few complications.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Shinoda, Wataru; Hatanaka, Yuta; Hirakawa, Masashi; Okazaki, Susumu; Tsuzuki, Seiji; Ueno, Kazuhide; Watanabe, Masayoshi
2018-05-01
Equimolar mixtures of glymes and organic lithium salts are known to produce solvate ionic liquids, in which the stability of the [Li(glyme)]+ complex plays an important role in determining the ionic dynamics. Since these mixtures have attractive physicochemical properties for application as electrolytes, it is important to understand the dependence of the stability of the [Li(glyme)]+ complex on the ion dynamics. A series of microsecond molecular dynamics simulations has been conducted to investigate the dynamic properties of these solvate ionic liquids. Successful solvate ionic liquids with high stability of the [Li(glyme)]+ complex have been shown to have enhanced ion dynamics. Li-glyme pair exchange rarely occurs: its characteristic time is longer than that of ion diffusion by one or two orders of magnitude. Li-glyme pair exchange most likely occurs through cluster formation involving multiple [Li(glyme)]+ pairs. In this process, multiple exchanges likely take place in a concerted manner without the production of energetically unfavorable free glyme or free Li+ ions.
Importance of tibial slope for stability of the posterior cruciate ligament deficient knee.
Giffin, J Robert; Stabile, Kathryne J; Zantop, Thore; Vogrin, Tracy M; Woo, Savio L-Y; Harner, Christopher D
2007-09-01
Previous studies have shown that increasing tibial slope can shift the resting position of the tibia anteriorly. As a result, sagittal osteotomies that alter slope have recently been proposed for treatment of posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) injuries. Increasing tibial slope with an osteotomy shifts the resting position anteriorly in a PCL-deficient knee, thereby partially reducing the posterior tibial "sag" associated with PCL injury. This shift in resting position from the increased slope causes a decrease in posterior tibial translation compared with the PCL-deficient knee in response to posterior tibial and axial compressive loads. Controlled laboratory study. Three knee conditions were tested with a robotic universal force-moment sensor testing system: intact, PCL-deficient, and PCL-deficient with increased tibial slope. Tibial slope was increased via a 5-mm anterior opening wedge osteotomy. Three external loading conditions were applied to each knee condition at 0 degrees, 30 degrees, 60 degrees, 90 degrees, and 120 degrees of knee flexion: (1) 134-N anterior-posterior (A-P) tibial load, (2) 200-N axial compressive load, and (3) combined 134-N A-P and 200-N axial loads. For each loading condition, kinematics of the intact knee were recorded for the remaining 5 degrees of freedom (ie, A-P, medial-lateral, and proximal-distal translations, internal-external and varus-valgus rotations). Posterior cruciate ligament deficiency resulted in a posterior shift of the tibial resting position to 8.4 +/- 2.6 mm at 90 degrees compared with the intact knee. After osteotomy, tibial slope increased from 9.2 degrees +/- 1.0 degrees in the intact knee to 13.8 degrees +/- 0.9 degrees. This increase in slope reduced the posterior sag of the PCL-deficient knee, shifting the resting position anteriorly to 4.0 +/- 2.0 mm at 90 degrees. Under a 200-N axial compressive load with the osteotomy, an additional increase in anterior tibial translation to 2.7 +/- 1.7 mm at 30 degrees was observed. Under a 134-N A-P load, the osteotomy did not significantly affect total A-P translation when compared with the PCL-deficient knee. However, because of the anterior shift in resting position, there was a relative decrease in posterior tibial translation and increase in anterior tibial translation. Increasing tibial slope in a PCL-deficient knee reduces tibial sag by shifting the resting position of the tibia anteriorly. This sag is even further reduced when the knee is subjected to axial compressive loads. These data suggest that increasing tibial slope may be beneficial for patients with PCL-deficient knees.
Dynamics of a distributed drill string system: Characteristic parameters and stability maps
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Aarsnes, Ulf Jakob F.; van de Wouw, Nathan
2018-03-01
This paper involves the dynamic (stability) analysis of distributed drill-string systems. A minimal set of parameters characterizing the linearized, axial-torsional dynamics of a distributed drill string coupled through the bit-rock interaction is derived. This is found to correspond to five parameters for a simple drill string and eight parameters for a two-sectioned drill-string (e.g., corresponding to the pipe and collar sections of a drilling system). These dynamic characterizations are used to plot the inverse gain margin of the system, parametrized in the non-dimensional parameters, effectively creating a stability map covering the full range of realistic physical parameters. This analysis reveals a complex spectrum of dynamics not evident in stability analysis with lumped models, thus indicating the importance of analysis using distributed models. Moreover, it reveals trends concerning stability properties depending on key system parameters useful in the context of system and control design aiming at the mitigation of vibrations.
Biomechanical assessment of dynamic balance: Specificity of different balance tests.
Ringhof, Steffen; Stein, Thorsten
2018-04-01
Dynamic balance is vitally important for most sports and activities of daily living, so the assessment of dynamic stability has become an important issue. In consequence, a large number of balance tests have been developed. However, it is not yet known whether these tests (i) measure the same construct and (ii) can differentiate between athletes with different balance expertise. We therefore studied three common dynamic balance tests: one-leg jump landings, Posturomed perturbations and simulated forward falls. Participants were 24 healthy young females in regular training in either gymnastics (n = 12) or swimming (n = 12). In each of the tests, the participants were instructed to recover balance as quickly as possible. Dynamic stability was computed by time to stabilization and margin of stability, deduced from force plates and motion capture respectively. Pearson's correlations between the dynamic balance tests found no significant associations between the respective dynamic stability measures. Furthermore, independent t-tests indicated that only jump landings could properly distinguish between both groups of athletes. In essence, the different dynamic balance tests applied did not measure the same construct but rather task-specific skills, each of which depends on multifactorial internal and external constraints. Our study therefore contradicts the traditional view of considering balance as a general ability, and reinforces that dynamic balance measures are not interchangeable. This highlights the importance of selecting appropriate balance tests. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Network Dynamics Underlying Speed-Accuracy Trade-Offs in Response to Errors
Agam, Yigal; Carey, Caitlin; Barton, Jason J. S.; Dyckman, Kara A.; Lee, Adrian K. C.; Vangel, Mark; Manoach, Dara S.
2013-01-01
The ability to dynamically and rapidly adjust task performance based on its outcome is fundamental to adaptive, flexible behavior. Over trials of a task, responses speed up until an error is committed and after the error responses slow down. These dynamic adjustments serve to optimize performance and are well-described by the speed-accuracy trade-off (SATO) function. We hypothesized that SATOs based on outcomes reflect reciprocal changes in the allocation of attention between the internal milieu and the task-at-hand, as indexed by reciprocal changes in activity between the default and dorsal attention brain networks. We tested this hypothesis using functional MRI to examine the pattern of network activation over a series of trials surrounding and including an error. We further hypothesized that these reciprocal changes in network activity are coordinated by the posterior cingulate cortex (PCC) and would rely on the structural integrity of its white matter connections. Using diffusion tensor imaging, we examined whether fractional anisotropy of the posterior cingulum bundle correlated with the magnitude of reciprocal changes in network activation around errors. As expected, reaction time (RT) in trials surrounding errors was consistent with predictions from the SATO function. Activation in the default network was: (i) inversely correlated with RT, (ii) greater on trials before than after an error and (iii) maximal at the error. In contrast, activation in the right intraparietal sulcus of the dorsal attention network was (i) positively correlated with RT and showed the opposite pattern: (ii) less activation before than after an error and (iii) the least activation on the error. Greater integrity of the posterior cingulum bundle was associated with greater reciprocity in network activation around errors. These findings suggest that dynamic changes in attention to the internal versus external milieu in response to errors underlie SATOs in RT and are mediated by the PCC. PMID:24069223
Combined analytical and numerical approaches in Dynamic Stability analyses of engineering systems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Náprstek, Jiří
2015-03-01
Dynamic Stability is a widely studied area that has attracted many researchers from various disciplines. Although Dynamic Stability is usually associated with mechanics, theoretical physics or other natural and technical disciplines, it is also relevant to social, economic, and philosophical areas of our lives. Therefore, it is useful to occasionally highlight the general aspects of this amazing area, to present some relevant examples and to evaluate its position among the various branches of Rational Mechanics. From this perspective, the aim of this study is to present a brief review concerning the Dynamic Stability problem, its basic definitions and principles, important phenomena, research motivations and applications in engineering. The relationships with relevant systems that are prone to stability loss (encountered in other areas such as physics, other natural sciences and engineering) are also noted. The theoretical background, which is applicable to many disciplines, is presented. In this paper, the most frequently used Dynamic Stability analysis methods are presented in relation to individual dynamic systems that are widely discussed in various engineering branches. In particular, the Lyapunov function and exponent procedures, Routh-Hurwitz, Liénard, and other theorems are outlined together with demonstrations. The possibilities for analytical and numerical procedures are mentioned together with possible feedback from experimental research and testing. The strengths and shortcomings of these approaches are evaluated together with examples of their effective complementing of each other. The systems that are widely encountered in engineering are presented in the form of mathematical models. The analyses of their Dynamic Stability and post-critical behaviour are also presented. The stability limits, bifurcation points, quasi-periodic response processes and chaotic regimes are discussed. The limit cycle existence and stability are examined together with their separating roles as attractors and repulsers. Two levels of stability loss (recovery of the system is possible or final collapse is inevitable) as can be observed in softening systems are noted. Time-limited excitation and relevant transition effects (e.g., seismic excitation) are also discussed, together with the evaluation of possible system reliability improvement. The Dynamic Stability investigation of two degrees-of-freedom aero-elastic systems in a linear formulation using several approaches is briefly highlighted. Further systems modelling problems that arise in transport engineering are also outlined. A few hints for applications are given. Some open problems and possible future research strategies are outlined.
Ihlen, Espen A. F.; Weiss, Aner; Helbostad, Jorunn L.; Hausdorff, Jeffrey M.
2015-01-01
The present study compares phase-dependent measures of local dynamic stability of daily life walking with 35 conventional gait features in their ability to discriminate between community-dwelling older fallers and nonfallers. The study reanalyzes 3D-acceleration data of 3-day daily life activity from 39 older people who reported less than 2 falls during one year and 31 who reported two or more falls. Phase-dependent local dynamic stability was defined for initial perturbation at 0%, 20%, 40%, 60%, and 80% of the step cycle. A partial least square discriminant analysis (PLS-DA) was used to compare the discriminant abilities of phase-dependent local dynamic stability with the discriminant abilities of 35 conventional gait features. The phase-dependent local dynamic stability λ at 0% and 60% of the step cycle discriminated well between fallers and nonfallers (AUC = 0.83) and was significantly larger (p < 0.01) for the nonfallers. Furthermore, phase-dependent λ discriminated as well between fallers and nonfallers as all other gait features combined. The present result suggests that phase-dependent measures of local dynamic stability of daily life walking might be of importance for further development in early fall risk screening tools. PMID:26491669
Dynamic postural stability for double-leg drop landing.
Niu, Wenxin; Zhang, Ming; Fan, Yubo; Zhao, Qinping
2013-01-01
Dynamic postural stability has been widely studied for single-leg landing, but seldom considered for double-leg landing. This study aimed to evaluate the dynamic postural stability and the influence mechanism of muscle activities during double-leg drop landing. Eight recreationally active males and eight recreationally active females participated in this study and dropped individually from three heights (0.32 m, 0.52 m, and 0.72 m). Ground reaction force was recorded to calculate the time to stabilisation. Electromyographic activities were recorded for selected lower-extremity muscles. A multivariate analysis of variance was carried out and no significant influence was found in time to stabilisation between genders or limb laterals (P > 0.05). With increasing drop height, time to stabilisation decreased significantly in two horizontal directions and the lower-extremity muscle activities were enhanced. Vertical time to stabilisation was not significantly influenced by drop height. Dynamic postural stability improved by neuromuscular change more than that required due to the increase of drop height. Double-leg landing on level ground is a stable movement, and the body would often be injured before dynamic postural stability is impaired. It is understandable to protect tissues from mechanical injuries by the sacrifice of certain dynamic postural stability in the design of protective devices or athlete training.
Masuda, S; Furumatsu, T; Okazaki, Y; Kodama, Y; Hino, T; Kamatsuki, Y; Miyazawa, S; Ozaki, T
2018-04-10
A medial meniscus posterior root tear (MMPRT) is defined as an injury to the posterior meniscal insertion on the tibia. In MMPRT, the medial meniscus (MM) hoop function is damaged, and the MM undergoes a medial extrusion into the interior from the superior articular surface of the tibia. However, the details of MM position and movement during knee joint movement are unclear in MMPRT cases. The present study aims to evaluate MM position and movement via magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) examination of the MM posterior extrusion (MMPE) at knee flexion angles of 10° and 90°. We hypothesized that, during knee flexion, the MM will shift to the posterior and the posterior extrusion will increase compared to that when the knee is extended. Twenty-four patients were diagnosed with symptomatic MMPRT on open MRI examination. Preoperative MMPE, anteroposterior interval (API) of the MM, and MM medial extrusion (MMME) at knee flexion angles of 10° and 90° were measured. For patients with MMPRT, the MMPE increased from -4.77±1.43mm to 3.79±1.17mm (p<0.001) when the knee flexion angle increased from 10° to 90°. Further, flexing the knee from 10° to 90° decreased the API of the MM from 20.19±4.22mm to 16.41±5.14mm (p<0.001). MMME showed no significant change between knee flexion angles of 10° and 90°. This study demonstrated that, in cases of MMPRT, the MMPE clearly increases when the knee is flexed to 90°, while MMME does not change. Our results suggest that open MRI examination can be used to evaluate the dynamic position of the posterior MM by scanning the knee as it flexes to 90°. IV: retrospective cohort study. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Masson SAS. All rights reserved.
Zhong, Nanzhe; Kong, Jinhai; Sun, Zhengwang; Qian, Ming; Liu, Tielong; Xiao, Jianru
2018-01-01
To evaluate the clinical efficacy of the one-stage posterior approach in treating consecutive multiple-segment thoracic tuberculosis with kyphosis. A retrospective study was performed. The data of 22 patients with consecutive multi-level thoracic tuberculosis and kyphosis who underwent the one-stage posterior approach of debridement, bone grafting, drainage and pedicle screws fixation were collected. The kyphotic angle was 61.6°±3.1° pre-operatively. The neurologic status based on American Spinal Injury Association (ASIA) scoring was A in 5 cases, B in 4 cases, C in 9 cases, D in 3 cases and E in 1 case. The average follow-up period was 43.4±5.0 months. The kyphotic angle was 19.8°±0.7° after operation (p < 0.01), and 21.9°±1.2° at the last visit (p < 0.01). No neurological deterioration was observed in any patients after surgery. A significant difference in ASIA score was detected when the state before the operation and at the last visit was compared (p < 0.01). There was no recurrent paravertebral abscess of thoracic tuberculosis in any of these cases. The one-stage posterior approach of debridement and drainage is a feasible surgical option for consecutive multisegment thoracic tuberculosis with kyphosis. It can achieve debridement, decompression, and stabilization simultaneously.
Interval stability for complex systems
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Klinshov, Vladimir V.; Kirillov, Sergey; Kurths, Jürgen; Nekorkin, Vladimir I.
2018-04-01
Stability of dynamical systems against strong perturbations is an important problem of nonlinear dynamics relevant to many applications in various areas. Here, we develop a novel concept of interval stability, referring to the behavior of the perturbed system during a finite time interval. Based on this concept, we suggest new measures of stability, namely interval basin stability (IBS) and interval stability threshold (IST). IBS characterizes the likelihood that the perturbed system returns to the stable regime (attractor) in a given time. IST provides the minimal magnitude of the perturbation capable to disrupt the stable regime for a given interval of time. The suggested measures provide important information about the system susceptibility to external perturbations which may be useful for practical applications. Moreover, from a theoretical viewpoint the interval stability measures are shown to bridge the gap between linear and asymptotic stability. We also suggest numerical algorithms for quantification of the interval stability characteristics and demonstrate their potential for several dynamical systems of various nature, such as power grids and neural networks.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhang, Feng-Liang; Ni, Yan-Chun; Au, Siu-Kui; Lam, Heung-Fai
2016-03-01
The identification of modal properties from field testing of civil engineering structures is becoming economically viable, thanks to the advent of modern sensor and data acquisition technology. Its demand is driven by innovative structural designs and increased performance requirements of dynamic-prone structures that call for a close cross-checking or monitoring of their dynamic properties and responses. Existing instrumentation capabilities and modal identification techniques allow structures to be tested under free vibration, forced vibration (known input) or ambient vibration (unknown broadband loading). These tests can be considered complementary rather than competing as they are based on different modeling assumptions in the identification model and have different implications on costs and benefits. Uncertainty arises naturally in the dynamic testing of structures due to measurement noise, sensor alignment error, modeling error, etc. This is especially relevant in field vibration tests because the test condition in the field environment can hardly be controlled. In this work, a Bayesian statistical approach is developed for modal identification using the free vibration response of structures. A frequency domain formulation is proposed that makes statistical inference based on the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) of the data in a selected frequency band. This significantly simplifies the identification model because only the modes dominating the frequency band need to be included. It also legitimately ignores the information in the excluded frequency bands that are either irrelevant or difficult to model, thereby significantly reducing modeling error risk. The posterior probability density function (PDF) of the modal parameters is derived rigorously from modeling assumptions and Bayesian probability logic. Computational difficulties associated with calculating the posterior statistics, including the most probable value (MPV) and the posterior covariance matrix, are addressed. Fast computational algorithms for determining the MPV are proposed so that the method can be practically implemented. In the companion paper (Part II), analytical formulae are derived for the posterior covariance matrix so that it can be evaluated without resorting to finite difference method. The proposed method is verified using synthetic data. It is also applied to modal identification of full-scale field structures.
2017-01-01
The selectivity filter of the KcsA K+ channel has two typical conformations—the conductive and the collapsed conformations, respectively. The transition from the conductive to the collapsed filter conformation can represent the process of inactivation that depends on many environmental factors. Water molecules permeating behind the filter can influence the collapsed filter stability. Here we perform the molecular dynamics simulations to study the stability of the collapsed filter of the KcsA K+ channel under the different water patterns. We find that the water patterns are dynamic behind the collapsed filter and the filter stability increases with the increasing number of water molecules. In addition, the stability increases significantly when water molecules distribute uniformly behind the four monomeric filter chains, and the stability is compromised if water molecules only cluster behind one or two adjacent filter chains. The altered filter stabilities thus suggest that the collapsed filter can inactivate gradually under the dynamic water patterns. We also demonstrate how the different water patterns affect the filter recovery from the collapsed conformation. PMID:29049423
Wu, Di
2017-01-01
The selectivity filter of the KcsA K+ channel has two typical conformations-the conductive and the collapsed conformations, respectively. The transition from the conductive to the collapsed filter conformation can represent the process of inactivation that depends on many environmental factors. Water molecules permeating behind the filter can influence the collapsed filter stability. Here we perform the molecular dynamics simulations to study the stability of the collapsed filter of the KcsA K+ channel under the different water patterns. We find that the water patterns are dynamic behind the collapsed filter and the filter stability increases with the increasing number of water molecules. In addition, the stability increases significantly when water molecules distribute uniformly behind the four monomeric filter chains, and the stability is compromised if water molecules only cluster behind one or two adjacent filter chains. The altered filter stabilities thus suggest that the collapsed filter can inactivate gradually under the dynamic water patterns. We also demonstrate how the different water patterns affect the filter recovery from the collapsed conformation.
Ardestani, Marzieh M; Moazen, Mehran; Maniei, Ehsan; Jin, Zhongmin
2015-04-01
Commercially available fixed bearing knee prostheses are mainly divided into two groups: posterior stabilized (PS) versus cruciate retaining (CR). Despite the widespread comparative studies, the debate continues regarding the superiority of one type over the other. This study used a combined finite element (FE) simulation and principal component analysis (PCA) to evaluate "reliability" and "sensitivity" of two PS designs versus two CR designs over a patient population. Four fixed bearing implants were chosen: PFC (DePuy), PFC Sigma (DePuy), NexGen (Zimmer) and Genesis II (Smith & Nephew). Using PCA, a large probabilistic knee joint motion and loading database was generated based on the available experimental data from literature. The probabilistic knee joint data were applied to each implant in a FE simulation to calculate the potential envelopes of kinematics (i.e. anterior-posterior [AP] displacement and internal-external [IE] rotation) and contact mechanics. The performance envelopes were considered as an indicator of performance reliability. For each implant, PCA was used to highlight how much the implant performance was influenced by changes in each input parameter (sensitivity). Results showed that (1) conformity directly affected the reliability of the knee implant over a patient population such that lesser conformity designs (PS or CR), had higher kinematic variability and were more influenced by AP force and IE torque, (2) contact reliability did not differ noticeably among different designs and (3) CR or PS designs affected the relative rank of critical factors that influenced the reliability of each design. Such investigations enlighten the underlying biomechanics of various implant designs and can be utilized to estimate the potential performance of an implant design over a patient population. Copyright © 2015 IPEM. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Kinematic analysis of a posterior-stabilized knee prosthesis.
Zhao, Zhi-Xin; Wen, Liang; Qu, Tie-Bing; Hou, Li-Li; Xiang, Dong; Bin, Jia
2015-01-20
The goal of total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is to restore knee kinematics. Knee prosthesis design plays a very important role in successful restoration. Here, kinematics models of normal and prosthetic knees were created and validated using previously published data. Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging scans of a healthy, anticorrosive female cadaver were used to establish a model of the entire lower limbs, including the femur, tibia, patella, fibula, distal femur cartilage, and medial and lateral menisci, as well as the anterior cruciate, posterior cruciate, medial collateral, and lateral collateral ligaments. The data from the three-dimensional models of the normal knee joint and a posterior-stabilized (PS) knee prosthesis were imported into finite element analysis software to create the final kinematic model of the TKA prosthesis, which was then validated by comparison with a previous study. The displacement of the medial/lateral femur and the internal rotation angle of the tibia were analyzed during 0-135° flexion. Both the output data trends and the measured values derived from the normal knee's kinematics model were very close to the results reported in a previous in vivo study, suggesting that this model can be used for further analyses. The PS knee prosthesis underwent an abnormal forward displacement compared with the normal knee and has insufficient, or insufficiently aggressive, "rollback" compared with the lateral femur of the normal knee. In addition, a certain degree of reverse rotation occurs during flexion of the PS knee prosthesis. There were still several differences between the kinematics of the PS knee prosthesis and a normal knee, suggesting room for improving the design of the PS knee prosthesis. The abnormal kinematics during early flexion shows that the design of the articular surface played a vital role in improving the kinematics of the PS knee prosthesis.
Dobran, Mauro; Esposito, Domenico Paolo; Gladi, Maurizio; Scerrati, Massimo; Iacoangeli, Maurizio
2018-01-01
Study Design Retrospective study with long-term follow-up. Purpose To evaluate the long-term incidence of adjacent segment degeneration (ASD) and clinical outcomes in a consecutive series of patients who underwent spinal decompression associated with dynamic or hybrid stabilization with a Flex+TM stabilization system (SpineVision, Antony, France) for lumbar spinal stenosis. Overview of Literature The incidence of ASD and clinical outcomes following dynamic or hybrid stabilization with the Flex+TM system used for lumbar spinal stenosis have not been well investigated. Methods Twenty-one patients with lumbar stenosis and probable post-decompressive spinal instability underwent decompressive laminectomy followed by spinal stabilization using the Flex+TM stabilization system. The indication for a mono-level dynamic stabilization was a preoperative magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) demonstrating evidence of severe disc disease associated with severe spinal stenosis. The hybrid stabilization (rigid-dynamic) system was used for multilevel laminectomies with associated initial degenerative scoliosis, first-grade spondylolisthesis, or rostral pathology. Results The improvement in Visual Analog Scale and Oswestry Disability Index scores at follow-up were statistically significant (p<0.0001 and p<0.0001, respectively). At the 5–8-year follow-up, clinical examination, MRI, and X-ray findings showed an ASD complication with pain and disability in one of 21 patients. The clinical outcomes were similar in patients treated with dynamic or hybrid fixation. Conclusions Patients treated with laminectomy and Flex+TM stabilization presented a satisfactory clinical outcome after 5–8 years of follow-up, and ASD incidence in our series was 4.76% (one patient out of 21). We are aware that this is a small series, but our long-term follow-up may be sufficient to contribute to the expanding body of literature on the development of symptomatic ASD associated with dynamic or hybrid fixation. PMID:29713407
Signal Processing Methods for Liquid Rocket Engine Combustion Stability Assessments
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Kenny, R. Jeremy; Lee, Erik; Hulka, James R.; Casiano, Matthew
2011-01-01
The J2X Gas Generator engine design specifications include dynamic, spontaneous, and broadband combustion stability requirements. These requirements are verified empirically based high frequency chamber pressure measurements and analyses. Dynamic stability is determined with the dynamic pressure response due to an artificial perturbation of the combustion chamber pressure (bomb testing), and spontaneous and broadband stability are determined from the dynamic pressure responses during steady operation starting at specified power levels. J2X Workhorse Gas Generator testing included bomb tests with multiple hardware configurations and operating conditions, including a configuration used explicitly for engine verification test series. This work covers signal processing techniques developed at Marshall Space Flight Center (MSFC) to help assess engine design stability requirements. Dynamic stability assessments were performed following both the CPIA 655 guidelines and a MSFC in-house developed statistical-based approach. The statistical approach was developed to better verify when the dynamic pressure amplitudes corresponding to a particular frequency returned back to pre-bomb characteristics. This was accomplished by first determining the statistical characteristics of the pre-bomb dynamic levels. The pre-bomb statistical characterization provided 95% coverage bounds; these bounds were used as a quantitative measure to determine when the post-bomb signal returned to pre-bomb conditions. The time for post-bomb levels to acceptably return to pre-bomb levels was compared to the dominant frequency-dependent time recommended by CPIA 655. Results for multiple test configurations, including stable and unstable configurations, were reviewed. Spontaneous stability was assessed using two processes: 1) characterization of the ratio of the peak response amplitudes to the excited chamber acoustic mode amplitudes and 2) characterization of the variability of the peak response's frequency over the test duration. This characterization process assists in evaluating the discreteness of a signal as well as the stability of the chamber response. Broadband stability was assessed using a running root-mean-square evaluation. These techniques were also employed, in a comparative analysis, on available Fastrac data, and these results are presented here.
Rationale, principles and experimental evaluation of the concept of soft stabilization.
Mulholland, Robert C; Sengupta, Dilip K
2002-10-01
The apparent clinical success of spinal stabilization methods that restrict rather than abolish movement in relieving mechanical back pain indicates that the concept of the aetiology of back pain should be reviewed. Further understanding of how degeneration affects disc biomechanics, and an understanding of how current soft stabilization systems alters them, may allow us to define more precisely what are the essential requirements of an ideal soft stabilization system. It appears that abnormal patterns of loading rather than abnormal movement are the reason that disc degeneration causes back pain in some patients. Abnormal load transmission is the principal cause of pain in osteoarthritic joints, and both osteotomy and, indeed, joint replacement succeed because they alter the load transmission across the joint. This concept is supported by the fact that abnormal patterns of stress distribution measured across the disc correlate with painful discs on discography. Clinically, it is often noted that back pain is primarily related to position or posture, rather than movement of the lumbar spine. Clinical success after solid fusion is unpredictable because it does not necessarily prevent painful loading across the disc, and also it may interfere with maintenance of sagittal balance in varying postures. The Graf ligament restricted flexion, and was modestly successful. It unfortunately increased the load over the posterior annulus. The Dynesys system reduces movement both in flexion and extension, and appears to be more successful. However, often it also unloads the disc to a degree that is unpredictable. The authors believe that this unloading of the disc is an important feature of a flexible stabilization system. A new a design of a flexible stabilization system has recently been described in an in vitro study, which unloads the disc by introduction of a load-sharing fulcrum near the axis of movement together with an elastic posterior ligament. This design produces maximal unloading of the disc, whilst allowing a restricted range of movement, which serves the important purpose of allowing the patient to maintain sagittal balance in varying postures.
Comparison of postural stability between injured and uninjured ballet dancers.
Lin, Cheng-Feng; Lee, I-Jung; Liao, Jung-Hsien; Wu, Hong-Wen; Su, Fong-Chin
2011-06-01
Ballet movements require a limited base of support; thus, ballet dancers require a high level of postural control. However, postural stability in ballet dancers is still unclear and needs to be understood. To evaluate ballet dancers' postural stability in performing single-leg standing, the en pointe task, and the first and fifth positions and to determine differences in task performance among healthy nondancers, healthy dancers, and dancers with ankle sprains. Controlled laboratory study. Injured dancers, uninjured dancers, and nondancers were recruited for this study (N = 33 age-matched participants; n= 11 per group). The tasks tested were single-leg standing with eyes open and closed, first position, fifth position, and en pointe. Center of pressure parameters were calculated from the ground-reaction force collected with 1 force plate. Analysis of variance was used to assess the differences of center of pressure parameters among 3 groups in single-leg standing; independent t test was used to examine the differences of center of pressure parameters between injured and uninjured dancers. During single-leg standing, injured dancers had significantly greater maximum displacement in the medial-lateral direction and total trajectory of center of pressure, compared with the uninjured dancers and nondancers. During the first and fifth positions, the injured dancers demonstrated significantly greater standard deviation of center of pressure position in the medial-lateral and anterior-posterior directions, compared with the uninjured dancers. During en pointe, the injured dancers had significantly greater maximum displacement in the medial-lateral direction and the anterior-posterior direction, compared with the uninjured dancers. The injured and uninjured dancers demonstrated differences in postural stability in the medial-lateral direction during single-leg standing and the ballet postures. Although the injured dancers received ballet training, their postural stability may still be inferior to that of the nondancers. This study is a first step in understanding that injured ballet dancers do not have the same postural stability as uninjured dancers and that it is even inferior to that of nondancers, which is important to understand for further study on rehabilitation. The future development of effective balance training programs for ballet dancers with ankle injuries should emphasize improvements in medial-lateral directional balance.
Jung, HoHyun; Chun, Keyoung Jin; Hong, Jaesoo; Lim, Dohyung
2015-01-01
Balance is important in daily activities and essential for maintaining an independent lifestyle in the elderly. Recent studies have shown that balance rehabilitation training can improve the balance ability of the elderly, and diverse balance rehabilitation training equipment has been developed. However, there has been little research into optimized strategies for balance rehabilitation training. To provide an optimized strategy, we analyzed the balance characteristics of participants in response to the rotation of a base plate on multiple axes. Seven male adults with no musculoskeletal or nervous system-related diseases (age: 25.5±1.7 years; height: 173.9±6.4 cm; body mass: 71.3±6.5 kg; body mass index: 23.6±2.4 kg/m2) were selected to investigate the balance rehabilitation training using customized rehabilitation equipment. Rotation of the base plate of the equipment was controlled to induce dynamic rotation of participants in the anterior–posterior, right-diagonal, medial–lateral, and left-diagonal directions. We used a three-dimensional motion capture system employing infrared cameras and the Pedar Flexible Insoles System to characterize the major lower-extremity joint angles, center of body mass, and center of pressure. We found statistically significant differences between the changes in joint angles in the lower extremities in response to dynamic rotation of the participants (P<0.05). The maximum was greater with anterior–posterior and medial–lateral dynamic rotation than with that in other directions (P<0.05). However, there were no statistically significant differences in the frequency of center of body mass deviations from the base of support (P>0.05). These results indicate that optimizing rotation control of the base plate of balance rehabilitation training equipment to induce anterior–posterior and medial–lateral dynamic rotation preferentially can lead to effective balance training. Additional tests with varied speeds and ranges of angles of base plate rotation are expected to be useful as well as an analysis of the balance characteristics considering a balance index that reflects the muscle activity and cooperative characteristics. PMID:26508847
Robust controller designs for second-order dynamic system: A virtual passive approach
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Juang, Jer-Nan; Phan, Minh
1990-01-01
A robust controller design is presented for second-order dynamic systems. The controller is model-independent and itself is a virtual second-order dynamic system. Conditions on actuator and sensor placements are identified for controller designs that guarantee overall closed-loop stability. The dynamic controller can be viewed as a virtual passive damping system that serves to stabilize the actual dynamic system. The control gains are interpreted as virtual mass, spring, and dashpot elements that play the same roles as actual physical elements in stability analysis. Position, velocity, and acceleration feedback are considered. Simple examples are provided to illustrate the physical meaning of this controller design.
Pant, Sanjay
2018-05-01
A new class of functions, called the 'information sensitivity functions' (ISFs), which quantify the information gain about the parameters through the measurements/observables of a dynamical system are presented. These functions can be easily computed through classical sensitivity functions alone and are based on Bayesian and information-theoretic approaches. While marginal information gain is quantified by decrease in differential entropy, correlations between arbitrary sets of parameters are assessed through mutual information. For individual parameters, these information gains are also presented as marginal posterior variances, and, to assess the effect of correlations, as conditional variances when other parameters are given. The easy to interpret ISFs can be used to (a) identify time intervals or regions in dynamical system behaviour where information about the parameters is concentrated; (b) assess the effect of measurement noise on the information gain for the parameters; (c) assess whether sufficient information in an experimental protocol (input, measurements and their frequency) is available to identify the parameters; (d) assess correlation in the posterior distribution of the parameters to identify the sets of parameters that are likely to be indistinguishable; and (e) assess identifiability problems for particular sets of parameters. © 2018 The Authors.
Kanai, H
1993-07-01
A dynamic analysis was made on the knees with chronic anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) insufficiency for antero-posterior instability and abnormal rotation, also evaluating them for ground reaction force and muscle strength of knee extension. Studies were carried out on 51 patients with chronic unilateral ACL insufficiency and 80 knees of 40 healthy male and female young adults as controls. Using a knee motion analyser, an apparatus designed to analyse three dimensional knee motion, the gait was studied on a force plate. At the same time, the muscle strength of knee extension was measured with a Kinetic-Communicator (KIN-COM). In the dynamic analysis of the knee motion anterior instability was notable at a small angle of flexion. Qualitative evaluation of the knee motion revealed three patterns of rotation. The evaluation of ground reaction force showed that the rise from the heel strike was slow, its slope was gentle and the effect of weight removal was unclear. The evaluation of the muscle strength of knee extension revealed a decrease in torque of muscular contraction at 20 degrees of knee flexion.
2012-01-01
Background In rehabilitation, training intensity is usually adapted to optimize the trained system to attain better performance (overload principle). However, in balance rehabilitation, the level of intensity required during training exercises to optimize improvement in balance has rarely been studied, probably due to the difficulty in quantifying the stability level during these exercises. The goal of the present study was to test whether the stabilizing/destabilizing forces model could be used to analyze how stability is challenged during several exergames, that are more and more used in balance rehabilitation, and a dynamic functional task, such as gait. Methods Seven healthy older adults were evaluated with three-dimensional motion analysis during gait at natural and fast speed, and during three balance exergames (50/50 Challenge, Ski Slalom and Soccer). Mean and extreme values for stabilizing force, destabilizing force and the ratio of the two forces (stability index) were computed from kinematic and kinetic data to determine the mean and least level of dynamic, postural and overall balance stability, respectively. Results Mean postural stability was lower (lower mean destabilizing force) during the 50/50 Challenge game than during all the other tasks, but peak postural instability moments were less challenging during this game than during any of the other tasks, as shown by the minimum destabilizing force values. Dynamic stability was progressively more challenged (higher mean and maximum stabilizing force) from the 50/50 Challenge to the Soccer and Slalom games, to the natural gait speed task and to the fast gait speed task, increasing the overall stability difficulty (mean and minimum stability index) in the same manner. Conclusions The stabilizing/destabilizing forces model can be used to rate the level of balance requirements during different tasks such as gait or exergames. The results of our study showed that postural stability did not differ much between the evaluated tasks (except for the 50/50 Challenge), compared to dynamic stability, which was significantly less challenged during the games than during the functional tasks. Games with greater centre of mass displacements and changes in the base of support are likely to stimulate balance control enough to see improvements in balance during dynamic functional tasks, and could be tested in pathological populations with the approach used here. PMID:22607025
Long-term follow-up of the surgical management of neuropathic arthropathy of the spine.
Haus, Brian M; Hsu, Andrew R; Yim, Eugene S; Meter, Jeffrey J; Rinsky, Lawrence A
2010-06-01
No studies have discussed the long-term surgical management and outcomes of Charcot arthropathy of the spine. This case series presents nine patients treated over 30 years. The study hypothesis was that surgery would reduce instability, pain, recurrence, and the need for revision surgery in the long-term, given previous study findings of successful fusion of Charcot spine in the short-term. To evaluate the long-term outcomes of surgery for Charcot spine. Retrospective case series. Cases took place at Stanford University Medical Center and Santa Clara Valley Medical Center. All patients had either complete paraplegia or dense paraparesis with both major motor and sensory deficits. Seven patients developed Charcot spine after spinal instrumentation for trauma, one after scoliosis repair for meningomyelocele, and one after spinal instrumentation for neuromuscular scoliosis caused by birth injury resulting in C6-C7 quadraplegia. Average time between initial instrumentation and development of Charcot spine was 7.6 years. Two patients underwent posterior fusion alone, six had anterior-posterior fusion, and one was managed with thoracolumbar orthosis. Average follow-up was 14.3 years. Revisions were necessary in 75% (6 of 8) of patients for complications including nonunion, new Charcot joints, recurrent hardware failure, and osteomyelitis. Achieving fusion often required multiple operations, and there were no deaths or neurologic complications. Long-term follow-up showed a high rate of revision surgery. Solid fusions often resulted in late breakdown or new junctional Charcot arthropathies. Patients initially fused to the lumbar spine instead of the sacrum or pelvis had a higher rate of developing another Charcot joint. Fusion was often difficult with persistent nonunions and functional deficits because of decreased mobility. We recommend that Charcot spine well tolerated without skin, seating problems, or dysreflexia should be cautiously observed with conservative management. For surgical care, we recommend three-column stabilization with either combined anterior-posterior or all posterior approaches with anterior support to obtain and secure greater long-term stability. Copyright 2010 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Vitreoretinal surgery of the posterior segment for explosive trauma in terrorist warfare.
Bajaire, Boris; Oudovitchenko, Elena; Morales, Edgar
2006-08-01
To describe surgical management and establish anatomic and visual results of patients with explosive ocular trauma in terrorist attacks treated with extreme vitreoretinal surgery. Retrospective study of clinical records (6-month follow-up) of patients with visual acuity (VA) of light perception or better with posterior segment injuries [vitreous hemorrhage, retinal detachment (RD), intra-ocular foreign bodies (IOFB), perforating trauma (PT)] from explosive weapons who underwent vitreoretinal surgery. We reviewed the demographic characteristics, type of weapon, time between injury and surgery, VA at arrival and 6 months after surgery, and type of trauma according to the International Trauma Classification. Fifty-seven out of 236 patients with ocular injuries from explosive weapons were included in the study; all of them were military men, average age 22 years (range 16-53 years). The average time between the blast and primary closing was 1 day, and 10 days between primary closing and vitreoretinal surgery. Open traumas by laceration accounted for 96% of cases and 4% were closed traumas; 76% of the eyes had IOFB, of which 18% involved PT; 5% had endophthalmitis. Contusion was the diagnosis for 100% of the closed traumas. Of the open traumas, 40% were localized at zone I, 44% at zone II, and 16% at zone III. Upon arrival, 98% of patients had VA 20/800-LP and 2% had >20/40. The patients with closed trauma had the injuries at zone III and presented VA 20/800-LP. All patients underwent posterior vitrectomy, scleral buckling, endotaponade and when required, lensectomy (82%), IOFB removal (72%), and/or retinectomy (25%). Postoperative VA improved in 43% of the patients, stabilized in 41% and evolved to NLP in 15% of the cases. Initial expressions of ocular trauma such as RD, PT and endophthalmitis suggest bad prognosis. We presented a series of patients with severe ocular trauma of the posterior segment from explosive weapons. These patients were treated according to our surgical protocol with extreme vitreoretinal surgery within the first 2 weeks after the blast; with our procedure we obtained stabilization or improvement of the VA for 84% of the cases.
Eriksrud, Ola; Federolf, Peter; Anderson, Patrick; Cabri, Jan
2018-01-01
Tests of dynamic postural control eliciting full-body three-dimensional joint movements in a systematic manner are scarce. The well-established star excursion balance test (SEBT) elicits primarily three-dimensional lower extremity joint movements with minimal trunk and no upper extremity joint movements. In response to these shortcomings we created the hand reach star excursion balance test (HSEBT) based on the SEBT reach directions. The aims of the current study were to 1) compare HSEBT and SEBT measurements, 2) compare joint movements elicited by the HSEBT to both SEBT joint movements and normative range of motion values published in the literature. Ten SEBT and HSEBT reaches for each foot were obtained while capturing full-body kinematics in twenty recreationally active healthy male subjects. HSEBT and SEBT areas and composite scores (sum of reaches) for total, anterior and posterior subsections and individual reaches were correlated. Total reach score comparisons showed fair to moderate correlations (r = .393 to .606), while anterior and posterior subsections comparisons had fair to good correlations (r = .269 to .823). Individual reach comparisons had no to good correlations (r = -.182 to .822) where lateral and posterior reaches demonstrated the lowest correlations (r = -.182 to .510). The HSEBT elicited more and significantly greater joint movements than the SEBT, except for hip external rotation, knee extension and plantarflexion. Comparisons to normative range of motion values showed that 3 of 18 for the SEBT and 8 of 22 joint movements for the HSEBT were within normative values. The findings suggest that the HSEBT can be used for the assessment of dynamic postural control and is particularly suitable for examining full-body functional mobility.
van Zoest, W J F; Hoogeveen, A R; Scheltinga, M R M; Sala, H A; van Mourik, J B A; Brink, P R G
2008-05-01
The present study evaluates the efficacy of two treatment regimens in individuals possibly suffering from chronic exercise induced compartment syndrome (CECS) of the deep posterior compartment of the leg. We hypothesised that the current method of fasciotomy of the deep posterior compartment of the leg is a procedure with a limited success rate. Dynamic intra-compartmental pressure measurements were applied to 46 patients that had symptomatology of a posterior CECS. Only those patients that met predefined pressure criteria, the "high-pressure group" (27 patients), were offered surgical treatment in the form of fasciotomy. The other 19 patients, "low-pressure group", received conservative treatment, consisting of inlays and physiotherapy. In addition, these patients were examined more closely in order to exclude different pathology. Efficacy of both approaches was evaluated by a questionnaire after a mean three-year follow-up. Fifty-two percent of the high-pressure group judged their operation successful, whereas 48 % did not. The majority of the low-pressure group (84 %) was free of symptoms, after conservative treatment as well as following treatment of other pathology. The present study shows that the success rate of patients surgically treated for posterior CECS is relatively low (52 %). The established cut-off points for the compartment pressure to deselect patients for an operation are justified based on the long-term success rate of the low-pressure group.
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Krishnan, Hariharan
1993-01-01
This thesis is organized in two parts. In Part 1, control systems described by a class of nonlinear differential and algebraic equations are introduced. A procedure for local stabilization based on a local state realization is developed. An alternative approach to local stabilization is developed based on a classical linearization of the nonlinear differential-algebraic equations. A theoretical framework is established for solving a tracking problem associated with the differential-algebraic system. First, a simple procedure is developed for the design of a feedback control law which ensures, at least locally, that the tracking error in the closed loop system lies within any given bound if the reference inputs are sufficiently slowly varying. Next, by imposing additional assumptions, a procedure is developed for the design of a feedback control law which ensures that the tracking error in the closed loop system approaches zero exponentially for reference inputs which are not necessarily slowly varying. The control design methodologies are used for simultaneous force and position control in constrained robot systems. The differential-algebraic equations are shown to characterize the slow dynamics of a certain nonlinear control system in nonstandard singularly perturbed form. In Part 2, the attitude stabilization (reorientation) of a rigid spacecraft using only two control torques is considered. First, the case of momentum wheel actuators is considered. The complete spacecraft dynamics are not controllable. However, the spacecraft dynamics are small time locally controllable in a reduced sense. The reduced spacecraft dynamics cannot be asymptotically stabilized using continuous feedback, but a discontinuous feedback control strategy is constructed. Next, the case of gas jet actuators is considered. If the uncontrolled principal axis is not an axis of symmetry, the complete spacecraft dynamics are small time locally controllable. However, the spacecraft attitude cannot be asymptotically stabilized using continuous feedback, but a discontinuous stabilizing feedback control strategy is constructed. If the uncontrolled principal axis is an axis of symmetry, the complete spacecraft dynamics cannot be stabilized. However, the spacecraft dynamics are small time locally controllable in a reduced sense. The reduced spacecraft dynamics cannot be asymptotically stabilized using continuous feedback, but again a discontinuous feedback control strategy is constructed.
Does dynamic stability govern propulsive force generation in human walking?
Browne, Michael G.
2017-01-01
Before succumbing to slower speeds, older adults may walk with a diminished push-off to prioritize stability over mobility. However, direct evidence for trade-offs between push-off intensity and balance control in human walking, independent of changes in speed, has remained elusive. As a critical first step, we conducted two experiments to investigate: (i) the independent effects of walking speed and propulsive force (FP) generation on dynamic stability in young adults, and (ii) the extent to which young adults prioritize dynamic stability in selecting their preferred combination of walking speed and FP generation. Subjects walked on a force-measuring treadmill across a range of speeds as well as at constant speeds while modulating their FP according to a visual biofeedback paradigm based on real-time force measurements. In contrast to improvements when walking slower, walking with a diminished push-off worsened dynamic stability by up to 32%. Rather, we find that young adults adopt an FP at their preferred walking speed that maximizes dynamic stability. One implication of these findings is that the onset of a diminished push-off in old age may independently contribute to poorer balance control and precipitate slower walking speeds. PMID:29291129
Does dynamic stability govern propulsive force generation in human walking?
Browne, Michael G; Franz, Jason R
2017-11-01
Before succumbing to slower speeds, older adults may walk with a diminished push-off to prioritize stability over mobility. However, direct evidence for trade-offs between push-off intensity and balance control in human walking, independent of changes in speed, has remained elusive. As a critical first step, we conducted two experiments to investigate: (i) the independent effects of walking speed and propulsive force ( F P ) generation on dynamic stability in young adults, and (ii) the extent to which young adults prioritize dynamic stability in selecting their preferred combination of walking speed and F P generation. Subjects walked on a force-measuring treadmill across a range of speeds as well as at constant speeds while modulating their F P according to a visual biofeedback paradigm based on real-time force measurements. In contrast to improvements when walking slower, walking with a diminished push-off worsened dynamic stability by up to 32%. Rather, we find that young adults adopt an F P at their preferred walking speed that maximizes dynamic stability. One implication of these findings is that the onset of a diminished push-off in old age may independently contribute to poorer balance control and precipitate slower walking speeds.
McCarthy, Moira M.; Tucker, Scott; Nguyen, Joseph T.; Green, Daniel W.; Imhauser, Carl W.; Cordasco, Frank A.
2014-01-01
Background Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injuries are an increasingly recognized problem in the pediatric population. Unfortunately, outcomes with conservative treatment are extremely poor. Furthermore, adult reconstruction techniques may be inappropriate to treat skeletally immature patients due to the risk of physeal complications. “Physeal-sparing” reconstruction techniques exist but their ability to restore knee stability and contact mechanics is not well understood. Purpose (1) To assess the ability of the all-epiphyseal (AE) and over-the-top (OT) reconstructions to restore knee kinematics; (2) to assess whether these reconstructions decrease the high posterior contact stresses seen with ACL deficiency; (3) to determine whether the AE or OT produce abnormal tibiofemoral contact stresses. Hypothesis The AE reconstruction will restore contact mechanics and kinematics similarly to that of the ACL intact knee. Methods Ten fresh-frozen human cadaveric knees were tested using a robotic manipulator. Tibiofemoral motions were recorded with the ACL intact, after sectioning the ACL, and after both reconstructions in each of the 10 specimens. The AE utilized an all-inside technique with tunnels exclusively within the epiphysis and fixed with suspensory cortical fixation devices. The OT had a central and vertical tibial tunnel with an over-the-top femur position and was fixed with staples and posts on both ends. Anterior stability was assessed with 134N anterior force at 0, 15, 30, 60, and 90° of knee flexion. Rotational stability was assessed with combined 8 Nm and 4 Nm of abduction and internal rotation, respectively, at 5, 15, and 30° of knee flexion. Results Both reconstruction techniques offloaded the posterior aspect of the tibial plateau compared to the ACL deficient knee in response to both anterior loads and combined moments as demonstrated by reduced contact stresses in this region at all flexion angles. Compared to the ACL intact condition, both the AE and OT had increased posteromedial contact stresses in response to anterior load at some flexion angles and the OT had increased peripheral posterolateral contact stresses at 15° in response to combined moments. Neither reconstruction completely restored the mid-joint contact stresses. Both reconstruction techniques restored anterior stability at flexion angles less than or equal to 30°. In contrast, neither reconstruction restored anterior stability at 60 and 90° flexion. Both reconstructions restored coupled anterior translation under combined moments. Additionally, the AE over-constrained internal rotation in response to the combined moments by 12% at 15° flexion. Conclusions Both reconstructions provide anterior and rotational stability, and decrease posterior joint contact stresses compared to the ACL deficient knee. However, neither reconstruction restored the contact mechanics and kinematics of the ACL intact knee. Clinical Relevance Since the AE reconstruction has clinical advantages over the OT, our results support the hypothesis that the new AE technique is a potential candidate for use in the skeletally immature athlete. PMID:23613444
Kan, Peter; Yashar, Parham; Langer, David J; Siddiqui, Adnan H; Levy, Elad I
2012-11-01
Bow hunter's syndrome is a rare cause of vertebrobasilar insufficiency arising from mechanical compression of the vertebral artery (VA) during rotation of the head. Surgical treatment usually involves direct decompression of the VA at the site of compression. We describe what is to our knowledge the first reported case of a posterior inferior cerebellar artery (PICA)-to-PICA in situ bypass for treatment of Bow hunter's-type ischemia in a patient with a VA dissection. The patient was a 41-year-old man who developed disabling symptoms of vertebrobasilar insufficiency after trauma when he rotated his head to the right. Dynamic angiography demonstrated a chronic dissection and stasis of flow in the right VA when his head was rotated to the right, with no obvious site of focal compression. The right VA ended in the PICA and the left VA was of good caliber. A single-photon emission computed tomography study with acetazolamide challenge confirmed brainstem ischemia and poor cerebrovascular reserve. He ultimately underwent a PICA-to-PICA in situ bypass to revascularize his right PICA territory with complete symptom resolution. The PICA-to-PICA in situ bypass is a useful option in the treatment of Bow hunter's-type ischemia in the absence of focal structural compression of the VA or VA stenosis. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Sadeghi, Rokhsareh; Miremadi, Asghar
2015-01-01
Objectives: Implant primary stability is one of the important factors in achieving implant success. The osteotome technique may improve primary stability in patients with poor bone quality. The aim of this study was to compare implant stability using two different techniques namely osteotome versus conventional drilling in the posterior maxilla. Materials and Methods: In this controlled randomized clinical trial, 54 dental implants were placed in 32 patients; 29 implants were placed in the osteotome group and 25 in the conventional drilling group. Implant stability was assessed at four time intervals namely at baseline, one, two and three months after implant placement using resonance frequency analysis (RFA). Results: Primary stability based on implant stability quotient (ISQ) units was 71.4±7 for the osteotome group and 67.4±10 for the control group. There was no statistically significant difference between the two groups in implant stability at any of the measurement times. In each group, changes in implant stability from baseline to one month and also from two months to three months post-operatively were not significant but from one month to two months after implant placement, implant stability showed a significant increase in both groups. Conclusion: The results of this study revealed that in both techniques, good implant stability was achieved and osteotome technique did not have any advantage compared to conventional drilling in this regard. PMID:27148375
Scott-Pandorf, Melissa M; O'Connor, Daniel P; Layne, Charles S; Josić, Kresimir; Kurz, Max J
2009-09-01
With human exploration of the moon and Mars on the horizon, research considerations for space suit redesign have surfaced. The portable life support system (PLSS) used in conjunction with the space suit during the Apollo missions may have influenced the dynamic balance of the gait pattern. This investigation explored potential issues with the PLSS design that may arise during the Mars exploration. A better understanding of how the location of the PLSS load influences the dynamic stability of the gait pattern may provide insight, such that space missions may have more productive missions with a smaller risk of injury and damaging equipment while falling. We explored the influence the PLSS load position had on the dynamic stability of the walking pattern. While walking, participants wore a device built to simulate possible PLSS load configurations. Floquet and Lyapunov analysis techniques were used to quantify the dynamic stability of the gait pattern. The dynamic stability of the gait pattern was influenced by the position of load. PLSS loads that are placed high and forward on the torso resulted in less dynamically stable walking patterns than loads placed evenly and low on the torso. Furthermore, the kinematic results demonstrated that all joints of the lower extremity may be important for adjusting to different load placements and maintaining dynamic stability. Space scientists and engineers may want to consider PLSS designs that distribute loads evenly and low, and space suit designs that will not limit the sagittal plane range of motion at the lower extremity joints.
Kinematic variability, fractal dynamics and local dynamic stability of treadmill walking
2011-01-01
Background Motorized treadmills are widely used in research or in clinical therapy. Small kinematics, kinetics and energetics changes induced by Treadmill Walking (TW) as compared to Overground Walking (OW) have been reported in literature. The purpose of the present study was to characterize the differences between OW and TW in terms of stride-to-stride variability. Classical (Standard Deviation, SD) and non-linear (fractal dynamics, local dynamic stability) methods were used. In addition, the correlations between the different variability indexes were analyzed. Methods Twenty healthy subjects performed 10 min TW and OW in a random sequence. A triaxial accelerometer recorded trunk accelerations. Kinematic variability was computed as the average SD (MeanSD) of acceleration patterns among standardized strides. Fractal dynamics (scaling exponent α) was assessed by Detrended Fluctuation Analysis (DFA) of stride intervals. Short-term and long-term dynamic stability were estimated by computing the maximal Lyapunov exponents of acceleration signals. Results TW did not modify kinematic gait variability as compared to OW (multivariate T2, p = 0.87). Conversely, TW significantly modified fractal dynamics (t-test, p = 0.01), and both short and long term local dynamic stability (T2 p = 0.0002). No relationship was observed between variability indexes with the exception of significant negative correlation between MeanSD and dynamic stability in TW (3 × 6 canonical correlation, r = 0.94). Conclusions Treadmill induced a less correlated pattern in the stride intervals and increased gait stability, but did not modify kinematic variability in healthy subjects. This could be due to changes in perceptual information induced by treadmill walking that would affect locomotor control of the gait and hence specifically alter non-linear dependencies among consecutive strides. Consequently, the type of walking (i.e. treadmill or overground) is important to consider in each protocol design. PMID:21345241
Park, Jaeyeong; Jo, Min Cheol; Jeong, Hyeok Jae; Sohn, Seok Su; Kwak, Jai-Hyun; Kim, Hyoung Seop; Lee, Sunghak
2017-11-16
Phenomena occurring in duplex lightweight steels under dynamic loading are hardly investigated, although its understanding is essentially needed in applications of automotive steels. In this study, quasi-static and dynamic tensile properties of duplex lightweight steels were investigated by focusing on how TRIP and TWIP mechanisms were varied under the quasi-static and dynamic loading conditions. As the annealing temperature increased, the grain size and volume fraction of austenite increased, thereby gradually decreasing austenite stability. The strain-hardening rate curves displayed a multiple-stage strain-hardening behavior, which was closely related with deformation mechanisms. Under the dynamic loading, the temperature rise due to adiabatic heating raised the austenite stability, which resulted in the reduction in the TRIP amount. Though the 950 °C-annealed specimen having the lowest austenite stability showed the very low ductility and strength under the quasi-static loading, it exhibited the tensile elongation up to 54% as well as high strain-hardening rate and tensile strength (1038 MPa) due to appropriate austenite stability under dynamic loading. Since dynamic properties of the present duplex lightweight steels show the excellent strength-ductility combination as well as continuously high strain hardening, they can be sufficiently applied to automotive steel sheets demanded for stronger vehicle bodies and safety enhancement.
Learn-as-you-go acceleration of cosmological parameter estimates
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Aslanyan, Grigor; Easther, Richard; Price, Layne C.
2015-09-01
Cosmological analyses can be accelerated by approximating slow calculations using a training set, which is either precomputed or generated dynamically. However, this approach is only safe if the approximations are well understood and controlled. This paper surveys issues associated with the use of machine-learning based emulation strategies for accelerating cosmological parameter estimation. We describe a learn-as-you-go algorithm that is implemented in the Cosmo++ code and (1) trains the emulator while simultaneously estimating posterior probabilities; (2) identifies unreliable estimates, computing the exact numerical likelihoods if necessary; and (3) progressively learns and updates the error model as the calculation progresses. We explicitly describe and model the emulation error and show how this can be propagated into the posterior probabilities. We apply these techniques to the Planck likelihood and the calculation of ΛCDM posterior probabilities. The computation is significantly accelerated without a pre-defined training set and uncertainties in the posterior probabilities are subdominant to statistical fluctuations. We have obtained a speedup factor of 6.5 for Metropolis-Hastings and 3.5 for nested sampling. Finally, we discuss the general requirements for a credible error model and show how to update them on-the-fly.
Learn-as-you-go acceleration of cosmological parameter estimates
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Aslanyan, Grigor; Easther, Richard; Price, Layne C., E-mail: g.aslanyan@auckland.ac.nz, E-mail: r.easther@auckland.ac.nz, E-mail: lpri691@aucklanduni.ac.nz
2015-09-01
Cosmological analyses can be accelerated by approximating slow calculations using a training set, which is either precomputed or generated dynamically. However, this approach is only safe if the approximations are well understood and controlled. This paper surveys issues associated with the use of machine-learning based emulation strategies for accelerating cosmological parameter estimation. We describe a learn-as-you-go algorithm that is implemented in the Cosmo++ code and (1) trains the emulator while simultaneously estimating posterior probabilities; (2) identifies unreliable estimates, computing the exact numerical likelihoods if necessary; and (3) progressively learns and updates the error model as the calculation progresses. We explicitlymore » describe and model the emulation error and show how this can be propagated into the posterior probabilities. We apply these techniques to the Planck likelihood and the calculation of ΛCDM posterior probabilities. The computation is significantly accelerated without a pre-defined training set and uncertainties in the posterior probabilities are subdominant to statistical fluctuations. We have obtained a speedup factor of 6.5 for Metropolis-Hastings and 3.5 for nested sampling. Finally, we discuss the general requirements for a credible error model and show how to update them on-the-fly.« less
Pais-Vieira, Miguel; Kunicki, Carolina; Tseng, Po-He; Martin, Joel; Lebedev, Mikhail
2015-01-01
Tactile information processing in the rodent primary somatosensory cortex (S1) is layer specific and involves modulations from both thalamocortical and cortico-cortical loops. However, the extent to which these loops influence the dynamics of the primary somatosensory cortex while animals execute tactile discrimination remains largely unknown. Here, we describe neural dynamics of S1 layers across the multiple epochs defining a tactile discrimination task. We observed that neuronal ensembles within different layers of the S1 cortex exhibited significantly distinct neurophysiological properties, which constantly changed across the behavioral states that defined a tactile discrimination. Neural dynamics present in supragranular and granular layers generally matched the patterns observed in the ventral posterior medial nucleus of the thalamus (VPM), whereas the neural dynamics recorded from infragranular layers generally matched the patterns from the posterior nucleus of the thalamus (POM). Selective inactivation of contralateral S1 specifically switched infragranular neural dynamics from POM-like to those resembling VPM neurons. Meanwhile, ipsilateral M1 inactivation profoundly modulated the firing suppression observed in infragranular layers. This latter effect was counterbalanced by contralateral S1 block. Tactile stimulus encoding was layer specific and selectively affected by M1 or contralateral S1 inactivation. Lastly, causal information transfer occurred between all neurons in all S1 layers but was maximal from infragranular to the granular layer. These results suggest that tactile information processing in the S1 of awake behaving rodents is layer specific and state dependent and that its dynamics depend on the asynchronous convergence of modulations originating from ipsilateral M1 and contralateral S1. PMID:26180115
Germ plasm anchoring is a dynamic state that requires persistent trafficking.
Sinsimer, Kristina S; Lee, Jack J; Thiberge, Stephan Y; Gavis, Elizabeth R
2013-12-12
Localized cytoplasmic determinants packaged as ribonucleoprotein (RNP) particles direct embryonic patterning and cell fate specification in a wide range of organisms. Once established, the asymmetric distributions of such RNP particles must be maintained, often over considerable developmental time. A striking example is the Drosophila germ plasm, which contains RNP particles whose localization to the posterior of the egg during oogenesis results in their asymmetric inheritance and segregation of germline from somatic fates in the embryo. Although actin-based anchoring mechanisms have been implicated, high-resolution live imaging revealed persistent trafficking of germ plasm RNP particles at the posterior cortex of the Drosophila oocyte. This motility relies on cortical microtubules, is mediated by kinesin and dynein motors, and requires coordination between the microtubule and actin cytoskeletons. Finally, we show that RNP particle motility is required for long-term germ plasm retention. We propose that anchoring is a dynamic state that renders asymmetries robust to developmental time and environmental perturbations. Copyright © 2013 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Dynamic stability experiment of Maglev systems
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Cai, Y.; Mulcahy, T.M.; Chen, S.S.
1995-04-01
This report summarizes the research performed on Maglev vehicle dynamic stability at Argonne National Laboratory during the past few years. It also documents magnetic-force data obtained from both measurements and calculations. Because dynamic instability is not acceptable for any commercial Maglev system, it is important to consider this phenomenon in the development of all Maglev systems. This report presents dynamic stability experiments on Maglev systems and compares their numerical simulation with predictions calculated by a nonlinear dynamic computer code. Instabilities of an electrodynamic system (EDS)-type vehicle model were obtained from both experimental observations and computer simulations for a five-degree-of-freedom Maglevmore » vehicle moving on a guideway consisting of double L-shaped aluminum segments attached to a rotating wheel. The experimental and theoretical analyses developed in this study identify basic stability characteristics and future research needs of Maglev systems.« less
Dynamic stability of repulsive-force maglev suspension systems
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Cai, Y.; Rote, D.M.; Mulcahy, T.M.
1996-11-01
This report summarizes the research performed on maglev vehicle dynamic stability at Argonne National Laboratory during the past few years. It also documents both measured and calculated magnetic-force data. Because dynamic instability is not acceptable for any commercial maglev system, it is important to consider this phenomenon in the development of all maglev systems. This report presents dynamic stability experiments on maglev systems and compares the results with predictions calculated by a nonlinear-dynamics computer code. Instabilities of an electrodynamic-suspension system type vehicle model were obtained by experimental observation and computer simulation of a five-degree-of-freedom maglev vehicle moving on a guidewaymore » that consists of a pair of L-shaped aluminum conductors attached to a rotating wheel. The experimental and theoretical analyses developed in this study identify basic stability characteristics and future research needs of maglev systems.« less
Anatomy and classification of the posterior tibial fragment in ankle fractures.
Bartoníček, Jan; Rammelt, Stefan; Kostlivý, Karel; Vaněček, Václav; Klika, Daniel; Trešl, Ivo
2015-04-01
The aim of this study was to analyze the pathoanatomy of the posterior fragment on the basis of a comprehensive CT examination, including 3D reconstructions, in a large patient cohort. One hundred and forty one consecutive individuals with an ankle fracture or fracture-dislocation of types Weber B or Weber C and evidence of a posterior tibial fragment in standard radiographs were included in the study. The mean patient age was 49 years (range 19-83 years). The exclusion criteria were patients below 18 years of age, inability to provide written consent, fractures of the tibial pilon, posttraumatic arthritis and pre-existing deformities. In all patients, post-injury radiographs were obtained in anteroposterior, mortise and lateral views. All patients underwent CT scanning in transverse, sagittal and frontal planes. 3D CT reconstruction was performed in 91 patients. We were able to classify 137 cases into one of the following four types with constant pathoanatomic features: type 1: extraincisural fragment with an intact fibular notch, type 2: posterolateral fragment extending into the fibular notch, type 3: posteromedial two-part fragment involving the medial malleolus, type 4: large posterolateral triangular fragment. In the 4 cases it was not possible to classify the type of the posterior tibial fragment. These were collectively termed type 5 (irregular, osteoporotic fragments). It is impossible to assess the shape and size of the posterior malleolar fragment, involvement of the fibular notch, or the medial malleolus, on the basis of plain radiographs. The system that we propose for classification of fractures of the posterior malleolus is based on CT examination and takes into account the size, shape and location of the fragment, stability of the tibio-talar joint and the integrity of the fibular notch. It may be a useful indication for surgery and defining the most useful approach to these injuries.
Surgical anatomy of the sternoclavicular joint: a qualitative and quantitative anatomical study.
Lee, Jared T; Campbell, Kevin J; Michalski, Max P; Wilson, Katharine J; Spiegl, Ulrich J A; Wijdicks, Coen A; Millett, Peter J
2014-10-01
The quantitative anatomical relationships of the main ligamentous, tendinous, and osseous structures of the sternoclavicular joint have not been widely investigated. The purpose of this study was to provide a quantitative description of the sternoclavicular joint in relation to relevant surgical landmarks. We dissected eleven nonpaired, fresh-frozen cadaveric sternoclavicular joints from four men and seven women (mean age at death, fifty-three years; range, thirty-three to sixty-four years) and measured the ligaments, musculature, and osseous landmarks with use of a three-dimensional coordinate-measuring device. The clavicular pectoralis ridge, located at the 9:30 clock-face position on a right clavicle, served as a reliable osseous landmark for reference to the soft-tissue attachments around the sternoclavicular joint. The costoclavicular ligament was the largest ligament of the sternoclavicular joint, with 80% greater footprint area than that of the posterior sternoclavicular ligament. Articular cartilage covered 67% of the medial end of the clavicle and was located anteroinferiorly. The sternohyoid muscle inserted directly over the posterior sternoclavicular joint and the medial end of the clavicle, whereas the sternothyroid muscle inserted 9.5 mm inferior to the posterior-superior articular margin of the manubrium and coursed 19.8 mm laterally along the first rib. An avascular plane that can serve as a "safe zone" for posterior dissection was observed in each specimen, posterior to the sternoclavicular joint and anterior to the sternohyoid and sternothyroid muscles. The clavicular pectoralis ridge can be used as an intraoperative guide for clavicle orientation and tunnel placement in sternoclavicular ligament reconstruction. Sternoclavicular joint resection arthroplasty should avoid injuring the costoclavicular ligament, which is the largest sternoclavicular joint ligament. Resection of only the anteroinferior aspect of the medial end of the clavicle may provide adequate decompression while preserving the stability of the clavicle. The location of the sternohyoid and sternothyroid musculotendinous insertions appear to provide a "safe zone" for posterior clavicle and manubrial dissection. Copyright © 2014 by The Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery, Incorporated.
Forkel, Philipp; Herbort, Mirco; Schulze, Martin; Rosenbaum, Dieter; Kirstein, Lars; Raschke, Michael; Petersen, Wolf
2013-05-01
The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of different types of lateral meniscus root tears in terms of tibiofemoral contact stress. Ten porcine knees each underwent five different testing conditions with the menisci intact, a simulated lateral posterior root tear with and without cutting the meniscofemoral ligament and with an artificial tear of the posterior root of the medial meniscus. Biomechanical testing was performed at 30° of flexion with an axial load of 100 N. A pressure sensor (st Sensor Type S2042, Novel, Munich) was used to measure the tibiofemoral contact area and the tibiofemoral contact pressure. Data were analyzed to assess the differences in contact area and tibiofemoral peak contact pressure among the five meniscal conditions. There was no significant difference in mean contact pressure between the state with the menisci intact and an isolated posterior root tear of the lateral meniscus. In case of a root tear and a tear of the meniscofemoral ligament, the contact area decreased in comparison with the intact state of the menisci. After additional cutting of the meniscofemoral ligament, the tibiofemoral contact pressure was significantly higher in comparison with the intact state and the avulsion injury. In the medial compartment, joint compression forces were significantly increased in comparison with the intact state after cutting the posterior root of the medial meniscus (P < 0.05). The consequence of a medial meniscus root tear is well known and was verified by this analysis. The results of the present study show that the biomechanical consequences of a lateral meniscus root tear depend on the state of the meniscofemoral ligament. An increase in tibiofemoral contact pressure is only to be expected in combined injuries of the meniscus root and the meniscofemoral ligaments. Posterior lateral meniscus root tear might have a better prognosis in terms of the development of osteoarthritis when the meniscofemoral ligament is intact.
Dynamic stability and bifurcation analysis in fractional thermodynamics
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Béda, Péter B.
2018-02-01
In mechanics, viscoelasticity was the first field of applications in studying geomaterials. Further possibilities arise in spatial non-locality. Non-local materials were already studied in the 1960s by several authors as a part of continuum mechanics and are still in focus of interest because of the rising importance of materials with internal micro- and nano-structure. When material instability gained more interest, non-local behavior appeared in a different aspect. The problem was concerned to numerical analysis, because then instability zones exhibited singular properties for local constitutive equations. In dynamic stability analysis, mathematical aspects of non-locality were studied by using the theory of dynamic systems. There the basic set of equations describing the behavior of continua was transformed to an abstract dynamic system consisting of differential operators acting on the perturbation field variables. Such functions should satisfy homogeneous boundary conditions and act as indicators of stability of a selected state of the body under consideration. Dynamic systems approach results in conditions for cases, when the differential operators have critical eigenvalues of zero real parts (dynamic stability or instability conditions). When the critical eigenvalues have non-trivial eigenspace, the way of loss of stability is classified as a typical (or generic) bifurcation. Our experiences show that material non-locality and the generic nature of bifurcation at instability are connected, and the basic functions of the non-trivial eigenspace can be used to determine internal length quantities of non-local mechanics. Fractional calculus is already successfully used in thermo-elasticity. In the paper, non-locality is introduced via fractional strain into the constitutive relations of various conventional types. Then, by defining dynamic systems, stability and bifurcation are studied for states of thermo-mechanical solids. Stability conditions and genericity conditions are presented for constitutive relations under consideration.
Steady-State Computation of Constant Rotational Rate Dynamic Stability Derivatives
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Park, Michael A.; Green, Lawrence L.
2000-01-01
Dynamic stability derivatives are essential to predicting the open and closed loop performance, stability, and controllability of aircraft. Computational determination of constant-rate dynamic stability derivatives (derivatives of aircraft forces and moments with respect to constant rotational rates) is currently performed indirectly with finite differencing of multiple time-accurate computational fluid dynamics solutions. Typical time-accurate solutions require excessive amounts of computational time to complete. Formulating Navier-Stokes (N-S) equations in a rotating noninertial reference frame and applying an automatic differentiation tool to the modified code has the potential for directly computing these derivatives with a single, much faster steady-state calculation. The ability to rapidly determine static and dynamic stability derivatives by computational methods can benefit multidisciplinary design methodologies and reduce dependency on wind tunnel measurements. The CFL3D thin-layer N-S computational fluid dynamics code was modified for this study to allow calculations on complex three-dimensional configurations with constant rotation rate components in all three axes. These CFL3D modifications also have direct application to rotorcraft and turbomachinery analyses. The modified CFL3D steady-state calculation is a new capability that showed excellent agreement with results calculated by a similar formulation. The application of automatic differentiation to CFL3D allows the static stability and body-axis rate derivatives to be calculated quickly and exactly.
2014-01-01
Background Achieving independent upright posture has known to be one of the main goals in rehabilitation following lower limb amputation. The purpose of this study was to compare postural steadiness of below knee amputees with visual alterations while wearing three different prosthetic feet. Methods Ten male below-knee amputees were instructed to stand quietly on the Biodex® balance platform while wearing solid ankle cushion heel (SACH), single axis (SA) and energy storage and release (ESAR) prosthetic foot under different visual input conditions (eyes-opened and eyes-closed). The overall stability index (OSI), anterior- posterior stability index (APSI), and medial-lateral stability index (MLSI) were computed. Perceived balance assessment of each foot was evaluated using Activities-specific Balance Confidence (ABC) score. Results The findings highlights that SACH showed lowest overall stability index (indicating less body sway) during eyes-opened (OSI: SACH = 1.09, SA = 1.58, ESAR = 1.59) and SA showed lowest overall stability index during eyes-closed (OSI: SACH = 2.52, SA = 2.30, ESAR = 2.76) condition. However, overall stability indexes between foot types did not differ significantly during eyes-opened or eyes-closed (p = 0.651). There was a trend of instability which occurred more in medial-lateral compared to anterior-posterior direction for all foot types, with significant result in ESAR foot(eyes-opened: MLSI = 1.59, APSI = 0.65, p = 0.034; eyes-closed: MLSI = 2.76, APSI = 1.80, p = 0.017, respectively). When comparing between visual conditions, stability score was significantly higher during eyes-closed compared to eyes-opened situations for SACH and ESAR foot (eyes-closed vs opened; SACH OSI: 3.43 vs 1.71, p = 0.018 and MLSI: 3.43 vs 1.71, p = 0.018; ESAR OSI: 3.58 vs 1.86, p = 0.043 and APSI: 1.80 vs 0.65, p = 0.027). Conclusions The results of this study suggested postural steadiness in below-knee amputees was not affected by the types of prosthetic foot during quiet upright standing, but was significantly affected when visual cues was absent. PMID:24597518
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sun, Hui; Li, Xin; Hu, Mingyong
2017-08-01
The unique spatial distribution of corneal elasticity is shown by the nonhomogeneous structure of the cornea. It is critical to understanding how biomechanics control corneal stability and refraction and one way to do this job is non-invasive measurement of this distribution. Femtosecond laser pulses have the ability to induce optical breakdown and produced cavitation in the anterior and posterior cornea. A confocal ultrasonic transducer applied 6.5 ms acoustic radiation forcechirp bursts to the bubble at 1.5 MHz while monitoring bubble position using pulse-echoes at 20 MHz. The laser induced breakdown spectroscopy (LIBS) were measured in the anterior and posterior cornea with the plasmas that induced by the same femtosecond laser to see whether the laser induced plasmas signals will show relationship to Young's modulus.
Clark, Ross A; Pua, Yong-Hao; Oliveira, Cristino C; Bower, Kelly J; Thilarajah, Shamala; McGaw, Rebekah; Hasanki, Ksaniel; Mentiplay, Benjamin F
2015-07-01
The Microsoft Kinect V2 for Windows, also known as the Xbox One Kinect, includes new and potentially far improved depth and image sensors which may increase its accuracy for assessing postural control and balance. The aim of this study was to assess the concurrent validity and reliability of kinematic data recorded using a marker-based three dimensional motion analysis (3DMA) system and the Kinect V2 during a variety of static and dynamic balance assessments. Thirty healthy adults performed two sessions, separated by one week, consisting of static standing balance tests under different visual (eyes open vs. closed) and supportive (single limb vs. double limb) conditions, and dynamic balance tests consisting of forward and lateral reach and an assessment of limits of stability. Marker coordinate and joint angle data were concurrently recorded using the Kinect V2 skeletal tracking algorithm and the 3DMA system. Task-specific outcome measures from each system on Day 1 and 2 were compared. Concurrent validity of trunk angle data during the dynamic tasks and anterior-posterior range and path length in the static balance tasks was excellent (Pearson's r>0.75). In contrast, concurrent validity for medial-lateral range and path length was poor to modest for all trials except single leg eyes closed balance. Within device test-retest reliability was variable; however, the results were generally comparable between devices. In conclusion, the Kinect V2 has the potential to be used as a reliable and valid tool for the assessment of some aspects of balance performance. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Structural stability of nonlinear population dynamics.
Cenci, Simone; Saavedra, Serguei
2018-01-01
In population dynamics, the concept of structural stability has been used to quantify the tolerance of a system to environmental perturbations. Yet, measuring the structural stability of nonlinear dynamical systems remains a challenging task. Focusing on the classic Lotka-Volterra dynamics, because of the linearity of the functional response, it has been possible to measure the conditions compatible with a structurally stable system. However, the functional response of biological communities is not always well approximated by deterministic linear functions. Thus, it is unclear the extent to which this linear approach can be generalized to other population dynamics models. Here, we show that the same approach used to investigate the classic Lotka-Volterra dynamics, which is called the structural approach, can be applied to a much larger class of nonlinear models. This class covers a large number of nonlinear functional responses that have been intensively investigated both theoretically and experimentally. We also investigate the applicability of the structural approach to stochastic dynamical systems and we provide a measure of structural stability for finite populations. Overall, we show that the structural approach can provide reliable and tractable information about the qualitative behavior of many nonlinear dynamical systems.
Structural stability of nonlinear population dynamics
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Cenci, Simone; Saavedra, Serguei
2018-01-01
In population dynamics, the concept of structural stability has been used to quantify the tolerance of a system to environmental perturbations. Yet, measuring the structural stability of nonlinear dynamical systems remains a challenging task. Focusing on the classic Lotka-Volterra dynamics, because of the linearity of the functional response, it has been possible to measure the conditions compatible with a structurally stable system. However, the functional response of biological communities is not always well approximated by deterministic linear functions. Thus, it is unclear the extent to which this linear approach can be generalized to other population dynamics models. Here, we show that the same approach used to investigate the classic Lotka-Volterra dynamics, which is called the structural approach, can be applied to a much larger class of nonlinear models. This class covers a large number of nonlinear functional responses that have been intensively investigated both theoretically and experimentally. We also investigate the applicability of the structural approach to stochastic dynamical systems and we provide a measure of structural stability for finite populations. Overall, we show that the structural approach can provide reliable and tractable information about the qualitative behavior of many nonlinear dynamical systems.
Effect of tibial slope on the stability of the anterior cruciate ligament-deficient knee.
Voos, James E; Suero, Eduardo M; Citak, Musa; Petrigliano, Frank P; Bosscher, Marianne R F; Citak, Mustafa; Wickiewicz, Thomas L; Pearle, Andrew D
2012-08-01
We aimed to quantify the effect of changes in tibial slope on the magnitude of anterior tibial translation (ATT) in the anterior cruciate ligament (ACL)-deficient knee during the Lachman and mechanized pivot shift tests. We hypothesized that increased posterior tibial slope would increase the amount of ATT of an ACL-deficient knee, while leveling the slope of the tibial plateau would decrease the amount of ATT. Lachman and mechanized pivot shift tests were performed on hip-to-toe cadaveric specimens, and ATT of the lateral and the medial compartments was measured using navigation (n = 11). The ACL was then sectioned. Stability testing was repeated, and ATT was recorded. A proximal tibial osteotomy in the sagittal plane was then performed achieving either +5 or -5° of tibial slope variation after which stability testing was repeated (n = 10). Sectioning the ACL resulted in a significant increase in ATT in both the Lachman and mechanized pivot shift tests (P < 0.05). Increasing or decreasing the slope of the tibial plateau had no effect on ATT during the Lachman test (n.s.). During the mechanized pivot shift tests, a 5° increase in posterior slope resulted in a significant increase in ATT compared to the native knee (P < 0.05), while a 5° decrease in slope reduced ATT to a level similar to that of the intact knee. Tibial slope changes did not affect the magnitude of translation during a Lachman test. However, large changes in tibial slope variation affected the magnitude of the pivot shift.
Yilmaz, Adem; Urgun, Kamran; Aoun, Salah G; Colak, Ibrahim; Yilmaz, Ilhan; Altas, Kadir; Musluman, Murat
2017-02-01
Few studies have assessed the effect of Chiari malformation type 1 (CM-1) surgical decompression on cervical lordosis and range of motion (ROM). We aimed to assess the effect of expansile duraplasty on postoperative cervical mobility and spinal stability. This was a single-center retrospective review of prospectively collected data. Patients were included if they underwent surgical treatment for symptomatic CM-1 between the years 1999 and 2009. Cervical ROM and lordosis were assessed before and after surgery in all patients. Collected data also included clinical improvement, as well as surgical complications after the procedure. Patients were divided into 2 groups. The first group underwent a posterior fossa bony decompression alone, while the second group additionally received an expansile duraplasty. Patients were further subdivided into 3 subgroups on the basis of the severity of tonsillar herniation. A total of 76 patients fit our selection criteria. Fifty-five patients belonged to the duraplasty group. Twenty-one patients underwent bony decompression alone. The 2 groups were statistically demographically and clinically similar. There was no difference in clinical outcome or in ROM and cervical lordosis between the groups except for patients with severe tonsillar herniation (CM-I grade 3). These patients had a statistically significant improvement in their postoperative cervical motility without compromising their spinal stability. Adding an expansile duraplasty to craniovertebral decompression in CM-1 patients with severe tonsillar herniation may restore cervical ROM while preserving stability and alignment. This may relieve postoperative pain and improve clinical prognosis. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
[Surgical treatment of craniocervical instability. Review paper].
Alpizar-Aguirre, Armando; Lara Cano, Jorge Giovanni; Rosales, Luis; Míramontes, Victor; Reyes-Sánchez, Alejandro Antonio
2007-01-01
The concept of spinal instability is still controversial. Anatomical, biomechanical, clinical and radiographic variants are involved and make the definition complicated. There are solid diagnostic bases in cases of fractures and degenerative disorders; however, pure spinal instability is still under study. The latter may be defined as increased mobility that goes beyond the physiological limits of one vertebra over another in at least one of the three spinal planes of motion. In the case of the craniocervical region, its understanding becomes even more challenging, since its anatomy and physiology are more complex and it is more mobile. Surgical treatment is possible with either an anterior or a posterior approach. Best results are obtained with occipitocervical or atlantoaxial stabilization through a posterior approach, since the anterior one has its limitations. For example, a transoral approach with a bone graft provides compression strength but does not enable immediate appropriate fixation and involves the risk of infection. The choice of the surgical approach must consider the patient's medical status, the specific spine levels involved, the extent of neurological compromise, the X-ray abnormalities and the individual pathology. The goals of surgery are achieved through an appropriate anatomical alignment, assuring the protection of the neural elements and achieving proper spine stabilization with as much preservation of the mobile vertebral segments as possible.
Fixed or mobile-bearing total knee arthroplasty
Huang, Chun-Hsiung; Liau, Jiann-Jong; Cheng, Cheng-Kung
2007-01-01
Fixed and mobile-bearing in total knee arthroplasty are still discussed controversially. In this article, biomechanical and clinical aspects in both fixed and mobile-bearing designs were reviewed. In biomechanical aspect, the mobile-bearing design has proved to provide less tibiofemoral contact stresses under tibiofemoral malalignment conditions. It also provides less wear rate in in-vitro simulator test. Patients with posterior stabilized mobile-bearing knees had more axial tibiofemoral rotation than patients with posterior stabilized fixed-bearing knees during gait as well as in a deep knee-bend activity. However, in clinical aspect, the mid-term or long-term survivorship of mobile-bearing knees has no superiority over that of fixed-bearing knees. The theoretical advantages for mobile-bearing design to provide a long-term durability have not been demonstrated by any outcome studies. Finally, the fixed-bearing design with all-polyethylene tibial component is suggested for relatively inactive, elder people. The mobile-bearing design is suggested for younger or higher-demand patients due to the potential for reduced polyethylene wear and more normal kinematics response after joint replacement. For younger surgeon, the fixed-bearing design is suggested due to less demand for surgical technique. For experienced surgeon, one familiar surgical protocol and instrumentation is suggested rather than implant design, either fixed-bearing or mobile-bearing. PMID:17204165
Fixed or mobile-bearing total knee arthroplasty.
Huang, Chun-Hsiung; Liau, Jiann-Jong; Cheng, Cheng-Kung
2007-01-05
Fixed and mobile-bearing in total knee arthroplasty are still discussed controversially. In this article, biomechanical and clinical aspects in both fixed and mobile-bearing designs were reviewed. In biomechanical aspect, the mobile-bearing design has proved to provide less tibiofemoral contact stresses under tibiofemoral malalignment conditions. It also provides less wear rate in in-vitro simulator test. Patients with posterior stabilized mobile-bearing knees had more axial tibiofemoral rotation than patients with posterior stabilized fixed-bearing knees during gait as well as in a deep knee-bend activity. However, in clinical aspect, the mid-term or long-term survivorship of mobile-bearing knees has no superiority over that of fixed-bearing knees. The theoretical advantages for mobile-bearing design to provide a long-term durability have not been demonstrated by any outcome studies. Finally, the fixed-bearing design with all-polyethylene tibial component is suggested for relatively inactive, elder people. The mobile-bearing design is suggested for younger or higher-demand patients due to the potential for reduced polyethylene wear and more normal kinematics response after joint replacement. For younger surgeon, the fixed-bearing design is suggested due to less demand for surgical technique. For experienced surgeon, one familiar surgical protocol and instrumentation is suggested rather than implant design, either fixed-bearing or mobile-bearing.
Shultz, Sandra J; Pye, Michele L; Montgomery, Melissa M; Schmitz, Randy J
2012-12-01
Compared with men, women have disproportionally greater frontal (varus-valgus) and transverse (internal-external) plane laxity and lower stiffness, despite having similar sagittal (anterior-posterior) plane laxity and stiffness. While the underlying cause is unclear, the amount of lower extremity lean mass (LELM) may be a contributing factor. Lower extremity lean mass would be a stronger predictor of frontal and transverse plane laxity and incremental stiffness than the sagittal plane. Associations between LELM and stiffness would be stronger at lower force increments. Descriptive laboratory study. Sixty-three women and 30 men with no history of ligament injury were measured for knee laxity and incremental stiffness in the sagittal (-90- to 130-N posterior-to-anterior directed loads), frontal (±10-N·m varus-valgus torques), and transverse (±5-N·m internal-external rotation torques) planes and underwent dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry scans to measure LELM. Linear regressions examined the extent to which LELM predicted each laxity and stiffness value, while also accounting for a person's sex. Females (vs males) had greater laxity and less stiffness in the frontal and transverse planes but not the sagittal plane. Lower extremity lean mass was a poor predictor of sagittal laxity and stiffness (R (2) range = .021-.081; P > .06) but was a stronger predictor of frontal (R (2) range = .215-.567; P < .01) and transverse (R (2) range = .224-.356; P < .01) plane laxity and stiffness. Associations were stronger for low (R (2) = .495-.504) versus high (R (2) = .215-.435) frontal plane stiffness but were similar for low (R (2) = .233-.293) versus high (R (2) = .224-.356) transverse plane stiffness. Once we accounted for a person's LELM, sex had little effect on laxity and stiffness (change in R (2) after removal = .01-.08; P = .027-.797). Less LELM was associated with greater laxity and less stiffness in frontal and transverse planes, which may contribute to the disproportionally higher laxities and reduced stiffnesses observed in females in these planes. Frontal and transverse plane laxity and stiffness may be modifiable through strength training interventions that promote changes in muscle characteristics (eg, muscle cross-sectional area, stiffness) that may contribute to static knee joint stability, thus dynamic joint stability during sport activity.
Learning and Understanding System Stability Using Illustrative Dynamic Texture Examples
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Liu, Huaping; Xiao, Wei; Zhao, Hongyan; Sun, Fuchun
2014-01-01
System stability is a basic concept in courses on dynamic system analysis and control for undergraduate students with computer science backgrounds. Typically, this was taught using a simple simulation example of an inverted pendulum. Unfortunately, many difficult issues arise in the learning and understanding of the concepts of stability,…
Mathematical modelling and linear stability analysis of laser fusion cutting
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Hermanns, Torsten; Schulz, Wolfgang; Vossen, Georg
A model for laser fusion cutting is presented and investigated by linear stability analysis in order to study the tendency for dynamic behavior and subsequent ripple formation. The result is a so called stability function that describes the correlation of the setting values of the process and the process’ amount of dynamic behavior.
A review of dynamic stability of repulsive-force maglev suspension systems
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Cai, Y.; Rote, D.M.
1998-07-01
Vehicle dynamics and the need to satisfy ride quality requirements have long been recognized as crucial to the commercial success of passenger-carrying transportation systems. Design concepts for maglev systems are no exception. Early maglev investigators and designers were well aware of the importance of ride quality and took care to ensure that their designs would meet acceptable ride quality standards. In contrast, the dynamic stability of electrodynamic suspension (EDS) systems, which has obvious implications for system safety and cost as well as for ride quality, has not received nearly as much attention. Because of the well-known under-damped nature of EDSmore » suspension systems and the observation of instabilities in laboratory-scale model systems, it is prudent to develop a better understanding of vehicle stability characteristics. The work reported in this was undertaken with the intention of summarizing information that has been accumulated worldwide and that is relevant to dynamic stability of repulsive-force maglev suspension systems, assimilating that information, and gaining an understanding of the factors that influence that stability. Included in the paper is a discussion and comparison of results acquired from some representative tests of large-scale vehicles on linear test tracks, together with analytical and laboratory-scale investigations of stability and dynamics of EDS systems. This paper will also summarize the R and D activities at Argonne National Laboratory (ANL) since 1991 to study the nature of the forces that are operative in an EDS system and the dynamic stability of such systems.« less
Dynamic stability of maglev systems
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Cai, Y.; Chen, S.S.; Mulcahy, T.M.
1994-05-01
Because dynamic instabilities are not acceptable in any commercial maglev system, it is important to consider dynamic instability in the development of all maglev systems. This study considers the stability of maglev systems based on experimental data, scoping calculations, and simple mathematical models. Divergence and flutter are obtained for coupled vibration of a three-degree-of-freedom maglev vehicle on a guideway consisting of double L-shaped aluminum segments. The theory and analysis developed in this study provides basic stability characteristics and identifies future research needs for maglev systems.
Cerbelaud, Manuella; Videcoq, Arnaud; Alison, Lauriane; Tervoort, Elena; Studart, André R
2017-12-19
Emulsions stabilized by mixtures of particles and amphiphilic molecules are relevant for a wide range of applications, but their dynamics and stabilization mechanisms on the colloidal level are poorly understood. Given the challenges to experimentally probe the early dynamics and mechanisms of droplet stabilization, Brownian dynamics simulations are developed here to study the behavior of oil-in-water emulsions stabilized by colloidal particles modified with short amphiphiles. Simulation parameters are based on an experimental system that consists of emulsions obtained with octane as the oil phase and a suspension of alumina colloidal particles modified with short carboxylic acids as the continuous aqueous medium. The numerical results show that attractive forces between the colloidal particles favor the formation of closely packed clusters on the droplet surface or of a percolating network of particles throughout the continuous phase, depending on the amphiphile concentration. Simulations also reveal the importance of a strong adsorption of particles at the liquid interface to prevent their depletion from the droplet surface when another droplet approaches. Strongly adsorbed particles remain immobile on the droplet surface, generating an effective steric barrier against droplet coalescence. These findings provide new insights into the early dynamics and mechanisms of stabilization of emulsions using particles and amphiphilic molecules.
Solar Dynamic Power System Stability Analysis and Control
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Momoh, James A.; Wang, Yanchun
1996-01-01
The objective of this research is to conduct dynamic analysis, control design, and control performance test of solar power system. Solar power system consists of generation system and distribution network system. A bench mark system is used in this research, which includes a generator with excitation system and governor, an ac/dc converter, six DDCU's and forty-eight loads. A detailed model is used for modeling generator. Excitation system is represented by a third order model. DDCU is represented by a seventh order system. The load is modeled by the combination of constant power and constant impedance. Eigen-analysis and eigen-sensitivity analysis are used for system dynamic analysis. The effects of excitation system, governor, ac/dc converter control, and the type of load on system stability are discussed. In order to improve system transient stability, nonlinear ac/dc converter control is introduced. The direct linearization method is used for control design. The dynamic analysis results show that these controls affect system stability in different ways. The parameter coordination of controllers are recommended based on the dynamic analysis. It is concluded from the present studies that system stability is improved by the coordination of control parameters and the nonlinear ac/dc converter control stabilize system oscillation caused by the load change and system fault efficiently.
Photopoulos, Christos Demetris; ElAttrache, Neal S.; Doermann, Alex; Akeda, Masaki; McGarry, Michelle H.; Lee, Thay Q.
2017-01-01
Objectives: The rotator cuff cable has been postulated to be the primary load bearing substructure of the superior part of the rotator cuff. Tears of the posterior rotator cable are frequently seen in overhead throwing athletes. Although the biomechanical significance of the anterior rotator cable has been well described, our current understanding of the relevance of the posterior cable is limited. The purpose of this study was to examine how partial-thickness tears and full-thickness tears of the posterior rotator cable would alter glenohumeral biomechanics and kinematics in cadaveric shoulder models. Methods: Eight fresh-frozen cadaveric shoulder specimens were prepared and tested. To simulate the sequence of glenohumeral positions during the throwing motion, specimens were mounted on a custom shoulder testing system with the humerus positioned at 90° of abduction (30° scapular upward rotation, 60° glenohumeral abduction) and tested at 30, 60, 90, and 120 degrees of external rotation. After a circumferential capsulotomy was performed, rotator cuff muscles were loaded based on physiologic cross-sectional area ratios, and testing for each specimen was performed on each the following three conditions: intact posterior cable, partial-thickness (50%) articular-sided posterior cable tear, and full-thickness posterior cable tear. Primary outcome measures tested for each condition under the various degrees of glenohumeral rotation were: 1) anterior and total glenohumeral translation after application of a 30N anterior force; 2) path of glenohumeral articulation; 3) glenohumeral joint force. Results: With a 30N anterior force at 120° of external rotation, there was a significant increase in anterior glenohumeral translation between intact and full-thickness tear specimens (7.28±2.00mm and 17.49±3.75mm, respectively; p<0.05). Similarly, total joint translation at 120° of external rotation significantly increased between intact and full-thickness tear specimens (10.37±3.18mm and 23.37±5.05mm, respectively; p<0.05). No significant differences were apparent at other degrees of rotation (30, 60, 90 degrees), or with partial-thickness tears. Changes in the path of glenohumeral articulation were likewise most evident at 120° of external rotation, with a progressively anterior, inferior, and lateral shift in articulation with sequential sectioning of the posterior cable. Lastly, with regards to alterations in glenohumeral joint force, no significant changes were seen in any of the conditions. Conclusion: In this cadaveric shoulder model of the throwing shoulder, tears of the posterior rotator cuff cable lead to altered glenohumeral biomechanics and kinematics. These changes were most profound at 120° of external rotation, suggesting the importance of an intact posterior cable as a potential stabilizer during the late-cocking phase of throwing.
Schütte, Kurt H; Aeles, Jeroen; De Beéck, Tim Op; van der Zwaard, Babette C; Venter, Rachel; Vanwanseele, Benedicte
2016-07-01
Despite frequently declared benefits of using wireless accelerometers to assess running gait in real-world settings, available research is limited. The purpose of this study was to investigate outdoor surface effects on dynamic stability and dynamic loading during running using tri-axial trunk accelerometry. Twenty eight runners (11 highly-trained, 17 recreational) performed outdoor running on three outdoor training surfaces (concrete road, synthetic track and woodchip trail) at self-selected comfortable running speeds. Dynamic postural stability (tri-axial acceleration root mean square (RMS) ratio, step and stride regularity, sample entropy), dynamic loading (impact and breaking peak amplitudes and median frequencies), as well as spatio-temporal running gait measures (step frequency, stance time) were derived from trunk accelerations sampled at 1024Hz. Results from generalized estimating equations (GEE) analysis showed that compared to concrete road, woodchip trail had several significant effects on dynamic stability (higher AP ratio of acceleration RMS, lower ML inter-step and inter-stride regularity), on dynamic loading (downward shift in vertical and AP median frequency), and reduced step frequency (p<0.05). Surface effects were unaffected when both running level and running speed were added as potential confounders. Results suggest that woodchip trails disrupt aspects of dynamic stability and loading that are detectable using a single trunk accelerometer. These results provide further insight into how runners adapt their locomotor biomechanics on outdoor surfaces in situ. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
Linear feedback stabilization of a dispersively monitored qubit
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Patti, Taylor Lee; Chantasri, Areeya; García-Pintos, Luis Pedro; Jordan, Andrew N.; Dressel, Justin
2017-08-01
The state of a continuously monitored qubit evolves stochastically, exhibiting competition between coherent Hamiltonian dynamics and diffusive partial collapse dynamics that follow the measurement record. We couple these distinct types of dynamics together by linearly feeding the collected record for dispersive energy measurements directly back into a coherent Rabi drive amplitude. Such feedback turns the competition cooperative and effectively stabilizes the qubit state near a target state. We derive the conditions for obtaining such dispersive state stabilization and verify the stabilization conditions numerically. We include common experimental nonidealities, such as energy decay, environmental dephasing, detector efficiency, and feedback delay, and show that the feedback delay has the most significant negative effect on the feedback protocol. Setting the measurement collapse time scale to be long compared to the feedback delay yields the best stabilization.
Schwarzkopf, Ran; Laster, Scott K; Cross, Michael B; Lenz, Nathaniel M
2016-04-01
Proper ligament tension in flexion with posterior cruciate retaining (CR) total knee arthroplasty (TKA) has long been associated with clinical success. The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of varying levels of posterior cruciate ligament (PCL) release on the tibiofemoral kinematics and PCL strain. A computational analysis was performed and varying levels of PCL release were simulated. Tibiofemoral kinematics was evaluated. The maximum PCL strain was determined for each bundle to evaluate the risk of rupture based on the failure strain. The femoral AP position shifted anteriorly as the PCL stiffness was reduced. PCL strain in both bundles increased as stiffness was reduced. The model predicts that the AL bundle should not rupture for a 75% release. Risk of PM bundle rupture is greater than AL bundle. Our findings suggest that a partial PCL release impacts tibiofemoral kinematics and ligament tension and strain. The relationship is dynamic and care should be taken when seeking optimal balance intra-operatively.
Díaz de la Loza, María C; Díaz-Torres, Alfonsa; Zurita, Federico; Rosales-Nieves, Alicia E; Moeendarbary, Emad; Franze, Kristian; Martín-Bermudo, María D; González-Reyes, Acaimo
2017-07-05
Basement membranes (BMs) are specialized extracellular matrices required for tissue organization and organ formation. We study the role of laminin and its integrin receptor in the regulation of tissue migration during Drosophila oogenesis. Egg production in Drosophila involves the collective migration of follicle cells (FCs) over the BM to shape the mature egg. We show that laminin content in the BM increases with time, whereas integrin amounts in FCs do not vary significantly. Manipulation of integrin and laminin levels reveals that a dynamic balance of integrin-laminin amounts determines the onset and speed of FC migration. Thus, the interplay of ligand-receptor levels regulates tissue migration in vivo. Laminin depletion also affects the ultrastructure and biophysical properties of the BM and results in anterior-posterior misorientation of developing follicles. Laminin emerges as a key player in the regulation of collective cell migration, tissue stiffness, and the organization of anterior-posterior polarity in Drosophila. Copyright © 2017 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
Status on the Verification of Combustion Stability for the J-2X Engine Thrust Chamber Assembly
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Casiano, Matthew; Hinerman, Tim; Kenny, R. Jeremy; Hulka, Jim; Barnett, Greg; Dodd, Fred; Martin, Tom
2013-01-01
Development is underway of the J -2X engine, a liquid oxygen/liquid hydrogen rocket engine for use on the Space Launch System. The Engine E10001 began hot fire testing in June 2011 and testing will continue with subsequent engines. The J -2X engine main combustion chamber contains both acoustic cavities and baffles. These stability aids are intended to dampen the acoustics in the main combustion chamber. Verification of the engine thrust chamber stability is determined primarily by examining experimental data using a dynamic stability rating technique; however, additional requirements were included to guard against any spontaneous instability or rough combustion. Startup and shutdown chug oscillations are also characterized for this engine. This paper details the stability requirements and verification including low and high frequency dynamics, a discussion on sensor selection and sensor port dynamics, and the process developed to assess combustion stability. A status on the stability results is also provided and discussed.
Kia, Mohammad; Wright, Timothy M; Cross, Michael B; Mayman, David J; Pearle, Andrew D; Sculco, Peter K; Westrich, Geoffrey H; Imhauser, Carl W
2018-01-01
The correct amount of external rotation of the femoral component during TKA is controversial because the resulting changes in biomechanical knee function associated with varying degrees of femoral component rotation are not well understood. We addressed this question using a computational model, which allowed us to isolate the biomechanical impact of geometric factors including bony shapes, location of ligament insertions, and implant size across three different knees after posterior-stabilized (PS) TKA. Using a computational model of the tibiofemoral joint, we asked: (1) Does external rotation unload the medial collateral ligament (MCL) and what is the effect on lateral collateral ligament tension? (2) How does external rotation alter tibiofemoral contact loads and kinematics? (3) Does 3° external rotation relative to the posterior condylar axis align the component to the surgical transepicondylar axis (sTEA) and what anatomic factors of the femoral condyle explain variations in maximum MCL tension among knees? We incorporated a PS TKA into a previously developed computational knee model applied to three neutrally aligned, nonarthritic, male cadaveric knees. The computational knee model was previously shown to corroborate coupled motions and ligament loading patterns of the native knee through a range of flexion. Implant geometries were virtually installed using hip-to-ankle CT scans through measured resection and anterior referencing surgical techniques. Collateral ligament properties were standardized across each knee model by defining stiffness and slack lengths based on the healthy population. The femoral component was externally rotated from 0° to 9° relative to the posterior condylar axis in 3° increments. At each increment, the knee was flexed under 500 N compression from 0° to 90° simulating an intraoperative examination. The computational model predicted collateral ligament forces, compartmental contact forces, and tibiofemoral internal/external and varus-valgus rotation through the flexion range. The computational model predicted that femoral component external rotation relative to the posterior condylar axis unloads the MCL and the medial compartment; however, these effects were inconsistent from knee to knee. When the femoral component was externally rotated by 9° rather than 0° in knees one, two, and three, the maximum force carried by the MCL decreased a respective 55, 88, and 297 N; the medial contact forces decreased at most a respective 90, 190, and 570 N; external tibial rotation in early flexion increased by a respective 4.6°, 1.1°, and 3.3°; and varus angulation of the tibia relative to the femur in late flexion increased by 8.4°, 8.0°, and 7.9°, respectively. With 3° of femoral component external rotation relative to the posterior condylar axis, the femoral component was still externally rotated by up to 2.7° relative to the sTEA in these three neutrally aligned knees. Variations in MCL force from knee to knee with 3° of femoral component external rotation were related to the ratio of the distances from the femoral insertion of the MCL to the posterior and distal cuts of the implant; the closer this ratio was to 1, the more uniform were the MCL tensions from 0° to 90° flexion. A larger ratio of distances from the femoral insertion of the MCL to the posterior and distal cuts may cause clinically relevant increases in both MCL tension and compartmental contact forces. To obtain more consistent ligament tensions through flexion, it may be important to locate the posterior and distal aspects of the femoral component with respect to the proximal insertion of the MCL such that a ratio of 1 is achieved.
Simpson, Jeffrey D; Stewart, Ethan M; Macias, David M; Chander, Harish; Knight, Adam C
2018-06-13
To evaluate the literature regarding unilateral landing biomechanics and dynamic postural stability in individuals with and without chronic ankle instability (CAI). Four online databases (PubMed, ScienceDirect, Scopus, and SportDiscus) were searched from the earliest records to 31 January 2018, as well as reference sections of related journal articles, to complete the systematic search. Studies investigating the influence of CAI on unilateral landing biomechanics and dynamic postural stability were systematically reviewed and evaluated. Twenty articles met the criteria and were included in the systematic review. Individuals with CAI were found to have deficits in dynamic postural stability on the affected limb with medium to large effect sizes and altered lower extremity kinematics, most notably in the ankle and knee, with medium to large effect sizes. Additionally, greater loading rates and peak ground reaction forces, in addition to reductions in ankle muscle activity were also found in individuals with CAI during unilateral jump-landing tasks. Individuals with CAI demonstrate dynamic postural stability deficits, lower extremity kinematic alterations, and reduced neuromuscular control during unilateral jump-landings. These are likely factors that contribute recurrent lateral ankle sprain injuries during dynamic activity in individuals with CAI. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
Recent Advances in Heliogyro Solar Sail Structural Dynamics, Stability, and Control Research
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Wilkie, W. Keats; Warren, Jerry E.; Horta, Lucas G.; Lyle, Karen H.; Juang, Jer-Nan; Gibbs, S. Chad; Dowell, Earl H.; Guerrant, Daniel V.; Lawrence, Dale
2015-01-01
Results from recent NASA sponsored research on the structural dynamics, stability, and control characteristics of heliogyro solar sails are summarized. Specific areas under investigation include coupled nonlinear finite element analysis of heliogyro membrane blade with solar radiation pressure effects, system identification of spinning membrane structures, and solarelastic stability analysis of heliogyro solar sails, including stability during blade deployment. Recent results from terrestrial 1-g blade dynamics and control experiments on "rope ladder" membrane blade analogs, and small-scale in vacuo system identification experiments with hanging and spinning high-aspect ratio membranes will also be presented. A low-cost, rideshare payload heliogyro technology demonstration mission concept is used as a mission context for these heliogyro structural dynamics and solarelasticity investigations, and is also described. Blade torsional dynamic response and control are also shown to be significantly improved through the use of edge stiffening structural features or inclusion of modest tip masses to increase centrifugal stiffening of the blade structure. An output-only system identification procedure suitable for on-orbit blade dynamics investigations is also developed and validated using ground tests of spinning sub-scale heliogyro blade models. Overall, analytical and experimental investigations to date indicate no intractable stability or control issues for the heliogyro solar sail concept.
Computational Methods for Dynamic Stability and Control Derivatives
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Green, Lawrence L.; Spence, Angela M.; Murphy, Patrick C.
2003-01-01
Force and moment measurements from an F-16XL during forced pitch oscillation tests result in dynamic stability derivatives, which are measured in combinations. Initial computational simulations of the motions and combined derivatives are attempted via a low-order, time-dependent panel method computational fluid dynamics code. The code dynamics are shown to be highly questionable for this application and the chosen configuration. However, three methods to computationally separate such combined dynamic stability derivatives are proposed. One of the separation techniques is demonstrated on the measured forced pitch oscillation data. Extensions of the separation techniques to yawing and rolling motions are discussed. In addition, the possibility of considering the angles of attack and sideslip state vector elements as distributed quantities, rather than point quantities, is introduced.
Computational Methods for Dynamic Stability and Control Derivatives
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Green, Lawrence L.; Spence, Angela M.; Murphy, Patrick C.
2004-01-01
Force and moment measurements from an F-16XL during forced pitch oscillation tests result in dynamic stability derivatives, which are measured in combinations. Initial computational simulations of the motions and combined derivatives are attempted via a low-order, time-dependent panel method computational fluid dynamics code. The code dynamics are shown to be highly questionable for this application and the chosen configuration. However, three methods to computationally separate such combined dynamic stability derivatives are proposed. One of the separation techniques is demonstrated on the measured forced pitch oscillation data. Extensions of the separation techniques to yawing and rolling motions are discussed. In addition, the possibility of considering the angles of attack and sideslip state vector elements as distributed quantities, rather than point quantities, is introduced.
Athwal, Kiron K; Daou, Hadi El; Kittl, Christoph; Davies, Andrew J; Deehan, David J; Amis, Andrew A
2016-08-01
The aim of this study was to quantify the contributions of medial soft tissues to stability following cruciate-retaining (CR) or posterior-stabilised (PS) total knee arthroplasty (TKA). Using a robotic system, eight cadaveric knees were subjected to ±90-N anterior-posterior force, ±5-Nm internal-external and ±8-Nm varus-valgus torques at various flexion angles. The knees were tested intact and then with CR and PS implants, and successive cuts of the deep and superficial medial collateral ligaments (dMCL, sMCL) and posteromedial capsule (PMC) quantified the percentage contributions of each structure to restraining the applied loads. In implanted knees, the sMCL restrained valgus rotation (62 % across flexion angles), anterior-posterior drawer (24 and 10 %, respectively) and internal-external rotation (22 and 37 %). Changing from CR TKA to PS TKA increased the load on the sMCL when resisting valgus loads. The dMCL restrained 11 % of external and 13 % of valgus rotations, and the PMC was significant at low flexion angles. This work has shown that medial release in the varus knee should be minimised, as it may inadvertently result in a combined laxity pattern. There is increasing interest in preserving constitutional varus in TKA, and this work argues for preservation of the sMCL to afford the surgeon consistent restraint and maintain a balanced knee for the patient.
Nakahara, Masayuki; Nishida, Kenki; Kumamoto, Shinji; Hijikata, Yasukazu; Harada, Kei
2017-05-01
To describe the surgical experience of spondylectomy and spinal reconstruction for aggressive vertebral hemangioma (VH) induced at the C4 vertebra. No reports have described surgical strategy in cases covering an entire cervical vertebra presenting with progressive myelopathy. A 28-year-old man presented with rapidly progressing skilled motor dysfunction and gait disorder. The Japanese Orthopedic Association (JOA) score was 6. Radiography showed a honeycomb appearance for the entire circumference of the C4 vertebra. Spinal computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging showed vertebral tumor with extraosseous extension causing spinal cord compression. Results of diagnostic imaging were strongly suggestive of VH. Transarterial embolization of the spinal body branch was performed first to decrease intraoperative bleeding, followed by cervical posterior fixation to stabilize the unstable segment and excision biopsy to obtain a definitive diagnosis. After definitive diagnosis of cavernous hemangioma, two-stage surgery (anterior and posterior) was performed to complete total spondylectomy and 360° spinal reconstruction. Despite multiple operations, JOA scores were 8.5 after posterior fixation, 10.5 after anterior surgery, 11 after final surgery and 16 on postoperative day 90. The patient acquired excellent clinical results without complications and returned to society. The present three-stage surgery comprising fixation, biopsy, and final spondylectomy with circumferential fusion from anterior and posterior approaches may offer a useful choice for aggressive VH covering the entire cervical spine with rapidly progressive myelopathy.
Advance Ratio Effects on the Dynamic-stall Vortex of a Rotating Blade in Steady Forward Flight
2014-08-06
dependence on advance ratio is used to relate the stability of the dynamic-stall vortex to Coriolis effects . Advance ratio effects on the dynamic-stall vortex...relate the stability of the dynamic-stall vortex to Coriolis effects . Keywords: Leading-edge vortex, Dynamic stall vortex, Vortex flows, Rotating wing...Reynolds number are not decoupled. 3. Radial flow field In the rotating environment the coupled effect of centripetal and Coriolis accelerations is ex
Network modulation during complex syntactic processing
den Ouden, Dirk-Bart; Saur, Dorothee; Mader, Wolfgang; Schelter, Björn; Lukic, Sladjana; Wali, Eisha; Timmer, Jens; Thompson, Cynthia K.
2011-01-01
Complex sentence processing is supported by a left-lateralized neural network including inferior frontal cortex and posterior superior temporal cortex. This study investigates the pattern of connectivity and information flow within this network. We used fMRI BOLD data derived from 12 healthy participants reported in an earlier study (Thompson, C. K., Den Ouden, D. B., Bonakdarpour, B., Garibaldi, K., & Parrish, T. B. (2010b). Neural plasticity and treatment-induced recovery of sentence processing in agrammatism. Neuropsychologia, 48(11), 3211-3227) to identify activation peaks associated with object-cleft over syntactically less complex subject-cleft processing. Directed Partial Correlation Analysis was conducted on time series extracted from participant-specific activation peaks and showed evidence of functional connectivity between four regions, linearly between premotor cortex, inferior frontal gyrus, posterior superior temporal sulcus and anterior middle temporal gyrus. This pattern served as the basis for Dynamic Causal Modeling of networks with a driving input to posterior superior temporal cortex, which likely supports thematic role assignment, and networks with a driving input to inferior frontal cortex, a core region associated with syntactic computation. The optimal model was determined through both frequentist and Bayesian model selection and turned out to reflect a network with a primary drive from inferior frontal cortex and modulation of the connection between inferior frontal and posterior superior temporal cortex by complex sentence processing. The winning model also showed a substantive role for a feedback mechanism from posterior superior temporal cortex back to inferior frontal cortex. We suggest that complex syntactic processing is driven by word-order analysis, supported by inferior frontal cortex, in an interactive relation with posterior superior temporal cortex, which supports verb argument structure processing. PMID:21820518
ERIC Educational Resources Information Center
Bodfish, James W.; Parker, Dawn E.; Lewis, Mark H.; Sprague, Robert L.; Newell, Karl M.
2001-01-01
This study examined whether dynamic measures of postural stability differentiated stereotyped movement disorder from dyskinetic movement disorder in a severely mentally retarded population. Participants (N=20) with either stereotypy or dyskinesia movement disorders and a control group were given a goal-oriented postural stability task. Both groups…
Dynamic Stability of Maglev Systems,
1992-04-01
AD-A259 178 ANL-92/21 Materials and Components Dynamic Stability of Technology Division Materials and Components Maglev Systems Technology Division...of Maglev Systems Y. Cai, S. S. Chen, and T. M. Mulcahy Materials and Components Technology Division D. M. Rote Center for Transportation Research...of Maglev System with L-Shaped Guideway ......................................... 6 3 Stability of M aglev System s
Large-scale systems: Complexity, stability, reliability
NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)
Siljak, D. D.
1975-01-01
After showing that a complex dynamic system with a competitive structure has highly reliable stability, a class of noncompetitive dynamic systems for which competitive models can be constructed is defined. It is shown that such a construction is possible in the context of the hierarchic stability analysis. The scheme is based on the comparison principle and vector Liapunov functions.
Role of the posterior parietal cortex in updating reaching movements to a visual target.
Desmurget, M; Epstein, C M; Turner, R S; Prablanc, C; Alexander, G E; Grafton, S T
1999-06-01
The exact role of posterior parietal cortex (PPC) in visually directed reaching is unknown. We propose that, by building an internal representation of instantaneous hand location, PPC computes a dynamic motor error used by motor centers to correct the ongoing trajectory. With unseen right hands, five subjects pointed to visual targets that either remained stationary or moved during saccadic eye movements. Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) was applied over the left PPC during target presentation. Stimulation disrupted path corrections that normally occur in response to target jumps, but had no effect on those directed at stationary targets. Furthermore, left-hand movement corrections were not blocked, ruling out visual or oculomotor effects of stimulation.
The spinoglenoid ligament. Anatomy, morphology, and histological findings.
Plancher, Kevin D; Peterson, Robert K; Johnston, Jack C; Luke, Timothy A
2005-02-01
Dysfunction of the distal branch of the suprascapular nerve has been reported in athletes involved in throwing or overhead sports. The consistent presence of a dynamic anatomic structure, the spinoglenoid ligament, overlying the nerve in the spinoglenoid notch may be a contributing factor to the dysfunction of this nerve. The purpose of this study was to report the anatomy, morphology, and histological characteristics of the spinoglenoid ligament. The spinoglenoid ligaments of fifty-eight fresh-frozen cadaver shoulders were dissected to evaluate their anatomic dimensions, histological characteristics, and relationship to the suprascapular nerve, the posterior part of the capsule, and the glenoid rim. The spinoglenoid ligament was harvested, with its insertions on the scapular spine and on the capsule and glenoid left intact, for the histological analysis. Dissection revealed that a spinoglenoid ligament was present in all specimens. The ligament was found to form an irregular quadrangular shape. On gross examination, the deep fibers of the ligament extended from the lateral aspect of the scapular spine to the posterior part of the glenoid and the superficial fibers blended with the posterior aspect of the shoulder capsule. Histological sections demonstrated Sharpey fibers inserting into bone at the scapular spine and blending with the posterior aspect of the shoulder capsule to insert into the posterior surface of the glenoid, findings that confirmed the ligamentous nature of this structure. This study revealed the presence of the spinoglenoid ligament in all of the shoulders that were examined, with some variation in the size of the ligament.
Orthogonal Operation of Constitutional Dynamic Networks Consisting of DNA-Tweezer Machines.
Yue, Liang; Wang, Shan; Cecconello, Alessandro; Lehn, Jean-Marie; Willner, Itamar
2017-12-26
Overexpression or down-regulation of cellular processes are often controlled by dynamic chemical networks. Bioinspired by nature, we introduce constitutional dynamic networks (CDNs) as systems that emulate the principle of the nature processes. The CDNs comprise dynamically interconvertible equilibrated constituents that respond to external triggers by adapting the composition of the dynamic mixture to the energetic stabilization of the constituents. We introduce a nucleic acid-based CDN that includes four interconvertible and mechanically triggered tweezers, AA', BB', AB' and BA', existing in closed, closed, open, and open configurations, respectively. By subjecting the CDN to auxiliary triggers, the guided stabilization of one of the network constituents dictates the dynamic reconfiguration of the structures of the tweezers constituents. The orthogonal and reversible operations of the CDN DNA tweezers are demonstrated, using T-A·T triplex or K + -stabilized G-quadruplex as structural motifs that control the stabilities of the constituents. The implications of the study rest on the possible applications of input-guided CDN assemblies for sensing, logic gate operations, and programmed activation of molecular machines.
Trautmann-Lengsfeld, Sina Alexa; Domínguez-Borràs, Judith; Escera, Carles; Herrmann, Manfred; Fehr, Thorsten
2013-01-01
A recent functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) study by our group demonstrated that dynamic emotional faces are more accurately recognized and evoked more widespread patterns of hemodynamic brain responses than static emotional faces. Based on this experimental design, the present study aimed at investigating the spatio-temporal processing of static and dynamic emotional facial expressions in 19 healthy women by means of multi-channel electroencephalography (EEG), event-related potentials (ERP) and fMRI-constrained regional source analyses. ERP analysis showed an increased amplitude of the LPP (late posterior positivity) over centro-parietal regions for static facial expressions of disgust compared to neutral faces. In addition, the LPP was more widespread and temporally prolonged for dynamic compared to static faces of disgust and happiness. fMRI constrained source analysis on static emotional face stimuli indicated the spatio-temporal modulation of predominantly posterior regional brain activation related to the visual processing stream for both emotional valences when compared to the neutral condition in the fusiform gyrus. The spatio-temporal processing of dynamic stimuli yielded enhanced source activity for emotional compared to neutral conditions in temporal (e.g., fusiform gyrus), and frontal regions (e.g., ventromedial prefrontal cortex, medial and inferior frontal cortex) in early and again in later time windows. The present data support the view that dynamic facial displays trigger more information reflected in complex neural networks, in particular because of their changing features potentially triggering sustained activation related to a continuing evaluation of those faces. A combined fMRI and EEG approach thus provides an advanced insight to the spatio-temporal characteristics of emotional face processing, by also revealing additional neural generators, not identifiable by the only use of an fMRI approach. PMID:23818974
Gür, Gözde; Ayhan, Cigdem; Yakut, Yavuz
2017-06-01
Core stabilization training is used to improve postural balance in musculoskeletal problems. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of stabilization training in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. A randomized controlled trial, pretest-posttest design. In total, 25 subjects with adolescent idiopathic scoliosis were randomly divided into two groups: stabilization group ( n = 12) and control group ( n = 13). The stabilization group received core stabilization in addition to traditional rehabilitation, and the control group received traditional rehabilitation for 10 weeks. Assessment included Cobb's angle on radiograph, apical vertebral rotation in Adam's test, trunk asymmetry (Posterior Trunk Symmetry Index), cosmetic trunk deformity (Trunk Appearance Perception Scale), and quality of life (Scoliosis Research Society-22 questionnaire). Inter-group comparisons showed significantly greater improvements in the mean change in lumbar apical vertebral rotation degree and the pain domain of Scoliosis Research Society-22 in the stabilization group than those in the control group ( p < 0.05). No significant differences were observed for other measurements between the groups; however, trends toward greater improvement were observed in the stabilization group. Core stabilization training in addition to traditional exercises was more effective than traditional exercises alone in the correction of vertebral rotation and reduction of pain in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. Clinical relevance Stabilization exercises are more effective in reducing rotation deformity and pain than traditional exercises in the conservative rehabilitation of adolescent idiopathic scoliosis. These improvements suggest that stabilization training should be added to rehabilitation programs in adolescent idiopathic scoliosis.
Khan, Sara; Farooq, Umar; Kurnikova, Maria
2017-08-22
In this study, we explore the structural and dynamic adaptations of the Tryptophan synthase α-subunit in a ligand bound state in psychrophilic, mesophilic and hyperthermophilic organisms at different temperatures by MD simulations. We quantify the global and local fluctuations in the 40 ns time scale by analyzing the root mean square deviation/fluctuations. The distinct behavior of the active site and loop 6 is observed with the elevation of temperature. Protein stability relies more on electrostatic interactions, and these interactions might be responsible for the stability of varying temperature evolved proteins. The paper also focuses on the effect of temperature on protein dynamics and stability governed by the distinct behavior of the ligand associated with its retention, binding and dissociation over the course of time. The integration of principle component analysis and a free energy landscape was useful in identifying the conformational space accessible to ligand bound homologues and how the presence of the ligand alters the conformational and dynamic properties of the protein.
DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)
Helfferich, Julian; Lyubimov, Ivan; Reid, Daniel
Glasses produced via physical vapor deposition can display greater kinetic stability and lower enthalpy than glasses prepared by liquid cooling. While the reduced enthalpy has often been used as a measure of the stability, it is not obvious whether dynamic measures of stability provide the same view. Here, we study dynamics in vapor-deposited and liquid-cooled glass films using molecular simulations of a bead-spring polymer model as well as a Lennard-Jones binary mixture in two and three dimensions. We confirm that the dynamics in vapor-deposited glasses is indeed slower than in ordinary glasses. We further show that the inherent structure energymore » is a good reporter of local dynamics, and that aged systems and glasses prepared by cooling at progressively slower rates exhibit the same behavior as vapor-deposited materials when they both have the same inherent structure energy. These findings suggest that the stability inferred from measurements of the energy is also manifested in dynamic observables, and they strengthen the view that vapor deposition processes provide an effective strategy for creation of stable glasses.« less
Nonlinear neural control with power systems applications
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Chen, Dingguo
1998-12-01
Extensive studies have been undertaken on the transient stability of large interconnected power systems with flexible ac transmission systems (FACTS) devices installed. Varieties of control methodologies have been proposed to stabilize the postfault system which would otherwise eventually lose stability without a proper control. Generally speaking, regular transient stability is well understood, but the mechanism of load-driven voltage instability or voltage collapse has not been well understood. The interaction of generator dynamics and load dynamics makes synthesis of stabilizing controllers even more challenging. There is currently increasing interest in the research of neural networks as identifiers and controllers for dealing with dynamic time-varying nonlinear systems. This study focuses on the development of novel artificial neural network architectures for identification and control with application to dynamic electric power systems so that the stability of the interconnected power systems, following large disturbances, and/or with the inclusion of uncertain loads, can be largely enhanced, and stable operations are guaranteed. The latitudinal neural network architecture is proposed for the purpose of system identification. It may be used for identification of nonlinear static/dynamic loads, which can be further used for static/dynamic voltage stability analysis. The properties associated with this architecture are investigated. A neural network methodology is proposed for dealing with load modeling and voltage stability analysis. Based on the neural network models of loads, voltage stability analysis evolves, and modal analysis is performed. Simulation results are also provided. The transient stability problem is studied with consideration of load effects. The hierarchical neural control scheme is developed. Trajectory-following policy is used so that the hierarchical neural controller performs as almost well for non-nominal cases as they do for the nominal cases. The adaptive hierarchical neural control scheme is also proposed to deal with the time-varying nature of loads. Further, adaptive neural control, which is based on the on-line updating of the weights and biases of the neural networks, is studied. Simulations provided on the faulted power systems with unknown loads suggest that the proposed adaptive hierarchical neural control schemes should be useful for practical power applications.
Lateral Stability and Steady State Curving Performance of Unconventional Rail Trucks
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Dukkipati, Rao V.; Narayanaswamy, Srinivasan
Conventional railway vehicle systems exhibit hunting phenomenon which increases component wear and imposes operating speed limits. There is also a conflict between dynamic stability and the ability of the vehicle to steer around curves. Alternatively, independently rotating wheels (IRW) in a wheelset eliminate hunting but the wheelset guidance set capability is lost. A compromise solution is made possible by a modified design that exploits a lack of fore-and-aft symmetry in the suspension design. A comparative study on steady state curving performance and dynamic stability of some unconventional truck designs is carried out. The effects of suspension and conicity are considered to evaluate the trade-off between dynamic stability and curving performance.
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Sabuncu, M.; Ozturk, H.; Cimen; S.
2011-04-01
In this study, out-of-plane stability analysis of tapered cross-sectioned thin curved beams under uniformly distributed radial loading is performed by using the finite-element method. Solutions referred to as Bolotin's approach are analysed for dynamic stability, and the first unstable regions are examined. Out-of-plane vibration and out-of-plane buckling analyses are also studied. In addition, the results obtained in this study are compared with the published results of other researchers for the fundamental frequency and critical lateral buckling load. The effects of subtended angle, variations of cross-section, and dynamic load parameter on the stability regions are shown in graphics
Dynamics of an HBV/HCV infection model with intracellular delay and cell proliferation
NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)
Zhang, Fengqin; Li, Jianquan; Zheng, Chongwu; Wang, Lin
2017-01-01
A new mathematical model of hepatitis B/C virus (HBV/HCV) infection which incorporates the proliferation of healthy hepatocyte cells and the latent period of infected hepatocyte cells is proposed and studied. The dynamics is analyzed via Pontryagin's method and a newly proposed alternative geometric stability switch criterion. Sharp conditions ensuring stability of the infection persistent equilibrium are derived by applying Pontryagin's method. Using the intracellular delay as the bifurcation parameter and applying an alternative geometric stability switch criterion, we show that the HBV/HCV infection model undergoes stability switches. Furthermore, numerical simulations illustrate that the intracellular delay can induce complex dynamics such as persistence bubbles and chaos.
Waldstein, Sebastian M; Ritter, Markus; Simader, Christian; Mayr-Sponer, Ulrike; Kundi, Michael; Schmidt-Erfurth, Ursula
2014-08-01
To investigate the influence of vitreomacular adhesion on the efficacy of pro re nata (PRN) ranibizumab monotherapy and verteporfin photodynamic therapy (PDT) combination therapy for neovascular age-related macular degeneration. Post hoc analysis of prospective randomized 12-month multicenter clinical trial data. Total of 255 treatment-naïve patients with subfoveal choroidal neovascularization. Assessment of the vitreomacular interface on monthly optical coherence tomography with division of patients into the following categories according to continuous 1-year grading: posterior vitreous detachment (n=154), dynamic release of vitreomacular adhesion (n=32), stable vitreomacular adhesion (n=51). Mean best-corrected visual acuity (BCVA) letter and central retinal thickness changes at month 12 in the vitreomacular interface groups. Mean BCVA changes at month 12 were +3.5 (posterior vitreous detachment), +4.3 (release of vitreomacular adhesion), and +6.3 (vitreomacular adhesion) in patients receiving monotherapy (P=.767), and +0.1 (posterior vitreous detachment), +6.6 (release of vitreomacular adhesion), and +9.2 (vitreomacular adhesion) in patients receiving combination therapy (P=.009). Mean central retinal thickness changes were -113 μm (posterior vitreous detachment), -89 μm (release of vitreomacular adhesion), and -122 μm (vitreomacular adhesion) in monotherapy (P=.725) and -121 μm (posterior vitreous detachment), -113 μm (release of vitreomacular adhesion), and -113 μm (vitreomacular adhesion) in combination therapy (P=.924). Mean ranibizumab retreatments during 12 months were 4.9 (posterior vitreous detachment), 6.6 (release of vitreomacular adhesion), and 5.3 (vitreomacular adhesion) in monotherapy (P=.018) and 4.7 (posterior vitreous detachment), 5.2 (release of vitreomacular adhesion), and 5.8 (vitreomacular adhesion) in combination therapy (P=.942). This study adds evidence that the vitreomacular interface status impacts functional outcomes and retreatment requirements. Patients with posterior vitreous detachment achieve acceptable results with fewer injections in PRN monotherapy, but lose potential vision gain with PDT. Patients with other vitreomacular interface configurations may potentially achieve optimized vision outcomes by combination of antiangiogenic treatment and vaso-occlusive PDT. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.